- eevee vertices ~~ ——— a ne Se ee hee ee lew ce ahh peta Beene eh w= wtubs . + Sees Ema Ras Lostlg Pens, . s Sarees ; . We EHD ne, 02 VEE rhe : . ; : totiusivtn! boty : Pet ninb Raab ened onthe Best se tin ed dnt taadumiiner ae " : - : / ’ ex 0h eR ra Wie tis RenartulaPiet ane ee - ate dsthetiwsehe. : : ate - baa ey 9 ATT, ie Fanta ied So Ne et te Sno telivindyt— sre . HARVARD UNIVERSITY oo LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology ih ae pe a ’ as be a ’ re Oe ra ee was i ri | a Rata I Ce ied rs i ae eis - . a : ar Ne A | : The CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Volume 65 Published by THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB at OTTAWA, ONTARIO, CANADA } F ¥: ie $ 4 Vol. 65 JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1951 No. 1 The CANADIAN PIELD-NATURALIST Contents Centurie de plantes canadiennes II, par Bernard Boivin oo... 1 Geographical variation in the Boreal Chickadee east of the Rockies. TEA Neg MST TICS aya lets NA Te Ue eR Re RAR Re 22 Distribution of the papaw, Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal, in southern Ontario. Ey iay vs) bowaen and bert. Millers hii erie Ne wa OAT Ry 27 Breeding diving ducks on Lake St. Clair, Ontario. By H. G. Lumsden ...................... 31 Annual meeting of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1950 00.000... 32 Statement of financial standing, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, December 1, 1950 35 peeom racic, parmacie,) By T! BE.) Cornwall). ick iia kos ganieecce mend vedeatiadeaa doe Oe 36 The snapping turtle (Chelydra serpentina L.) in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilbon, ontario. (By Wi Wel Judd) lien. NMA Nao oaa ls 37 The little swamp rattlesnake in inland Ontario. By William Sherwood Fox ............ 39 Bird notes from Banks and Victoria Islands. By A. E. Porsild .....0000000cc. 40 Changes in grassland near Ottawa, Ontario, following prolonged flooding. ETAL a ES GANS 1 SAR ORL oh HOC LR 42 Notes and Observations:— Birds in unusual plumages at Pimisi Bay, Ontario. Bylotserderimimline (Lawrence: sO i oe ele ile Ci 45 The Nevada Cowbird at James Bay, Ontario. By W. Earl Godfrey .............. 46 James Bay Sparrow at Ottawa. By Hoyes Lloyd |... 46 Duck Hawk at Blue Sea Lake, Quebec. By Hoyes Lloyd... 46 Recent Ottawa District bird records. By Hoyes|IMUSdf2NP..2001.|.............. 46 LIEBARY 4 APR 41.6 (95| ARS EE Pudlished by the Wie NIERS NV | OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter Che Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club Patrons Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: Dr. J. W. GROVES Ist Vice-President: Mr. R. FRITH 2nd Vice-President: Mr. W. K. W. BALDWIN Treasurer: RAYMOND Moore, Secretary: H. J. Scoccan, Division of Botany, National Museum of Canada, Science Service, Dept. of Ottawa. Agriculture, Ottawa. Additional Members of Council: Mrs. Hovres Lioyp, Miss RutH HorNER, Miss VIOLA Humpureys, Miss VERNA Ross, Miss PAULINE SNURE, Miss Mary STuART, THE REV. FATHER F, E. BANim, Messrs. E. G. ANDERSON, R. M. ANDERSON, J. ARNOLD, B. Boivin, A. E. BourcuIGNoN, K. Bowes, A. W. Cameron, W. J. Copy, J. P. CUERRIER, W. G. Dore, C. FRANKTON, W. E. Goprrey, H. Grou, S. D. Hicks, W. ItitmMan, W. H. LAn- CELEY, D. LEECHMAN, H. F. Lewis, H. Ltovp, T. H. Manninc, H. MaArsHati, W. H. MinsHAtt, A. E. Porsitp, L. S. Russert, D. B. O. Savitz, H. A. SENN, V. E. F. SoLmMan, J. S. TENER. Auditors: I. L. ConNeErs, H. F. Lewis. Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. Associate Editors We Ge Dorn Oi ia nh Cape 0 Botany R. M. ANDERSON ....:..0...0.05. Mammdlogy AEA OCOUEIN Bic ae Wl oak Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ............ Marine Biology Hi Go CRAWEORD IME bt 8 Entomology Wi E Goprreviiiiea) Se Ornithology Fey UAT COG KINA AL Mise youl Biv bs Geology Wiest ACen Ui ister Li tea Palaeontology CLYDE HE MPATOHY Wel ci line Herpetology JRO DYMONDIIA SS) Verge eee Ichthyology Business Manager W. J. Copy, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. The official publications of THr Orrawa FIELp-NaAturaALists’ CLusB have been issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879, 1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty- two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results or original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $3.00; Single copies 60c each. Subscription ($3.00 per year) should be forwarded to Dr. R. J. Moore, Div. of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, OTTAWA, CANADA. The Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. 65 OTTAWA, CANADA, JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1951 No. 1 CENTURIE DE PLANTES CANADIENNES — II» *? BERNARD BOIVIN Division de Botanique et Phytopathologie, Ministére de l Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. ET ARTICLE fait suite 4 un autre de la méme série publié dans le Naturaliste Canadien 75: 79-84, 202-227. 1948-9. Les herbiers consultés sont les suivants: DAO Herbier de la Division de Botanique et Phytopathologie, Ottawa. G Herbier Gray. SASKP Herbier du Laboratoire Fédéral de : Phytopathologie, Saskatoon, Saskat- chewan. SASKU Herbier W. P. Fraser, Université de Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskat- chewan. SWC Herbier de la Station Expérimentale de Swift Current, Saskatchewan. ' Pour plus de commodité le texte a été divisé en cing parties: I—Ranunculaceae, ' II—Caryophyllaceae, III—Compositae, IV— Liliaceae, V—Etudes diverses. Sous chacunes de ces subdivisions, les genres et les espéces ont été distribués par ordre alphabétique. Les distributions données dans cet article ne tiennent compte, généralement que des spécimens examinés par l’auteur. Ce sont done des distributions minimales. I — Ranunculaceae LES VARIATIONS CANADIENNES DE L’ANEMONE MULTIFIDA POIRET Un certain nombre de variations de cette espece se rencontrent au Canada. La clef qui suit pourra servir a les identifier. En plus des variétés mentionnées ci-dessous, il existe aussi une variété uniflora DC. que je ne sais pas ou placer. E. Hultén ne considére pas comme dis- tinctes les variétés magellanica et hudsoniana. 1 Recu pour publication le 20 juillet 1950. 2 Contribution No 1042, Division de Botanique et Phy- topathologie, Service Scientifique, Ministére de l’Agri- culture, Ottawa, Canada. 8 Ces études sont en partie basées sur des spécimens . récoltés au cours d’explorations scientifiques con- jointes organisées par les Divisions de Botanique et d’Entomologie du ministére canadien de l’Agriculture en coopération avec le Conseil des Recherches pour la Défense du Canada. Sans doute les trois variétés de DeCandolle étaient basées sur des caractéres tout a fait ineonstants: 3 fleurs (var. magellanica), 2 fleurs (var. hudsoniana) et 1 fleur (var. wni- flora). D’aprés les spécimens 4 ma disposi- tion, le var. magellanica se distingue par ses tépales jaune-citron sur les deux faces, longs de + 15 mm, ovales a elliptiques, et par ses feuilles involucrales a folioles cunéaires un peu lobées, a lobes larges de 4-5 mm. a. Tépales mesurant 1 cm ou moins. Plantes hautes de 3 dm ou moins. © b. Tépales blanchatres intérieurement, généralement blanchatres extérieure- ment 1. var. hudsoniana — bb. Tépales colorés, rouges, pourpres, jaunatres ou bleuatres. c. Tépales rouges ou pourpres sur les deux faces. d. Tépales 5 par fleur 2. var. hudsoniana f. sanguinea dd. Fleurs doubles, tépales 12-14 par fleur 3. var. hudsoniana f. polysepala ce. Tépales bleuatres extérieurement, généralement jaunatres intérieu- rement . 4. var. saxicola aa. Tépales de plus de 1 cm de longueur. e. Grandes plantes hautes de (1.5)-4-5- (7) dm. Tépales 5 par fleur. Tiges a (1)-2-3-(5) fleurs. f. Tépales rouges ou pourpres ........... Be de een Te ae 5. var. Richardsiana ff. Tépales blancs Pip eplees, 6. var. Richardsiana f. leucantha ee. Petites plantes hautes de 1-4 dm. Tépales (5)-6-9 par fleur. Tiges a 1-(2) fleurs. g. Fleurs rouges .......... 7. var. Sansonii ‘gg. Fleurs blanches ou jaunatres. eee 8. var. Sansonii f. galactiflora Vol. 64, No. 6, November-December, 1950, was issued February 10, 1951. aay i} THE CANADIAN 1—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. HUDSONIANA DC., Systema 1: 209. 1817. La variété la plus commune au Canada. Se rencontre au Nouveau-Brunswick, en Gaspé- sie et aussi depuis la baie d’Hudson et la baie Georgienne jusqu’en Alaska et en Colom- bie-Britannique. Aussi dans l’ouest des Etats- Unis, de méme que dans le Vermont, le Maine, etc. Vicariant du var. magellanica DC. qu’on rencontre depuis le Chili jusqu’au cap Horn. 2—-ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. HUDSONIANA DC. f. SANGUINEA (Pursh) Fernald, Rhodora 19: 141. 1917. Fréquent dans toute l’aire du var. hudsoniana et peut- étre plus fréquent que la forme a fleurs blanches. © 3—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. -~HUDSONIANA DC. f. POLYSEPALA Fer- nald, Rhodora 19: 141. 1917. Connu seule- ment par la récolte type qui vient du comté de Gaspé, Québec. 4—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. saxicola var. n. Herba 2.0-3.5 dm alt. Flores (1)-2-3 in planta. Tepala 5 in flore, elliptica, 6-10 mm long., superne citrina vel rarius rubescentia, inferne coerulescentia. ALBERTA: B. Boivin 5005, Banff Park, Mont Wilson, rocs dénudés le long d’un tor- rent de montagne, alt. ca. 1900 m., 27 juillet, 1946 (DAO, type); J. T. Sexsmith 53, Water- ton National Park, Summit, Carthew Trail, shale slide, July 16, 1937 (DAO); J. Fletcher, Banff, Mt. Edith, July 8, 1902 (DAO); B. Boivin 4937, Banff Park, mont Coleman, lieux ouverts, alt. 1500-2000 m., 26 juillet, 1946 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: J. Fletcher, Mt. Cheam, Aug. 4-8, 1899 (DAO). 5—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. RICHARDSIANA Fernald, Rhodora 19: 141. 1917. Gaspésie (d’aprés Fernald). Parmi les specimens a ma disposition, tous les speci- mens en fleur ont des fleurs blanches et appartiennent a la forme suivante: 6—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. RICHARDSIANA Fernald f. LEUCANTHA Fernald, Rhodora 19: 141. 1917. Gaspésie, baie James, baie d’Hudson (E. Lepage 15337, prés de Big Stones, Ont.; P. Q. MacKinnon 21, Churchill, Man.), les monts Cypres en Sas- katchewan (W. Shevkenek; A. J. Breitung 4259) et en Alberta (R. H. Dixon 1785, Pincher Creek). FreLp-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 7—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. Sansonii var. n. Planta 1.0-3.5 dm floribus soli- tariis rarius binis tepalis rubris ellipticis vel ellintico-lanceolatis, 11-15 mm, (5)-6-9 in flore. ALBERTA: N. B. Sanson, Banff, Tunnel Mt., June 8, 1898 (DAO type). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: W. J. Reiley, Hudson Hope, June, 1938 (DAO). WYOMING: C. L. Porter 3220, Pole Mt., Albany Co., alt. 8300 ft., June 25, 1943 (DAO). 8—ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poiret var. SANSONII Boivin f. galactiflora f.n. floribus lacteis vel interdum luteis. ALBERTA: N. B. Sanson, Banff, Tunnel Mt., June 8, 1898 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: A. J. Hill, Thompson River (DAO type); J. Bostock, Summerland, dry open woods, May, 1925 (DAO). RANUNCULUS ACRIS L. var. STEVENII (Andrz.) Lange. De cette variété, Lyman Benson écrit dans l’Am. Midl. Nat. 40: 37. 1948: “A form with less-dissected leaves .. . occurs in the Craigmyle District, Alberta, and here and there from Quebec to Newfound- . land, Nova Scotia, New York, and New England. According to the viewpoint of the writer, this solitary character, associated with nothing else in particular, is not adequate to warrant recognition of a variety.” Il me semble que cette variété mérite d’étre maintenue parce que dans son pays d’origine (France et sud-est de l’Europe) cette plante posséde une distribution indivi- dualisée. Sans doute, les caractéres qui séparent var. acris et var. Stevenii ne sont pas toujours constants, mais les spécimens sous la main possédent le plus souvent un rhizome horizontal a radicelles épaissies, des feuilles velues a lobes obovés ou rhomboides, etc. De plus le var. Stevenii (Andrz.) Lange semble avoir une saison de floraison assez distincte. Le matériel canadien sous la main est distri- bué comme suit: var. acris, Terre-Neuve, Nou- velle-Ecosse, Québec, Ontario, Saskatchewan, Alberta, Colombie-Britannique; var. Stevenii (Andrz.) Lange, Québec, Ontario, Alberta, Colombie-Britannique. Les spécimens carac- aristiques, c’est-a-dire avec des feuilles basi- laires et en fleur, sont datés comme suit: Var. acris Var. Stevenii mai — 11 21 23 January-February, 1951] Tuer CanapiAn FIELD-NATURALIST 3 29 mai 29 juillet 10 aout 6 14 15 25 7 septembre 8 septembre 11 / 12 12 16 18 18 22 I] faut ajouter que la plupart des spéci- mens du var. acris en fleur aprés le mi-juillet -€taient actuellement des spécimens en fruit portant une ou plusieurs fleurs sur des bran- Planta omino glabra (nisi carpellis). ches inférieures. I] semble done que var. Stevenit est une entité physiologiquement distincte du var. acris, et cela en plus de ses caractéres morphologiques et de sa distribu- tion géographique distincte en son pays d’origine. RANUNCULUS ACRIS L. var. STEVENII (Andrz.) Lange f. multiplicipetalus f.n., flore pleno. Typus: L. Grant 658, Experimental Station, Kentville, Nova Scotia, June 14, 1938 (DAO). Paratypus: N. F. Stroud, roadside, Terrebonne Road, Nova Scotia, June 9, 1935 (DAQ).* » Echappé de culture en Nouvelle-Ecosse. RANUNCULUS ACRIS L. var. ACRIS f. plenus f.n. flore pleno. Typus: J. M. Gillett 07-160-7 cultivated at the Dominion Arbore- tum and Botanic Garden, Ottawa, Ontario. June 29, 1939 (DAO). La forme a fleurs doubles de cette espéce se rencontre a l’état cultivé tant sous le var. acris que sous le var. Stevenii, mais seule la premiere de ces deux formes semble vouloir se naturaliser au Canada. RANUNCULUS Buddii sp. n., sectionis Epirotis (Prantl) Benson et affinis Ranunculo rhomboideo Goldie et R. glaberrimo Hooker. Caulis solitarius 7-12 cm. Folia basilaria pauca, inte- gra, ab ellipticis lanceolata, saepius spathu- lata, (1.5)-2.0-2.5-(3.5) em long. et (0.5)-0.8- 1.0-(1.3) em lat. Folia caulinaria integra vel trifida vel pedatifida. Flos terminalis et solitarius vel interdum flores 2-3 in planta. Petala elliptica, 6-8 mm long., paulum longi- ora sepalis. Carpella nonnunquam purpureo tincta, numerosissima, 100-250 in flore. Ache- nia 1.5-2.0 mm long, puberulentia, rostro 0.3- 0.5 mm. Floret aprili et maio. SASKATCHEWAN: A. C. Budd, Swift Current, moist prairie, May 8, 1936 (DAO type); E. W. Tisdale, Cadillac Res. Area, coulee, May 12, 1942 (SWC); J. L. Bolton, Swift Current, shallow coulee, May 5, 1937 (SWC); W. Shevkenek, Bienfait, prairies, June 4, 1947 (DAO); A. C. Budd, Consul, low areas on bench land, April 29, 1947 (DAO). RANUNCULUS BUDDII Boivin f. mono- chlamydeus f.n. apetalus vel petalis 1-2 in flore. SASKATCHEWAN: A. C. Budd, Consul, low areas on bench land, April 29, 1947 (DAO type). RANUNCULUS Codyanus sp. n. Subgen- eris Batrachii (DC.) Gray. Affinis Ranunculo 4 THE CANADIAN longirostri Godron. Caulis brevis glaber, vel rarius puberulens, ca 1 mm dia., internodis 1.0-2.5 em. Folia pubescentia 5-8 mm long., sessilia in apice dilatationis stipularis pubes- centis 3-4 mm long. Divisio princeps folio- rum ternata, divisio altera dichotoma vel rarius ternata, divisio tertia et ultima etiam dichotoma. Laciniae (9)-12-(14) in folio. Pedunculus 2-3 cm. Sepala ovata ca 3 mm long. Receptaculum pilosum. Stamina a carpellis recedentia vel aequantia, 1.5-2.0 mm. Antherae aurantiacae. Carpella (10)-15-(20) in flore, stylo 0.3-0.5 mm plus minusve mar- cescens, in fructu 0.2-0.5 mm long. Achenia rugulosa, obovoidea, in apice barbata, 1.2- 1.5 mm long. T-N.-O., KEEWATIN; W. J. Cody 1712, Southampton Island, Coral Harbour, South Bay, near beach, in muck around drying up pool and in water, 3 inches high, rooted in muck, very common in one pool only, Aug. 1, 1948 (DAO typus et isotypus, isotypi 8 distri- buendi); W. J. Cody 1518, eodem, July 24, 1948 (DAO). Cette nouvelle espéce ressemble superfi- ciellement a un petit Ranunculus longirostris Godron. Elle différe de toutes les autres especes nord-américaines du _ sous-genre Batrachium (DC.) Gray par ses feuilles pubes- centes, a segments peu nombreux, ses éta- mines courtes ne dépassant pas les styles, ses anthéres orangées et ses dimensions réduites. RANUNCULUS FLABELLARIS Raf. f. FLABELLARIS. Ranunculus flabellaris Raf. in Big, Am. Mo. Mag. 3: 344. 1818 sensu stricto; Ranunculus delphinifolius Torrey. Pour le reste de la synonymie, voir Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 69: 315-6. 1942. Distribution canadienne: du Québec a la Colombie-Cana- dienne. Deux autres formes pourront se rencontrer: RANUNCULUS FLABELLARIS Raf. f. plenus f.n. differt petalis numerosioribus et staminibus saepius paucioribus. Typus: I. K. McMorine, Tennessee, Harriman, April 8, 1898 (DAO). : N’ai vu que le type, mais cette forme se rencontrera sans doute ici et la dans toute Vaire de l’espéce. RANUNCULUS FLABELLARIS Raf. f. RIPARIUS Fernald. Forme exondée se ren- contrant occasionnellement dans l’aire de lespéce. RANUNCULUS INAMOENUS_ Greene var. elatior var. n. differt statura majore et cauli debiliore, 3.5-6.5 dm alt. FIeELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 SASKATCHEWAN, MAPLE CREEK DISTRICT, CYPRESS HILLS PARK: A. J. Breitung 4406, in a ravine, July 7, 1947 (DAO type, SASKU, SWC isotypes); A. J. Breitung 5080, east slope of Grayburn Butte, shaded place, elev. 4300 ft., July 26, 1947 (DAO); J. L. Bolton 106, lake shore, June 25, 1936 (SASKP); R. C. Russell, lake shore, June 25, 1936 (SASKU). Cette variété se distingue du type par sa plus grande taille et ses tiges plus faibles, et aussi par la fixité relative de ses caractéres. Alors que le type est une plante trés variable par sa taille, 1.0-3.5 dm, la dimension de ses feuilles et de ses pétales, le nombre des achaines, etc., le var. elatior varie trés peu; ses feuilles sont plut6t grandes et les basi- laires sont longuement pétiolées, les pétales sont oblongs, longs de 2-3 mm, larges de 1.0- 1.5 mm, les achaines sont au nombre d’envi- ron 40. RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS Sm. var. CARDIOPHYLLUS' (Hooker) Britton f. apetalus (Farr) stat. n., Ranunculus apetalus Farr, Ott. Nat. 20: 110-1. 1906. Forme dépourvue de pétales qui a été trouvée jusqu’ici en Alberta, en Saskatche- wan et au Colorado. II—Caryophyliaceae ARENARIA RUBELLA (Wahl.) Sm. f. plena Calder f.n. floribus plenis, proliferis etiam. T.-N.-O., FRANKLIN: Senn & Calder 3739, Baffin Island, Frobisher Bay, 63° 45’N, 68° 32’W, in dry sandy ground on ridge behind camp, caespitose, all flowers many-petalled, white, stem and leaves with pale colourless glands, July 3, 1948 (DAO type). ~ CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. Depuis la Nouvelle-Ecosse jusqu’en Colombie-Britanni- que cette plante se présente sous une phase a sépales a centre vert et a marge hyaline, longs de (4)-5 mm. Sur la céte du Pacifique et dans Vile Vancouver, cette plante passe a la variété suivante: CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. var. purpuras- cens var. n. sepalis (4)-5-6 mm long et in margine hyalino plus minusve purpureo tincta. Ceterum sicut var. typica. Floret ab aprili in julium. COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: J. W. Tol- mie, Victoria, 1897 (DAO type); H. Groh, Victoria, Mt. Tolmie, Sept. 24, 1931 (DAO); J. R. Anderson, Oak Bay, April 30, 1899 (DAO); H. Groh, Comox, Oct. 3, 1930 (DAO); t January-February, 1951] THE CANADIAN Macoun, Telegraph Trail, Lat. 54, June 14, 1875 (DAO); H. Groh 303, McLeod Lake Distr., near Kamloops, alt. 3500’, July 24, 1939 (DAO, intermédiaire); E. W. Tisdale, Lytton, April 27, 1938 (DAO); W. Newton, Southern Vancouver Island, Sooke Watershed Area, Aug. 10-30, 1940 (DAO); W. Newton, Vaneouver Island, Telegraph Bay, June 8, 1939 (DAO). CERASTIUM NUTANS Raf. La _ phase orientale—et probablement typique—de cette espece est rarement multicaule et de taille plus petite (8-25 cm), a feuilles caulinaires longues de 1.0-3.5 cm, a sépales longs de 3.0- 4.5 mm, a pétales—lorsque présents—environ 114% fois aussi longs que les sépales, a capsule presque 3 fois aussi longue (8-12 mm) que le ecalyce. Vers lVouest cette plante passe gra- duellement a une plante plus grande, mesu- rant rarement moins de 25 cm de hauteur sauf dans les spécimens en fleur, et qui dif- fére également par d’autres caracteéres et qu’on pourra désigner comme suit: CERASTIUM NUTANS Raf. var. occi- dentale var. n. 1.5-5.0 dm. alt., frequentius multicaulis foliis 2-5 cm long., 5-10 mm lat. Sepala (4.0)-4.5-5.0 mm. Petala nonunquam desunt saepius breviora, interdum vix longiora quam sepala vel fere ejusdem longitudinis. Capsula 10-13 mm, paullum quam bis longiora quam sepala. ONTARIO: H. Groh, Rainy River, Oct. 18, 1929 (DAO). MANITOBA: M. C. Dudley 90, Indian Bay, June 7, 1941 (DAO); G. Batho, Swan River, Nov. 1, 1938 (DAO); W. N. Denike 38, North Kildonan, railroad, June 1, 1940 (DAO). SASKATCHEWAN: L. T. Carmichael 96, Regina, June 1, 1944 (DAO); H. Groh 1169, Big River, muskeg trail, Sept. 30, 1939 (DAO); T. Rowles S2753, Shellbrook, wet places in open woods, July 1, 1947 (DAO); W. P. Fraser, Langham, moist place in river valley, June 12 and 26, 1938 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 560, Wallwort, at camping ground along Stoney Lake, under aspens, June 15, 1940 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 655, 5 mi. W. of Wall- wort, in moist woodland trail, July 15, 1940 (DAO type). ALBERTA: H. Groh, Peace River, Sept. 12, 1934 (DAO); G. H. Turner 6, Fort Saskat- chewan, dry shaded ground, June 5, 1938 (DAO); G. H. Turner 2877, 6 miles n.e. of Fort Saskatchewan, low place in poplar woods, June 4, 1942 (DAO); G. H. Turner FIELD-NATURALIST 5 4440, 2 miles west of Fort Saskatchewan, at edge of small pond in poplar woods, June 26, 1945 (DAO); G. H. Turner 4051, 2 mi. w. of Fort Saskatchewan, shore of tiny lake, June ‘16, 1944 (DAO); H. Groh, Barrhead, June 27, 1935 (DAO); A. E. Wigmore, Blackfolds, June 1939 (DAO); H. Groh 1074, Peace River Dis- trict, Heart River, near Grouard, ditch, Sept. 19, 1939 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: H. Dawson Creek, Sept. 3, 1934 (DAO). LYCHNIS APETALA L. var. APETALA, Lychnis apetala L., Sp. pl. 1: 437. 1753, sensu stricto. Pétales inclus émarginés au sommet. Fleurs penchées ou dressées. Calyce vert pale a nervures pourpres. Fruit le plus souvent dressé. Plante scandinave a distribution tres restreinte. Depuis le Spitzbergen jusque dans les Rocheuses de 1]’Alberta on rencontre le var. glabra Regel (— Melandrium apetalum ssp. arcticum (Fries) Hultén) qui, bien que normalement pubescent, différe néanmoins par ses fleurs toujours penchées a pétales nettement exserts. Plus a lest on rencon- trera encore: LYCHNIS APETALA L. var. nutans var. n. Floribus nutantibus. Calyx violaceo tinctus nervis atro-purpureis, pubescentia nigra. Petala inclusa lobis oblongis. Fructus saepius nutans. DISTRICT DE FRANKLIN, TERRE DE BAFFIN: J. A. Calder 2012, Frobisher Bay, sandy beach near stream, July 14, 1948 (DAO); Senn & Calder 3868, Frobisher Bay, along stream course, 1% miles north of sta- tion, July 10, 1948 (DAO); Senn & Calder 3746, Frobisher Bay, on dry heath below ridge %4 mile N. of camp, July 5, 1948 (DAO); H. A. Senn 3532, Frobisher Bay, moist mossy plain, June 24, 1948 (DAO); H. A. Senn 3615, Frobisher Bay, moist sand above beach, June 28, 1948 (DAO); H. A. Senn 3637, Frobisher Bay, hummocks in Carex—Sphagnum meadow, June 21, 1948 (DAO). DISTRICT DE FRANKLIN, PENINSULE DE MELVILLE: W. J. Cody 1458, Ross Bay, moist shallow soil on igneous bouldered hill- side, July 21, 1948 (DAO). DISTRICT DE KEEWATIN, ILE SOUTH- AMPTON: W. J. Cody 1341, Coral Harbour, roadside near landing on South Bay, moist gravel, July 16, 1948 (DAO type); W. J. Cody 1205, Coral Harbour, south of camp area, moist sandy gravel of dried up creek, July 7, Groh, 6 THE CANADIAN 1948 (DAO); W. J. Cody 1209, Coral Harbour, north end of new airstrip, moist sandy gravel, July 9, 1948 (DAO); W. J. Cody 1824, Coral Harbour, E. of camp area, edge of Carex meadow over gravel, Aug. 4, 1948 (DAO); W. J. Cody 1099, landing at South Bay, rich moist soil over gravel, July 2, 1948 (DAO); W. J. Cody 1224, Coral Harbour, upper beach W. of landing, moist sandy soil over gravel, July 9, 1948 (DAO). ; LYCHNIS APETALA L. var. NUTANS Boivin f. palea (Polunin) stat. n., Lychnis apetala L. f. palea Polunin, Contr. Gray Herb. 165: 97. 1947. LYCHNIS Gillettii sp. n. Planta perennis, viscosa, dense pubescens, multicaulis. Caules omnes stricti et multo variant altitudine; elatiores (1.8)-2.5-(3.5) dm alt., minores fere decimetri. Folia basiliara et caulinaria anguste linearia, apice acuta, 2.5-7.0 cm long., 2-7 mm lat. Folia inflorescentiae, et pariter bracteae, consimilia sed minora. Pedunculi erecti (1)-2-(6) em long. Flores erecti numero variabiles, saepius 3, nonnunquam 1-5 in cauli. Calyx pene inflatus, fere oblongus, 10-13 mm long., nervis conspicue purpureis. Petala alba paullum exserta. Fructus erectus fere exser- tus. Semen brunneum, semi-orbiculare vel reniforme, minute rugulosum, alato-inflatum, (1.0)-1.2-(1.5) mm lat. MANITOBA: J. M. Gillett 2418, Fort Churchill, along E-W runway, gravel and peat, Aug. 5, 1948 (DAO. type et isotype); J. M. Gillett 1917, Fort Churchill, gravel, fl. white, June 30, 1948 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2099, Ft. Churchill, near Junction, gravel area, erect clumps, sticky calyx, localized, fairly abundant, July 15, 1948 (DAO); E. Beckett 3794, Churchill dry stony ground, July 10, 1946 (DAO). LYCHNIS Ostenfeldii (Porsild) stat. n., Melandrium Ostenfeldii Porsild, Sargentia 4: 37. 1943. LYCHNIS TRIFLORA Br. ex Somm., Mag. Naturvid. 2: 152-3. 1824; Lychnis affinis Vahl. ex Fries, Mantissa 3: 36. 1842. Le Lychnis triflora Br. ex Ross, Voy. Disc. 2: 192. 1819 est un nomen nudum et il faut attendre jusqu’en 1824 pour trouver une des- cription valide du Lychnis triflora Br. En lisant la description de Sommerfeld et les notes de M. P. Porsild dans Sargentia 4: 34. 1943, il appert que cette plante est identique avec le Lychnis affinis Vahl publié 18 ans plus tard. Voir Silene furcata Raf. pour le FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 probleme de l’application du Lychnis furcata (Raf.) Fernald. Ce qui passe couramment sous le nom de Lychnis triflora ou Melan- drium triflorum est une toute autre plante qui, bien que connue depuis plus d’un siécle, ne sembie pas avoir encore été baptisée cor- rectement. Je propose donc de l’appeler: LYCHNIS Sorensenis sp. n. Planta peren- nis, viscosa, dense glandulosa, multicaulis. Caules stricti, 0.5-3.0 dm alt., parum variant altitudine in eadem planta. Folia basilaria oblanceolata vel lineari-oblanceolata, 1-3-(5) cm long., 2-10 mm lat., apice acuta. Folia caulinaria nonnumquam desunt, saepius tamen bina, sessilia, plus minusve lanceolata, 0.4-4.0 cm long., 2-8 mm lat., apice acuta. Folia inflo- rescentiae, et pariter bracteae, consimilia sed minora. Flores 1-3 erecti, laterales sessiles vel pedunculo 0.1-1.0-(2.0) em. Calyx pene inflatus, ellipsoideus vel suburceolatus, 9-11 mm long., densissime glanduloso-pilosus e pilis monilibus 0.5-2.0 mm, nervis conspicue pur- pureis. Petala alba conspicue exserta. Fruc- tus erectus paullum apice exsertus. Semen brunneum, deltoideum vel reniforme, 1 mm. lat., minute rugosum, nec alato-inflatum, sed angustissime marginatum margine denticulato 0.1 mm lat. GRONLAND: T. Sorensen 4446. Home Foreland, Red River, basalt ridge, lat. 73° 53’ long. 21° 00’, alt. 50-75 m., 26 July 1933 (DAO); T. Sérensen 2352, Skaerfjord, Cape Amelie, lat. 77° 32’, long. 19° 20’, 12 Aug., 1933 (DAO); T. Sorensen 4445, Clavering Island, Granatdal, lat. 74° 10’, long. 21°. 34’, alt. abt. 500 m., 20 July, 1933 (DAO); T. Sorensen 386, The northernmost Fame Isl., bird cliff, lat. 70° 50’, long. 22° 30’, alt. 10-30 m., 8 July, 1933 (DAO); T. S¢rensen 4439, Clavering Island, Hird Bay, dry bird-hill, lat. 74° 10’, long. 20° 30’, alt. abt. 50 m., 23 July, 1933 (DAO); T. Sorensen 2319 & 2321, Skaerf- jord, C. F. Mourier Fjord, near the sea-shore, lat. "(7° *257, long... 20°" 157-15 Aus. i933. (DAO); T. Sérensen 359a, Liverpool Land, east side of Hurry Inlet, Kalkdal, naked clayey ground at the sea-shore, lat. 70° 50’, long. 22° 20’, alt. 5-10 m., 10 July, 1933 (DAO type); T. Sorensen 4470, 4482 & 4485, Claver- ing Island, Eskimonaes, lat. 74° 06’, long. 21° 20’, alt. 0-40 m., 16 July, 1933 (DAO); T. Sorensen 2307, Germania Land, Danmark- shavn, at the old Expedition-house, lat. 76° 46’, long. 18° 46’, alt. 0-10 m., 10 Aug., 1933 (DAO); T. Sorensen 2337 & 2338, Skaerfjord, north side of Klaegbugt, lat. 77° 40’, long. January-February, 1951] THe CaNnapIAN 20° 54’, alt. 25-50 m., 13 Aug., 1933 (DAO); T. Segrensen 4428 & 4437, Gael Hamke Bay, Terneskaer I., lat. 73° 55’, long. 21° 00’, 26 July, 1933 (DAO); T. S@rensen 4453, 4457 & 4463, Clavering Island, Granatelv, lat. 74° 10’, long. 21° 34’, alt. 30-40 m., 18-19 July, 1933 (DAO); T. Sérensen 390, 394, 395 & 396, Liver- pool Land, east side of Hurry Inlet, Kalkdal, lat. 70° 50’, long. 20° 20’, alt. 0-50 m., 10 July- 9 Aug., 1933 (DAO). La pubescence du calyce est beaucoup plus courte chez le L. triflora Br. (= L. affi- nis Vahl) et permet de distinguer facilement ces deux espéces a tous les stages de leur développement. SILENE FURCATA Raf., Aut. Bot. 28. 1840; Lychnis furcata (Raf.) Fernald, Rho- dora 34: 22. 1932; Viscago furcata Raf. ut syn. ex Porsild, Sargentia 4: 33. 1943; Melandrium furcatum (Raf.) Hultén, Fl. Alaska & Yukon 4: 702. 1943; Melandrium furcatum (Raf.) Hylander, Upp. Un. Arsskrift 7: 162. 1945. Il n’existe pas que je sache de type du Silene furcata Raf. Sans doute s’il existait ‘un spécimen type le probleme de l’applica- tion exacte de ce nom pourrait probablement étre résolu de facon satisfaisante, mais en absence de type, nous sommes forcés de nous en tenir strictement a la description originale de Rafinesque qui se lit en partie comme suit: “SILENE (Viscago) furcata Raf. .... Labrador and Hudson Bay .... a real Silene not dioical and with 3 styles... .” Aprés avoir examiné des centaines d’indi- vidus de Lychnis apetala, alpina, triflora et Gillettit provenant de la région de la baie d’Hudson et du Labrador, je puis affirmer que je n’ai vu que des fleurs a 5 styles. On ne peut donc appliquer la description de Rafinesque a aucun des Lychnis qui se ren- contrent dans la région du type du Silene furcata. Par conséquent je me vois forcé de considérer ce nom comme un nomen dubium qui, a tout hasard, ne peut s’appliquer a genre Lychnis. 5 STELLARIA CALYCANTHA (Led.) Bon- gard. Le status des variétés de cette espéce est fort confus. En particulier les clefs de -E. Hultén dans son Fl. Alaska, Yukon, 4: 646-7, 1944 et celles de M. L. Fernald dans Rhodora 16: 150, 1914 se contredisent sur plusieurs points surtout en ce qui a trait au var. sitchana et au var. Bongardiana. Et ce que Hultén cite sous le nom Stellaria longi- FIELD-NATURALIST fi folia Muhl. me semble bien étre le S. caly- cantha var. floribunda Fernald et non pas la plante de Muhlenberg. STELLARIA CALYCANTHA (Led.) Bon- gard var. latifolia var. n., glabra, debilis, 2-4 dm alt., foliis primariis tenuis elliptico-lanceo- latis, 2.0-3.5 em long., 0.7-1.0 cm lat., foliis inflorescentiae dimidio brevioribus quam pri- mariis floribus paucis, sepalis (1.8)-2.0-(2.5) mm long. ; ALBERTA: G. H. Turner 4590, Spruce woods % mile north of Davis’ Lake, 5 miles southeast of Fort Saskatchewan, July 24, 1948 (DAO type); G. H. Turner 5178, moraine above highway terminus at Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Aug. 17, 1946 (DAO); G. H. Turner, Fort Saskatchewan, wet places in woods, May. 31, 1938 (DAO); G. H. Turner 1731, 6 miles N.E. of Fort Saskatchewan, wet springy place in poplar woods, June 6, 1940 (DAO); G. H. Turner 3076, 5 miles S.E. of Fort Saskatchewan, %4 mi. S. of Davis Lake, in spruce woods, July 13, 1942 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: H. Groh 267, Kamloops Range Experimental Station, Pass Lake, low meadow in montane forest, July 22, 1939 (DAO). Reconnaissable par ses feuilles caulinaires plutét grandes et larges, ses feuilles de l’inflo- rescence pas trés réduites, ses fleurs peu nombreuses a sépales trés courts. Toute la plante est glabre sauf parfois quelques feuil- les légérement ciliées a la base. ; STELLARIA MONANTHA Hultén var. MONANTHA, Stellaria monantha Hultén sensu stricto, Bot. Not. 265-6. 1943. STELLARIA MONANTHA Hultén var. atlantica (Hultén) stat. n., Stellaria monantha ssp. atlantica Hultén, Bot. Not. 267-8. 1943. I11I—Compositae LES VARIATIONS CANADIENNES DE L’ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Rydberg dans le North Am. FI, 34: 219-227. 1916 reconnait pour le Canada 14 espéces d’Achillea dont 11 appartiennent au complexe de l’Achillea Millefolium. L’étude de Il’abon- dant matériel sous la main (quelque 200 feuilles d’herbier) me permet de conclure ' que ces 11 entités, ou du moins celles qui sont représentées parmi les spécimens 4 ma disposition, ne sont pas spécifiquement dis- tinctes entre elles parce qu’aucun des carac- téres qui les séparent n’est suffisamment constant, et parce qu’on n’y rencontre aucun groupe de deux ou plusieurs caractéres cons- 8 THE CANADIAN tamment _associés. Cependant Jl Achillea Millefolium tel qu’on le rencontre au Canada se laisse diviser en une série de variétés qui, bien que séparées par des différences pas toujours constantes et d’ordre mineur, n’en FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 présentent pas moins chacune un faciés parti- culier et une distribution géographique indi- vidualisée. Et ces entités, forment 3 groupes assez nets que j’appellerai sous-espéces et qu’on pourra différencier comme suit: 1. Plante naturalisée 4 inflorescence aplatie, 4 feuilles rapprochées, les inférieures larges le plus souvent de 2-3 cm, a lobes étalés. Tégules 4 marge de couleur variable, le plus sou- vent brune, parfois noiradtre, occasionnellement hyaline. Ligules plutét petites, blanches, roses, ou pourpres ssp. Millefoliwm . Plante indigéne 4 corymbe convexe, a feuilles plus espacées, plus étroites, les inférieures ne dépassant pas 1.5 em de largeur, 4a lobes plus ou moins incurvés ce qui donne 4a la feuille une apparence plutét touffue. Tégules 4 marge de couleur pale ou hyaline. ihiguilles:petites; DlANCHeS 2 si2 62 elGe ee es ees cegs eases tree Lee cee Ree ssp. pallidotegula . Plante indigéne 4 corymbe convexe, a feuilles assez étroites, les inférieures larges de 1-2 cm, a lobes plus ou moins incurvés. que noire. Tégules 4 marge de couleur foncée, parfois pres- Ligules grandes ou petites, blanches ou rarement rosées ............ ssp. atrotegula A leur tour ces sous-espéces se subdivisent en variétés et formes. On peut dire, d’une facon générale, que notre connaissance de la flore de l’Amérique du Nord n’est pas encore assez approfondie pour qu’on puisse habituel- lement distinguer entre sous-espéces et varié- tés. Etant donné la priorité bien évidente de la catégorie “variété” j’ai jusqu’ici em- ployé ce terme du maniére exclusive pour désigner toute entité inférieure a l’espéce mais possédant une distribution géographique distincte. Dans le cas de l’Achillea Mille- folium, le matériel abondant et les variations nombreuses et complexes nous permettent déja de reconnaitre deux catégories bien dif- férentes de subdivisions; les unes majeures, ou “sous-espéces”, comprenant chacune une ou plusieurs subdivisions mineures ou “varié- tés”. Tant les variétés que les sous-espéces possédent une distribution géographique indi- vidualisée. Voir a ce sujet: M. L. Fernald, Rhodora 42: 239-246, 1940; R. T. Clausen, Rhodora 43: 157-167, 1941; F. R. Fosberg, Rhodora 44: 154-7, 1942; C. A. Weatherby, Rhodora 44: 157-167, 1942. Sans doute a mesure que notre connaissance de la flore canadienne s’approfondira, il deviendra de plus en plus nécessaire de coordonner sous- espéces et variétés a l’intérieur de chacune de. nos espéces les plus variables. Le matériel que j’ai sous la main ne contient pas appa- remment de spécimens représentant toutes les variations que reconnait Rydberg pour le Canada, mais la clé qui suit, bien que basée uniquement sur les spécimens de l’herbier de la Division de Botanique et Phytopathologie, ne sera sans doute pas sans quelque utilité. Clausen, Keck & Hiesey (Carn. Int. Wash. 520: 296-324. 194) et W. E. Lawrence (Am. J. Bot. 34: 538-545. 1947) travaillant sur du ma- tériel différent du mien et provenant de ré- gions généralement différentes ont trouvé que. certaines variations du groupe de A. lanulosa Nuttall étaient toutes tétroploides (n = 18) alors que les variations affines de l’A. borealis Bongard étaient toutes hexaploides (n = 27). Quant a lA. Millefolium introduit, il semble varier quelque peu étant tantdt pentaploide (2n = 43-46) tantot hexaploide (n = 27, 2n = 54). Ces études cytologiques s’accordent assez bien avec la division proposée ici en 3 sous- espéces dont la premiére, ssp. Millefolium, serait tantét pentaploide, tantét hexaploide; la seconde, ssp. pallidotegula, serait tétra- ploide; la troisiéme, ssp. atrotegula, serait hexaploide. 1—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM lL. ssp. MILLEFOLIUM var. MILLEFOLIUM f. MIL- LEFOLIUM. Plante haute de 2.5-7.0 dm. Feuilles variables, les supérieures environ 0.7 em de largeur, les inférieures étroitement oblancéolées, généralement larges de 2-3 cm, a lobes étalés. Tige et feuilles pubérulentes, a pubescence d’un blanc pur; inflorescence pubérulente a pubescence d’un blane pur ou plus fréquemment jaunatre. Tégules 4 marge brune ou parfois brun pale ou jaunatre, ou - méme transparente, occasionnellement brun foncé a noiratre. Ligules blanches, longues de (1.0)-1.5-2.2-(2.5) mm. Naturalisé au Cana- da depuis l’ile de Sable (Nouvelle-Ecosse) jusqu’en Ontario. Aussi plus au nord a la Terre-Neuve et au Groenland (vide M. P. Por- January-February, 1951] THE CaNapDIAN FIeELp-NATURALIST 9 -a. Tige et feuilles caulinaires 4 pubescence d’un blanc pur, inflorescence 4 pubescence ? blanche, ou jaunatre, ou rousse. b. Ligules roses ou pourpres. c. Ligules rosées supérieurement. d. Corymbe généralement aplati, étalés oo... Sh HN KML RIED: BMD feuilles inférieures larges de 2-3 cm, 4 lobes PEAS SRY Bay ARS SBE ha Area ene oe eae 2. f. rosea dd. Corymbe convexe, feuilles inférieures larges de 2 cm ou moins, a lobes plus ou moins incurvés BENG ab elas Oe ae ae Ee eet 10. f. discolor ce. Ligules pourpres supérieurement, roses inférieurement .......................... 3. f. purpurea bb. Ligules blanches. e. Tégules 4 marge hyaline ou jaunatre ou brun pale. Ligules petites. f. Corymbe généralement aplati, feuilles inférieures larges de 2-3 cm, a lobes étalés GNC UNE Se beet dS Ak dl ae 1. f. Millefolium ff. Corymbe convexe, feuilles larges de 1.5 cm ou moins, a lobes fortement incurvés. g. Plantes hautes de 2-4 dm, pubescence d’un blanc pur, tégules 4 marge le plus souvent hyaline. h. Tégules ne dépassant pas 2.5 mm de longueur et de largeur SAN SY eA) PO I Ct Been fen oe 4. var. pallidotegula hh. Tégules plus larges que longues, larges de 3.0-3.5 mm 5. var. megacephala gg. Plantes hautes de 4-7 cm, pubescence de la tige et des feuilles caulinaires d’un blane pur, pubescence de l’inflorescence plus ou moins jaunatre, tégules 4 marge le plus souvent brun pile .................... 6. var. russeolata x ee. Tégules 4 marge brun foncé ou noiratre, ligules petites ou grandes. i. Ligules grandes, longues de (2.5)-3.0-3.5-(4.0) ii. Ligules petites, longues de (1.0)-1.5-2.2-(2.5). 7. var. atrotegula j. Corymbe généralement aplati, feuilles inférieures larges de 2-3 cm, a lobes étalés .............. CS SO ONS ARPA RE CO Bree As aan 1. f. Millefolium jj. Corymbe convexe, feuilles inférieures larges de 2 cm ou moins, a lobes plus ou moins incurvés. k. Plante haute de 4-7 dm hata HMDS Si Raley 8. var. parviligula kik, Plante’ hautelsde. 1-4 dims i). 9. eae seh sete sacpeea se secael 9. var. parvula aa. Tige et feuilles caulinaires 4 pubescence abondante et rousse. 1. Ligules blanches ll. Ligules plus ou moins rosées sild. Medd. Gr. 134, 4: 36-9, 1946). La forme typique a ligules blanches, f. Millefolium, est la plus commune, mais on rencontrera aussi fréquemment les deux formes qui suivent: 2—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM lL. ssp. MILLEFOLIUM var. MILLEFOLIUM ff. ROSEA Rand & Redfield. Ligules rosées. Occasionnel avec la forme typique. De cette forme il existe aussi une récolte provenant des Monts Cyprés en Saskatchewan. 3—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM lL. ssp. MILLEFOLIUM var. MILLEFOLIUM f. PUR- PUREA (Gouan) Schinz & Thellung. Ligules pourpres supérieurement, rosées inférieure- ment. Occasionnel avec la forme typique. 7 Peewee ee mare ewn sees esas ses cess ase seesunt Peewee center ene scene nes ese en ssnsseaseeseesensseserseneesssseesssssses NUDE EVAL AR Nee Mn ot AS Ma heel eo a 11. var. fulva 12. f. roseiflora ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. palli- dotegula ssp. n. Foliis angustis, inferioribus 5-15 mm lat., lobis incurvatis plus minusve confertis. Tegulis margine pallidis vel hyali- nis. Ligulis parvis, (1.0)-1.5-2.2-(2.5) mm albis. Inflorescentia corymbosa convexa. 4—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. PALLIDOTEGULA Boivin var. PALLIDOTE- GULA, Achillea lanulosa Nuttall, Journ. Ac. Phil. 7: 36. 1834. MANITOBA: H. Groh, Rosser, July. 20, 1922 (DAO); H. Groh, Meadows, June 8, 1932 (DAO); M. C. Abey, Chater, July 19, 1937 (DAO). 10 THE CANADIAN SASKATCHEWAN: W. Shevkenek, Out- ram, roadside, June 16, 1947 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 5340, Cypress Hills, dry prairie near Fort Walsh, common, Aug. 2, 1947 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 5161, Cypress Hills, Fort, . Common, July 29, 1947 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 4328, Cypress Hills Park, dry prairie, July 3, 1947 (DAO); R. C. & L. M. Russell S2728, Touchwood Hills, Product P.O., open prairie near poplar bluff, July 10, 1947 (DAO); H. A. Senn, E. W. Tisdale, A. C. Budd 2374, Cypress Hills Park, sub-montane prairie, bench at 4100’, common, fls. white, 12” high, July 19, 1946 (DAO); W. Shevkenek, Regina, common on prairies, June 25, 1938 (DAO); W. Shev- kenek, Regina, prairies, June 11, 1939 (DAO); R. C. Russell & R. J. L., Saskatoon, open prairie near bluff, June 19, 1936 (DAO); H. A. Senn 2472, 10 miles S. Wood Mountain at 3100’, dry hillside, fairly common, fls. white, 6” high, July 23, 1946 (DAO); R. C. Russell S3726, Cutknife, rolling prairie near a bluff, July 24, 1927 (DAO); H. Groh 1158, Big River, Dry field, Sept. 29, 1939 (DAO). ALBERTA: H. Groh, Jasper, dry hillside, June 29, 1935 (DAO); E. H. Moss 242, N. of Pincher, prairie, west facing slope, thin black silt-loam, Aug. 2, 1939 (DAO); H. Groh 690, Peace River District, south of Wapiti, white soil of parkland, Aug. 24, 1939 (DAO); G. H. Turner 2079, Fort Saskatchewan, dry open prairie, July 28, 1940 (DAO); M. C. Dudley, Calgary, June 28, 1940 (DAO); F. Fyles, Leth- bridge, field, Aug. 7, 1914 (DAO); A. H. Brinkman 5161, Craigmyle District, prairie grassland, June 20, 1942 (DAO); B. O’Connor 17-5, Lamont, Elk Island National Park, clear- ing on hill, leafy loam soil, Aug. 22, 1939 (DAO); E. H. Moss 7496, Spirit River, grass- land, July 24, 1947 (DAO); H. Groh 662a, Peace River District, Beaverlodge, railway yards, Aug. 23, 1939 (DAO). 5—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. PALLIDOTEGULA Boivin var. megacephala (Raup) stat. n., Achillea megacephala Raup, J. Arn. Arb. 17: 306-7, pl. 199. 1936. Apparemment une variation a grandes ligules plus larges que longues et a capitules généralement plus gros. ' ALBERTA: H. M. Raup 6913, Lake Atha- baska, on large shifting sand dunes west of William Point, Aug. 20, 1935 (G type). 6—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. PALLIDOTEGULA Boivin var. russeolata var. n. Planta erecta 47 dm. Folia inferiora FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 angusta, (8)-10-15-(18) mm lat. Tegula mar- gine saepius pallide brunneo, interdum hya- lino vel brunneo in apice. Pubescentia inflo- rescentiae plus minusve luteolens vel pallide russeolata. Pubescentia caulis et foliorum niveo-alba. ONTARIO: W .N. Denike 340, Ingolf, edge of woods, July 8, 1939 (DAO); J. Hutchinson A. 31, Shuniah Mines, Thunder Bay, July 3, 1938 (DAO). MANITOBA: H. Groh, Meadows, fields, June 8, 19382 (DAO). SASKATCHEWAN: H. A. Senn, H. Groh, R. C. Russell 2873, 2 miles N. Prince Albert, dry pine woods, occasional, Aug. 1, 1946 (DAO); H. A. Senn, H. Groh, R. C. Russell 2846, Pilger, moist roadside, Aug. 11, 1946 (DAO); A.J. Breitung 4626, Cypress Hills Park, common on the plateau, July 11, 1947 (DAO); R.C. Russell & R. J. Ledingham, Pike Lake, roadside ditch, June 6, 1933 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 1338, Wallwort; low moist swampy ground, common, July 16, 1941 (DAO); A. J. Breitung 1754, Tisdale, semi-open prairie to prairie, common everywhere, Aug. 1, 1943 (DAO type); J. Laycock, Sunny Brow (DAO); J. Laycock, Bjorkdale (DAO); H. S. Jones 10, Eastend, 1942 (DAO). ALBERTA: R. H. Dixon 1662, Macleod District, pasture lands, July 7, 1940 (DAO); H. Groh, Edmonton, August 14, 1933 (DAO); G. H. Turner 1999, Fort Saskatchewan, edge of poplar woods, July 12, 1940 (DAO); H. A. Senn 2685, Athabaska, edge of woods, Aug. 7, 1946 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: J. Bostock, Summerland, roadsides and fields, June 1925 (DAO); E. W. Tisdale 40-754, Tranquille Range, Kamloops, open Pinus ponderosa woods, common in grassland, July 1936 (DAO). ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. atro- tegula ssp. n. Foliis angustis, inferioribus 1-2 cm lat., lobis plus minusve incurvatis. Tegulae margine atro-brunneae vel nigrescentes. Inflo- rescentia corymbosa convexa. Pubescentia omnis niveo-alba. 7—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp.. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. ATROTEGULA, Achillea Millefolium L. var. nigrescens Meyer, Pl. Lab. 65, 1830;? Achillea borealis Bongard, Mem. Ac. St. Pet. 6,2: 149. 1832. January-February, 1951] THE CANADIAN ALASKA: Dutilly, Lepage & O’Neill 21 843, Anchorage, vicinity of Eagle River, Aug. 2, 1947 (DAO); W. J. Eyerdam 6128, Kodiak group, Raspberry Island, Port Vita, on sea cliffs, Aug. 1, 1946 (DAO); W. J. Eyerdam 5252, Raspberry Island, Port Vita, near mountain top, Aug. 26, 1946 (DAO). LABRADOR: F. McGillivray, Cartwright, Aug. 17, 1918 (DAO). - _ QUEBEC: Dutilly & Lepage 14 523, Ri- viere aux Meélézes, rivage de sable, 9 aoit 1945 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 764, Fort Chimo, baie d’Ungava, 14 aodt 1945 (DAO); J. A. Calder 2231, Fort Chimo, sand beach near mouth of river, very common, Aug. 1, 1948 (DAO); J. A. Calder 2447, Fort Chimo, Hudson Bay Post, meadow area by the “Post”, very common, Aug. 7, 1948 (DAO). ONTARIO: Dutilly & Lepage 16 413, Baie James, Attawapiskat, rapide du 40° mille, caleaires siluriens, 16-31 aott 1946 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 16 558, James Bay, Lake River, lieu tourbeux et frais, 1 sept. 1946 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 15 482, James Bay, Attawapiskat, lieu glaisseux autour du poste, 20 juillet 1948 (DAO). MANITOBA: M. G. Dudley 88, Indian Bay, June 7, 1941 (DAO); P. Q. MacKinnon 6, Churchill, in gravel and sandy soil, Aug. 2, 1947 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2704, Gillam (Mile 326, Hudson Bay Railway) clearing near railway and in railway yards, Aug. 22, 1948 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2138, Warkworth Creek near Churchill, railroad gravel ballast and in spruce forest, July 19, 1948 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2100, Ft. Churchill, near Junc- tion, July 15, 1948 (DAO). ALBERTA: L. Jenkins 127, Beaverlodge, open ground, June 27, 1947 (DAO); L. Jen- kins 352, Beaverlodge, open places, July 27, 1947 (DAO); H. Groh, Banff, waste places, Aug. 31, 1930 (DAO); J. Fletcher 997, Sul- phur Mtn., Banff, July 26, 1901 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: E. H. Wal- lis 35, Mt. Revelstoke Park, alt. 4700 ft., grassy roadside, Sept. 27, 1939 (DAO); F. Fyles, Burgess Pass, Aug. 31, 1914 (DAO); H. Groh, Vancouver, North Shore, mtn. above Fisherman’s Cove, May 23, 1931 (DAO); I. Mounce, Vancouver Island, Saanichton, July 1939 (DAO); H. Groh, Esquimalt, May 25, 1931 (DAO); H. Groh, Victoria, May 28, 1931 (DAO). FIELD- NATURALIST 11 8—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM lL. ssp. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. parviligula var. n. Planta 4-7 dm. alt., ligulis parvis, quadratis, 1.5-2.5 mm. long., 1.5-2.0 mm lat. ALASKA: E. H. & H. B. Loof 193, Kodiak I., Olga Bay, valleys, July 20, 1938 (DAO); W. J. Eyerdam 3841, Kodiak Group, Rasp- berry Island, Raspberry Strait, Port Vita, in tall grass, July 25, 1945 (DAO type). 9—-ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM lL. ssp. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. parvula var. n. minor, 1-4 dm alt., ligulis quadratis albis 1.5- 2.5 mm long., 1.5-2.5 mm lat. QUEBEC: Victorin, Rolland & Dominique 49 016, Co. Gaspé, ile Bonaventure, sur les conglomérats du _ rivage, 23 juillet 1936 (DAO); J. A. Calder 1450, Témiscouata Co., ~ shoreline at Notre Dame du Portage, grow- ing in pockets in rich soil along rocky ledges, Aug. 11, 1947 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 118, Rupert House, sandy terrace, 7 juillet 1945 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 066, Rupert House, open sandy terrace, 3 juillet 1945 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 130, Rupert House, clayey bank, 10 juillet 1945 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 164, Vieux Comptoir, sandy soil, 14 juillet 1945 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 14 282, Golfe de Richmond, sandy terrace, 19 juillet 1945 (DAO). ONTARIO: Dutilly & Lepage 16 905, Hud- son Bay, Weenusk, 19-20 sept. 1946 (DAO); Dutilly & Lepage 15 980, James Bay, Albany, rivage graveleux, 3 aout 1946 (DAO). MANITOBA: E .Beckett 3739, Churchill, 15 Aug., 1946 (DAO); A. H. R. Buller 128, Churchill, Aug. 13-15, 1989 (DAO); P. Q. MacKinnon 95, Churchill, in disturbed areas along roads, occasional, Aug. 24, 1947 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2307, Knife Lake, 120 miles s.w. of Churchill, clearing about trapper’s cabin, abundant, July 28, 1948 (DAO); J. M. Gillett 2038, Ft. Churchill, sand beach, July 9, 1948 (DAO type, isotype). 10—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. PARVULA Boivin f. discolor f. n. ligulis superne roseis, inferne albis sive pallide roseis. ONTARIO: Dutilly & Lepage 15 957, Albany, rivage graveleux, 3 aoat 1946 (DAO type); Dutilly & Lepage 15 388, James Bay, Natabiska Pt., terrasse de sable, 12 juillet 1946 (DAO). 11—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. fulva var. n. dense 12. THE CANADIAN lanata, pubescentia omnis fulva. 3.0 mm long. QUEBEC: V. R. Wood & L. N. Thompson 4, Saguenay Co., Harrington Harbour, in ash dump, Aug. 18, 1940 (DAO). COLOMBIE-BRITANNIQUE: Anderson & Fletcher 947, Mt. Arrowsmith, V.I., 5500 ft., top of ridge, 7 August, 1901 (DAO type). 12—ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. ssp. ATROTEGULA Boivin var. FULVA Boivin f. roseiflora f. n. ligulis roseis. QUEBEC: V. R. Wood & L. N. Thompson 3, Saguenay Co., Harrington Harbour, in ash dump, Aug. 18, 1940 (DAO type). ANTENNARIA PARVIFOLIA Nuttall, ‘Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. ns. 7: 406. 1841 pro parte; emend. Greene, Pittonia 3: 175. May 27, 1897 et 3: 276-7. 1898; Antennaria micro- phylla Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24: 303. June 29, 1897; Antennaria nitida Greene, Pittonia 3: 283. 1898. D’aprés la description originale, il semble bien que lA. parvifolia Nuttall est hétéro- gene. D’aprés Fernald (ex Cronquist, Rho- dora 48: 120. 1946) l’un des cotypes préser- ves au British Museum contient du matériel des A. rosea Greene, A. microphylla Rydberg et A. aprica Greene. D’aprés l’Art. 52 des Régles Internationales de Nomenclature il faut dans pareil cas choisir un type mais l’Appendice I qui traite du choix des types n’a pas encore été rédigé*. En attendant nous devons nous guider de régles de bon sens qui vraisemblablement seront incorporées un jour dans l’Appendice I. Dans Am. Midl. Nat. 35: 796. 1946, C. A. Weath- erby a formulé deux de ces régles, a savoir: (1) that in choosing lectotypes the pre- servation of well established usage must be the primary consideration. (2) that where usage is not a clear guide, typification by a previous author is to be accepted if in consonance with the rules and not. demonstrably in error. Ligulae 1.5- On pourrait ajouter a cela une liste de considérations accessoires, mais il semble bien que les deux régles précitées soient fonda- mentales. _ Revoyons maintenant Vhistoire de lA. parvifolia Nuttall. Greene semble avoir été le premier a réaliser que cette entité était hétérogéne. - Dans Pittonia 3: 175. May 27, 1897 il redécrit VA. parvifolia Nuttall et en élimine 1’A. rosea FIELD-NATURALIST ~[Vol. 65 Greene qu'il décrit de la maniére suivante: -“In its form or variety ROSEA it is a beau- tiful plant.” Sans doute c’est la un nomen subnudum, mais l’épithéte rosea rend T’in- tention évidente. A peine un mois plus tard, Rydberg publie dans le Bull. Torr. Bot. Club ' 24: 299-304. June 29, 1897 un article intitulé “Antennaria dioica and its North American Allies” dans lequel il utilise A. parvifolia Nuttall dans le sens de A. rosea Greene et utilise A. dioica dans le sens de A. aprica Greene (nec Gnaphalium dioicum L. 2: 856. 1753), et il décrit son A. microphylla. Ryd- berg ne semble pas avoir réalisé 4 ce moment que l’A. parvifolia Nuttall incluait originale- ment chacune de ces trois entités. L’année suivante, Greene publie dans Pittonia 3:. 273-289. 1898 un article intitulé “Some northern species of ANTENNARIA” dans lequel il spécifie qu’il considére A. parvifolia Nuttall comme hétérogéne et il en restreint de nouveau lapplication dans le sens de 1’A. microphylla Rydberg. I] élimine A. rosea parce que dans la description de Nuttall cet élément n’est pas inclus mais qu'il n’apparait que comme élément secon- daire dans les commentaires. Il] ne semble pas que Greene ait réalisé que l’A. parvifolia Nuttall incluait également 1’A. aprica qu’il décrit sur la page suivante. Dans ce méme article Greene éléve également son A. parvi- folia var. rosea au rang d’espéce et en donne une bonne description. Enfin en page 283 ii décrit 1’A. nitida Greene qui n’est autre que la phase vernale de IA. mcr eR nye Rydberg. Tout récemment Cronquist dans une ion gue note infrapaginale (Rhodora 48: 120. 1948) discute le probleme a nouveau et en conclut qu’on doit appliquer A. parvifolia Nuttall dans le sens de A. aprica Greene. Il exclut A. rosea Greene parce qu’élément nettement subordonné et non inclus dans la description préliminaire. Il exclut A. micro- phylla parce que cette espéce a des feuilles qui “rarely exceed 1cm in length” et que les . tégules sont “white rather than yellow”, alors que la description de Nuttall parle de plantes a feuilles “half or three-quarters of an inch long” et a tégules “yellow”. Puis Cronquist coneclut que A. parvifolia Nuttall doit s’ap-, pliquer dans le sens de A. aprica Greene 4 Cette centurie fut préparée de juin 1948 a& mai 1949 et envoyée a l’éditeur avant le congrés de 1950. Seuls les changements essentiels furent effectués aprés coup. January-February, 1951] THe CANADIAN. FIELD-NATURALIST 13 parce que-ce dernier correspond a la descrip- tion Nuttall pour tous les détails sauf la couleur des tégules. D’aprés Cronquist A. aprica présente “white rather than yellow phyllaries’ et que ‘occasional otherwise representative specimens .. . have a distinct pink cast to the phyllaries” mais que “A. aprica may develop a yellowish tinge in drying”, alors que Nuttall parle de plantes a tégules “yellow . .. sulphur yellow... purple”. Ii faut ajouter la synonymie suivante de Rydberg dans son FI. Rocky Mts. 918-9. 1918: 19. A. rosea (D.C. Eat.) Greene, A. parvi- folia (? Nutt. in part) Rydb. 26. A. microphylla Rydb. A. parvifolia Greene, not Nutt. 30. A. aprica Greene. (?) A. parvifolia Nutt. et dans son FI. Pr. & Pl. 825-6. 1932: 1. A. microphylla Rydb. March-April, 1951] ing Koojesse Inlet. Senn & Calder 3738, 3849. Previously unrecorded for the Fro- bisher Bay area. C. membranacea Hooker — Common. Re- presented by a number of collections from a wide range of moist habitats: moist soil above beach, moist meadow near Eskimo dwelling site, edge of small stream, etc. *C. misandra Br. — Common in a wide range of habitats but preferring the drier situations of the lichen-heath, and exposed sandy-gravel areas. C. nardina Fries — Common along the upper margins of the sand beaches, in the more open communities on the dry heath, and in general in open areas of gravel or sand. C. norvegica Retz. (= C. Halleri Gunn.) — Quite common. The majority of our collec- tions are from the open communities on dry sandy soil or gravel. Dwarf specimens were collected in the moist meadow about the old Eskimo dwelling sites, and on the rocky ledges along the east bank of the Sylvia Grinnell. C. rariflora (Wahl.) Sm. — Quite common in the marshy meadows and moist habitats about the freshwater ponds about one mile west of the camp. Senn & Calder 3881, 3884. Both collections are referrable to forma erecta Pol. which has erect instead of pen- dulous spikelets. This species was rare else- where in the area. C. rupestris Bell — Occasional in the more open communities on the dry lichen-heath, and on exposed banks of gravel and sand. Senn & Calder 3850, 4018. C. salina Wahl. var. subspathacea (Wormsk.) Tuck. — Apparently rare. Represented by a single collection from the moist sandy edge of a tidal pool below highwater mark. Senn & Calder 3790. C. saxatilis L. var. major Olney (= C. physo- carpa Presl) — Apparently rare though pos- sibly overlooked. Represented by a single collection made along the margins of fresh- water pond a short distance north of the camp. Calder 2137. Previously unreported for the Frobisher Bay area. C. scirpoidea Michaux — Common. Repre- sented by a number of collections from a variety of habitats: upper part of sand beach, sandy soil below ridge, dry heath, etc. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 53 C. supina Wahl. — Rare. Only a single colony of this species was found on an exposed dry gravel bank about three miles east of the camp. Previously unrecorded for the Fro- bisher Bay region, and only reported from three widely scattered localities in the East- ern Arctic. Two collections were made, one on July 15, Calder 2042, the other on July 26, Calder 2190. C. ursina Dewey — Occasional. Represented by two collections from the beach area at base. One was made in wet muddy soil in the zone just above the high-tide level, the other around the wet sandy margins of a small saline pool. This halophytic species was restricted to the sand beaches and muddy shore lines about Koojesse Inlet. Senn & Calder 3855; Calder 2103. Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. This species, growing in association with Ranun- culus hyperboreus, was quite common about two miles north of the camp along the muddy- sandy shoreline of a small freshwater pond. Calder 2138. When collected on July 23 the plants were in full flower and in all probab- ility mature seed was produced. A thorough search was made along the margins of the nearby pools and in general throughout the area, but no further colonies were noted. This collection represents a slight northern range extension for the Eastern Arctic. This species has previously been reported by Polunin (l.c. p. 106) from Lake Harbour in Southern Baffin Island, Cape Smith in north- ern Quebec, and from Chesterfield on the ‘west coast of Hudson Bay. Eriophorum angustifolium Honckeny. — Com- mon in moist habitats throughout the area. Collected in a moist depression formed by late-melting snow in the tundra area just north of the camp and in a drainage ditch below the ridge a short distance east of the base. E. callitrix Cham. — Occasional in the moist sedge meadows, and along the margins of freshwater ponds. Senn & Calder 3853. _E. Scheuchzeri Hoppe — This was the most common species of Eriophorwm in the area forming extensive colonies in the wetter muddy habitats, especially about the margins of the freshwater ponds, and in moist de- pressions in the sedge meadows. +E. spissum Fernald — Common in _ the marshy valley areas, and preferring a habitat 54 Tue CANADIAN’ FIELD-NATURALIST- somewhat similar to that of E. callitrix with which it was often associated. Kobresia myosuroides (Villar) Fiori & Paol. (= K. Bellardi (All.) Degland) — Occasional on exposed sand or gravel banks, and in the drier habitats along the rocky ridges. Calder 2163, 2194. Previously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay region. K. simpliciuscula (Wahl.) Mack. — Quite common in the drier habitats in the sedge meadows, and especially common in the open areas along the upper limits of the sandy beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Juncaceae Juncus albescens (Lange) Fernald — Oc- casional in moist depressions along the upper margins of the sand beaches, and in moist habitats about the numerous small fresh- water ponds. Calder 2071. J. biglumis L. — Common. Found in habitats similar to those of the preceeding species with which it was occasionally found in asso- ciation. J. castaneus Sm. — Quite common in moist habitats along the upper part of the beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet and around the margins of the freshwater pools and ponds. +Luzula confusa Lind. — Common in a wide range of habitats. The majority of the col- _lections were made in the open sandy areas along the upper limits of the sand beaches. L. nivalis (Laest.) Beurling — Quite common in sandy soil along the upper margins of the sand beaches, and in the more open commu- nities in areas of gravel and sand. Noted occasionally in moist soil in the vicinity of late-snow patches. L. Wahlenbergii Ruprecht (= L. spadicea (Ail.) DC. var. Wahlenbergit (Ruprecht) Buchenau — Quite common. The majority of the collections are from the lichen-heath areas and wet sedge meadows, although occasionally the species was noted in sandy soil along the upper limits of the sand beaches. Senn & Calder 3877, 4021. Previ- ously unreported for the Frobisher Bay region. Liliaceae Tofieldia coccinea Rich. — Rare. Noted on only one occasion on a moist south-facing slope a few miles east of the camp. A small colony of some 60 plants was found growing [Vol. 65 in association with T. pusilla in the grassy heath. Calder 2033. Previously unrecorded for southern Baffin Island, although report- ed by Polunin (l.c. p. 150) from northern Quebec, northern Baffin Island, and Devon Island. T. pusilla (Michaux) Persoon (=T. borealis Wahl.) — Quite common in moist depressions in the sedge meadows and lichen-heath areas. Noted also on moist river banks, and in the grassy zone above the sand beaches. Salicaceae *Salix arctica Pallas var. Brownei And. — An extremely common and variable species occurring in a wide range of habitats. Re- presented by no less than 25 collections. +S. arctophila Cock. — Occasional in moist habitats. The majority of the collections were made along the rocky-gravel banks of the small streams in the vicinity of the base. Senn 3535, 3580. S. calcicola Fernald & Wiegand — Quite com- mon in moist habitats throughout the area. Collected along the upper limits of the sand- gravel beaches, and along the rocky stream banks. Senn 3628, 3629; Calder 1982. Prev- iously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay region. S. cordifolia Pursh var. callicarpaea (Trautv.) Fernald — Rare. Represented by a single collection from a rocky slope a short dis- tance east of the camp. Calder 2054. S. herbacea L. — Noted in wide range of habitats. Especially common on the upper part of the sand beach at base, and in areas where there was a late-snow cover. S. reticulata L. — Common throughout the area. Represented by numerous collections from a variety of moist and dry habitats. *S. Richardsonii Hooker — Represented by a single collection from along the face of the limestone cliff at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3913. Common locally in moist places among calcareous rocks. Prev- iously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay area. S. Uva-ursi Pursh — Common in dry sandy soil along the upper part of the beach at base, and in open rocky-gravel areas, where it forms dense conspicuous mats. THE CANADIAN March-April, 1951] FIELD-NATURALIST wae 55 Aerial photograph of Silliman Mountain taken Caryophyllaceae Fig. 3. on July 1 from an altitude of about 5000’. Betulaceae *Betula glandulosa Michaux — Rather rare. Noted only on four occasions in sheltered situations along the rocky slopes. Senn 3664; Calder 2035. It was noted as common along the base of the high cliffs and in the shel- tered valleys, in the vicinity of the Hudson Bay Post at Ward Inlet, Freeman s.n., July 19, 1948. Previously unreported for the Fro- bisher Bay region. Polygonaceae Koenigia islandica L. — Occasional in the more sheltered situations on a sandy or muddy substratum along the shoreline of Koojesse Inlet. Noted also inland along the margins of a few freshwater ponds. Senn & Calder 3896; Calder 2118. Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill — Common through- out the area in a wide range of habitats. Especially luxuriant when growing in moist situations along the bases of the steeper rocky slopes, and in areas of late-melting snow. Polygonum viviparum L. — Represented by a number of collections from a variety of habitats. Although very common throughout the area, it never formed a dominant part of the vegetation. ‘a 7 Flora of Alaska. IV: 681. *Arenaria ? elegans C. & S. ( = Minuartia elegans (C. & S.) Schischkin) — A single collection made along the limestone cliff at Silliman Mountain is hesitatingly referred to this species. Senn & Calder 3924. Hulten” has pointed out that this species is closely related to Arenaria Rossii Br. (= Minuartia Rossii (Br.) Graebner) and may be merely a southern race of this species. In any event it is readily differentiated from A. Rossi. Polunin does not list this species for the Eastern Arctic or include it in the synonymy. A. peploides L. var. diffusa Horn. — Com- mon along the shorelines, and especially at the upper limit of the tidal zone along the sand beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Usu- ally found growing in association with Mer- tensia maritima var. tenella, Puccinellia spp., and other halophytic plants. A. rubella (Wahl.) Sm. — Very common in open areas of dry sand or gravel, and espe- cially along the upper part of the sand beach in the vicinity of the camp. Forma plena Calder, a many-flowered proliferous form, is represented by a single collection from dry sandy ground on the rocky ridge east of the camp. Senn & Calder 3739 (Type). 1944. 56 THE CANADIAN A. sajanensis Willd. — Common. Collected along the gravel banks of streams, in moist sand along the upper margins of the beaches, and on the mossy bank of a sheltered slope a mile or so north of the base. *A. uliginosa Schleicher — Occasional. Col- lected on two occasions in moist sandy soil in the vicinity of the camp, and also on the limestone cliff at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3922; Calder 2128A. Previously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay area. *+Cerastium alpinum L. — Common and occurring in a wide range of habitats. Noted especially in the more open areas of sandy soil, and along the upper part of the beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Lychnis apetala L. var. nutans Boivin (=L. apetala sensu Polunin) — Common through- out the area and preferring open moist ha- bitats. Collected on hummocks in the sedge meadows, on the moist sandy beaches, along stream courses, etc. Senn & Calder 3746, 3868; Calder 2012, 2065 (All paratypes). +L. triflora Br. (= L. furcata sensu Polunin). — Common, especially in the more open com- munities along the upper part of the sand beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Noted also about the old Eskimo dwelling sites and in crevices along the rocky bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River. Sagina intermedia Fenzl — Quite common. All collections were made in open areas of sandy soil on the upper part of the sand beaches in the vicinity of the camp. Senn & Calder 3891; Calder 2131. Previously un- recorded for the Frobisher Bay region. Silene acaulis L. var. exscapa (All.) DC. — Common throughout the area in a variety of habitats. The majority of the collections were made in open areas of sand or gravel and along the exposed rocky hillsides. Stellaria ciliatosepala Trautv. (= S. longipes Polunin pro parte) — Represented by a single collection made in sandy soil in the vicinity of the camp. Senn & Calder 3734. S. crassipes Hulten (—S. longipes Polunin pro parte) — Collected only once along the upper part of the sand beach near the base. Calder & Senn 2007. S. humifusa Rottboell — Occasional. Res- tricted to the upper limits of the tidal zone in sheltered situations along the beaches FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 about Koojesse Inlet, where it formed pro- strate tangled mats on a moist silty or sandy substratum. Senn & Calder 3779. S. monantha Hulten var. typica Boivin (= S. longipes sensu Polunin pro parte) — Repre- sented by a single collection made near an old Eskimo dwelling site on the east bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River. Senn & Calder 3981. Ranunculaceae Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottboell — Quite common. Collected along the wet muddy shorelines of a few freshwater ponds, and along the banks of streams. Senn & Calder 3857. R. lapponicus L. — Rare. Noted only twice in a moist sedge meadow between two small ponds a mile or so southwest of the base. Senn & Calder 3873; Calder 2024. Previously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay area. *R. nivalis L. — Very common throughout the area. Collected in a wide range of moist. habitats: stream banks, the foot of rocky slopes, boggy meadows, margins of snow banks, ete. ; R. Pallasii Schlecht. — Restricted to the wet muddy banks and shallow-watered margins of three small freshwater ponds (Fig. 2) in a sedge meadow about one mile southwest of the base. Although the species was com- mon locally, no other colonies were noted in the area. Flowering specimens were col- lected on July 6, Senn & Calder 3765, and fruiting specimens on July 19, Calder 2056. These collections represent a northern range extension of some 60 odd miles for the East- ern Arctic. This species has been collected at Lake Harbour in southern Baffin Island and at Mosquito Bay in northern Quebec. R. pedatifidus Sm. var. leiocarpus (Trautv.) Fernald — Quite common in moist habitats. Represented by a number of collections from along the banks of streams, moist rocky slopes, damp open areas, etc. R. pygmaeus Wahl. — Quite common. Col- lected in moist sand along the base of a steep south-facing slope, the margins of a late-snow patch, and along stream banks. Papaveraceae Papaver radicatum Rottboell — Very common in open exposed habitats on dry sand or gravelly soils. The majority of the collec- March-April, 1951] THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 57 Fig. 4. Old Eskimo dwelling site on east bank of Sylvia Grinnell River. Luxuriant colonies of poa pratensis, cerastium alpinum, and cochlearia officinalis may be noted in foreground. tions were made along the upper limits of the sandy beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Cruciferae *Arabis alpina L. — Noted only once on the bank of a small stream along the face of the limestone cliff at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3917. A. arenicola (Rich.) Gelert — Quite common but restricted to open dry sandy areas along the upper part of the beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Senn & Calder 3862; Calder 2016. These collections represent the first records for the Frobisher Bay area. *Braya purpurascens (Br.) Bunge — Rare. Noted only at Silliman Mountain, where it was growing in rock crevices along the lime- stone cliff, Senn & Calder 4020, and on dry clay in a sparsely vegetated area by a small pond about one mile north of the camp. Senn & Calder 3898. Previously unreported for the Frobisher Bay region. Cardamine bellidifolia L. — Quite common in the more open communities in gravelly or sandy soil. The majority of the collections were made in moist depressions along the upper part of the sand beaches near the camp. C. pratensis L. — Collected in shallow water and in damp soil along the margins of a small stream that emptied into Koojesse Inlet. Calder & Senn 2057. Apparently rare though perhaps overlooked, as a few small sterile colonies were noted in shallow freshwater pools along the east bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River. Cochlearia officinalis L. — Common along the sandy shoreline of Koojesse Inlet and re- presented in the area by var. oblongifolia (DC.) Gelert and var. groenlandica (L.) Gelert. Luxuriant colonies (Fig. 4) of the latter were found around the Eskimo dwell- ing sites along the bank of the Sylvia Grin- nell. Calder 2169. *Draba alpina L. — Noted in a wide range of habitats and, although quite common in the area, it was never found to be locally abundant except on the limestone talus slope at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3900. D. crassifolia Graham Quite common. Polunin’s remarks (l.c. p. 238) as to the habitat of this species are as follows: “Very occasional but gregarious in sheltered ravines and other “late-snow” areas... never found in any spot that had not a deep drift of snow covering it in winter . . .”. In contrast, our seven collections were all made along the upper limits of the sand beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Senn 3626, Calder 2018A. *7), heterotricha fladnizensis Wulfen var. 58 THE CANADIAN (Lindblom) Ball — Quite common in the more open sandy or gravelly areas. Collected also along the face of the limestone cliff at Silliman Mountain. *D. glabella Pursh — Common in sand or gravel, especially in the more sparsely veg- etated communities. Noted also in rock cre- vices on the limestone cliff at Silliman Moun- tain. D. nivalis Lil—Common on dry gravel banks. and in the sparsely populated communities along the upper limits of the sand beaches. Noted occasionally in crevices on the more exposed rocky slopes. Eutrema Edwardsii Br. — Common in a wide range of habitats though never noted as lo- cally abundant in any one area. Collected in the lichen-heath area, along the upper limits of the sand beaches, and in the moist meadows. Saxifragaceae Chrysosplenium tetrandrum (Lund) Fries (=C. alternifolium lL. var. tetrandrum Lund) — Noted only in two places. Quite common locally on damp clayey soil along the margins of a freshwater pond about one mile north of the camp, Senn & Calder 3799, and around a number of the old Eskimo dwell- ing sites along the east bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River. Senn & Calder 3954. Previ- ously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay region. *Saxifraga aizoides L. — Noted only twice in the vicinity of the base. One small colony was found in an open area on clayey soil between two small ponds a short distance north of the camp, (Calder 2143), the other in a moist sandy depression along the upper limits of the sand beach. Calder 2112. Com- mon locally on the limestone talus slope at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3914. S. caespitosa L. Common in a wide range of habitats but never noted as locally abun- dant. The majority of the collections were made in rocky crevices along the hillsides in the vicinity of the camp. S. cernua L. — Common, especially in moist situations along the margins of late-melting snow patches, and in sheltered situations along the bases of the rocky slopes. S. nivalis L. — Quite common throughout the area in moist sandy depressions and in rock FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 crevices, but never noted as locally abundant in any one locality. Calder 2013. S. oppositifolia L. — Common and noted in a wide variety of habitats. A characteristic plant of the dry rocky slopes and exposed heath-areas. S. rivularis L. — Common in moist habitats. Noted in moist sandy depressions in the more sparsely vegetated areas, along the banks of streams, and in sheltered rock crevices. Re- presented by both the white-petalled form, f. hyperborea (Br.) Hooker (Senn & Calder 3709), and the form with purple-tinged petals f. purpurascens Lange. Senn & Calder 3708. S. stellaris L. var. comosa Retzius — Rare. Noted only once in a moist sedge meadow by a small freshwater pond about a mile or so north of the base. Senn & Calder 4019. +7S. tricuspidata Rottboell — Common in dry sandy soil along the beaches, in open areas of sand or gravel, and in the drier rocky situa- tions. Rosaceae Dryas integrifolia Vahl — Common through- out the area especially in the drier and more exposed habitats. Potentilla Egedii Wormskj. — Represented by three collections from along the shore- line of Koojesse Inlet. Noted occasionally around the saline margins of tidal pools, and in sandy or muddy soil along the upper limits of the tidal zone in protected coves. Senn & Calder 3777; Calder 2101. All the collections are referable to var. groenlandica (Tratt.) Pol. : P. hyparctica Malte var. elatior (Abromeit) Fernald (=P. emarginata Pursh) — Com- mon. An extremely variable species which was noted in a wide range of habitats and is represented by twelve collections. As noted also by Polunin, this species under favour- able conditions will flower for the second time during the short growing season, uSu- ally producing short-peduncled flowers hid- den in the rosette of basal leaves. Calder 2104. Leguminosae Astragalus alpinus L. — Very common throughout the area in the more open situa- tions on dry gravel or sand. A. eucosmus Rob. — Occasional in habitats similar to those of the preceding species. March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN Although noted only on four or five occa- sions, in open areas of sand or gravel, it usually formed extensive colonies. Senn & Calder 3751, 3867, 4033. The habit of growth of A. eucosmus in the Frobisher Bay area varied quite markedly from that of colonies of this species seen farther south. The plants were essentially decumbent with the stems often creeping along the ground, while plants from the Churchill and Fort Chimo areas had an essentially upright mode of growth. Previously unreported for the Frobisher Bay region, although it has been collected about 60 miles to the south at Lake Harbour, and also in northern Quebec. The collections cited represent a slight northern range extension for the Eastern Arctic. Oxytropis Maydelliana Trautv. — Common, especially on the dry rocky slopes and in the lichen-heath areas. Extensive colonies were also noted along the upper limits of the dry sandy beaches. When in bloom, this species was one of the most conspicuous plants in the area. 0. podocarpa A. Gray. — Although this species was collected on no less than eight occasions, it was rather rare in the area. The majority of the collections were from the more open communities and the habitats, as represented by a random selection from our field notes, are as follows: dry gravel slopes, open sand and gravel, dry hillside, gravel ‘ridge, and dry gravel-rock plain. Senn & Calder 3946, 3955. This species had an ex- tremely short flowering period, the first flowering collection being made on June 24 and the last on June 30. On July 13, when fruiting specimens were last collected, the seed was still immature. Although cited by Polunin (lc. p. 294) as rare in the Eastern Arctic, it has probably been previously over- looked owing to its being inconspicuous in the fruiting stage. Empetraceae 7Empetrum nigrum L. — Common along the rocky slopes and in the more sheltered areas on the dry lichen-heath. Onagraceae Epilobium latifolium L. — Common through- out the area in dry sand or gravel in the more exposed open habitats. It is one of the first invaders of cleared or broken ground, and was especially common about the base. A ‘single colony of the white-flowered form -f. leucanthum (Ulke) Fern. was noted along f FIELD-NATURALIST 59 the upper limits of the sand beach near the camp. Calder 2201. Haloragidaceae Hippuris vulgaris L. — Noted only along the muddy banks of two or three freshwater ponds about one mile north of the camp. Senn & Calder 3805. Pyrolaceae Pyrola grandiflora Radius — Common in the more sheltered situations along the rocky slopes in the dry heathy areas, and in moist sandy depressions along the upper parts of the sand beaches. Ericaceae Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) Sprengel — Quite common on the dry rocky hillsides and heathy slopes. Calder 2176. *Cassiope hypnoides (L.) D. Don — Occasion- al in moist habitats. Collected along the damp mossy banks of streams and along the edge of the rocky slope southeast of the Eskimo village. Senn & Calder 3726, 3938. C. tetragona (L.) D. Don — Very common throughout the area in a variety of habitats. Especially abundant on the dry heath and along the rocky slopes, where it is often the dominant form of vegetation. -Ledum palustre L. var. decumbens Aiton — Common in dry heathy habitats. The majority of the collections were made along the rocky slopes. *Phyllodoce coerulea (L.) Bab. — Noted only on four occasions, in moist depressions along the south-facing rocky slopes, and in moist habitats along the banks of small streams. Senn & Calder 3899; Calder 2154. Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahl. — Quite common, especially in the drier situations along the rocky ridges and in the lichen- heath area. Senn 3544. Vaccinium uliginosum L. var. alpinum Big. — Common in a wide range of habitats, but noted as especially abundant in the more sheltered communities along the rocky slopes. V. Vitis-Idaea L. var. minus Lodd. — Noted in a variety of habitats. Quite common, and at times forming extensive colonies along the margins of gravel banks. Diapensiaceae Diapensia lapponica L. — Common in the heath areas along the dry rocky slopes and 60 THE CANADIAN ridges, though rarely noted as abundant in any one community. Plumbaginaceae Armeria maritima (Miller) Willd. var. sibirica (Turez.) Lawrence (=A. labradorica Wall- roth sensu Polunin pro parte). — Fairly common along the upper limits of the dry sand beaches, and in open areas of sand or gravel. Senn & Calder 3714; Calder 2014. Boraginaceae Mertensia maritima (L.) S. F. Gray var. tenella Fries — Occasional in the sandy-gravelly areas along the lower limits of the beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet in saline habitats. Senn & Calder 3691. Scrophulariaceae Pedicularis flammea L. — Quite common. Collected in the wet sedge meadows, along the margins of a late-snow patch, in moist depressions in the heath area, and along the upper limits of the sand beaches. Senn & Calder 3776. *P, hirsuta L. — Common and represented by a number of collections from a wide range of habitats. The majority of the collections “were made in the more sheltered situations along the rocky slopes, but it was also noted in the moist meadows and along the upper limits of the sand beaches. *P, lanata Cham. & Schl. — Collected only along the base of the limestone cliff and on the talus slope at Silliman Mountain. Senn & Calder 3918. It was quite common locally in this area but was not noted in the vicinity of the camp. P. lapponica L. — Quite common. Collected in both moist and dry heathy areas along the hillsides and gentle slopes. Senn & Calder 3808. Campanulaceae Campanula uniflora L. — Never abundant al- though collected on a number of occasions in moist rock crevices along the bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River, on the dry lichen- heath area above the sand beaches, and along the rocky south-facing slopes. Senn & Calder 3715; Calder 2157. Compositae - Antennaria angustata Greene — Quite com- mon though never noted as locally abundant in any one area. Collected in the more shel- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 tered habitats along the south-facing rocky slopes, along the margins of gravel banks, and in areas in which there was a late cover- ing of snow. Senn & Calder 3696; Calder 2046. A. Ekmaniana A.E. Porsild (=A. labrado- rica sensu Polunin) — Rather rare. Collect- ed on only two occasions, once along a gravel bank about 3 miles southeast of the camp, and once in rock crevices along the east bank of the Sylvia Grinnell River. Calder 2047, 2159. In both cases it was found grow- ing in association with A. angustata. *Arnica alpina (L.) Olin var. Vahliana Boivin - (= A. alpina var. angustifolia sensu Polunin) — Occasional in sheltered situations along the south-facing rocky slopes bordering Koojesse Inlet and the Sylvia Grinnell River. Noted also in the limestone area at Silli- man Mountain. Senn & Calder 3803. Artemisia borealis Pallas — restricted to the sand-gravel beaches border- ing Koojesse Inlet. Senn & Calder 3859. “Chrysanthemum integrifolium Rich. — Col- lected first at Silliman Mountain where it was common on the grassy hummocks at the base of the limestone cliff. Senn & Calder 3903. Two small colonies were found in the vicinity of the camp, one in a moist depression between two small ponds, the other on a grassy hillside. Calder 2037, 2142.” Polunin reports that this species ‘“...seems to be somewhat calcicolous .. .”, and this is apparently true as, in the latter two ha- bitats, the surface of the surrounding soil was covered with a crystalline limey en- crustation. Previously unrecorded for the Frobisher Bay region. Erigeron eriocephalus Vahl — Occasional along the edge of gravel banks, and in the open grassy zone bordering the sand beaches. Calder 2188. Erigeron unalaschkensis (DC.) Vierh. — Quite common on south-facing grassy slopes, along sheltered gravel banks, and in areas where there was a late snow cover. Occasion- ally associated with the preceding species in sheltered habitats. Calder 2123, 2187. Taraxacum phymatocarpum Vahl — Occasion- al in the more sheltered habitats along the upper zone of the sand-gravel beaches bordering Koojesse Inlet. Calder 2043. Common but — cn March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 61 A WALRUS IN THE BAY OF FUNDY; THE FIRST RECORD’ Bruce S. WRIGHT Northeastern Wildlife Station, Fredericton, N.B. N EVENT occurred on about April 24, 1937, on what is known as the French Shore of the Bay of Fundy coast of Nova Scotia which is unique in the history of this region and which I have not seen recorded in the literature. The incident is of such an unusual nature that it is worthy of record, and as I have recently had the opportunity of interviewing the persons concerned and inspecting the specimen I will attempt to record what happened in as great detail as possible. On that date two Acadian fishermen, Joseph and Alphonse Saulnier of St. Alphonse, Digby County, were fishing off Bear Cove. They were surprised and startled by a great up- heaval in the sea near their boat and the appearance of a large marine animal which was completely strange to them. At that time they had never heard of an animal answering its description, and they lost no- time in hauling their lines and making for shore. On shore they related their experience to other fishermen and were laughed at for running away. animal was reported by another boat, and the day following it was seen by several boats and considerably frightened them by coming very close and they believed it was after the fish on their lines. By this time all the boats in the neighbor- hood were carrying rifles, and the Saulniers had along Alphonse’s 12-gauge shotgun loaded with ball. At 5 o’clock in the morning of April 27 the Saulniers were cruising close to the cliffs near Bear Cove when they saw a large marine animal asleep on the rocks at the foot of a 75-ft. cliff. It was lying in shallow water not far from a large driftwood log caught on the rocks. Alphonse landed to stalk the animal and Joseph took the boat to sea as he wanted no part of the animal when wounded as it had appeared formidable enough when not mo- lésted. Alphonse approached as close as he dared and shot it in the head, and after considerable thrashing about it died. He was then faced with the problem of how to remove 1 Received for publication August 3, 1950. The next day, however, the- this great mass of flesh to a point where it could be examined and identified. The drift- . wood log solved the problem. After recalling his partner and several other boats they managed to lash the body to the log, which floated it, and to tow both down the shore several miles to the nearest wharf where the body was hoisted out of the water by a derrick. It was there identified as a bull Atlantic walrus, Odobenus rosmarus (Linnaeus). The animal was then taken to Yarmouth where an account of its capture appeared on Page 1 of the Yarmouth Light of April 29, 1937, and subsequently several other Nova Scotia newspapers. It was partially measured in the flesh by Mr. Roger Pothier, of Belle- ville, Yarmouth County, a taxidermist who was given the job of mounting the carcass for display. After a day or two it was brought back to the village of St. Alphonse where it was kept for a period in a garage and an attempt was made to skin it. By this time it was smelling so badly that the owner of the garage rebelled, after an unsuccessful attempt to combat the smell with the aid of perfume from the local drugstore, and the carcass was removed to the Saulnier farm. There it was skinned out and the carcass buried, and Mr. Pothier took the skin back with him to mount. The mounted speci- men was then taken on a tour of the province as an exhibit and made a fair profit for its owners. Today it is in the barn of Mr. Nicholas Comeau, of St. Alphonse, who still puts out a sign advertising its presence in the tourist season. I have examined the mounted specimen, which is shown in the photographs, and the story has been put together from the accounts of Alphonse Saulnier, Nicholas Comeau, and Roger Pothier. The newspaper files have been checked, and Mr. Basile Belliveau, of Belliveau’s Cove, has collected information for me. The following is a description of the animal put together from all the above sources: Sex: Male, penis observed by Saulnier and Comeau, but it had been removed when the skin was turned over to the taxidermist. 62 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Fig. 1. A side view of the mounted specimen showing the position of the outstretched neck, and the drum-tight skin which gives the animal an unnatural appearance. Colour: The body was completely covered with light silvery-fawn hair about % in. long. This is the colour today when it is dusty and dirty from years in a barn, and is no doubt somewhat faded. The hair appears continuous over the body showing no places where it has been rubbed off, indicating that the animal was in the prime of life. Length: Mounted specimen, nose-tail 10 ft. 4 ins.; skin was 12 ft. long when removed from the carcass. Weight: The animal was estimated to weigh 3,000 lbs. when freshly killed by fishermen who are accustomed to weighing large tuna; the hide alone weighed 300 lbs. on the scales when removed from the carcass; 125 lbs. of fat was flensed from the hide after skinning. The dimensions of the animal taken by the taxidermist to make the frame for the mounted specimen were: Head and neck: Largest circumference of skull (measured from the mounted specimen) 3814 ins. Neck: 2 ft. long; 17 ins. in diameter at shoulders and tapering to 11% ins. diameter at base of skull (measured by Pothier from the dead animal.) NOTE: In the mounted specimen the head and neck appear too small for the rest of the body. This is probably due to the fact that the measurements were taken when the ani- mal was dead and the neck stretched out. The taxidermist had never seen the animal alive, and he assumed that this was the natural position, whereas the mounted speci- men would look much more lifelike if it had been mounted with the head sunk back on the shoulders instead of extended as it is. Circumference behind fore flippers, 8 ft. 4 ins. Circumference 2 ft. behind shoulder, 8 ft. 4 ins. Circumference 3% ft. from the base of the tail, 7 ft. 6 ins. Circumference 1 ft. from the base of the tail, 4 ft. 6 ins. Tail: 9 ins. long, 5 ins. in circumference. Muzzle: 914 ins. wide; tip of nose—chin 9 ins.; eyes—tip of nose 7% ins. Tusks: (Measured in the mounted specimen.) Right tusk lip-tip outside curve 91% ins. Left tusk lip-tip outside curve 8% ins. (end broken off but break old and worn smooth.) Teeth: The skull is still in the mounted specimen but as it has been filled with plaster, as has the mouth and throat, all teeth are not in sight. However, the crowns of the molars are visible and they appear well worn indi- cating an adult animal, although not badly enough worn to indicate overmaturity. The taxidermist made the mistake of fitting the skin tightly over the model constructed from these dimensions, instead of loosely as it was on the animal. When he pulled it tight the skin overlapped by about a foot, and he cut this overlap off. The result is that the mounted specimen shows no wrinkles or folds in the skin anywhere and has therefore an unnatural appearance. Considering that all he had to go by to mount the animal in a ee March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 63 Figs. 2 and 3. The head that rose out of the water near the Saulnier’s boat. Note the teeth and the tip broken or worn off the left tusk. lifelike pose was a line drawing of a walrus on an ice floe in a taxidermist’s handbook which was printed in the early 1800’s, he has done a creditable job. The animal was very fat and apparently in in good health when shot. There are several old scars on the head and neck which the present owner thinks were made by ice, but which are probably fighting scars as would be expected in an adult male. “The Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia have had records of this species in early times, but this appears to be a first record from the Bay of Fundy. Even from these other areas there are very few records in recent years, although there once were breeding colonies on Sable Island, Prince Edward Island, and several places in the Gulf. Normally they are not found south of Hudson Strait today on the Atlantic coast, and the presence of an adult male over a thousand miles south and alone in April sug- gests that he was a “rogue male” cast out by the stronger bulls of the herd, although the complete hair covering and teeth do not suggest old age. If this is so, Alphonse Saulnier probably stalked and shot with his 12-gauge shotgun a much more dangerous animal than he knew, as a bull walrus at close quarters is an unpleasant antagonist even when living a normal family life. Acknowledgements My thanks are due to Mr. David R. Allen of Fredericton, N.B., who first told me about ‘there being “a walrus in a barn in Nova Scotia”, and who subsequently helped me make this investigation. Mr. Basile Belliveau of Belliveau’s Cove sent me a preliminary report and gathered considerable informa- tion, and Mr. H. Dean Fisher of the St. Andrews Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B., very kindly checked the records for me. To all three I express my appreciation. Literature Consulted 1. Allen, Glover M. Extinct and Vanishing Mammals of the Western Hemisphere with the Marine Species of all the Oceans. Special Publication No. 11, 1942. American Committee for International Wildlife Protection. The Intelligence Printing Co., Lancaster, Pa. 2. Anderson, Rudolph Martin. Catalogue of Canadian Recent Mammals, Bull. No. 102. National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Canada, 1946. 64 THE’ CANADIAN 3. Chamberlain, Montague. Mammals of New Brunswick. FIELD-NATURALIST { [Vol. 65 Catalogue Nat. History Soc. of N.B. Bull. No. 3, 1884. NOTES ON THE FOOD AND REPRODUCTION OF THE PELEE ISLAND WATER SNAKE, NATRIX SIPEDON INSULARUM CONANT AND CLAY! W. J. HAMILTON, Jr. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York HE ISLAND WATER SNAKES of western Lake Erie have been designated as a distinct subspecies by Conant and Clay (1937). Their abundance is typified in the above report as follows: “On June 1, 1935, three collectors on Put-in-Bay Island caught 234 specimens in four hours, or an average of almost a snake a minute! In some instances as many as 12 or 14 large individuals were found hiding under a single rock!” Such abundance delights the biologist; numbers alone give a fair chance to apprise the sys- tematist and the student of life histories a really fertile field for study. Dr. Kay Fether- ston Ball collected a series of insularum on Pelee Island in May 1947 and from April to July, 1948. At the time, Mrs. Ball was occu- pied with a pheasant study. As opportunity afforded, she collected reptiles and amphi- bians which are now in the Cornell University collections. Robert Mengel took three speci- mens on August 4, 1947 that are also in the Cornell collection. This brief report is based on 35 specimens; the number is admittedly small but it does give a clue to the dietary and reproduction of the snake. An April female showed no visible embryos. Four May females were all visibly gravid. Two specimens, with a body length of 652 mm. and 770 mm. respectively, each contained twenty-two small embryos. Another female (body length 562 mm.) carried eight embryos, averaging 35 mm. in total length. The yolks were 17 by 13 mm. A fourth (body length 1 Received for publication February 23, 1950. 571 mm.) held eleven embryos; the average total length of these embryos was 84 mm. A large female (body length 913 mm.) collected August 4, 1947 contained 26 embryos. Five of these had an average total length of 176 mm. Mr. Robert H. Mattlin collected a female at Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie. This snake had a body length of 921 mm. It was received in Ithaca on August 21, 1937. Twenty-seven young were born on September 25, a rather late date for birth in northern water snakes. The young, of undetermined sex, averaged in total lengths 227.1 mm., tail 53.22 mm. A young specimen, at least three times the bulk of the young described above, was collected in May 1948. Total length, 251 mm., tail 56 mm. This individual is presumed to be a young of the past year. We took a large snake, Natrix sipedon sipedon, at Ithaca, New York, on September 23, 1948 which contained twenty-three young. The young averaged 227.1 mm. in total length, with an average tail length of 55.4 mm. Those considered sexually mature ranged in total length from 793 mm. to 1151 mm. Perfect specimens give the following ratio of tail to total length: 12 males, 23.4; 6 females, 21.1. Twenty-seven males and eight females are represented in the collection. Literature Cited ~ Conant, Roger and William M. Clay 1937. A new subspecies of water snake from islands in Lake Erie. Occas. Papers Museum Zool., Univ. Michigan, No. 346: 1-9. j March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 65 Table 1. Food of 23 Natrix sipedon insularum from Pelee Island, April to July, 1948. Food Percent Frequency Percent by of Occurrence Bulk Fish 56.5 53.9 Percina 22h 18.7 Cyprinids 13.0 9.1 Ameiurids 8.7 8.7 Cottus 4.4 4.4 Undetermined fish 13.0 13.0 Amphibia 52.2 46.1 Rana pipiens 17.4 17.4 Undetermined Rana 11.3 11.3 Rana clamitans 4.4 4.4 Necturus 4.4 _ 4.4 Bufo sp. 4.4 4.4 Triturus 4.4 4.4 SIXTH CENSUS OF NON-PASSERINE BIRDS IN THE BIRD SANCTUARIES OF THE NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE * JouHN S. TENER Ottawa, Ont. OTAL POPULATIONS of all species of non-passerine birds included in the sixth census of the sanctuaries of the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence show substantial variations in number from those of 1945. The cold, wet spring of 1950 appears to have affected the distribution and numbers of nesting eiders and may have influenced their nesting success. The late start in taking the census in the sanctuaries was offset largely by the late nesting season for all species of birds in the sanctuaries, but may have affected the counting of nesting eiders, black-backed gulls and herring gulls. The difference in techniques of the men taking the census of the bird populations in 1945 and in 1950 also may account for dis- crepancies in totals. Such differences were kept to a minimum by following identical procedures in counting adults, eggs and nests, but some discrepancies are unavoidable. It is felt, however, that because of similar pro- 1 Received for publication November 25, 1950. cedures and because of the relatively small populations in each sanctuary, the differences were not significant enough to result in any erroneous indication of population trends. On Carrousel Island Bird Sanctuary, near — Seven Islands, there was a general decline from the 1945 census in numbers of all species recorded, with the exception of the black guillemot. Engine and boat repairs delayed one month the census of the remaining sanctuaries. On Birch Islands Bird Sanctuary the bird popula- tions were about the same as that of 1945, with slight increases in the numbers of eiders and herring gulls and a great increase in the numbers of common terns, the latter being a reflection of the shifting nesting habits of the species. Betchouane Bird Sanctuary, twenty miles east of Havre St. Pierre, was found to be supporting, in comparison with 1945, fewer terns and ring-billed gulls, about the same numbers of puffins, auks and spotted sand- mr ‘ LS ae Vis Bes. o. ena? er oe 1 A aire 66 Tue CANADIAN FreL_p-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 67 Wolf St. Mary Bay Islands Mecatina SS —— = | 1945 1950 | 1945 1950 1945 1950 rea 10| 16 20 30 30 | 360 | 490 340 164 6 16 2 2 2 2 1400 720 1420 600 1640 750 16 4 2 6 4 8 6 18 12 16 14 ‘Carrousel Birch Island Islands Betchouane Watshishu Species as Lie el 1945 1950 | 1945 1950 1945 1950 1945 1950 Red-throated loon European cormorant Double-crested cormorant 310 164 70 104 Black duck 2 10 | Pintail Green-winged teal | American eider 250 78 | 1508 1688 1188 1562 1184 | 1564 Red-breasted merganser 6 4 Willow ptarmigan Semipalmated plover | | 2 Spotted sandpiper 6 | 2 14 | 12 | 14 14 18 12 Great black-backed gull 2 2 24 10 20 104 lI |} alae Herring gull 1100 800 544 634 388 | 492 208 158 Ring-billed gull 275 150 Kittiwake 750} 600 | Hit 4 76 Common and Arctic terns 2 250 290 62 410 | 420 | Caspian tern Razor-billed auk 60 38 250 280 32 30 Common murre Brunnich’s murre | Black guillemot 98 148 14 | 44 30 32 Puffin | 610 662 | Totals — | 2576 | 1832 2106 | 2638 3062 | 3402 | 2116 2450 | | 2600 2200 4058 3800 158 144 2000 | 2180 5248 6862 6300 5600 4796 5400 2 2 16 6) 222 326 840 600 11518 | 17180 | 18296 | 3936 2290 St. Bradore Augustine Bay Totals 1945 1950 1945 1950 1945 1950 18 16 94 104 360 490 784 432 4 4 12 22 4 8 10 6 1050 1100 10304 8662 12 6 42 12 2 ve 6 12 16 30 16 32 12 130 130 320 160 1420 998 890 860 5402 4682 400 835 200 777 676 776 794 90 — 8 1500 1760 8690 8274 4 120 180 9368 | 11622 2 2 168 182 1524 1446 48304 | 48622 | 60010 | 60284 2870 2344 | 49962 | 50586 | 100652 | 98874 pipers and significantly greater numbers of eiders, black-backed gulls, herring gulls and kittiwakes. The census of Watshishu Bird Sanctuary, east of Baie Johan Beetz, showed a substantial increase in the numbers of eiders and double- erested cormorants, but fewer black-backed gulls and herring gulls. Terns, auks and guille- mots remained the same in numbers. Population shifts were observed to have occurred on Fog Island Bird Sanctuary, near Romaine. No individuals of Caspian terns, ring-billed gulls or double-crested cormorants were nesting in the sanctuary. The food of these birds, consisting of small fish known locally as bait, shifted in distribution from the sanctuary to the west, and the birds appeared to have followed their food supply, as they were nesting on islands closer to it. American eiders were reduced slightly in number, as were black-backed gulls and black guillemots. Increases were noted in numbers of Atlantic murres and red-throated loons. It was gratifying to note evidences of nesting black ducks, pintails and green-winged teal. Wolf Bay Bird Sanctuary was partially blocked by spring ice, which forced many eiders to search elsewhere for suitable nesting sites. Double-crested cormorants, herring gulls, razor-billed auks and puffins were also down in numbers in varying proportions. The Atlantic murre and the black-backed gull showed slight increases. The census of St. Mary Islands Sanctuary revealed again that eider ducks had been influenced by temporary adverse nesting conditions, as less than one-half of last year’s population was present. Other species found to be fewer in number were _ black-backed gulls, herring gulls, puffins, and perhaps razor-billed auks, but in the latter three cases the differences between the figures of 1945 and those of 1950 may be due to the different techniques of the census takers. A pair of Brunnich’s murres was observed nesting on St. Mary Islands again this year. Black guillemots showed a definite in- crease, as did European cormorants and red- throated loons. The sanctuary caretaker re- ported that a pair of pintails nested, the female successfully hatching her brood. The brood and adult were not seen by the writer, however, possibly because of mortality of the young. The eider population on Mecatina Bird Sanctuary was also reduced. The steady decline in numbers of black-backed gulls appears to be continuing, along with a drop in numbers of black guillemots and herring gulls. Ring-billed gulls were as numerous as in 1945. The St. Augustine Bird Sanctuary eider population was similar to that of 1945. No semipalmated plover were noted and black- backed gulls were reduced in numbers by about one-half, while the numbers of herring gulls and black guillemots remained the same. On the tenth sanctuary, Bradore Bay, auks and Atlantic murres had increased in numbers, with puffins in the colonies on Greenly and Perroquet Islands being as numerous as in 1945. In summary, the species showing popula- tion increases in the 1950 census include the red-throated loon, semipalmated plover, Euro- 1 ee - fe ee er oe ee 68 _ THE CANADIAN pean cormorant and Atlantic murre. Popula- tion decreases were noted for double-crested cormorant, American eider, spotted sand- piper, great black-backed gull, herring gull, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 ring-billed gull, kittiwake, razor-billed auk and guillemot. Puffins and terns remained about the same in numbers as in 1945. CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS — 1950°* N response to several enquiries, we wish to state that the continued publication of the Christmas Bird Census reports in the Cana- dian Field-Naturalist has been judged by Council, of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, to be well worthwhile although some of them are also published elsewhere. We feel that many readers will appreciate the convenience of reports from across Canada being brought together in this way. Incidentally, a glance at the first and last reports show that coverage this year is truly “across Canada’, although that from the maritime and prairie provinces is far from complete. The question of verna- cular names has caused considerable difficulty in the editing of a few reports. In general we have tried to follow A.O.U. names, but have followed the principle suggested in Audubon Field Notes of applying only specific, rather than subspecific, epithets. Thus, Red-shafted Flicker includes both Colaptes cafer cafer and C. cafer collaris. The danger of using subspecific names, especially in winter, is well illustrated by the American Robin. Many of us in eastern Canada assume that any robin seen must be the Eastern Robin; yet it is now known that the Black-backed Robin breeds extensively in the Ungava Peninsula, and it may well be found across southern Quebec and eastern Ontario in fall, winter and spring. Many reports came in this year in excellent shape, but several, owing to single-spacing, change of order, name variants, etc., had to be completely rewritten before they could be typed for the printer. We hope that contri- butors will follow the set-up of recent reports as closely as possible. If all were submitted in as good form as the best it would save at least thirty hours of editing and typing. —D.B.O:S. St. John’s, Nfld. — (Area around Murray’s Pond, Bauline Line and Torbay; coniferous forest 50%, cultivated lands 30%, sea-shore 20% ). — Dec. 26, 1950; 11.00 a.m. to 4.30 p.m.; 1 Received for publication February 8, 1951. temp. 35°F.; NW wind 15 m.p.h.; cloudy and occasional snow flurries; snow on ground and lakes partly frozen over; 5 observers in one party; Total miles, 18 (3 on foot, 15 by car). — Old squaw, 11; Eider Duck, 150; Iceland Gull, 2; Great Black-backed Gull, 2; Herring Gull, 5; Kittiwake, 1; Dovekie, 2; Black Guille- mot, 7; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 1; Raven, 4; American Crow, 11; Brown-capped Chickadee, 5; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 2; English Spar- row, 140; Pine Grosbeak, 3; Snow Bunting, 21. Total, 16 species; 367 individuals. — Mrs. Ambrose Gosling, Mr. and Mrs. Philip Rendell, L. M. Tuck, H. H. Winter, (Newfoundland Natural History Society). Quebec, Que. — (Quebec city, Plains of Abraham to Sillery, Bois Gomin Road, Ste. Foy and Quebec bridge area, Quebec Zoologi- cal Garden and Charlesbourg; town suburbs 16%, fields 17%, coniferous forests 8%, deci- duous woods 12%, mixed woodlots 31%, shores 16%). — Dec. 29, 1950; 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. 5°F. to 30°F.; wind 1-3 m.p.h. NW; cloudy; 5-10 inches of snow on ground; small rivers frozen; moving ice on St. Law- rence; 8 observers in 4 parties; total hours, 29 (on foot); total miles, 24 (on foot). — Ring- necked Pheasant, 2; Ruffed Grouse, 4; Herring Gull, 29; Iceland Gull, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 4; Blue Jay, 2; Amer- ican Crow, 4; Black-capped Chickadee, 45; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 5; Common: Starling, 49; English Sparrow, 244; Robin, 2; Common Redpoll, 41; White-winged Crossbill, 5; Pine Siskin, 8; American Goldfinch, 2. Total, 17 species; 454 individuals. (Seen in area: Dec. 20, Snowy Owl, 1; Dec. 24, Cedar Waxwing, 5; Dec. 17, Tree Sparrow, 3; Dec. 30, Evening Grosbeak, 1). — Louis-A. Lord, Gilbert and Jean Lord, Francois Hamel, Henri Talbot, Gaston and Ronald Lepage, Raymond Cayou- ette (La Société Zoologique de Québec). Montreal, Que. — (Mount Royal, Ville La- Salle, Ahuntsic, Cote St. Luc, Montreal West, St. Helen’s Island, Nuns’ Island, South shore Behe ay March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN St. Lawrence River from Mercier Bridge to Jacques Cartier Bridge and north shore from Dorval to Victoria Bridge. — Dec. 23, 1950; - overcast; wind NNE, 0 to 10 m.p.h.; temp. at 8am. 17.5°F., at 4 p.m. 18°F.; depth of snow, in open country 9 to 10 inches; 27 observers in 9 parties; total hours, 38; total miles, 97 (38 on foot, 3 by boat, 56 by car). — Mallard, 7; Black Duck, 349; American Pintail, 3; American Golden-eye, 854 (part. est.); Hooded Merganser, 1; American Merganser, 189; American Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Sparrow Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Ring-necked Pheasant, 72; Glaucous Gull, 1; Iceland Gull, 1 (Longley, Normandin); Great Black-backed Gull, 30; Herring Gull, 593 (part. est.); Ring- Billed Gull, 1 (Longley); Rock Dove, 67 (not fully est.); Horned Owl, 2; Snowy Owl, 6; Barred Owl, 1; Short-eared Owl, 1; Yellow- shafted Flicker, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 24; American Crow, 18; Black-capped Chickadee, 13; White-breasted Nuthatch, 6; Brown Creeper, 15; Winter Wren, 1; American Robin, 5; Hermit Thrush, 1; Cedar Waxwing, 75; Common Starling, 449 (not fully est.); English Sparrow, 468 (not fully est.); Purple Finch, 45; Common Red- poll, 15; Pine Siskin, 14; American Goldfinch, 38; Red Crossbill, 1; Slate-coloured Junco, 1; ' Song Sparrow, 6; Snow Bunting, 135. Total, 41 species; approx. 3519 individuals. — J. D. Cleghorn, Mr. and Mrs. D. G. Elliot, Rev. Brother V. Gaboriault, Miss M. Glynn, D. Garneau, Miss G. Hibbard, H. A. C. Jackson, Miss D. Jackson, Rev. Brother H. Latendresse, L. Lemieux, H. Longley, Rev. Brother Mat- thias, W. M. McBride, I. McLaren, G. H. Mont- gomery, J. Normandin, W. H. Rawlings, Mrs. P. Roberts, D. Ryan, Dr. D. M. Scott, C. H. Sullivan, Mr. and Mrs. L. M. Terrill, Dr. F. R. Terroux, D. Terroux, Miss W. Wilson. Hudson Heights, Hudson and Como, Que. — (Same area as in 1949 but not so fully covered. It should be noted this area now includes both the Whitlock Bird Sanctuary and the new Pine Lake Sanctuary). — Dec. 31, 1950; 10:00 am. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. about 20°F.; wind light; overcast, dull, visibility poor, ground covered, where undrifted, with 12 inches snow; streams open; Lake of Two Mountains frozen; 11 observers in 6 parties; total hours, 17 (on foot or skis); total miles 21 (on foot or skis). — Ruffed Grouse, 3; Hungarian Partridge, 16 in one covey; Pileated Woodpecker, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 9; Downy Woodpecker, 12; Blue Jay, 38; Black-capped FIELD-NATURALIST 69 Chickadee, 64; White-breasted Nuthatch, 7; Brown Creeper, 2; Winter Wren, 1; Robin, 4; Cedar Waxwing, 15; Common Starling, 1; English Sparrow, 25; Pine Grosbeak, 14; Red- poll, 18, (one flock); Pine Siskin, 8; Slate- coloured Junco, 1; Tree Sparrow, 1. Total, 19 species; 242 individuals. — Pat. Baird, Audry Bryan, Vi. Bryan, Ed. Croll, Eunice Croll, John Legate, Althea Macaulay, Dunbar Mullan, Cecil Nelson, Mrs. Geo. Riley, Mac. Yuile. (Report compiled by Geof. Ommanney). Ottawa, Ont. — Dec. 31, 1950; 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. 24°F. to 30°F.; light airs to gentle NW breeze; overcast with gentle snow to 10:00 a.m. then clear; 8 in. snow lying; rivers frozen except at and near rapids, fol- | lowing severe cold early in week; 27 observers in 12 parties; total hours, 61; total miles, 238.5 (75.5 on foot, 163 by car). — Black Duck, 1; American Golden-eye, 182; American Mergan- ser, 55; Red-breasted Merganser, 1; Sparrow Hawk, 3; Ruffed Grouse, 22; Hungarian Part- ridge, 10; Ring-necked Pheasant, 14; Rock Dove, 173; Great Horned Owl, 1; Hairy Wood- pecker, 7; Downy Woodpecker, 20; Blue Jay, 21; American Crow, 12; Black-capped Chick- adee, 128; White-breasted Nuthatch, 27; Red- breasted Nuthatch, 17; Brown Creeper, 12; Winter Wren, 1; Cedar Waxwing, 2; Common Starling, 1885; English Sparrow, 1942; Eastern Meadowlark, 1 (at large manure pile; 3 at same site next day —C.F.); Purple Finch, 7; Pine Grosbeak, 2; Common Redpoll, 40; Pine Siskin, 51; American Goldfinch, 35; Red Cross- bill, 20; White-winged Crossbill, 49; Tree Sparrow, 14; Song Sparrow, 4; Snow Bunting, 300. Total, 33 species; 4159 individuals. — A. E. Bourguignon, K. Bowles, A. Brown, F. G. Cooch, H. Cowan, B. A. Fauvel, Miss M. Flynn, Dr. and Mrs. C. Frankton, R. Frith, C. R. Lewis, H. F. Lewis, H. Lloyd, D. A. MacLulich,. Mr. and Mrs. H. Marshall, Miss K. McElroy, L. McKinnon, T. F. T. Morland, Dr. and Mrs. L. S. Russell, Miss B. Salter, Dr. and Mrs. D. _ B. O. Savile, V. E. F. Solman, Miss M. Stuart, J. S. Tener. Pakenham, Lanark Co., Ont.—Dec. 30, 1950; 8:15 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; (temp. 15°F. at start, maximum 25°F.) no wind; overcast; 7 inches. snow; audibility excellent, visibility fair; 6 observers in 3 parties; total miles 33 (19 on foot, 14 by car). — Ruffed Grouse, 2; Rock Dove, 16; Pileated Woodpecker, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Blue Jay, 9; Black-capped Chickadee, 9; White- 70 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST breasted Nuthatch, 9; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 16; Brown Creeper, 11; Golden-crowned King- let, 2; Common Starling, 44; English Sparrow, 33; Common Redpoll, 80; Pine Siskin, 23; White-winged Crossbill, 34; Snow Bunting, 117. Total, 17 species, 412 individuals. (Seen during period: Dec. 10, Arctic Three-toed Wood- pecker, 1; Dec. 26, Tree Sparrow, 2; Dec. 27, Red Crossbill).—Edna G. Ross, Verna M. Ross, Douglas Deugo, Bill McKenzie, R. M. Mc- Kenzie, T. W. Ross. Kingston, Ont. — (Selected areas within a 15-mile radius of MacDonald Park; farmland 43%, woodland 8%, marsh 2.6%, towns 0.4% and water 46%). Dec. 26, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; average temp. 0°F.; few scattered clouds; heavy mist over open water interfered with observations; marshes and smaller bays of Lake Ontario frozen; 9 observers in 2 parties. Total hours, 11; total miles, 45 (5 on foot, 40 by car).—Common Loon, 2; Pied-billed Grebe, 1; Black Duck, 119; Greater Scaup, 11; American Goldeneye, 62; American Mergan- ser, 1; Red-breasted Merganser, 1; Goshawk, 1; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 15; Hungarian Partridge, 6; Great Black-backed Gull, 40; Herring Gull, 250; Ring-billed Gull, 150; Great Horned Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 10; Blue Jay, 20; American Crow, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 58; White-breasted Nuthatch, 9; Brown Creep- er, 2; Common Starling, 150; English Sparrow, 280; Eastern Meadowlark, 1; Purple Finch, 85; Redpoll, 1; Pine Siskin, 126; American Gold- finch, 9; White-winged Crossbill, 14; Slate- coloured Junco, 13; Tree Sparrow, 113; Song Sparrow, 1; Lapland Longspur, 12; Snow Bunt- ing, 625. Total, 35 species, 2192 (plus) indi- viduals. (Seen in area: Bald Eagle 1, Amer- ican Sparrow Hawk 2). — Arthur S. Bell, Mr. and Mrs. T. Boardman, John Cartwright, Walter C. Lamb, Austin W. Peters, Stuart Peters, Rob. E. Stewart, Geo. M. Stirrett (Kingston Nature Club). Rutherglen, Ont. — (From township of West Ferris, city of North Bay, townships of East Ferris, Bonfield, Calvin, villages of Bonfield, Rutherglen, Eau Claire, area around Pimisi Bay, Mattawa and Kaipuskong Rivers, Ken- nedy and Smith’s Lakes, Amable du Fond River, to 10 miles west of Mattawa, Ont.; open farmland 30%, coniferous woodlots and black spruce bog 10%, second growth mixed forest 50%, lakes and rivers 10%, settlements 10%). —- Dec. 27, 1950; 8.00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; 38 to [Vol. 65 23°F.; wind W, SE, SW, 2-15 m.p.h.; clear to snowflurries; ground covered with 14 inches powdery snow; all fresh water except rapids frozen; total hours 842; total miles 72 (5 on foot, 67 by car). — American Goldeneye, 7; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 7; Blue Jay, 7; Black-capped Chickadee, 49; Red- breasted Nuthatch, 4; Brown Creeper, 4; English Sparrow, 20; Pine Siskin, 2; Red Crossbill, 17; White-winged Crossbill, 1; Snow Bunting, 2. Total species, 12, about 121 indi- viduals. (Seen in area Dec. 29: Evening Gros- beak, 19; Eastern Purple Finch, 2; Common Redpoll, 8; American Goldfinch, 7). — Louise de Kiriline Lawrence, Hazel Petty. Huntsville, Ont. — (75% mixed forest, bal- ance farming country and _ spruce-tamarac swamp). — Dec. 17, 1950; 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.; max. temp. 31°F., min. temp. 26°F.; cloudy; intermittent snowflurries; 8 to 10 inches of snow; all ponds and smaller lakes frozen; 12 observers in 4 parties; total miles 90 (10 on foot, 80 by car). — Ruffed Grouse, 14; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Wood- pecker, 7; Downy Woodpecker, 4; Blue Jay, 7; Black-capped Chickadee, 20; Brown Creeper, 2; Common Starling, 60; English Sparrow, 1; Pine Siskin, 10; White-winged Crossbill, 4. Total, 11 species, 130 individuals. (Seen in area during Dec.: American Merganser, Her- ring Gull, Barred Owl, Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, Golden-crowned Kinglet, Eve- ning Grosbeak, Redpoll, American Goldfinch, Snow Bunting). — T. Jensen, C. Kay, Mrs. C. Linklater, E. McDonald, A. May, R. May, W. Nickalls, K. Perrin, G. Phippen, R. Rutter, J. Walter, M. Walter (The Huntsville Nature Club). Toronto, Ont. — Dec. 24, 1950; 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; mostly dull and cool, some blowing snow from the northwest after noon in the outlying districts; wind SW 15 to 19 m.p.h., veering to NW 22 to 29 m.p.h.; temp. 40°F. to 18°F.; ground bare in city, sprinkling of snow on ground in the outskirts, 2 inches or more in the woods; bay, lake and Humber River, Bloor St. to Lambton, open, Don River open only in spots, other ponds, lagoons and rivers ice-covered; 79 observers in 20 parties; total hours, 109. — Mallard, 497; Black Duck, 1,427; Pintail, 2; Greater Scaup, 2,875; Amer- ican Golden-eye, 525; Buffle-head, 58; Old squaw, 68; Ruddy Duck, 1; Hooded Merganser, 2; American Merganser, 54; Red-breasted Merganser, 5; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 2; Cooper’s \ 4 March-April, 1951] Hawk, 2; Red-tailed Hawk, 12; Rough-legged Hawk, 2; Sparrow Hawk, 21; Ruffed Grouse, 16; Ring-necked Pheasant, 170; Coot, 2; Kill- deer, 1 (126th species for the 26 consecutive Brodie Club’s Toronto-region Christmas cen- suses); Glaucous Gull, 1; Iceland Gull, 1; Great Black-backed Gull, 40; Herring Gull, 5,730; Ring-billed Gull, 102; Mourning Dove, 56; Screech Owl, 2; Horned Owl, 10; Snowy Owl, 2; Long-eared Owl, 9; Saw-whet Owl, 1; Kingfisher, 10; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 1; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 24; Downy Woodpecker, 96; Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, 2; Blue Jay, 101; Crow, 14; Black-capped Chickadee, 277; White-breasted Nuthatch, 20; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 5; Brown Creeper, 57; Winter Wren, 15; Carolina Wren, 3; American Robin, 3; Hermit Thrush, 1; Blue-bird, 4 (127 species for the Toronto Christmas-census list); Golden-crowned King- let, 72; Cedar Waxwing, 5; Common Starling, 3,264; English Sparrow, 1,160; Red-winged Blackbird, 2; Cardinal, 66; Purple Finch, 269; Common Redpoll, 12; Pine Siskin, 277; Amer- ican Goldfinch, 197; Red Crossbill, 8; Eastern Towhee, 4; Slate-coloured Junco, 457; Oregon Juneo, 1; Tree Sparrow, 277; White-throated Sparrow, 8; Song Sparrow, 67; Lapland Long- spur, 10; Snow Bunting, 728. Total, 67 species, 19,164 individuals. — J. L. Baillie (as last year, compiler), J. H. Barnett, D. Beacham, - O. D. Boggs, A. Buckle, A. Bunker, D. Burton, L. Butcher, G. Clark, C. H. D. Clarke, A. Cringan, C. Davies, Mrs. C. Davies, A. Dawe, M. E. Devitt, O. E. Devitt, F. H. Emery, B. Foster, C. D. Fowle, G. Francis, A. Ghent, M. Ghent, W. Giles, C. Goodwin, W. Gunn, W. W. H. Gunn, P. Harrington, C. Helleiner, F. Helleiner, W. Hiscock, C. E. Hope, R. James, F. Keim, G. Lambert, A. Lamsa, C. Leavens, J. Livingston, H. G. Lumsden, N. Martin, Norma Martin, K. Mayall, W. Millen, D. S. Miller, A. J. Mitchener, C. Molony, F. Mueller, A. A. Outram, L. Paterson, D. Perks, A. Reid, R. Ritchie, J. B. C. Runnings, J. H. Runnings, T. Russell, J. Satterly, R. M. Saun- ders, D. Scovell, R. Scovell, J. Sherrin, L. Sisman, T. M. Shortt, D. Smith, F. Smith, W. W. Smith, J. Speakman, D. H. Speirs, J. M. Speirs, A. Strong, D. Sumner, T. Swift, E. Talvila, R. Tasker, A. Telfer, S. L. Thomp- son, E. Thorn, L. Walden, J. B. Walty, C. Watson, D. West (Brodie Club and co-opera- tors). Hamilton, Ont. — (Dundas Valley west to Ancaster, Hamilton and harbour, Burlington THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 71 Beach, Aldershot, Lake Medad, Bronte; farm- land 18%, city and suburbs 10%, mixed woods with much edge, mostly on ravines and water banks 62%, lake and bay 8%, cattail marsh 2%). — Dec. 26, 1950; 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; temp. 6°F. to 21°F., wind N to SW_ 5-20 m.p.h.; cloudy in a.m., clear in p.m.; 1 to 3 in. snow on ground; harbour partly open; 52 observers in 22 parties; total party-hours 134 (130 on foot, 4 by car); total party-miles 302 (229 on foot, 73 by car). — Horned Grebe, 2; Great Blue Heron, 2; Mallard, 98; Black Duck, 172; Canvas-back, 3; Greater Scaup, 142; Lesser Scaup, 1; American Golden-eye, 182; Buffle-head, 6; Old-squaw, 5; King Eider, 2 (J.B., J.C., W.G., G.N.); Surf Scoter, 1 (D.B.); Ruddy Duck, 4 (G.N.); Hooded Merganser, 2; American Merganser, 1,240; Red-breasted Mer- ganser, 8; Cooper’s Hawk, 3; Red-tailed Hawk, 12; Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Bald Eagle, 2; Marsh Hawk, 3; Sparrow Hawk, 10; Ruffed Grouse, 13; Ring-necked Pheasant, 18; Glau- cous Gull, 4; Iceland Gull (Kumlien’s), 1 (ad.—G.N.); Great Black-backed Gull, 34; Herring Gull, 2,750; Ring-billed Gull, 30; Screech Owl, 3; Horned Owl, 12; Snowy Owl, 2; Long-eared Owl, 3; Short-eared Owl (7), 1; Saw-whet Owl, 1 (B.F.); Belted Kingfisher, 3; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 14; Hairy Woodpecker, 19; Downy Woodpecker, 100; Blue Jay, 93; American Crow, 8; Black-capped Chickadee, 310; White-breasted Nuthatch, 42; Red-breast- ed Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 35; Winter Wren, 15; American Robin, 6; Hermit Thrush, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 20; American Pipit, 1 (J.B., W.G., F.H.); Cedar Waxwing, 68; Northern Shrike, 1; Common Starling, 3,075; Myrtle Warbler, 1 (J.D., B.F.); Common Yellowthroat (?), 1; English Sparrow, 1,482; Eastern Meadowlark, 1; Purple Grackle, 1; Cardinal, 88; Purple Finch, 73; Pine Siskin, 43; American Goldfinch, 83; Red Crossbill, 20 (F.B., H.K.); White-winged Crossbill, 1; Slate- colored Junco, 636; American Tree Sparrow, 695; White-throated Sparrow, 1; Swamp Spar- row, 2; Song Sparrow, 37; Snow Bunting, 75. Total, 69 species; about 11,834 individuals. (Seen in area Dec. 25, Bonaparte’s Gull, 6;. Dec. 28, Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, 1; Dec. 31, Catbird, 1; Eastern Towhee, 1; Jan. 5, Cowbird, 27; Jan. 7, Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, 1).—Dean Axelson, Florence Baillie, James L. Baillie, W. E. Ben- ner, Donald Bourne, Neil Bourne, R. D. F. and Mrs. Bourne, F. W. Buckle, Don Bucknall, Albert N. Butwick, David Campbell, Jack ed, THE CANADIAN Campbell, William Campbell, K. J. Cox, John and Helen Crosby, James Dowell, Robert O. Elstone, Bob Finlayson, William W. H. Gunn, Ian Halladay, Fred Helleiner, Dr. Peter F. Henderson, Dorothy Henwood, George Hol- land, Roger Jackson, H. E. Kettle, Margaret Lamb, J. A. Mannheimer, Jack Martin, Dr. G. O. McMillan, John Moule, Aibert B. Nind, George W. North (Compiler), James Nuttall, Florence Peart, R. K. Sargeant, Wm. Sargeant, Doug. Smith, Lawrie Smith, Tom Smith, Laura Stewart, Alden Strong, Gordon Sweatman, Ann Watson, Mabel Watson, Mrs. M. R. Wat- ters, J. Harvey Williams, Laurel Williams, Robert Wilson, E. Woods (Hamilton Nature Club). Galt, Ont. — Dec: 26, 1950; temp. 0°F.; clear; windy; 2 observers, 1 party; total miles, 3 on foot. — Black Duck, 56; American Mer- ganser, 11; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Ring-necked Pheasant, 5; Herring Gull, 6; Black-capped Chickadee, 14; Brown Creeper, 1; Common Starling, 8; English Sparrow, 40; Junco, 5; Cardinal, 2. Total, 11 species; 149 individuals. — Margaret Stuart, Mary Stuart. Kitchener-Waterloo, Ont. — (Within 8-mile radius, mostly to south; 55% deciduous woods, 14% coniferous woods, 12% open water, 7% farm lands and pasture, 12% swamp). — Dec. 23, 1950; temp. 30°F.-40°F.; wind SW 15 m. p.h.; cloudy; observers, 18; total hours, 18; total miles, 18 on foot. — Mallard, 2; Black Duck, 23; American Golden-eye, 38; American Merganser, 38; Belted Kingfisher, 1; Sharp- shinned Hawk, 1; Ring-necked Pheasant, 5; Ruffed Grouse, 6; Herring Gull, 88; Ring- billed Gull, 48; Rock Dove, 40; Great Horned Owl, 3; Screech Owl, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 13; Blue Jay, 36; Black- capped Chickadee, 90; White-breasted Nut- hatch, 7; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 20; Winter Wren, 3; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 24; Cedar Waxwing, 10; Common Starling, 50 (plus); English Sparrow, 300 (plus); Cardinal, 39; Purple Finch, 21; Com- mon Redpoll, 25; Pine Siskin, 123; American Goldfinch, 13; Red Crossbill, 27; Slate-coloured Junco, 45; Tree Sparrow, 19; Lincoln’s Spar- row, 1; Song Sparrow, 1; Snow Bunting, 160. Total, 36 species, 1,324 individuals. — F. H. Bender (Kitchener-Waterloo Field Naturalists Club). Meaford, Ont. — (East half of town; shore 2 miles eastward; part of escarpment 11th line N., St. Vincent township; 3 feeding FIreLp-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 stations in town). — Dec. 26, 1950; 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.; temp. 10°F.; wind N; dull with snow until noon; 6 observers in 2 parties. — American Golden-eye, 3; American Merganser, 17; Black Duck, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 4; Herring Gull, 144 (plus); Rock Dove, 11; Yellow- shafted Flicker, 2; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 9; Blue Jay, 11; Black- capped Chickadee, 32; White-breasted Nut- hatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 1; Golden Crowned Kinglet, 11; Cedar Waxwing, 38; English Sparrow, 102 (plus); Common Starling, 132 (plus); Tree Sparrow, 3; Slate-coloured Junco, 5; Snow Bunting, 35. Total, 20 species; 564 individuals. — L. H. Beamer. St. Thomas, Ont. — (Kettle Creek, from St. Thomas to a point 4 miles south, waterworks area, Pinafore Park, Port Stanley harbour, Springwater, Jones’ Sanctuary, Dexter. Pas- ture 15%, creek banks 25%, deciduous wood- lots 25%, lake shore 10%, pine groves 15%, cat-tail marsh 5%, town suburbs 5% ). — Dec. 24, 1950; 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; temp. 28°F. to 10°F.; wind SW to NW, 10 m.p.h. to 20-25 m.p.h.; overcast, except for one brief interval during the morning. Intermittent blizzard con- ditions after 10:30 a.m. made visibility poor for the remainder of the day. Ground covered with 1-2 inches of snow; creeks and harbour mostly free from ice; 14 observers in 5 parties; total party hours 35 (30 on foot, 5 by car); total party miles 85 (35 on foot, 50 by car).— Great Blue Heron, 2; Canada Goose, 200 (est.); Mallard, 6; Black Duck, 3; Wood Duck, 1; American Golden-eye, 1; Red-tailed Hawk, 6; Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Bald Eagle, 1; Marsh Hawk, 2; Sparrow Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 2; Herring Gull, 51; Ring-billed Gull, 5; Rock Dove, 100; Mourning Dove, 6; Screech Owl, 1; . Long-eared Owl, 4; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 10; Horned Lark, 75 (including 2 Northern); Blue Jay, 44; Ameri- can Crow, 4; Black-capped Chickadee, 49; White-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 6; Winter Wren, 6; Golden-crowned Kinglet, — 22; Common Starling, 50; English Sparrow, 225; Cardinal, 12; American Goldfinch, 55; Eastern Towhee, 3; Vesper Sparrow, 2; (D.Y., J.F., F.B.); Slate-coloured Junco, 65; American Tree Sparrow, 118; Swamp Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 8; Lapland Longspur, 255 (est.); Snow Bunting, 6. Total, 40 species; about 1,359 individuals. (Seen in area Dec. 16, Carolina Wren; Dec. 23, Cowbird, Purple Finch; Dec. 26, Sharp-shinned Hawk, Cooper’s Hawk, Ring-necked Pheasant, Short-eared Owl, — March-April, 1951] Great-horned Owl, Yellow-shafted Flicker).— Russell Foster, Lloyd Auckland, Marvin Smout, Fred Bodsworth, Charles Johnson, Albert Tier, Ian McKay, Bill Stewart, Camp- bell Miller, Don Young, Joseph Field, James Young, Lois Pincombe, Marshall Field (St. Thomas Field Naturalist Club). London, Ont. — (Thomas Valley from Lon- don to Delaware, Redman’s Swamp, coves and ponds, part of Dorchester Swamp, J. C. Hig- gins’ Farm at Lobo, 2 feeding stations; pasture 5%, deciduous woods 20%, swamp 20%, mixed wooded river bank 55%). — Dec. 30, 1950; 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; temp. 22°F. at 8:00 a.m.; wind SW 5-10 m.p.h.; hazy, bright; visibility fair; 12 in. snow on level; river mostly frozen; streams and ponds frozen; 30 observers in 9 parties. — Pied-billed Grebe, 1; Great Blue Heron, 3; Mallard, 6; Black Duck, 25; Wood Duck, 2; American Golden-eye, 155; American Merganser, 32; Sharp-skinned Hawk, 2; Coo- per’s Hawk, 2; Red-tailed Hawk, 18; Red- shouldered Hawk, 4; American Rough-legged Hawk, 7; Bald Eagle, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 9; Ring-necked Pheasant, 14; Herring Gull, 30; Mourning Dove, 55; Screech Owl, 3; Horned Owl, 3; Snowy Owl, 1; Long-eared Owl, 20; Belted Kingfisher, 6; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 3; Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, 1; Hairy Wood- pecker, 8; Downy Woodpecker, 44; Blue Jay, 176; American Crow, 28; Black-capped Chick- adee, 290; White-breasted Nuthatch, 16; Brown Creeper, 37; Winter Wren, 7; American Robin, 1; Eastern Bluebird, 2; Golden-crowned King- let, 24; Cedar Waxwing, 54; Common Starling, 385; English Sparrow, 396; Eastern Meadow- lark, 1; Cardinal, 90; Purple Finch, 29; Amer- ican Goldfinch, 166; Slate-coloured Junco, 284; American Tree Sparrow, 196; White-throated Sparrow, 2; Swamp Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 22; Snow Bunting, 60. Total 48 species; 2720 individuals. (Seen during period, Sparrow Hawk, Hooded Merganser, Pileated Wood- pecker, Pine Warbler, Eastern Towhee). — Carol Bycroit, Dr. R. G. Cummings, John and Tom Cummings, A. Clendinning, Dorothy Coutt, Eli Davis, Vernon Franks, Margaret Ferrier, Ted Garside, Frank Girling, William Girling, John Higgins, Mrs. Landrey, Mr. Lewis, Howard Keast, John Kormos, ‘Gretchen Lawton, Jim Leach, Mrs. Leach, C. Maddeford, W. Maddeford, Donald Pope, Helen Shipley, Keith Reynolds, Matthew Shoenfeld, Douglas Soper, Margaret Stevens, Charles Whitelaw, John Wismer (Mcllwraith Ornithological Club. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 73 West Elgin, Ont. — (Aldboro and Dunwich Twps; area within 742-mile radius of West Lorne; grassy marsh 2%, pasture land 5%, deciduous woods 40%, pine woods 1%, lake front 7%, river and creek sidehills 45%). — Dec. 26, 1950; 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; Temp. 10°F. to 12°F.; wind N to NE, 5-8 mph; Snowing during early a.m., clearing through midday then snowing during late pm; 2 inches crusted snow, 3 inches fresh snow; river partly frozen; 6 observers in 2 parties; total hours, 174% (17 on foot, % by car); total miles, 30 (25 on foot, 5 by car). — American Golden-eye, 6; American Merganser, 3; uniden- tified duck, 61; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 1; Coop- er’s Hawk, 1; Red-tailed Hawk, 15; Rough- legged Hawk, 4; Bald Eagle, 3; Ruffed Grouse, 2; Bob-white, 21; Ring-necked Pheasant, 20; Mourning Dove, 46; Horned Owl, 2; Short- eared Owl, 1; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Downy Woodpecker, 32; Horned Lark, 4; Blue Jay, 85; American Crow, 5; Black-capped Chickadee, 17; White-breasted Nuthatch, 7; Brown Creeper, 11; Winter Wren, 1; Carolina Wren, 1; American Robin, 1; Hermit Thrush, 1 (V.E.L., R.E.L.); Golden- crowned Kinglet, 11; Common Starling, 94; English Sparrow, 112; Bronzed Grackle, 1; Cardinal, 61; Purple Finch, 74; American Goldfinch, 23; Eastern Towhee, 3; Slate- coloured Junco, 56; American Tree Sparrow, 80; Swamp Sparrow, 1 (V.E.L., R.E.L.); Song Sparrow, 7; Snow Bunting, 77. Total, 39 species; 956 individuals. (Seen recently, Great Blue Heron, Marsh Hawk, Sparrow Hawk, Herring Gull, Screech Owl, Northern Shrike). — Jim Bell, Mrs. L. Hauser, H. L. Lancaster, S. M. Lancaster, R. E. Lemon, V. E. Lemon (West Elgin Nature Club). Port Arthur - Fort William, Ont. — (Shore of Thunder Bay from McKenzie to Fort William and to Kakabeka Falls). — Dec. 30, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; temp. 11°F. to 13°F.; wind NW 10 m.p.h.; high overcast; rel. humidity 88% at 1:30 p.m.; cones and mountain ash berries plentiful in contrast to last year; 21 observers in 10 parties; total — hours 33; total miles 207 (27 on foot, 180 by car). — Ruffed Grouse, 4; Herring Gull, 4; Rock Dove, 90; Snowy Owl, 1; Pileated Wood- pecker, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 9; Downy Wood- pecker, 18; Canada Jay, 8; Blue Jay, 48; Raven, 11; American Crow, 6; Black-capped Chickadee, 95; Brown-capped Chickadee, 11; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 23; American Robin, 17; Bohemian Waxwing, 15; Common Starling, 74 THE CANADIAN 333; English Sparrow, 240; Evening Grosbeak, 39; Pine Grosbeak, 147; Hoary Redpoll, 2; Common Redpoll, 536; Pine Siskin, 8; Slate- coloured Junco, 3. Total, 24 species; 1,671 individuals. (Seen during period, Great Gray Owl, 3). — Mrs. P. and Bill and Peter Addison, Dr. and Mrs. A. E. and David Allin, Mrs. R. M. Beckett, H. K. Campbell, K. W. Denis, Mr. and Mrs. K. Eoll, C. E. Garton, Mrs. M. Knowles, Mr. and Mrs. C. H. Philpot, Mr. and Mrs. C. R. Rogers, Mrs. C. W. and Lawrie Rydholm, I. Shulman, J. Thompson (Thunder Bay Field Naturalists’ Club) Winnipeg, Man. — (5-mile radius centreing on junction of the Red and Assinaboine Rivers; including Assinaboine Park, Kildonan Park, Brookside Cemetery, with their good woods and scrubby woods areas; open pastures in city suburbs; river banks; residential areas; city dumps, including the good-sized mound in the Weston residential area). — Dec. 26, 1850; 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; temp. —15°F. to —20°F.; wind SSW, 15 m.p.h.; clear; ground covered with heavy, crusted snow; no open water; 13 field observers in 12 parties; 5 feed- ing station observers; total hours 43. — Prairie Falcon, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 1; Sharp- tailed Grouse, 17; Hungarian Partridge, 47; Screech Owl, 1; Great Horned Owl, 4; Hawk Owl, 1; Snowy Owl, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 10; Blue Jay, 2; American Magpie, 5; Raven, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 14; White-breasted Nuthatch, 14; Brown Creeper, 1; Northern Shrike, 1; Common Starling, 117; English Sparrow, 600; Common Redpoll, 48; Pine Grosbeak, 3; Snow Bunting, 54. Total, 22 species; 958 individuals. — Gilbert Banks, C. Brereton, Herb. Copeland, Miss W. Downes, Andy Huak, J. Hardisty, Mrs. Hellyar, Hector McDonald, Mrs. E. J. McMillan, Mrs. Mulls, J. J. Mott, Mrs. W. Ricketts, J. B. Sanders, Mrs. W. Scott, Gordon Smith-Barnes, R. W. Sutton, D. H. Young (Natural History Society of Manitoba). Yorkton, Sask. — (Area 15 miles in dia- meter). — Dec. 26, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.; temp. —20°F. to —6°F.; wind SW at,15 m.p.h.; clear, sunny, 6 inches of snow; 12 observers in 4 parties; total hours, 64% (3 on foot, 3% by car); total miles, 34 (3 on foot, 31 by car). — Horned Owl, 1; Snowy Owl, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Blue Jay, 2; American Mag- pie, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 4; Cedar Wax- wing, 52; English Sparrow, 54; Common Red- poll, 5; Snow Bunting, 518. Total, 10 species, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 639 individuals. (Slate-coloured Junco in same area on Dec. 24. The Cedar Waxwings were seen at close range for the second winter — C.S.H., C.S. and J.S. No Bohemian Waxwings noted thus far this winter). — Mary Belcher, Jerry Bulitz, Brother Clarence, Lionel Coleman, Ronald Coleman, Glen Dawes, C. Stuart Houston, Dr. C. J. Houston, Dr. S. C. Houston, Cliff Shaw, Jeff Smith, Brother Vincent (Yorkton Natural History Society). Saskatoon-Sutherland, Sask.—Dec. 30, 1950; 8:00- 11:30 a.m.; temp. 11°F.-14°F.; wind E, 20 m.p.h.; snowing for whole period; two observers in one party; total miles, 24 (2 on foot, 22 by car). — Grebe (Horned or Eared), 1; Sharp-tailed Grouse, 15 (1 covey); Hunga- rian Partridge 56 (7 coveys); Ring-necked Pheasant, 1; Rock Partridge, 13; Snowy Owl, 1; English Sparrow, 610 (plus); Common Red- poll, 67; Slate-coloured Junco, 5. (Seen during period, Short-eared Owl, American Magpie, Black-capped Chickadee, Bohemian Waxwing). — F. J. H. Fredeen, J. B. Gollop. Vernon, B.C. — (Vernon, Okanagan Land- ing, S end of Swan Lake, Commonage and Cold’ Stream).—Dec. 31, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 3:30: p.m.; temp. 37°F. -41°F.; light N wind; cloudy with sunny intervals in afternoon; no snow at Vernon or Okanagan Landing; up to two inches at Coldstream, Commonage, and Swan Lake; Okanagan and Kalamalka Lakes clear of ice; Swan Lake frozen over except for a small patch of open water at south end; 3 observers in one party; total miles 41 (3 on foot, 38 by car). — Horned Grebe, 6; Trum- peter Swan, 1; Mallard, 249; Baldpate, 4; Redhead, 400 (est.); Ring-necked Duck, 7; Lesser (?) Scaup, 30; American Golden-eye, 23; Buffle-head, 3; Old-squaw, 2; American Merganser, 1; California Quail, 20; Ring- necked Pheasant, 14; American Coot, 10; Wilson’s Snipe, 5; Herring Gull, 2; Belted Kingfisher, 1; Red-shafted Flicker, 15; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 1; Amer- ican Magpie, 3; Black-capped Chickadee, 55; Mountain Chickadee, 1; Red-breasted Nut- hatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 3; Long-billed Marsh Wren, 2; American Robin, 1; Townsend’s Solitaire, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 2; Bohe- mian Waxwing, 234; Northern Shrike, 2; Eng- lish Sparrow, 38; Rusty Blackbird, 7; Evening Grosbeak, 82; Pine Grosbeak, 49; Rosy Finch, 7; Common Redpoll, 57; Pine Siskin, 40; American Goldfinch, 34; Oregon Junco, 84; Song Sparrow, 5. Total, 41 species; approx. 1,503 individuals. (Seen during period, Spar- dy, * ” March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN row Hawk, Mourning Dove). — J. Grant, D. A. Ross, B. A. Sugden. Summerland, B.C. — (Penticton to north of Summerland along 12 miles of lake shore; Summerland fruit benches back to pine-clad hills). — Dee. 17, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.; mild; light S breeze; cloudy in a.m.; clear in p.m.; snow on high ground; muddy following overnight rain and wet snow; 8 observers in 5 parties. — Western Grebe, 1; Mallard, 17; Baldpate, 11; Green-winged Teal, 5; Redhead, 264 (approx.); Canvas-back, 8; Scaup Duck, 2; American Golden-eye, 2; Barrow’s Golden-eye, 2; Sharp-skinned Hawk, 1; Sparrow Hawk, 5; California Quail, 40; Ring-necked Pheasant, 16; American Coot, 300 (approx.); Killdeer, 3; Herring Gull, 4; Kingfisher, 1; Red-shafted Flicker, 28; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Steller’s Jay, 2; American Magpie, 19; Raven, 4; Black- capped Chickadee, 22; White-breasted Nut- hatch, 1; Pygmy Nuthatch, 8; Winter Wren, 2; Western Marsh Wren, 1; American Robin, 2; Townsend’s Solitaire, 1; Golden-crowned King- let, 6; Bohemian Waxwing, 12; Shrike, 1; English Sparrow, °500 (plus); Red-winged Blackbird, 1; Evening Grosbeak, 6; Cassin’s Finch, 5; Common Redpoll, 117 (approx.); Pine Siskin, 15; American Goldfinch, 44; Slate- coloured Junco, 325 (approx.); Fox Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 19. Total, 42 species; 1,828 individuals. (Seen during period, Horned Grebe, Buffle-head, Bald Eagle, .Pigeon Hawk, Horned Owl, Short-eared Owl, Pileated Wood- pecker, House Finch). — Steve Cannings, S. J. Darcus, Wm. Fosbery, Jack Fossick, John and Muriel Holman, Herbert Simpson, E. M. Tait. Crescent, B.C. — (Parts of coast and bush around Crescent and Ocean Park; White Rock pier and Nicomekl River at Elgin). — Dec. 30, 1950; 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. about 40°F.; strong NW wind all day, sea rough; 3 observ- ers; total miles, 20 (10 on foot, 10 by car). — Common Loon, 3; Horned Grebe, 11; Western Grebe, 24; Double-crested Cormorant, 1; Brandt’s Cormorant, 3; Great Blue Heron, 1; Mallard, 3; Pintail, 50 (est.); Greater Scaup, 64; American Golden-eye, 16; Buffle-head, 18; Harlequin Duck, 2; White-winged Scoter, 54 (plus); Surf Scoter, 40 (plus); American Scoter, 20; Ring-necked Pheasant, 4; Red- backed Sandpiper, 100 (est.); Glaucous-winged Gull, 558 (est.); Short-billed Gull, 24; Marbled Murrelet, 1; Red-shafted Flicker, 1; Pileated Woodpecker, 2; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy ss FIELD-NATURALIST 75 Woodpecker, 3; Black-capped Chickadee, 40; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Winter Wren, 2; Seattle Wren, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 6; English Sparrow, 25 (est.); Western Meadow- lark, 6; Pine Siskin, 37; Oregon Towhee, 8; Oregon Junco, 57; Fox Sparrow, 4; Song Sparrow, 5. Total, 36 species, 1,197 indivi- duals. (Seen in area: Brown Creeper, Jan. 1). — H.N. Clarke, M. W. Holdom, E. C. Wood- ford. Vancouver, B.C. — (as last year, along North Arm of Fraser R.). — Dec. 26, 1950; heavy fog until 12:30 p.m., then clear and sunny; 6 observers; total hours, 8; total miles, 7. — Common Loon, 17; Horned Grebe, 11; Western Grebe, 43; Double-crested Cormorant, 40; Great Blue Heron, 13; Lesser Snow Goose, 303; Mallard, 411; Baldpate, 300; American Pintail, 20; Greater Scaup, 44; American Golden-eye, 64; Buffle-head, 11; Red-breasted Merganser, 91; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 2; Bald Eagle, 2; Sparrow Hawk, 1; American Coot, 3; Killdeer, 1; Wilson’s Snipe, 11; Glaucous- winged Gull, 74; Herring Gull, 37; California Gull, 2; Ring-billed Gull, 3; Short-billed Gull, 130; Screech Owl, 1; Snowy Owl, 3; Short- eared Owl, 1; Belted Kingfisher, 1; Red- shafted Flicker, 20; Pileated Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 3; Horned Lark, 4; Northwestern Crow, 122; Oregon Chickadee, 33; Coast Bush Tit, 20; Winter Wren, 2; American Robin, 58; Varied Thrush, 3; Golden- crowned Kinglet, 50; Ruby-crowned Kinglet, 17; Crested Mynah, 8; Western Meadowlark, 10; Red-winged Blackbird, 10; Brewer’s Black- bird, 31; Evening Grosbeak, 180; California Purple Finch, 746; Pine Siskin, 300; American Goldfinch, 30; Oregon Towhee, 17; Oregon Junco, 172; Tree Sparrow, 1; Golden-crowned Sparrow, 15; Song Sparrow, 70. Total, 55 species; 3,582 individuals. — Mr. and Mrs. S. Bradley, Monica Brown, W. B. Butchart, E. Church, Wm. M. Hughes (Vancouver Natural History Society). Comox District, Vancouver Island, B.C. — (through Courtenay to Comox along river and estuary with side trips, as for several years past; around Comox). — Jan. 2, 1951; 8:45 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. 30°F. to 36°F.; no snow or ice; 2 observers in 2 parties; total party hours, 12; total miles, about 8 on foot. — Common Loon, 4; Pacific Loon, 18 (plus); Red-throated Loon, 2; Holboell’s Grebe, 12; Western Grebe, 1; -Pied-billed Grebe, 2; Double-crested Cormorant, 2; Pelagic Cormo- - 76 THE CANADIAN rant, 21; (probably an under-estimate of the numbers of loons, grebes and cormorants; there had been a great concentration of loons and cormorants, feeding on a school of her- ring; over 200 Pacific loons and over 500 cormorants); Great Blue Heron, 1; Mallard, 250 (plus); Gadwall, 3 (Fryer; first census record, very rare here); Baldpate, 130 (plus); Pintail, 2; Green-winged Teal, 2; Greater Scaup, 180 (plus); American Golden-eye, 130 (plus); Barrow’s Golden-eye, 10; Buffle-head, 70; Old-squaw, 2 (heard); Harlequin Duck, 7; White-winged Scoter, 320 (plus); Surf Scoter, 45 (plus); Hooded Merganser, 4; American Merganser, 2 (unusually low number); Red- breasted Merganser, 7 (at least 500 unidenti- fied duck); Pigeon Hawk, 1; Bald Eagle, 2; Ruffed Grouse, 1; California Quail, 8; Ring- necked Pheasant, 5; Virginia Rail, 1 (Fryer); American Coot, 20; Wilson’s Snipe, 5; Glau- cous-winged Gull, 700; Herring Gull, 4; Short- billed Gull, 17; Bonaparte’s Gull, 2 (Fryer; first winter record); Pygmy Owl, 1; Belted Kingfisher, 1; Red-shafted Flicker, 5; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Red-breasted Sapsucker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Woodpecker, 1; Steller’s Jay, 1; Raven, 2; Northwestern Crow, 180; Chestnut-backed Chickadee, 16; Red- breasted Nuthatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 4; Winter Wren, 1; Bewick’s Wren, 1; American Robin, 3; Varied Thrush, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 8; Ruby-crowned Kinglet, 1; English Sparrow, 12; Western Meadowlark, 2; Red- winged Blackbird, 20 (plus); Brewer’s Black- bird, 200 (plus); Purple Finch, 4; Pine Siskin, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65. 12; Red Crossbill, 8; Spotted Towhee, 12; Slate- coloured Junco, 2; Oregon Junco, 20; Fox Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 7. — Total, 69 species; 3,143 (plus) individuals. (Seen dur- ing period: Horned Grebe; Black Turnstone; California Murre; Marbled Murelet; Snowy Owl; Northern Shrike; Golden-crowned Spar- row). — Ralph Fryer, Theed Pearse. Triple Island Lightstation, B.C. — (20 miles W of Prince Rupert. Bare rocky islets, total area approx. 3 acres; open sea with nearest wooded island 1 mile distant). — Dee. 31, 1950; 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; temp. 41°F. - 44°F.; wind SE 20 m.p.h. in a.m., W 20 m.p.h. in p.m.; rain; sea choppy; no snow on rocks, 2 observers, since conditions generally would not permit use of a boat, observations made only from lighthouse dwelling with 15X binoculars and 20X telescope; numbers are the maximum seen at one time for each species. — Holboell’s Grebe, 1; Horned Grebe, 1; Brandt’s Cormorant, 4; Pelagic Cormorant, 5; Harlequin Duck, 8; White-winged Scoter, 6; Surf Scoter, 7; American Scoter, 3; Bald Eagle, 1; Black Oyster-catcher, 3; Surf-bird, 5; Black Turnstone, 60; Aleutian Sandpiper, 75; Glau- cous-winged Gull, 30; Herring Gull (? Thay- er’s), 12; Song Sparrow, 1 (wintering on island). Total, 16 species, 222 individuals. (Seen during period, Common Loon, Duck Hawk, Common Murre, Pigeon Guillemot, Snowy Owl, Raven, Crow). —G. C. and J. M. Odlum. o TWO NEW OXYTROPIS FROM ARCTIC ALASKA AND YUKON ?*. A. E. PorstLp National Museum of Canada. EF OR quite a long time I have been aware of the presence, in calcareous mountains of Alaska-Yukon, of two most elusive species of Oxytropis — one tall, the other low — but, although on a number of occasions our “trails” have crossed, I have only recently secured good material of either. With the first I struck up a “fleeting” acquaintance when, 25 years ago, on a winter 1 Received for publication February 2, 1951. journey through Alaska, I came across its dried up seed pods protruding through the snow, on a sparsely timbered slope of the Baird mountains, east of Noataq River in northwestern Alaska. Although I succeeded in digging up the wilted plant, I never man- aged later to match it with any species of Oxytropis known to me, and our “acquaint- ance” thus remained distant and aloof. With the “little fellow’ I had fared but slightly better. From time to time, in various * Plate 1. OXYTROPIS JORDALII n. sp.: Fig. 1, flowering plant, x 2; fig. 2, flowering spikes, x 8/5 (Jordal, No. 2252) fig. 3, fruiting plants, x ¥% (Type: Jordal, No. 3580); fig. 4, fruiting plant, x 2; figs. 5 and 6, fruiting spikes, x 8/5 (figs. 4-6 from Jordal No. 3644); fig. 7, fruiting spikes, x 8/5 (from Type: Jordal, 3580). March-April, 1951] collections of Alaska and Yukon plants, I had come upon over-mature scraps of a small Oxytropis of which the fruiting plant re- sembled O. terrae-novae Fernald, otherwise endemic to Newfoundland, Labrador and the Hudson Strait region. The Alaska plant, however, was considerably smaller, and on phytogeographical grounds alone, it did not seem likely that they could actually belong to one and the same species, although, as demonstrated by Fernald, a number of other plants found in Newfoundland and the Gulf of St. Lawrence have proved to have just that kind of curious, bicentric range. My first meeting with it “in the flesh” was in 1944 when, at the end of a most profit- able field season spent in southeastern Yukon, I made a rapid reconnaissance trip over the newly completed Canol Road, from the Yukon-Mackenzie divide in the Mackenzie Mountains east to Norman Wells on the Mackenzie. The season was then far ad- vanced and, following a few days of sharp frost accompanied by a snowfall, all green vegetation was killed. The new snow, how- ever, had disappeared again, except on the highest peaks, and most species were recog- nizable even though rarely in condition for the making of satisfactory herbarium speci- mens. Owing to the lateness of the season and to other commitments, time, moreover, permitted of only the very briefest stops; this was the more exasperating because every “peek” from the driver’s seat, so to speak, revealed botanical treasures such as Alo- pecurus alpinus, Deschampsia brevifolia, Puccinellia Vahliana, Carex petricosa, Luzula arcuata, Salix phlebophylla, Claytonia megar- rhiza, Arenaria arctica, Melandrium macro- spermum, Papaver Keelei, Melanidion bo- reale, Saxifraga radiata, Parnassia fimbriata, Potentilla biflora, P. elegans, Polemonium boreale, Campanula aurita, Antennaria den- sifolia, A. Ekmaniana, Saussurea angustifolia var. yukonensis, Senecio Lindstroemii and Taraxacum alaskanum, to mention only some that were either new to the flora of the Northwest Territories or, in the case of sev- eral, new to the flora of Canada or even new to science (see Porsild, Bull. Nat. Mus. Can., 1945). -On turfy limestone barrens near timber- line, first at Sekwi River and later at Bol- stead Creek, did I, at last, meet face to face with my little Oxytropis but, alas, again only with fruiting spikes and frost-killed, wilted leaves. Unknown to me then, it had been THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 77 collected there earlier in the season by Pro- fessor V. C. Wynne-Edwards, then of McGill University, who turned his collection of plants over to me, thereby contributing a number of species I had not seen myself. Unfortunately, his specimens of the little Oxytropis were not much better than mine although one dwarf specimen collected near a snowbank on a high mountain, late in July, had a few, if badly faded, flowers. In the field, and later in the herbarium, the fruiting plant undeniably bore a strong resemblance to O. terrae-novae and, although I had not seen good flowering material, and despite the distinctly narrower and more subulate teeth of the calyx, I could do no better than refer it there (Porsild, l.c.). Great was my joy, therefore, some time ago, to find both my elusive Oxytropis repre- sented by large series of flowering and fruit- ing plants, in a collection of critical Oxytropis sent to me for determination by Mr. L. H. Jordal of the staff of the Botanical Garden of the University of Michigan. The collec- tion came from Brooks Range, Alaska, where Mr. Jordal, in 1949 and again in 1950, made large collections of plants containing, besides these, many other rarities. With this good material before me it is quite clear that what I had first recorded as Oxytropis terrae-novae is really quite distinct, for not only are the flowers considerably smaller, and lemon-yellow instead of purple, but the calyx teeth are of a very different shape. Although, perhaps actualiy most closely related to O. terrae-novae, our north- western plant is clearly distinct, and it is a great pleasure to name it for Mr. Jordal. The other Oxytropis proved, without much doubt, to be the plant which I first saw in the Baird Mountains 25 years ago. It is a tall and very handsome species, undoubtedly undescribed, and possibly related to the little known O. Roaldiit or O. arctica although obviously well separated from both. ® Oxytropis Jordalii n. sp. Plate 1, figures 1-7. O. terrae-novae Porsild in Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 101:24 (1945), not Fernald. Laxe caespitosa e basi ample ramificata— Folia ca 4 ex eodem ramo, 6—10 cm longa.— Foliola 4 — 5-juga, angusta lanceolata subin- voluta, superne glabrata vel sparse strigosa et saturate viridia, inferne argentato-sericea. — Rhachis teres aut obscurissime canalicu- lata, purpureo-viridis, appresse strigosa, lami- nam aequans vel modice superans.—Stipulae 78 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST parvae et firmae pubescentia argentea densa et longa, libera parte abrupte brevi-attenuata, uninervia. — Scapi graciles ascendenti — erecti, 10-14 cm alti, parum folia superantes et fructiferi haud elongati, obscure purpurei, sparse sericeo-pubentes. — Inflorescentia brevis subcapitata, 5-'7-flora, fructificatione non elongata. — Calyx campanulata, 4-5 mm longa, dentibus 1.5 mm longis subulatisque exceptis, appresse sericea pilis nigris et albis intermixtis. — Corolla ca 10 mm longa in vivo pallide virescenti-lutea, carina maculis bilateralibus purpureis, siccitate eburneae. — Legumina crassa, in calyce sessilia, ca 12- 15 mm longa, rostro abrupte contracto excep- to, obscure viridia, .pubescentis nigra appres- sa. — Semina viridi-brunnea. Brooks Range, Alaska: Scattered in dry, open subalpine spruce forest on the north shore of Old John lake, fruiting specimens on July 16, 1950, L. H. Jordal, No. 35802 (Type, Can 202678); open, bare ground in open spruce woods, on lowlands near Arctic Village, fruiting specimens, July 22, 1950, idem, No. 3644; dense tufts on mossy hum- mock along trail in open spruce woods at Glacier Creek, ca. 20 miles by trail north of Wiseman, flowering specimens on July 9, 1949, idem, No. 2252. Endicott Mountains: North slope, on upper Anaktuvuk R., 69° 45-49’ N. — 151° W., June-September, 1945, Chapman and Fellows, Nos. 8 and 10 (US 1898379 and 1898377), both distributed as O. Maydelliana. Northwest Territories, Canada: East slope of Mackenzie Mountains, along Canol Road, Plains of Abraham, Porsild, No. 11,817; Sekwi R., 7dem, No. 11,873; Bolstead Creek, idem, No. 11,933; ibid. Wynne-Edwards, No. 8346. A comparison of the plant from the Mack- enzie Mountains with the fine series of flow- ering and fruiting plants collected by Mr. Jordal in the Brooks Range at once discloses that both belong to one and the same species which, however, cannot be referred to the much coarser, large- and purple-flowered O. terrae-novae of the eastern Arctic. From O. Scammaniana Hult. recently described from mountains of central Alaska, and re- cently also recorded from southwestern Yukon, our plant differs by its more numer- ous and creamy white or greenish-yellow flowers, by its larger size and pubescent and _ more pointed stipules. 2 According to Mr. Jordal duplicates of the types of this and also O. koyukukensis deposited in U.S. National Herbarium and in the Herbarium of the University of Michigan. [Vol. 65 Distribution: Thus far known only from the Brooks Range Alaska and from the Mackenzie Mountains, N.W.T. It will, un- doubtedly, also turn up in mountains of northern Yukon. Oxytropis koyukukensis n. sp. ures 1-5. O. ? erecta Anderson FI. Al. and adj. parts of Canada, p. 406 (1947), not Komarov. Plate 2, fig- Planta caespitosa ramis multicipitibus erectis et saepe ramificatis e radice sublig- neo, sed non crasso. — Folia terna vel qua- terna ex apice rami, 10-15 cm longa. — Foliola 15-25, plurima alternantia, pauca opposita aut interdum subverticillata, matu- ritate 12-15 mm longa, lanceolata subin- voluta pallide viridia, supra glabrata aut parce pilis longis albis induta, subtus albo- villosa. — Rhachis petiolusque canaliculati, pilis longis mollibus albis sparsis. — Stipulae maximae pallide chartaceae, pilis longis albis munitae, earum liberae partes longo-atten- uatae univerviae et ad marginem papillis magnis paucis instructae. — Scapi adscen- dentes-erecti graciles 15-20 cm alti, folia valde superantes, pallide virides villosi pilis mollibus et sparsis albis. — Inflorescentia 10-14-flora, brevis plus minusve capitata, fructificatione non elongata; in anthesi flores plerumque sunt in pares horizontaliter dis- tantes. — Bracteae lineares hirsutae calyce multo breviores. — Calyx conspicue caeruleo- viridis et dense grisseo-villosus, tuba 6-8 mm longa, duplo longior quam dentes subulati nigro-hirsuti. — Corolla ca 20 mm longa, in vivo purpurascenti caerulea, siccitate azurea. — Legumina in ecalyce sessilia ca 14 mm longa, rostris longis griseo-pubescentibus exceptis. — Semina nondum visa. Brooks Range, Alaska: Dense clumps in dry, open fields near Wiseman, flowering specimens (with last year’s fruiting spikes) on June 15, 1949, L. H. Jordal, No. 1763 (Type, Can 196435); scattered clumps on gravel bars in the river ca 1 mile north of Wiseman, idem No. 2035; north slope of Brooks Range, Dolamnagavik R. west of Killik R., 68° 50’ N.-154° W., June 5, 1946, R. M. Chapman, No. 93 (US); Anaktuvuk R. valley, 69° 15-45’ N. — 151° W., June-Sept. 1945, R. M. Chapman and R. E. Fellows, Nos. 7, 11, 13 and 14 (US 1898380). A tall and strikingly handsome species which is abundantly distinct from, but per- haps most closely related to O. arctica or to the little known O. Roaldii. From both it © Plate 2. OXYTROPIS KOYUKUKENSIS n. sp.: Fig. 1, flowering plant x 2; fig. 2, flowering spike x 8/5, (both from Type: Jordal, No. 1763); fig. 3, leaf showing sub-verticillate leaflets, x 8/5; fig. 4, flowering spike, x 8/5; fig. 5, fruiting spike, x 8/5 (all from Jordal, No. 2035 (Can.). “ March-April, 1951] is at once distinguished by its large, and very conspicuous, pale stipules and by the apparently characteristic habit of horizon- tally spreading flowers. The entire plant lacks verrucose glands. Oxytropis koyuku- kensis does not even closely resemble O. erecta Kom. of Kamtchatka which has con- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 79 spicuously dark brown and rather tight stipules, erect flowers and lacks the long, silvery white pubescence of our plant. Distribution: Thus far known only from the Brooks range but is probably found also in the mountains of northern Yukon. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS Intimidation display of Red-bellied Snake. — On April 28, 1948, I found a Red-bellied Snake, Storeria occipito-maculata, in a ploughed field near Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. After examining the reptile’s tail, I tentatively identified it as a female. When I first seized her, she writhed her tail violently, smearing _ herself and my hand with a white fluid dis- charged from her anus. I replaced the snake on the ground, and she began to crawl rapidly away. However, I blocked her path repeatedly with my hand. After a few minutes of this behaviour, she changed her tactics and performed an intimi- dation display which I had never before observed in the species. She flattened her body to almost twice its normal width, so that the ventral surface was flat for the full width of the scutes. Raising her head almost an inch from the ground, she curved the anterior two inches of her body into an “S”, with the side of her head touching the side of her neck, and flickered her tongue rapidly. When I brought my finger near her head, she allowed her head to drop suddenly downward and forward to the ground, as if striking. Her whole appear- ance was that of an extremely venomous rep- tile. However, when I picked her up during this display, she relaxed her body into its normal shape and attempted to wriggle free. I was able to make the snake repeat this performance three times. However, after half an hour of captivity, she refused to display again. I have never seen similar behaviour since, nor have I read of it. — FREDERICK E. WARBURTON, Owen Sound, Ontario. A bat on the ground in daylight. — On May 16, 1950, I was searching for the nest of a Spotted Sandpiper on a gravel bank beside the Sydenham River in Harrison Park at Owen Sound, Ontario. My feet often dislodged stones and sand which would slide a foot or two down the embankment before coming to rest. On one such occasion, I heard a shrill squeaking near my feet, and, on looking down, saw a bat trying to free itself from the gravel ig ¥ . Fe Ry ad P Re in which it was partly buried. The animal had apparently been carried a few inches by the slide, and lay on its back with one wing and the posterior part of its body buried. It spread its free wing, and writhed its body, squeaking and showing its teeth. Within a few seconds it had freed itself, and fluttered slowly to a cedar tree about fifty yards away, among the foliage of which it disappeared. — I stooped to watch, and so was able to observe the bat at a distance of a yard or less for several seconds. I have no doubt that it was a species of the genus Myotis, and was probably the Little Brown Bat, M. luci- fugus. This occurred about three p.m. Between two and four o’clock, I saw three other bats, apparently of the same genus, in active flight, and saw one fly down and capture several insects, although the afternoon was brilliantly sunny. However, I doubt that a bat, if awake © and alert, would have allowed me to approach so closely as to step almost on it, even if it had alighted on the ground. At any rate, I had the ground under careful scrutiny as I walked about. It seems more likely that this individual had chosen a small cavity be- tween two stones for its diurnal sleep. — FREDERICK E. WARBURTON, Owen Sound, Ontario. Manitoba bird records, 1950. — On Sep- tember 15, 1950, an Indian, Lazarus Partridge brought to Sam Waller at The Pas two ducks for identification; he shot them that day near Pike Lake, Big Eddy, North of The Pas. Sam Waller consulted R. W. Sutton, Technician at the Manitoba Museum, who happened to be present. Both birds proved to immature Harlequin ducks, Histrionicus histrionicus. Mr. Waller kindly presented one specimen to the Museum (No. 2692). A previous pre- sumably Manitoba record is given by Preble (1902, N. A. Fauna, No. 22, p. 86) who said that Blakiston (1863, The Ibis, Vol. 5, p. 149) examined one at York Factory. On October 23, 1950, Dr. Roper G. Cadham of Winnipeg shot a Greater Snow Goose Chen SOM: ' Tue CANADIAN hyperborea atlantica near Westbourne, Mani- toba; this bird was the third in a flock of immature snow geese. It is an adult female, weight 6 lbs. 13 0z.; T. 1.30.04; W. 17.1; spread 60.1; Tar. 3.5, Cul. 2.3; Tail 6.6. This appears to be the first authentic record of this race for Manitoba. It has been mounted, (Mus. No. 2693). — L. T. S. NORRIS-ELYE, Mani- toba Museum, Winnipeg, Man. Lake Erie ciscoes free of Triaenophorus crassus. — In recent years biologists, com- mercial fishermen and fish dealers have been forced to take cognizance of the occurrence of cysts of the parasite Triaenophorus cras- sus in the flesh of various species of core- gonid fishes, such as the fresh water herring or cisco (Leucichthys sp.) and the white- fish (Coregonus clupeaformis). Commercial fishermen of the lakes of northwestern On- tario and of the Prairie Provinces have been most seriously affected by export restrictions imposed upon them when the fish they at- tempted to market were found to be infested by this parasite. While no record of the occurrence of this species of parasite appears to have been noted from lake Erie, the writer thought it advisable to place on record the findings of a recent study. Approximately 1800 ciscoes (Leucichthys artedi) “comprising over one ton of fish, were sliced and filleted in the course of an investigation conducted on lake Erie, yet not one cisco was found to contain any evidence of Triaenophorus crassus. It ap- pears therefore that the lake Erie cisco is free from infestation by this parasite. — W. B. SCOTT, Curator, Division of Ichthyology and Herpetology, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Torunto. White-throated Sparrow at Goose Bay, Labrador. — While employed with the Ento- mological Survey of the Arctic sponsored by the Department of Agriculture and the De- fence Research Board of Canada the writer had an opportunity of observing birds at Goose Bay, Labrador, during June, 1948. The centre at which observations were made was the Goose Bay airport situated at about 53° 20’ N, 60° 25’ W on a sandy peninsula which lies between the Goose River and Terrington Basin on the north and the Hamilton River on the south, and juts eastward into Goose Bay. The central part of the peninsula is occupied by a sandy plateau. The edge of this plateau is formed by a 100-foot contour line FIELD-NATURALIST at which the land drops abruptly to the lower level of the peninsula which is occupied by a black spruce-sphagnum bog extending south- ward to the Hamilton River and northward to the Goose River and Goose Bay. White- throated sparrows, Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin), were heard in song frequently dur- ing June. The first bird was seen on June 5. when it was singing in a bush at the southern border of the airport on the upper plateau. On this plateau the birds frequented the growths of dwarf birch. On the lower level of the peninsula they were seen in black spruce trees around the borders of open areas in the sphagnum bog. Austin (Birds of Newfoundland Labrador, 1932, p. 195) calls: this species a rare summer resident in extreme southern Newfoundland Labrador, his north- ernmost record being an old one at Grand Falls, Hamilton River. — W. W. JUDD, De- partment of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario. Notes on the Peromyscus of Ontario. — The limits of distribution in Ontario of the spe- cies and subspecies of Peromyscus are known only in a very general way. Of the two. most familiar forms, P. leucopus novebora-. censis and P. maniculatus gracilis, it is under- stood that the former inhabits the whole of the southern peninsula, north to the neigh- borhood of latitude 45° 00’, while the latter: continues from there northward until it even- tually becomes P. m. maniculatus somewhere: in the more northern part of the province. P. m. gracilis has been taken south to ap- proximately latitude 44° 45’, and P. 1. nove- boracensis north beyond latitude 45° 30’. There is thus a wide area across which the: two species overlap. There are old records of gracilis far south. of its present known range, and toward the south it tends to exist in isolated pockets.. This evidence, and indications that toward. the north noveboracensis seems to be most. frequently found in country which has been partially cleared suggest the theory that the. former is retreating to the north and the: latter advancing in that direction. In view of all this and considering that. references to the status of these two species. where their ranges overlap in Ontario are: practically non-existent in the literature, it seems to me that even a small amount of’ information should be published.. Situations wherein field workers dealt with. the two forms for a considerable time with-- definite [Vol. 65 j March-April, 1951] out appreciating the specific distinction are not unknown. In the immediate vicinity of Huntsville, Muskoka, latitude 45° 19’, P. m. gracilis and P. 1. noveboracensis exist in approximately equal numbers, to a large extent sharing the same habitat, and apparently living in very close association. In the following incident there is even a suggestion that they share the same winter nest: On January 2, 1951, traps were set for mice that were living in the hollow corner post of a woodshed, from which they were making nocturnal raids on a bird feeding station. On the first night a male noveboracensis was taken, and the following night a female gracilis in the same trap. External measurements of these two mice were: noveboracensis — total length 166 mm., tail 80, hind foot 21, ear 17.5; gracilis — t. 1. 173, t. 92, h. f. 20.5, e. 18.5. These measurements are a fair average of the variation between the two species in this locality. There is some evidence, requiring further confirmation, that this relationship between P. l. noveboracensis and P. m. gracilis extends ‘at least 25 miles north of Huntsville. There have been no reports of noveboracensis from _ the rather .extensive work which has been done in Algonquin Park, some 50 miles to the east of Huntsville, but a series of 24 specimens in my collection from Honey Harbor, about 50 miles to the southwest, are all noveboracensis. Of the 38 skins from Huntsville in my collection, taken from 1938 to 1950, 15 are referable to P. 1. noveboracensis, 15 to P. m. gracilis, and 8 do not show distinguishing characters clearly enough to make identifi- cation certain. — RUSSELL J. RUTTER, Huntsville, Ont. Breeding-Bird Census 1950. — Pastured Woodlot (mixed deciduous woods with grassy clearings). | Size: 15 acres. Location: Carleton County, one mile south of Beattie Point, Ottawa River. Description: The plot is L-shaped, bounded on the south and east by open pasture and cultivated fields, on the north by open pas- ture and farm buildings and on the west by swampy woodland of similar type. The ground is high and rocky but relatively flat, dropping suddenly at the west boundary to THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 81 the swampy area. It is lightly browsed by cattle and swine. Open clearings are inter- spersed among dense sapling growth and mature trees. A complete survey of vegetation has not yet been made. Principal dominant trees are _ Pignut Hickory (Carya glabra), D.B.H. 6-10 inches, and Oak (Quercus spp.), D.B.H. 10-14 inches. Several large American elm (Ulmus americanus) and a few Beech (Fagus sp.) are present. Subdominants include maple (Acer sp.), heavy growth, D.B.H. 2-4 inches, sumac, hawthorn and birch. Typical pasture flora, bracken fern and poison ivy comprise the major ground cover. Coverage: May 7, 14, 21, 28; June 5, 11, 18, 21, 25, 28; July 1, 8, 11. Total 106 hours. (4 participants). Census: Wood Pewee 53 (8N), Red-eyed Vireo 33 (4N,1M); Chipping Sparrow 27 (8P,1Y); Yellow-shafted Flicker 20 (3N); Redstart 13 (1N,1P); Indigo Bunting 13 (2P); Hairy Woodpecker 7 (1N); Crested Flycatcher 7 (1N); Catbird 7 (1N); Bluebird 7 (1P); Least Flycatcher 7 (1M); Ruffed Grouse 7 (1Y); Cowbird 7 (1E.P.). Total: 13 species; Density (exclusive of cowbirds) 200 pairs per 100 acres. Visitors: (exclusive of migrating warblers, ete.) Black-billed Cuckoo; Downy Wood- pecker; Eastern Kingbird; Eastern Phoebe; American Crow; Bronzed Grackle; Rusty Blackbird; American Robin; Olive-backed Thrush; Veery; Cedar Waxwing; Yellow War- bler; Baltimore Oriole; Scarlet Tanager; Gold- finch; Rose-breasted Grosbeak; Ovenbird; Towhee; Brown Thrasher; Starling; Great- Horned Owl. — JOHN W. ARNOLD, RUTH M. HORNER, VERNA ROSS, MARY STUART, Ottawa. : BREEDING CENSUS Location: On Beattie Point, Lake Des- chenes, ten miles from city of Ottawa, Ontario. Area: Open grassland with scattered trees; light sandy soil. Description: 27 acres abandoned pasture, mixed grasses, alfalfa and weeds. Crossed by remains of several farm hedgerows containing piles of boulders and prickly ash thickets. Some 20 medium-sized basswood and elm trees. Thin scattering of small hawthorn bushes. Edge: Tract bounded on all sides by sim- ilar grassland for several hundred yards. 82 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Coverage: At least 3 times each week from May 1 to July 31, 1950. Hours varied from 8.30 a.m. to 7 p.m. Total man-hours 84. Breeding Population: (Actual numbers of breeding pairs, and in parentheses number of pairs per 100 acres when more than 3 terri- tories in the area). Bobolink 10 (37); Eastern Meadowlark 8 (30); Savannah Sparrow 8 (30); Song Sparrow 6 (22); Upland Plover 1.5; Mourning Dove 1; Flicker 1; Eastern King- bird 1; Loggerhead Shrike 1; Starling 1; Yellow Warbler 1; Red-winged Blackbird 1; ‘Total pairs 40.5/27 acres (150/100 acres). Visitors: (Actual numbers of individuals). Wilson’s Snipe 2; Bluebird 3; Robin 2; Brown ‘Thrasher 1; Baltimore Oriole 1. Remarks: The Redwing nested in a thorn bush 400 yards from the nearest water. Cow- bird eggs were laid in nests of Yellow Warbler and 2 Meadowlarks, all within 100 yards. Observers: Mrs. D. B. O. Savile and T. F. ‘T. Morland. A Cormorant tragedy. — Walking along the ‘beach at St. Augustine, Florida, on February 25, 1950, I noticed the body of a large dark bird rolled shoreward by the breakers. When close encugh I retrieved it and saw that it was a Double-Crested Cormorant — (Phala- crocorax auritus). It was but recently dead. ‘Wondering what had caused its death I noticed that there was.a large swelling in the throat. With difficulty I squeezed this towards the beak and pulled out a 7 x 6 inch flounder. The bird had evidently seized the fish head first and tried to swallow it. It was too large to go down the throat of the bird and the fins sloping backwards pre- vented it from being ejected and the bird was choked. — HENRY A. C. JACKSON, Montreal West, Que. An Otter at Niagara Falls. — On January 20, 1951, about 3 o’clock in the afternoon, -while driving around Dufferin Islands, a semi- artificial back water area of the Niagara River, with an intake on the south controlled by Hydro Electric Power development, and an outlet on the north directly into the Upper Rapids, a short distance above the Horseshoe Falls, I sighted a large and active mammal ‘moving around on the ice. The mammal, ‘which was almost immediately judged to be an Otter (Lutra canadensis), was first sighted .as I passed a group of islets connecting the mainland with the south side of the large central island. Upon stopping the car, and mouse. [Vol. 65 focusing 8-power field-glasses upon the animal, my initial supposition that I had been looking at an Otter was readily confirmed beyond a shadow of doubt. The Otter, which was not a large one, and would probably be a female, or a young dog of the year, was unsuspicious of the car, and allowed me to make prolonged observations, at a distance of 100 to 150 feet, as it ran around on the ice and made repeated dives through a brimming hole near the centre of the frozen area, slithering in through the hole with scarcely a ripple, and projecting itself out again with the same smooth action. Finally it came out of the water, through the hole, with an astonishingly large fish, prob- ably a carp, which, although seized firmly just back of the head, continued to show a lot of life and action as it was carried by the Otter to a hole on the central island between some large embankment stones. While I con- tinued to watch the hole entrance, through field-glasses, the fish flapped into view as though trying to escape back over the ice into the water. This appearance and reap- pearance of the fish from the embankment hole occurred on three separate occasions for each time, it was followed, seized, and carried back to the hole by the Otter before it had flip-flapped itself very far from the entrance; the Otter giving the appearance of playing with the active fish, much as a cat with a During these observations, two Musk- rats appeared on the ice near one of the islets, and although all three mammals were, at times, in fairly close proximity, no apparent notice was taken of the Muskrats by the Otter, or of the Otter by the Muskrats. After the third appearance of the fish and the Otter from the hole in the embankment and the subsequent disappearance back into the hole of both the beast and its prey, I left the point of observation and drove around the islands, and upon returning to the same spot was just in time to see the fish, which seemed remark- ably tenacious of life, appear again from the hole in the embankment, and somewhat feebly flop around upon the ice; but this time, the Otter appeared to be tiring of the game for it quickly seized the large fish in a determined manner, and quieting its struggles, and carry- ing it up over the stone enbankment, shortly disappeared among the tall grass and weeds, and irregularity of the ground, on the large central island. These observations were made at a time when the weather was very mild, i i ech a a cat : | . is ~ March-April, 1951] THE CANADIAN with temperatures of 50° to 55°F., and although dull and cloudy, visibility at ground level was clear, and generally excellent for observing wild life. Although I know of no other recorded occurrence of the Otter at Niagara Falls, or in the Niagara area, Mr. A. R. Muma, Welland County Conservation Officer of the Ontario Department of Lands and Forests, has in- formed me that he received a report in Jan- nuary, 1950, of a supposed Otter seen sliding on the snow covered banks of Ussher’s Creek, at a point about 300 feet from its confluence with the Niagara River, which would be approximately 4 miles southeast of Dufferin Islands. Unfortunately, Mr. Muma was una- ble, by personal observation, to confirm this © report, but his informer’s descriptions of the animal, and its action, left little reason to doubt the presence of an Otter at that time. — R. W. SHEPPARD, 1805 Mouland Avenue, “Niagara Falls, Ontario. The Thresher Shark in British Columbia. — The Thresher shark, Alopias vulpinus (Bon- naterre), is not commonly taken in British Columbia waters. Up to the year 1946 but one specimen was represented in collections and only a few others had been reported (Cle- mens and Wilby, Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada, Fish. Res. Board of Canada, Bull. 68, 1946). One such report appeared in the Vancouver Daily Province under date line of August 24, 1945 as follows: “Goose Bay Man Lands Big Shark. Goose Bay, August 24. — William Olsen, a fisherman, caught a 200 pound thresher shark on his trolls. He hauled it aboard and shot it. Thresher sharks reportedly fasten onto whales and pound them to death by thump- ing them with their tails. They grow to a length of 15 feet and feed normally upon herring and pilchards. Hunting in pairs, they herd the fish into compact bodies by encircling them and splashing the water with their tails. Then they proceed to gorge themselves.” Two other British Columbia records of this shark have recently come to notice. In view of the general lack of information concerning this fish these records are worthy of note. ; The first of these is provided by a specimen taken by Mr. Donald Keirs of Victoria, B.C., while trolling for salmon in Finlayson Arm & FIELD-NATURALIST 83. of Saanich Inlet on July 24, 1949. This fish, which was taken on a Number 6 “Wonder” - spoon on 350 feet of line, had a body length of about two feet. It was lifted partially clear of the water so that the elongated tail fin was clearly seen, but the specimen was not saved. The second record is based on a report of a thresher shark taken about the middle of September, 1949, at Robson Bight, Johnstone Straits, in a gillnet operated by Mr. Douglas Burnett of Quathiaski, B.C. The shark was reported as being “about six feet in length with the tail almost as long again.” The re- cord is substantiated by a snap-shot of the shark taken by Captain Bob Lewis of Camp- bell River, B.C. I am indebted to Mr. Don Keirs of the British Columbia Game Office, Victoria, for information concerning the shark taken in Finlayson Arm and to Mr. R. G. MclIndoe, Fisheries Inspector, Campbell River, for material on the specimen taken in Johnstone Strait. — G. CLIFFORD CARL, Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C. Two New Bird Records for Nova Scotia. — It is a pleasure to be able to record two species of birds not previously reported from Nova Scotia: Long-billed Marsh Wren. Telmatodytes palustris. — One was taken at Mink Island, Port Joli Harbor, Queens County, on Nov. 15, 1949, by Dr. H. F. Tufts of Port Mouton, Nova Scotia. This bird was one of three which he saw together, noisy and active, clinging to the stems of a clump of tall dry weeds, which was later identified as Phrag- mites communis, which incidentally is a rare plant in Nova Scotia. ; Orange-crewned Warbler. Vermivora celata. Early in January 1951, a strange bird ap- peared at the feeding station of Mrs. Brenda Curry, Boulderwood, Halifax. Among other kinds of food displayed there, was a can containing fat which had mixed with it, chopped nuts and dried fruit. The bird was attracted to this and fed there regularly several times daily until Feb. 7. The next morning it was picked up dead under the fesd tray and sent here for identification. It proved to be an Orange-crowned Warbler and its physical condition was such as to indicate that it had been well nourished. Both these specimens were mounted and may be seen in the collection at the Nova Scotia Museum at Halifax. — R. W. TUFTS, Wolfville, N.S. 84 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 REVIEWS A New Subspecies of Moose from North America. By Randolph L. Peterson. Occa- sional Papers of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, No. 9, May 25, 1950, 7 pp., 2 figs. Moose inhabiting northern Michigan and Minnesota, western Ontario, and the country west to central British Columbia, and north to eastern Yukon Territory and Mackenzie Delta, N.W.T., heretofore referred to the nominate race are racially separated in this paper from the eastern population. The new race is said to differ in skull characters and to be intermediate in colour between Alces americana shirasi and the nominate race. . This new subspecies is named Alces ameri- cana andersoni as a tribute to Dr. Rudolph M. Anderson and his contributions to Cana- dian mammalogy. — W. EARL GODFREY. A Study of Bird Populations in the Apple Orchards of the Annapolis Valley, Nova Scotia, with Particular Reference to the Effects of Orchard Sprays Upon Them. By John P. Kel- sall. Canadian Wildlife Service, Wildlife Management Bull., Ser. 1, No. 1, April, 1950, 63 pp., 12 figs. This interesting report is based on investi- gations made by the author in the period May to September, 1946. Work was concen- trated on 10 apple orchards in the Annapolis Valley, Nova Scotia. Poisoned sprays, as normally applied in commercial orchards there, appeared to have no readily observ- able direct effect on migratory bird popula- tions nesting or feeding in these orchards. In average commercial orchards, where insect life is at a minimum, bird populations averaged about one per acre; but in cases where outbreaks of insects occurred bird numbers rose to at least 11 per acre. The Song Sparrow, Robin, Chipping Sparrow, and Slate-colored Junco made up over 75% of the birds observed in normal orchards. In budmoth-infested orchards, however, the Savannah Sparrow was found more frequent- ly than the Slate-colored Junco. Warblers were observed to predominate in an aphid- infested orchard. Robins appeared to be the only species regularly taking up nesting territory within the orchards. Other species occurring there were classed as: “(a) Birds which enter orchards in the course of their daily activities because man, they have nesting territories, or find suitable habitat, immediately adjacent. (b) Non-nesting birds which will visit and remain in orchards provided suitable feeding conditions are to be found. (c) Stray or occasional visitors.. (d) Nesting birds from nearby habitats which will visit orchards for feeding purposes provided suitable food is present in unusual abundance.” Twelve photographs illustrate orchard types and some insect infestations. — W. EARL GODFREY. Prince Albert National Park Creel Census Analysis, Season 1948. By Victor E.F. Sol- Canadian Wildlife Service, Wildlife Management Bulletin, Ser. 3, No. 1, May, 1950, 29 pp., 1 map. Since 1940, anglers visiting Prince Albert National Park have recorded, on cards pre- pared for the purpose, details concerning the fish they caught there, the time required for capture, measurements of individuals, and other related information. In 1947 and 1948 respectively, 1,946 of these creel census cards were completed. Data bearing on six lakes and such fishes as pike, yellow pikeperch, lake trout, smallmouth bass, whitefish, bur- bot, tullibee, perch, and sucker are summ- arized and interpreted to show population trends. There is a concise but interesting analysis of local fishing methods and lures. A good map shows the location of the lakes concerned. — W. EARL GODFREY. Canada Geese of the Mississippi Flyway With Special Reference to an Illinois Flock. By Harold C. Hanson and Robert H. Smith; Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey, March, 1950, Vol. 25, Art. 3, pp. 67-210, 82 figs., 47 tables. Horseshoe Lake Game Refuge, in extreme southern Illinois, is one of the areas where Canada Geese have been induced to congre- gate and winter in large numbers, about half the winter population of the Mississippi River valley being concentrated there. Problems arose when the geese left the Refuge to feed over a 15-mile radius thus providing excellent hunting to gunners outside the Refuge, and to further complicate matters, these birds lost much of their usual wariness. Such a combination was bound to lead to concentra- tions of gunners in the area surrounding the Refuge and by 1939 the kill was greatly i al li I seca 3s March-April, 1951] exceeding what the flock could stand. Re- cognizing this, the Illinois State officials and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service initiated investigations designed to provide reliable information on which a long-term manage- ment program could be based. The authors and others who made the investigations not only found facts but faced them. They now tell of an appreciable gain in numbers of this flock due to increased protection and other management practices. There is much interesting information in this report. For instance, the race Branta canadensis interior which breeds west, south, and east of James and Hudson Bays was found to be composed of four subgroups, each constituting a separate flyway popula- tion. Birds wintering valley are believed to breed in the western limits of the Paleozoic Basin west of James Bay and the south coast of Hudson Bay. Habitats in these breeding grounds are de- scribed and well illustrated. Migration routes and wintering areas are outlined. There also is information on productivity, behavior, hunting in Illinois, relative vulne- rability of juveniles and adults to hunting, causes of death, sex ratios, and survival data. The importance of bird banding as a pro- lifie source of information not otherwise ob- tainable is once more demonstrated in this report and the authors obviously have put to good use data derived particularly from banding records of the Jack Miner Bird Sanctuary and the Horseshoe Lake Game Refuge. Although part of the information presented is, of necessity, of somewhat local interest, most of it is of much broader ap- plication and the report will be read with profit. not only by ornithologists and con- servationists at large, but as well by the few who still are skeptical of the efficiency of scientific methods as applied to wildlife management. — W. EARL GODFREY. The Mammals of Waterton Lakes National Park. By A.W.F. Banfield. Canadian Wild- life Service, Wildlife Management Bull., Ser. 1, No. 1, April, 1950, 43 pp., 10 figs. The annotated list (Section C) contains 42 species. Under Section A big game species including the elk, mule deer, moose, big- horn sheep, and mountain goat are treated in considerable detail with much useful in- formation of a definite nature being given on their history in the Park, present distri- bution and numbers, sex ratios, ecology, food ~ in the Mississippi . THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 85 habits, and lethal factors. There is also use- ful information on the black and grizzly bears, coyote, badger, and beaver in this Park. The beaver is included under the heading ‘Car- nivores’, obviously a lapsus. Section B is devoted to range studies in Waterton River Valley. Extensive clipping studies were made and quantitative and qualitative data are given, as well as descriptions of the natural ranges. The introduction gives the seasonal dura- tion of the investigation but the year in which this was conducted does not appear to be definitely indicated. Thus a sight record (p. 26) of two cougars “last year” and the fairly abundant status recorded from the snowshoe rabbit “during the present summer” (p. 38) lose some of their significance. The topography and _ characteristic vegetation cover of the area are described; there is an account of previous investigations there by others; and a bibliography is included: Maps are used to excellent advantage to show distributions of the more important mammals concerned. — W. EARL GODFREY. The Birds and Mammals of the Creston Re- gion, British Columbia. By J. A. Munro.:Oc-: casional Papers of the British Columbia Provincial Museum, No. 8, August, 1950, 90 pp., 16 figs. This is another of Mr. Munro’s excellent contributions to the natural history of western Canada. He tells us that parts of the region have been subject to profound en- vironmental modification during the past 20 years, and that the purpose of the paper is to record the primitive characteristics of the region while remnants of them still remain for study, to note current conditions, and to discuss the bird and mammal populations as observed by him in 1947, 1948, and 1949. The Creston region is defined and a de- tailed description (pp. 2-18), illustrated by 15 habitat photographs, is given. Topography, biotic zones, vegetation cover, changes in habitats, and wildlife food resources are dealt with, and there is an account of pre- vious work in the area. The annotated list of birds (pp. 21-78), comprising 176 species and subspecies, contains information on_ local ‘distribution, seasonal and numerical status, occasional notes on behaviour, and a con- siderable amount of information on food habits derived from stomach examinations. The annotated list of mammals (pp. 79-89) embraces 41 species and subspecies. In both the bird and mammal lists there are frequent 86 THE CANADIAN taxonomic notes based on examination of specimens taken in the region. — W. EARL GODFREY. Studies in Bird Migration Being the Col- lected Papers of H. Chr. C. Mortensen, 1856- 1921. Edited by Paul Jespersen and A. Vedel Taning; Dansk Ornithologisk Forening: 1950, Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen; pp. 1-272, photos and map.. (Price, 18 Danish kr.). This is a memorial to the Dane, Hans Christian Cornelius Mortensen, and his work in pioneering modern systematic bird banding. In 1899 Mortensen began placing numbered FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 bands on the legs of starlings and later, on a number of other bird species. The bulk of this volume is made up of nineteen of Mortensen’s articles originally written in mainly. Danish and here readably translated into English by H. M. Kyle. These usually informal and discursive articles give us a picture of the early development of modern methods of capturing and banding wild birds and illustrate Mortensen’s meticulous care in compiling and interpreting the data derived from banding. There is a_ short biography of Mortensen and a list of 30 papers and books written by him. — W. EARL GODFREY. * j { AFFILIATED | so e “IETIES 5 NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MANITOBA OFFICERS FOR 1980-1951 : _ Meetings are held each io al AG eit eee Wacicen foil wenthne ot Boulevard, Field PROVANCHER SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY OF CANADA OFFICERS FOR 1951 President: J. KENNEDY cure lst Vice-Pres.: J. GERALD COOTE; 2nd Vice-Pres.: G. H. CARTWRIGHT; - Treasurer: GEO. A. LECLERC; Chief-Scientific Section: FRANCOIS HAMEL; aaa bag Mh ae IAN BREAKEY; Chief-Propaganda Section: . A. DERY; Chief-Information Section, J. C. eee Other directors: JOS. MORIN, F. D. ROSS, OSCAR Sapa oe T. J. A. HUNTER, REX MEREDITH and _ Dr. V. PLAMONDON. Seesiexy’s address: 12 Désy Ave., Quebec, P.Q. THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1950-1951 A. A, OUTRAM; President : ; -Treasurer: A. J. V. LEHMANN, C. A. WALKINSHAW, TF. Mell. WRAITH. Meetings are held at 8.15 on the first Monday of each month trom October to May at the Royal Ontario Building, Ane qaenidenh: haat as esate pee a a i Wi All mee ae crenata ple of each — mele ae oe Se Coie the spring and a special President: G. s M INTG IV ER’ ioe Ea diy 1c rer: BDA. G. oa iT; Sec etary: ; 166 Senneville Road, : 3 Meetings held the second iowaer, of the month except during summer. ee cneni ot British LIBRARIES Is your set of the publications of the Ottawa Field- Naturalists’ Club complete ? ALMOST COMPLETE SETS DATING BACK TO 1879 ARE STILL AVAILABLE. For further information and quotations write to: Mr. W. J. CODY, Business Mangpger, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF JOHN MACOUN The Club has a limited number of copies of the autobiography of this famous Canadian naturalist for sale. GET YOUR COPY BY SENDING $3.00 TO: Mr. W. J. CODY, Business Manager, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. ee ee eee errr ee —_——————— “LE DROIT” Printing, Ottawa, Canada. Canfas Se a ee oe os = ea i Md, WUeer. LEME. | LISRARY HARVARD UNIVERSITY ‘The CANA N PelLD-NATURALIST Contents Shore bird migration at Montreal. By Lewis MclI. Terrill 2.00.00... 87 Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and subscribers to the Canadian Field-Naturalist, May 1951.............. FA Os Uae ENO A Una Wa Sc RU, 18 99 The ring-billed gull at Ottawa, Ontario, and its field recognition. Eee TR TENG RSE Ral Fe UES SAE rn ANU AE) UR ON OAT PR TO 109 New mineral occurrences from the Province of Quebec. T. H. Clark ..0.00.0.u. 112 The Athabaska Canada goose on the Niagara river. By R. W. Sheppard ............ 114 ®* Some supplementary bird notes from the general area of the Mackenzie Delta and Great Slave Lake. By E. O. Hohn and D. L. Robinson ........................ 115 Notes and Observations:— | A new snake record for Nova Scotia. By Sherman Bleakney ...........0...0000. 118 ihe cougar in Manitoba, By L. T. S. Norris-Blye 0.0.00. 119 ihe Bay lynx in) Manitoba. By L. T..S. Nortis-Elye oi...) ee 119 On local records of Empidonax virescens and E. traillu. PBN Liz LEANN IN Wfa LSE MaRS SO AAR ae a RR UNC Ee 120 Short-tailed weasel and young in Manitoba. By Sam Waller .....00..0.000000.. 120 Bird lice (Mallophaga) from a Florida gallinule and a Baird’s sandpiper. Pe ONS AWC Reals FUROR ACORN NE A eR AU EE 120 PEEL CUMIN ARETE rine eer URGE AL AE Re a a 121 Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. Che Ottawa Hield-Naturalists’ Club Patrons ‘Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: Dr. J. W. GROVES 1st Vice-President: Mr. R. FRITH 2nd Vice-President: Mr. W. K. W. BALDWIN Treasurer: RAYMOND Moore, Secretary: H. J. SCOGGAN, Division of Botany, National Museum of Canada, Science Service, Dept. of Ottawa. Agriculture, Ottawa. Additional Members of Council: | Mrs. Hoyes Lioyp, Miss RutH Horner, Miss VioLa HuMpHREYS, Miss VERNA Ross, Miss PAULINE SNURE, Miss MAry STUART, THE REV. FaTHER F, E. BANim, Messrs. E. G. ANDERSON, R. M. ANDERSON, J. ARNOLD, B. BOIvIN, A. E. Bourcuicnon, K. BowLes, A. W. CAMERON, W. J. Copy, J. P. Currrier, W. G. Dore, C. FRANKTON, W. E. Goprrey, H. Grou, S. D. Hicks, W. In~tmMan, W. H. LAN- CELEY, D. LEECHMAN, H. F. Lewis, H. Ltoyp, T. H. MANNinGc, H. MArsHALL, W. H. MInsHALL, A. E. Porsitp, L. S. Russet, D. B. O. Savite, H. A. SENN, V. E. F. SoLMAN, J. S. TENER. Auditors: I. L. CONNERS, H. F. Lewis. Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. Associate Editors 1, eet CLD O Tos SHU MAL ec AU aL Botany R. M. ANDERSON .................. Mammalogy As RAROCQUR iu Me Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ............ Marine Biology Hi: G.GRAWFORD |) / 0) U0 ie Entomology WE. 'GopEREY | Wi as Ornithology BS AU COCK Arie Lard Bia Geology Wi ASB BEB) cre Wino ee Palaeontology Crvpe PATCH in Nha ie Herpetology TiGRGYD Vicon) aac a aoe Ichthyology Business Manager W. J. Copy, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. The official publications of THz Ottawa Frerp-NATuRALIsTs’ CLuB have been issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879, 1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty- two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results or original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $3.00; Single copies 60c each. Subscription ($3.00 per year) should be forwarded to Dr. R. J. Moore, Div. of Botany, Sctence Service, Dept. of Agriculture, OTTAWA, CANADA. The Canadian Field-Naturalist VOL. 65 OTTAWA, CANADA, MAY-JUNE, 1951 SHORE BIRD MIGRATION AT MO Lewis Mcl. TERRILL Montreal, Quebec HE south shore of the St. Lawrence River between St. Lambert and Laprairie Creek (Riviere St. Jacques), near Laprairie, is by far the best place in the vicinity of Montreal for migrant shore birds. This four-mile stretch of shore is now a part of Ile au Heron Bird Sanctuary, a federal sanctuary establish- ed in 1937. Several sections of the shore, especially at the mouth of Laprairie Creek, are marshy with a growth of willows, sedges, rushes and other moisture-loving plants such as cat-tail (Typha), water-parsnip (Sium) and bur-reed (Sparganium). In the wet silt and shallow water extensive beds of two tall grasses (Spartina and Elymus) are giving way to two attractive invaders, the Purple Loose- strife (Lythrum salicaria) and Flowering Rush (Butomus umbellatus). Although the loosestrife has been established here for many years, Laprairie, according Marie-Vic- torin (1935), appears to have been the birth- place in America of the globe-trotting buto- mus. In any event, though widely distributed in the east, it was not listed in earlier works on American plants. While certain shore birds such as Wilson’s Snipe, Greater and Lesser Yellow-Legs and Solitary Sandpiper, are sometimes found in the marshy areas the chief haunt of most species is the two-mile stretch of open shore commonly known as Laprairie Beach where many of the observations in the following list were made. The stony beach for the most part has a sparse and inconspicuous growth, principally Silver-weed (Potentilla anserina) in the drier parts and water-plan- tain (Alisma) and arrow-head (Sagittaria) in the wet silt. In some places there are also patches of polygonum and bur-marigold (Bidens). A comparatively recent and un- welcome addition to the beach flora is the clotbur (Xanthium). 1 Received’ for publication April 17, 1951. No. 3 MUS. C MUS, Co 0. SEP 26 [95] HARVARD Much of the grassy¥jippptyzye, or ‘common’, subtending the i : by herds of cows. Here plover commonly gather and, except in very dry weather, some sandpipers, particularly Least and Semipalmated, are often found. The discontinuance of spring shooting and, subsequently, enactment of the Migratory Birds Convention Act and the full protection of all shore birds except the Woodcock and Wilson’s Snipe have, naturally, brought about a notable increase. Griscom (1945) states that after twenty-five years of pro- tection it is possible to see more species of shore birds and more individuals in one day on the coast of Massachusetts than could be seen in a decade of constant field experience in his youth. This is indeed a remarkable achievement, but we can scarcely claim-such an increase in the Montreal district. Formerly there were relatively few ob- servers and records available for comparison prior to the adoption of the above-mentioned protective measures are _ proportionately searce. Wintle in “The Birds of Montreal”, published in 1896, includes a briefly anno- tated list of shore birds observed in the dis- trict by himself and others during the fifteen years preceeding 1896. Many of the records were made on the south shore between Lon- gueuil and Laprairie which then, too, was considered the most favourable place for plovers and sandpipers, but except for such generalities as “common”, “scarce”, or “rare”, there is often very little that could be used as a satisfactory basis for comparison with the present status of the various species. There are no specific records in Wintle’s list for several of them, such as Long-billed, Eskimo and Hudsonian Curlews, and the Knot. These are included on the evidence of birds exposed for sale in the Montreal markets and said to have been shot near Montreal by market hunters. Of the thirty Vol. 65, March-April, 1951, was issued June 23, 1951. 2 87 == 88 THE CANADIAN species mentioned fourteen are listed as common, fifteen as scarce or rare, and one, European Woodcock, as accidental. The present list is compiled from my own records covering approximately the past forty-five years, with which are incorporated many observations contributed by others, chiefly members of The Province of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds. Included in the list are four species listed by Wintle which have not since been recorded: Euro- pean Woodcock, Long-billed Curlew, Eskimo Curlew and Buff-breasted Sandpiper. Of the thirty-two species enumerated eighteen oc- cur here fairly regularly but only sixteen can be considered at all common. The White-rumped Sandpiper has been classed with the common species chiefly on the evidence of observations prior to 1937. The scarcity and irregular occurrence of this sandpiper in recent years coincides with the higher water levels in late summer and au- tumn which have been progressively higher since 1936. In 1943 the river level was reputedly the highest in forty-three years. In my opinion it was even higher in 1945. There was practically no beach and the only feeding place for many species, especially in dry weather, was the actual water line. Compare this with conditions prevailing prior to 1937 when the water was generally very low in the fall — so low at times that ships were forced to reduce their cargoes and harbour officials were considering plans for dredging the channel. On portions of La- prairie Beach it was often possible to walk out on the exposed mud flats for about half a mile. These mud flats, dotted with pools of water, provided excellent feeding places for many birds. Early in the season great numbers of Savannah Sparrows and, later, Horned Larks, Pipits, Snow Buntings and sometimes Lapland Longspurs intermingled with shore birds. These were the favoured haunts of the White-rumped Sandpiper and possibly the changed conditions are respon- sible for their scarcity. While most shore birds have been some- what scarcer since high water levels prevail- ed, many water birds have been observed in greater numbers, particularly in the shallow bay on the south shore of the sanctuary. Here we often see from 2,000 to 5,000 dab- bling ducks, principally Pintails and Black Ducks, and Blue and Green-winged Teals, with smaller numbers of several other species. Most diving ducks, such as Scaup and Golden- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 eye, congregate in rafts in deeper water well out in the river, often a mile or more from shore. Amongst the more interesting birds noted in the Sanctuary were ten Whistling Swans on November 18/19, 1940; and several Harle- quin Ducks in November, 1945. Brant have been far more common latterly and for a number of years we have had non-breeding Double-crested Cormorants and Black-back- ed Gulls from early spring until late fall. An occasional Holboell’s Grebe is seen but in 1950 more than usual were reported. One of the effects of the deepening of the ship channel some years ago was lowered water levels on the south shore between St. Lambert and Longueuil. As a result the bed of the river was exposed in many spots between St. Helen’s Island and St. Lambert, and numerous islets appeared. This area has become a favoured rendezvous of gulls in the fall. These are chiefly Herring and Ring-billed, but latterly there are usually a considerable number of immature Black- backs and smaller numbers of Glaucous and Iceland Gulls. In late November and early December, 1950 there was a pronounced in- vasion of Briinnich’s Murres, many being found dead or in a dying condition, as was the case during the last big invasion here in 1932. The principal purpose of the following list is to give some idea of the time of occurrence and relative abundance of shore birds at Montreal, particularly the more regular transients. If all museums and published records had been thoroughly searched it is probable that other species might have been added. Piping Plover. Charadrius melodus. Apparently unrecord- ed in the immediate vicinity of Montreal. In fact the only record for the district is of one shot September 17, 1916 near Nicolet on Lake St. Peter. I saw this in the flesh in the shop of Dumouchel Bros., taxiderm- ists, in Montreal. I do not know what be- came of this specimen and am unable to say whether it was referable to the coastal race (C.m.melodus) or to the inland Belted Piping Plover (C.m.circumcinctus), recently rein- stated. Semipalmated Plover. Charadrius hiaticula semipalmatus. Tran- sient. Occurs irregularly in very small num- May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN bers in spring; regular fall transient and usually fairly common. Average spring ar- rival (8 years), May 24; earliest, May 13 (1944); latest, June 3 (1949). Average de- parture (8 years), May 31; earliest, May 18 (1936); latest, June 13 (1949). Average fall arrival (37 years), Aug. 13; earliest, July 22 (1942 & 1948); latest, Sept. 23 (1906). Average departure (37 years), Sept. 25; earliest, Aug. 3 (1925); latest, Nov. 11 (1935). Although one of the most regular of shore bird visitors during the fall migration it is seldom seen in large numbers. A few some- times appear in late July, but the height of the southward movement is in late August or early September. Peak numbers (75-100) were recorded on the following dates: Sept. 12, 1920; Aug. 20, 1931; Aug. 31 and Sept. 15, 1935. A few are frequently found through- out October and occasionally into November. Killdeer. Charadrius vociferus vociferus. Summer resident. Common and well distributed in fields and open pastures almost throughout the district. Average spring arrival (46 years), March 31; earliest, March 13 (1946); latest, April 23 (1911). Average fall depart- ure (40 years), Oct. 15; earliest, Sept. 17 (1911); latest, Nov. 20 (1938). Killdeer are returning earlier than former- ly as the average earliest date for the past ten years (March 22) indicates. As a rule they do not become generally distributed on their nesting grounds until the end of the month or early April. In the fall the bulk have usually departed by mid-Septem- ber. Wintle (1896) lists the Killdeer as a com- mon summer resident but his only specific reference to nesting is that ‘some years ago they were found breeding at Lachine”. He adds that “this plover would breed plenti- fully if not shot off in the spring”. Doubtless the protection afforded the Kill- deer by the discontinuance of spring shoot- ing and, later, by the passing of the Migrat- ory Birds Convention Act and the protection at all seasons of this species and most other shore birds, was largely responsible for its present abundance. In my own experience a few pairs were to be found on Ile Jésus, adjacent to Montreal Island, during the years 1905-1909, but the first actual nesting was recorded in 1910. Since then it has increased rapidly, many nests being found each year. FIELD-NATURALIST 89 In the spring I seldom see Killdeer in flocks, generally singly, in pairs or small groups on the nesting grounds. In the fall, however, it often assembles in considerable numbers, particularly where grasshoppers and crickets, the principal food at this sea- son, are abundant. Peak numbers noted were 200 on Sept. 6, 1914; about 100, Oct. 3, 1931 and Aug. 12, 1934; 200-300 from Aug. 17 to Sept. 22, 1935; 250, Aug. 9, 1936; 160, Sept. 22, 1940; and 200, Sept. 21, 1941. Apparently somewhat less common from 1942 to 1950, only two concentrations of 100 or more being recorded. These were an estimated 250 on Sept. 7, 1948, in the extensive mud flats created by railway development at Sortin; and about 100, Aug. 27, 1949, along the Basin of the Richelieu at Chambly. American Golden Plover. Pluvialis dominica dominica. Transient. No spring records and usually scarce in the fall. Average fall arrival (27 years), Sept. 11; earliest, July 20 (1934); latest, Nov. 1 (1931). Average departure (27 years), Sept. 23; earliest, July 26 (1916); latest, Nov. 11 (1935). This is by far the rarest of the four species of plover which occur here at all regularly. Although recorded nearly every year singles or couples are the rule, often in the company of Black-bellied Plover. Although many of the latter transients are in partial nuptial plumage, nearly all Golden Plover seen here, at least in recent years, have been birds of the year or adults in winter plumage. Wintle (1896), however, who lists the Golden Plover as a common fall transient, states “most of this species shot here early in the season have blackish patches on the underparts’. Peak years were: 1911, Oct. 15 (20); 1915, Sept. 12 (50); 1927, Sept. 22 (40); 1931, Nov. 1 (9); 1934, Oct. 8 (15); 1935, Sept. 21 (12); 1942, Oct. 17 (35); 1944, Oct. 1 (21). Black-bellied Plover. Squatarola squatarola. Transient, scarce in spring; usually fairly common and sometimes abundant in fall. Average spring arrival (6 years), May 29; earliest, May 16 (1937); latest, June 16 (1948). Average departure (6 years), June 2; earliest, May 16 (1937); latest, June 16 (1948). Average fall arrival (33 years), Sept. 4; earliest, Aug. 3 (1947); latest, Oct. 30 (1932). Average departure (33 years), Oct. 18; earliest, Aug. 17 (1927, 1947); latest, Nov. 19 (1944). 90 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST This plover was especially numerous dur- ing the years 1935-1938, as the following com- parative dates for peak numbers indicate; Oct. 21, 1919 (21); Aug. 23, 1923 (40); Oct. 14, 1933 (40); Sept. 21 to Oct. 20, 1935 (150- 200); Oct. 12, 1936 (75); Oct. 23, 1937 (100); Sept. 25, 1938 (250); Oct. 14, 1941 (60); Oct. 4, 1942 (15); Sept. 6, 1943 (18); Sept. 30, 1944 (115); Oct. 20, 1945 (30); Oct. 20, 1946 (12); Aug. 17, 1947 (27); Sept. 25, 1948 (10); Oct. 1,’.1949 (8); Oct. 21, 1950 (9). These peak numbers are all for the south shore of Ile au Heron Sanctuary (Laprairie Beach). In 1940, however, they appeared to be more common on Lake St. Peter; also in that year a very large fiight was reported at Verdun on Sept. 24. Spring transients seen May 16-21 were in winter plumage but two on May 25 had black breasts. August birds are mainly adults in summer (nuptial) plumage and many of those occurring here in the first two weeks of September have some black on the under- parts. October and November birds are al- ways in winter plumage. Ruddy Turnstone. Arenaria interpres morinella. Transient. Two in nuptial plumage on June 7, 1950, is the only spring record. Frequently occurs in fall but in very small numbers. Average fall arrival (15 years), Aug. 27; earliest, Aug. 4 (1950); latest, Sept. 15 (1935). Aver- age departure (15 years), Sept. 11; earliest, Aug. 19 (1917); latest, Oct. 19 (1940). Turnstones are generally observed singly or in couples, although on a few occasions aS many as Six have been recorded. Ten on September 21, 1935, one of the peak years locally for shore birds, is the largest number recorded. Although adults, still in partial summer plumage, may be seen along the Lower St. Lawrence in July, most fall birds seen here are young, or adults in the more sober fall dress. American Woodcock. Philohela minor. Summer resident. Com- mon in suitable localities throughout. Less numerous in heavily timbered areas. Aver- age spring arrival (35 years), April 2; earli- est, March 17 (1943 & 1946); latest, April 19 (1914). Average fall departure (42 years), Nov. 1; earliest, Oct. 9 (1938); latest, Nov. 28 (1915). The Woodcock usually arrives here a little later than the Killdeer and often remains [Vol. 65 somewhat later in the fall. Normally well distributed in the Montreal district, it nests rather commonly in favourable habitats, though Wintle lists it as a “scarce summer resident” prior to 1896. As is the case with most birds their numbers fluctuate from year to year. For instance they were less common in 1940 and 1941, moderately com- mon in 1942, and in 1943 had almost reached normal abundance. In the years 1944 to 1946 their numbers had again fallen but since then there has been considerable improve- ment, more being noted in the nesting sea- sons of 1949 and 1950 than for some years. . My conclusions are based mainly on a com- parison of actual counts of nests and singing birds made in certain localities from year to year. Wintle’s belief that Woodcock were scarce summer residents and more common in the fall may have been partly the result of a more diligent searching of their covers in the fall hunting season, during the migrat- ory flights of more northern birds. The average date of the first Woodcock observed here during the past ten years (March 23) doubtless gives a more accurate idea for recent years. Either Woodcock are returning earlier, or some of the earlier dates, when there were fewer observers, are not fully representative. Occasionally nest- ing starts in March but many birds do not arrive until the first week of April or even later, and nests are more commonly found during the latter half of that month. European Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola. Accidental visitant. One shot at Chambly, November 11, 1882, is the only record for the district and, in fact, for the Province. This occurrence is recorded by Wintle (1896) and is amongst the very few North American records listed by Bent (1927). Wilson’s Snipe. Capella gallinago delicata. Summer resi- dent and transient. A rather uncommon breeder though fairly common in some years in a few favourable localities. Formerly a common to abundant transient in spring and fall, but, latterly, since at least 1939, much less common, being exceptionally scarce in the years 1941-1947. A slight increase was noted in 1948-1950. Average spring arrival (42 years), April 16; earliest, March 27 (1938); latest, April 30 (1916). Average de- parture (36 years), Oct. 18; earliest, Sept. 12 (1915 & 1941); latest, Nov. 19 (1933). May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN Normally, snipe are widely distributed in spring but in the fall are more likely to be found concentrated in favourable feeding places. In April, when snipe are moving north, there are many surface ponds whose oozy borders provide a plentiful supply of food, whereas, during the height of the south- ward movement in late September and early October, the fields are mostly dry and the ponds empty. At this season they are more common along water-courses. A few are often seen in the sedgy portions of the St. Law- rence in Ile au Heron Sanctuary. For a number of years a certain willow bog on the south shore, near St. Lambert, provided an excellent index to the local abundance or scarcity of snipe in the autumn. It was always a comparatively simple matter to count the birds as they habitually con- gregated about the muddy margin of a small pond in the centre of the bog, where I have sometimes seen upwards of forty bunched closely together in flight from the margin. A comparison of peak numbers seen there from 1933 to 1945 gives some idea of their searcity latterly: Oct. 3, 1933 (23); Sept. 23, 1934 (43); Sept. 24, 1935 (23); Sept. 13, 1936 (34); Oct. 2, 1937 (18); Sept. 29, 1938 (2). During succeeding years often none at all were seen, the largest number being four on September 12, 1941. Decrease in the local breeding population is less noticeable. Long-billed Curlew. Numenius americanus. Wintle lists this curlew as a rare transient, apparently on the evidence of birds seen in the Montreal mar- kets in August and September. He adds that “a few were shot in this district at that time of the year and exposed for sale in our markets”. This is, at best, rather unsatisfac- tory evidence as he states that he saw no curlews whatever in life, also that in several instances western game birds seen in Mont- real markets were shipped here from Chicago and other mid-western points. I know of no later records. Hudsonian Curlew. Numenius hudsonicus. Scarce fall transient; no spring records. Average fall arrival (6 years), Sept. 7; earliest Aug. 20, (1918); latest, Sept. 23 (1932). Average departure (6 years), Sept. 9; earliest, Aug. 20 (1918); latest, Sept. 24 (1944). Although this curlew is observed rather frequently in small flocks on the St. Law- FIELD-NATURALIST 91 rence River east of Quebec, their numbers and frequency of occurrence dwindle rapid- ly further inland. I have the following records for the Montreal district: Sept. 17, 1916 — one shot on Lake St. Peter; Aug. 20, 1916 — one shot on Nun’s Island, Montreal. I saw these birds, either newly mounted or in the flesh, at Dumouchel Bros. Sept. 23, 1939 — one shot on Lake St. Peter (Brown). I also have well-authenticated sight records for Laprairie Beach: Aug. 23, 1932 (2), Mousley & Wynne-Edwards; Sept. 6, 1942 (1), Hollom & Wynne-Edwards; Sept. 17, 1944 (1), Montgomery; and for Hudson, Sept. 24, 1944 (1), G. G. Ommanney. Eskimo Curlew. Numenius borealis. I have no information on the former occurrence here of this Cur- lew, now believed extinct, other than Wintle’s statement that it was a scarce transient prior to 1896. The only supporting evidence sub- mitted is “occasionally shot in the autumn on Lake St. Peter... A few were shot the latter end of August and in September, 1893, and exposed for sale in our markets’. We have no later records. Upland Plover. Bartramia longicauda. A rather scarce transient and scarce summer resident. Aver- age spring arrival (9 years), May 3; earliest, April 9 (1916); latest, May 29 (1946). Average fall departure (5 years), Aug. 25; earliest Aug. 6 (1949); latest, Sept. 27 (1941). My introduction to this sandpiper, which we formerly knew as the Bartramian Sand- piper and which yet may be given the more appropriate name, Upland Sandpiper, was in Ontario, near the Quebec border, where I saw at least eight pairs in four miles of grassy upland between Morrisburg and Iro- quois. This was on May 23, 1909. I have not since seen aS many in one day. A few nest in the Montreal district — Cote St. Luc for instance, where one and sometimes two pairs have been noted repeatedly for a num- ber of years. A brood of young was seen there on July 10, 1942 (Brown). There is some evidence locally that tran- sient Upland Plovers ‘are increasing. Four .on August 8, 1943 and seven on September 3, 1944 are the largest numbers ever reported from Laprairie Beach. As usual with fall birds they were very wild, flying for several hundred yards, usually at considerable eleva- tion. Closing their wings at the end of the 92 THE CANADIAN flight .they would swoop falcon-like to the ground; raising their wings in the manner of Yellow-legs and other tattlers as they alighted. They would then stand very erect, emphasizing the unusual proportions for a sandpiper — long neck, small head and short plover-like bill, which greatly facilitated identification, even at a distance. Spotted Sandpiper. Actitis macularia. Abundant summer resi- dent and transient. Average spring arrival (46°years), May 7; earliest, April 20 (1941); latest, May 17 (1897). Average fall departure (46 years), Sept. 14; earliest, Aug. 15 (1932); latest, Oct. 15 (1905). Fluctuation in numbers, for one reason or another, is usual with most birds, but the Spotted Sandpiper probably varies less in this respect than most shore birds. At no season are they found here in compact flocks. At most you will see two or three, or perhaps as many as five or six, teetering on a rock or stranded log. A few arrive quite early in May, or sometimes even in late April. Some of the later birds are probably tran- sients, but I am unable to give any data on the transient movement in spring. The Spotted Sandpiper nests commonly in fields and pastures, usually near water of some sort, either pond, stream, or marsh. In such inland habitats each pair has quite an extensive territory, but along the shores of the larger rivers, such as the St. Lawrence, they are more abundant and nest closer to- gether on the river banks, especially when these are too steep to invite the pedestrian. The greatest concentrations in the nesting season, however, are to be found on certain small islands in the St. Lawrence. Here, in some cases, they are actually gregarious, often nesting a few feet apart in the manner of terns. On June 1, 1946, I estimated there were about a hundred pairs on Ile au Heron, Goat Island and adjacent small islands at the foot of Lachine Rapids. Again, on June 26, 1950, there were over 50 pairs nesting with Common Terns on two grassy islands off the south shore at Cote Ste. Catherine. The densest concentration of nesting birds in my experience was observed on Ile Ronde below St. Helen’s Island in 1896 and again in 1898. On May 31 of the latter year there were upwards of a hundred pairs on this small island of a few acres, and in a short time I found about twenty-five occupied nests. FIELD-NATURALIST - [Vol. 65 There are no four-footed animals on these smaller islets, with the possible exception of an occasional muskrat or mink, and hu- mans rarely visit them in early summer which doubtless accounts for their popularity with the sandpipers. On the Lower St. Lawrence, where the shores are periodically washed by heavy surfs, this sandpiper has truly earn- ed the soubriquet ‘fly-up-the-creek’ by nest- ing on the gravel beds of streams deep in the forest and often many miles from the coast. It is probably this ready adaptability to environment coupled with the normally non- gregarious habits of the Spotted Sandpiper that have made it one of nature’s outstanding successes. We always have Spotted Sand- pipers — that is, in season. They go south rather early. Although I have seen an adult with a downy chick as late as August 10, nesting is usually over early in July when birds that have nested inland join those along the river shores. It is thus difficult to determine what proportion of the fluctu- ating numbers on the shore are transients from northern areas. Immature birds, often in considerable numbers, continue to fre- quent the river shores throughout August and a few remain into September and some- times even October, but adults are always scarce in these months. Eastern Solitary Sandpiper. Tringa solitaria solitaria. Transient. Fairly common in some years, rather scarce in others; somewhat more common in the fall. Average spring arrival (24 years), May 18; earliest, May 3 (1942, 1948); latest, May 27 (1917). Average departure (24 years), May 22; earliest, May 9 (1945); latest, June 3 (1947). Average fall arrival (34 years), Aug. 8; earliest, July 10 (1921); latest, Sept. 2 (1919). Average departure (34 years), Sept. 15; earliest, Aug. 16 (1925); latest, Oct. 23 (1932). Solitary Sandpipers although of regular occurrence here in migration, never con- gregate in the manner of many other shore birds. In fact they seldom visit the open river shore but prefer the seclusion of in- land bogs, quiet back-waters, or the banks of small streams or ponds. Singles or couples are the rule but occasionally in the fall several may be found in close proximity where food is plentiful; for instance, some open waste land with pools of water adjacent to a wil- low bog near St. Lambert, where snipe habi- May-June, 1951] tually collected. Here I have seen more Solitary Sandpipers at one time than else- where. They were especially numerous in the years 1930-1938 when I frequently saw from eight to twelve, and on two occasions, August 30, 1933, and September 5, 1934, from fifteen to twenty. Eight near Philipsburg on May 15, 1949 is the largest concentration recorded in the spring. But these are excep- tional numbers. Usually one would require to explore many miles of suitable territory to see aS many. Solitary Sandpipers were unusually scarce in 1942, slightly more common in 1943, and again scarce in 1944 and 1945. Greater Yellow-legs. Totanus ‘melanoleucus. Transient. Proba- bly a regular migrant in spring in very small numbers, but none recorded in some seasons; more common in the fall; one summer record. Average spring arrival (20 years), May 12; earliest, April 25 (1915); latest, May 29 (1921). Average departure (20 years), May 19; earliest, April 25 (1915); latest, June 17 (1917). Average fall arrival (37 years), Sept. 6; earliest, July 25 (1942); latest, Nov. 3 (1907). Average departure (37 years), Oct. 14; earliest, Aug. 16 (1925); latest, Nov. 20 (1949). Spring transients occur singly as a rule and are usually seen in flooded inland fields. Four, April 25, 1915; four, May 13, 1926; and six on May 9, 1939 are the largest num- bers recorded at this season. One, seen June 17, 1917, several miles inland from the river at Laprairie, was not found on a subsequent visit and I concluded that it was a late tran- sient. Although of regular occurrence in the fall we seldom see flocks of any size such as are found on the Lower St. Lawrence. At this season, when inland fields and surface ponds are mostly dry, they are generally found on river shores. Singles and couples are still most frequent, often with Lesser Yellow-legs, but sometimes groups of from three to eight are noted. They are more common in Sept- ember and October. Sixteen on October 23, 1937 is the largest number recorded here in one day. Lesser Yellow-legs. Totanus flavipes. Seldom observed in spring, but a regular and common fall tran- sient. Average spring arrival (6 years), May 24; earliest, May 17 (1947); latest, June 2 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 93 (1946). Average departure (6 years), May 25; -earliest, May 19 (1944); latest, June 3 (1946). Average fall arrival (33 years), Aug. 8; earliest, July 14 (1936 and 1950); latest, Sept. 7 (1908). Average departure (33 years), Sept. 21; earliest, Aug. 18 (1912); latest, Oct. 25. (1942). The few spring records are for singles or couples with exception of three on May 24, 1926. This scarcity in spring is general throughout eastern Canada as they mostly follow the Mississippi to their northern nest- ing grounds. Wintle lists the Lesser Yellow-legs as a scarce transient. He gives no fall records and only one for the spring, a male shot at Laprairie, June 1, 1889. What a remarkable change since his time! From 1919 to the present I have seen them in the fall in every year but one (1925). Peak years, when twenty-five or more were recorded in a single day, were 1923, 1935, 1936, 1940, 1944, 1945, and 1947 to 1950. The largest number was upwards of 100 on August 15, 1936, one of the big years for most shore birds when, as already mentioned, water levels on the south shore were at their lowest. The Lesser Yellow-legs occurs most com- monly in August although often seen in smaller numbers throughout September, and a few even into October. Fall birds nearly always arrive earlier than the Greater Yel- low-legs and they leave earlier. While they commonly frequent the open river shore, it is not unusual to find a few about inland ponds, associating with Solitary, Least, and Spotted Sandpipers. American Knot. Calidris canutus rufa. Transient. Very scarce in spring; somewhat more frequent in fall. Only two spring records; one, May 24, 1926, in nuptial plumage with a group of shore birds, including Least Sandpipers and both Yellow-legs, on the margin of an inland surface pond near St. Hubert (Terrill); and two, also in summer plumage, on Laprairie Beach, May 31, 1947 (Montgomery). Aver- age fall arrival (6 years), Sept. 8; earliest, Aug. 15 (1920); latest, Oct. 21 (1917). Average departure (6 years), Sept. 9; earli- est, Aug. 15 (1920); latest, Oct. 21 (1917). Four Knots, the largest number for a single day, were seen Aug. 27, 1949 on Laprairie Beach (Montgomery). As many as three, however, were recorded in the same locality on the following dates: Aug. 15, 1920 (with 94 THE CANADIAN Lesser Yellow-legs); Sept. 8, 1928; Sept. 7, 1940 (Terrill); and Aug. 31, 1949 (Mont- gomery). One, the latest (seasonal) record, was secured from a flock of Black-bellied Plover on Oct. 21, 1917, near St. Antoine (Verchéres Co.), about twenty-five miles below Montreal (Terrill). Purple Sandpiper. Erolia maritima. Very rare transient. I have only one record — two examined in a bag of shore birds seized by game inspectors. These were shot Oct. 9, 1921 at Cartierville, on Riviére des Prairies (Montreal Island). Wintle (1896) states several were shot “a few years ago” on Nun’s Island, at the foot of Lachine Rapids by Mr. George Costen. Pectoral Sandpiper. Erolia melanotos. Transient. Very scarce in spring but a regular and frequently com- mon fall transient. Average spring arrival (3 years), May 24; earliest, May 18 (1946); latest, May 28 (1947). Average departure (3 years), May 27; earliest, May 26 (1946); latest, May 28 (1947). Average fall arrival (29 years), Sept. 1; earliest, July 18 (1942); latest, Oct. 13 (1929). Average departure (29 years), Oct. 2; earliest, Sept. 1 (1921); latest, Oct. 29 (1949). The Pectoral Sandpiper follows the Mis- sissippi Valley on its way north; hence the scarcity here, as elsewhere in eastern Canada at that season. Although of fairly regular occurrence in the fall, in some years it is markedly scarce. Specimens secured from flocks observed Sept. 20 and Oct. 18, 1908, near Ste. Geneviéve, on Riviére des Prairies (Montreal Island) constitute my first records. From 1908 to 1920 there are a few scatter- ed records, but since 1920 they have been observed in nearly every year. Peak num- bers were 75-100 on Oct. 6-8, 1933; and 50- 200, Sept. 11-22, 1934. However, these were exceptional years. It is more usual latterly to see less than twenty and often only two or three. Pectorals are often found in inland fields and pastures. In the Laprairie Beach area they commonly frequent the grassy fore- shore, often with Killdeer and Least and Semipalmated Sandpipers. In very dry weather, however, they are more frequently found on the river margin where they com- monly associate with Red-backs. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 White-rumped Sandpiper. Erolia fuscicollis. Transient. Very scarce in spring; more regular and formerly com- mon in fall. Only two spring records; June 5, 1942 and May 27, 1948, both singles seen on Laprairie Beach. Average fall arrival (18 years), Sept. 24; earliest, Aug. 11 (1950); latest, Oct. 30 (1937). Average departure (18 years) , Oct. 13; earliest, Aug. 22 (1942); latest, Nov. 22 (1931). Like many shore birds this species migrates to its northern nesting grounds by an interior route. On the return journey to its winter quarters it occurs here more regularly, al- though noted infrequently and in very small numbers since 1937. Prior to that year, how- ever, it occurred more regularly and more commonly, especially during the years 1931- 1936, either in exclusive, compact flocks, or in the company of Sanderlings or Red-backed Sandpipers, feeding on the extensive mud flats exposed by low water levels prevail- ing in those years. It is generally one of the latest shore birds to arrive and one of the last to leave. Peak numbers recorded were: Oct. 18, 1931 (22); Oct. 29, 1933 (175); Oct. 20, 1934 (30); Oct. 20, 1935 (75); Oct. 12, 1936 (24). Latterly we consider ourselves fortunate if we see one,.or two. The White-rumped Sandpiper is usually unsuspicious and permits a close approach. Single birds or small groups occasionally linger into November, often in association with Sanderlings or Red-backs. This com- panionship is sometimes very marked; al- though flushed repeatedly they continue to pitch together, or seek each other’s company after alighting. Baird’s Sandpiper. Erolia bairdii. Transient. ords; rare fall migrant. rival (8 years), Aug. 15; earliest, Aug. 4 (1942); latest, Sept. 11 (1943). Average departure (8 years), Sept. 17; earliest, Aug. 14 (1939); latest, Nov. 10 (1950). Wintle’s sole record of Baird’s Sandpiper is one in the company of Semipalmated Sand- pipers, shot September 17, 1892 on Laprairie Beach, where all other records were also obtained. I first recognized this sandpiper on September 11, 1927, when I saw two amongst other shore birds shot on the Beach and seized by game inspectors. It was next reported on August 14, 1939, when three were seen (D. M. Scott). This is the largest number ever reported here. The earliest No spring rec- Average fall ar- May-June, 1951] seasonal date, August 4, 1942 (Hollom & Terrill), and the latest, November 10, 1950 (Sait & Terrill) were both singles. There were more records in 1949 than any other year — one with Semipalmated Sandpipers, August 13 (Montgomery); two with Semi- palmated Sandpipers and Semipalmated Plovers, September 18 and one with three Pectorals and a Semipalmated Sandpiper, October 29 (Terrill). This species is notably one of the most difficult of shore birds to identify in the field, especially when the bird is alone. Fortunate- ly Baird’s is an unsuspicious and patient bird and often permits of close and extended scrutiny without showing much alarm. In fact it is this rather sedate, unhurried atti- tude that sometimes leads one to suspect its identity and to look more closely for other field marks, in particular the extensive buffy suffusion on the breast, the distinctly outlined whitish margins of the back feathers, etc. The presence of other small shore birds, such as the Semipalmated Sandpiper, for direct di- mensional comparison, naturally lessens the eye strain. The November 10 record was exception- ally late. This bird was alone, feeding active- ly during a gusty inshore wind and appa- rently loth to take wing, permitting us to examine it at leisure within a few feet. Least Sandpiper. Erolia minutilla. Transient. Fairly com- mon in spring; usually more common in fall. Average spring arrival (20 years), May 20; earliest, May 13 (1944); latest, May 29 (1935). Average departure (20 years), May 24; earli- est, May 15 (1932); latest, June 10 (1933). Average fall arrival (38 years), Aug. 4; earliest, July 14 (1936 and 1950); latest, Sept. 4 (1921 and 1922). Average departure (38 years), Sept. 15; earliest, Aug. 12 (1911); latest, Nov. 5 (1932). The average return and departure of this species in the fall might be more correctly reflected in averages for the past fifteen years which are respectively July 30 and September 20, a difference of five days in each case. Although some birds are apparent- ly returning earlier and leaving later than formerly, it is difficult to determine whether this is the case with the Least Sandpiper. The disparity may be partly the result of the greater number of observations latterly. Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 95 In spring the Least Sandpiper commonly frequents inland surface ponds and in some years relatively few are found on the river shores. As there is an abundance of moisture almost throughout at this season it is in- clined to feed in small groups. Along the St. Lawrence it is seldom seen at the river’s edge but frequents the foreshore or ‘common’ above the beach where we have occasionally seen between 75 and 150. Peak years were 1942-1944. A few Leasts appear in July but they are more numerous in August and sometimes early September. In direct contrast to their habit during the spring migration, fall birds are seldom found in inland fields, doubtless because of the lack of moisture, but frequent the shore and, in wet weather, the ‘common’. Here they usually associate with Semipal- mated Sandpipers. Although it is sometimes difficult to get accurate estimates, I am confident that the Least is more numerous in the spring than any other sandpiper, with the possible exception of the Spotted, and generally much less common than the Semi- palmated in the fall. Compare the largest fall estimates: 300 in 1928, 150 in 1942-1943, and 125 in 1950, with a peak of 2,500 Semi- palmated in 1935. Red-backed Sandpiper. Erolia alpina pacifica. Transient. Scarce and irregular in spring but a regular and often common fall migrant. Average spring arrival (6 years), May 26; earliest, May 11 (1946); latest, June 9 (1947). Average de- parture (6 years), May 31; earliest, May 21 (1942 and 1949); latest, June 15 (1950). Average fall arrival (22 years), Sept. 4; earli- est, July 29 (1945); latest, Oct. 26 (1930). Average departure (22 years), Nov.1; earli- est, Oct. 3 (1931); latest, Nov. 26 (1944). The Red-back arrives later in the fall than most other shore birds and is one of the last to leave. Apparently its status has not changed much since Wintle’s list was pub- lished in 1896, as he lists it as scarce in spring and plentiful in October and November. Lat- terly October is the peak month, although | a few often remain into November. Most Red-backs seen here are young birds or adults in fall plumage, with monotone, dark gray backs, but an occasional early migrant, in July or August, still has some of the reddish back and black belly of the adult nuptial plumage. They have a penchant for mud flats and often wade in shallow 96 Tue’ CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST water where they feed somewhat in the man- ner of dowitchers and godwits, driving their rather long bills rapidly into the ooze. Peak numbers were seen in the years when low water levels provided extensive mud flats: Oct. 14-22, 1933 (75-100); Oct. 13-27, 1935 (100); Sept.» 19, 1936 (100); Oct. 23, 1937 (83); and Oct. 30, 1937 (60). Since then, during the prevailing high water levels, it has been usual to see less than twenty, seven- ty-five on Sept. 29, 1940 being the largest count for one day. Red-backs are voracious feeders. Although Pectorals, Sanderlings, Yellow-legs and others are frequent associates, the Red-backs, usually singles or small groups, always ap- pear to be engrossed in probing the muddy shallows and wholly indifferent to their com- panions. Once (Nov. 15, 1936) I saw one with a flock of Snow Buntings, the only other birds on the beach. Dowitcher. Limnodromus griseus. Transient. No spring records; scarce and irregular fall migrant. Average fall arrival (8 years), Aug. 28; earliest, Aug. 15 (1933); latest, Oct. 9 (1938). Average departure (8 years), Sept. 5; earli- est, Aug. 20 (1931); latest, Oct. 9 (1938). Probably Dowitchers occurring here be- long to the eastern race, Limnodromus g. griseus, but I have seen no specimens taken locally and am placing it under the specific name. Wintle lists the Dowitcher as a transient visitant and states that it is rare near Mont- real but that it occurs more commonly on the Richelieu near St. Johns; also that spe- cimens were received from St. Johns by Charles E. Craig, formerly a taxidermist in Montreal. Dowitchers are still scarce here. The largest numbers seen, all on Laprairie Beach, were ten on Aug. 26, 1934; and five on Aug. 23 and Aug. 31, 1949. Semipalmated Sandpiper. Ereunetes pusillus. Transient. Irregular and usually rather uncommon in spring; common to abundant in the fall. Average spring ar- rival (11 years), May 26; earliest, May 18 (1936 and 1946); latest, June 7 (1950). Aver- age departure (11 years), June 1; earliest, May 18 (1936); latest, June 15 (1950). Aver- age fall arrival (38 years), Aug. 11; earliest, July 10 (1942); latest, Sept. 29 (1912). Aver- [Vol. -65 age departure (38 years), Sept. 25; earliest; Aug. 24 (1913); latest, Nov. 1 (1936). Possibly this sandpiper occurs here more regularly in spring than the relatively few records indicate as the river shores have been explored less thoroughly at that season than in the fall. Thirty-five on May 28 and thirty on May 31, 1947 are the largest counts. From fifteen to twenty have been seen on a few occasions but otherwise from one to ten has been the rule. In spring it occurs less regularly and usually in smaller numbers than the Least Sandpiper. Fall records, on the other hand, indicate that the Semipalmated almost always greatly exceeds the Least and all other shore birds. A number usually arrive in the latter part of July but it is most abundant in August. Peak numbers were: upwards of 200 on Sept. 7, 1908, and Aug. 5, 1917; 400, Aug. 6, 1927; 2500, Aug. 31, 1935; 2000, Aug. 9, 1936; 150, Aug. 7, 1938; 350, July 30, 1944; 500, Aug. 19, 1945; 150, Sept. 6, 1947; 150, Aug. 15, 1948; and 225-300, Aug. 4-13, 1950. Counts of several hundreds made in some of the earlier years are not included for the reason that no special effort was made to estimate proportions of Least and Semipalmated. This is by no means always an easy matter, espe- cially when the birds are constantly shifting their position. When together, however, I find the darker, browner backs of the Leasts a good contrast to-the lighter, grayer Semi- palmated. The legs are not always clearly visible, and sometimes the greenish legs of the Least become soiled and darkened through contact with oozy mud. During the years 1939-1943 there was a pronounced falling off in numbers. This corresponded with prevailing high water, but apparently the relative scarcity was not en- tirely due to reduced feeding grounds as they became much more common in 1944- 1945 when water levels were at their highest. Latterly the Semipalmated has not been ob- served in flocks as commonly as during low water levels, generally being found singly or in small groups, scattered along the water’s edge. Each bird appeared to have a definite feeding area and would often rush forward belligerently to attack an intruder, even one as large as Red-backed or Pectoral Sand- pipers. Buff-breasted Sandpiper. Tryngites subruficollis. listed by Wintle as a This sandpiper is “transient visitant, May-June, 1951] searce. Mr. (Paul) Keutzing . (taxidermist) has observed this species during the month of May at Longueuil”. We have no later records. Marbled Godwit. Limosa_ fedoa. visitant: rare. Transient or accidental There are only two recent local records: one seen on Laprairie Beach, May 15, 1932 (Wynne-Edwards); and one at Chambly Canton, July 24, 1949 (G. E. Hibbard). The latter bird was watched for some time at close range as it fed on the stony shore of an island in the Basin of the Richelieu River. The very long, upturned bill, large size and lack of white on the upper tail coverts when it flew, were clearly noted. Wintle gives an undated record of one shot in the spring on Lake St. Peter and re- ceived by the late Mr. F. B. Caulfield, Mon- treal taxidermist, but the only Quebec speci- mens I know of at present are one shot near Metis, Matane County, on August 25, 1919 and forwarded to me in the flesh by Mr. Napier Smith, which is now in the Redpath Museum of McGill University; also another shot August 31, 1933 at Riviére Ouelle, Ka- mouraska County, and secured by Abbé René Tanguay for the Museum at Ste. Anne de la Pocatiére College. Hudsonian Godwit. Limosa haemastica. Scarce fall transient. _The only definite record listed by Wintle is of one shot Sept. 2, 1890 on Laprairie Common by Mr. Archibald Inglis. Since then I have the following records: a female shot near Montreal on Nov. 4, 1917 and now in the Redpath Museum; a flock of seven on Laprairie Beach, Oct. 8, 1933 (Terrill); one on Nun’s Island, opposite Verdun, Aug. 29, 1943 (D. Ryan); two on Laprairie Beach, Oct. 8, 1943 (Terrill); one on Nun’s Island, Aug. 27, 1944 (D. Ryan); and one on Laprai- rie Beach, Oct. 1, 1949 (Montgomery and Terrill). The couple seen on October 8 were watched for more than an hour. They were rather wild at first and flew frequently, but by care- ful and persistent stalking we managed to get within thirty feet of them and even took photographs as they fed in shallow water just offshore, driving their long bills rapidly into the ooze without raising them above the surface of the water. If alarmed at our near approach they raised their bills, stood THE. ‘CANADIAN. FIELD-NATURALIST 07 at attention a few moments and emitted a low-voiced ‘peep, peep’ before taking flight. They always alighted in water, stretching their wings overhead in the manner of Yel- low-legs and certain other shore birds. If the water was over their depth they would swim towards shore until it was about breast-high, when they would commence feeding. Very shallow water was also avoid- ed, the conclusion being that the food they sought was more abundant in deeper water and that the depth at which they fed was only limited by the length of their bills and legs. These recent occurrences suggest that this rare shore bird, rare even in Audubon’s time, may be increasing. Sanderling. Crocethia alba. Transient. Very scarce in spring but a fairly regular and not uncom- mon fall migrant in some years. Average fall arrival (17 years), Sept. 18; earliest, Aug. 17 (1924); latest, Nov. 14 (1937). Average departure (17 years), Oct. 14; earliest, Sept. 1 (1920); latest, Nov. 18 (1950). Wintle lists the Sanderling as a common transient, but only cites three records. Strangely enough two were spring birds: a male shot at Laprairie, May 24, 1888, and another seen there, June 1, 1889, the only spring records known to me. Until 1936 it was usual to see only one or two Sanderlings and occasionally as many as four or five. Latterly they have been more common and are apparently increasing. Peak years were: 1941 (Nov. 9), 8; 1944 (Sept. 10), 30; 1945 (Sept. 24), 12; and 1949 (Oct. 1), 8. The Sanderling is one of our latest shore birds. The majority are seen in September and October, but there are a number of November records. Most of those seen here are young in fall plumage with mottled backs. Red Phalarope. Phalaropus fulicarius. Transient, or acci- dental visitant. No spring record. Five fall records: a male shot at Longue Pointe, Oct. 7, 1916; one shot at Valleyfield, Sept. 23, 1917; one shot at Valleyfield and another on Lake St. Francis, Oct. 7, 1917. These were all examined in the flesh in the shop of Du- mouchel Bros., taxidermists, in Montreal. The fifth record was a male found by the writer on December 2, 1917, in an emaciated and dying condition, its feet frozen in the 98 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST ice in a ditch at Brosseau, a mile or so from Laprairie Beach. This bird was preserved and is now in the Redpath Museum at McGill University. The rarity of this Phalarope in inland dis- tricts, and the fact that all but one of the records are for the fall of 1917, suggests the possibility of an invasion of storm-driven birds in that season, but a search of The Auk and other literature reveals only a single record for that year — an adult male in winter plumage taken at Disraeli, Wolfe County, Que., on September 21, 1917 (Auk, 1927, 221). Northern Phalarope. Lobipes lobatus. Transient. No _ spring record; rather uncommon fall migrant. Average fall arrival (10 years), Aug. 23; earliest, Aug. 6 (1938); latest, Sept. 24 (1927). Average departure (10 years), Sept. 6; earliest, Aug. 6, (1938); latest, Oct. 27 (1940). The Northern Phalarope is the only mem- ber of this pelagic family to occur here at all frequently. Most of our records are for August, with a few for September and still fewer for October. Those observed here are mainly singles, couples or small groups up to seven. I have only one record for a larger number, sixteen off lLaprairie Beach on August 26, 1944. They were feeding actively in weedy patches a short distance from shore and were rather restless, moving fre- quently but always alighting in water over their depth. One became separated, swim- ming to the shore and finally climbing onto a sand spit where it became engrossed in catching small shad flies, frequently flying up and getting them in the air in legitimate flycatcher fashion. It seemed most incon- gruous for this graceful swimmer to use its lobed feet to climb boulders in search of flies. These flies were very abundant. Even Killdeer and Lesser Yellow-legs were making short flights in pursuit of them. An analysis of the evidence indicates that there has been a pronounced increase in the numbers of the following species since Wintle’s list was published: Killdeer, Ameri- can Woodcock, Lesser Yellow-legs and Semi- palmated Sandpiper. The increase in the Lesser Yellow-legs is especially noteworthy as is the transition of the breeding status of [Vol. 65 the Killdeer and Woodcock from scarce to common, or even abundant. Less pronounced increases are also apparent for Black-bellied Plover, Ruddy Turnstone, Upland Plover, Solitary Sandpiper, Least Sandpiper (spring), Baird’s Sandpiper, Red-backed Sandpiper, Hudsonian Godwit, Sanderling, and Northern Phalarope. On the other hand there has been a definite decrease in the numbers of Golden Plover and, in recent years, Wilson’s Snipe and White-rumped Sandpiper. I wish to thank members of The Province of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds and others who have contributed notes on shore birds, many of which appear in the migration tables and annotated lists of the Society’s Annual Reports (1935-1949) which have been used extensively in this summary. I am particularly indebted to the following whose observations cover a_ considerable period or who have been especially active in recording shore bird movements on La- prairie Beach for shorter periods: W. J. Brown, J. D. Cleghorn, J. B. Gollop, W. W. H. Gunn, P. A. D. Hollom, H. A. C. Jackson, I. McLaren, G. H. Montgomery Jr., W. H. Mousley, A. C. Nicol, C. C. Sait, F. N. Smith, and V. C. Wynne-Edwards. The names of some of these appear in the text in abbrevi- ated form. Lastly my special thanks are due to my wife who has assisted me in field work for many years and has helped in the pre- paration of this report. REFERENCES American Ornithologists’ Union. 1931 — Check-List of North American Birds, 4th edition, and supplements 19-25 (1944- 1950). Bent, A. C. 1927-1929 — Life Histories of North American Shore Birds, parts 1 and 2. Griscom, Ludlow. 1945 — Modern Bird Stu- dy, 65. Marie-Victorin, Frére. 1935 — Flore Lauren- tienne, 618. Province of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds. 1935-1949 — Annual Reports. Taverner, P. A. 1927 — Some Recent Cana- dian Records. Auk, 44: 221. Terrill, L. M. 1911 — Changes in the Status of Certain Birds in the Vicinity of Mon- treal. Ottawa Naturalist, 25: 57. Wintle, E. D. 1896 — The Birds of Montreal. May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 99 . MEMBERS OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB AND SUBSCRIBERS TO THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST MAY, 1951 HONORARY MEMBER Gibson, Arthur, Maitland, Ont. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS Preble, E. A., 3027 Newark St., Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Raup, H. M., Director Harvard Forest, Peters- ham, Mass., U.S.A. SUSTAINING LIFE MEMBERS De Lury, Ralph E., Dominion Observatory, Ottawa, Ont. Halkett, Miss M., 216 Lyon St., Ottawa, Ont. LIFE MEMBERS Cody, W. J., Division of Botany, Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Groh, H., 472 Highcroft, Ottawa, Ont. Manning, T. H., 37 Linden Terrace, Ont. Paulson, C. W. G., Wyresdale House, Pendle- ton Rd., Redhill, Surrey, Eng. Polunin, N., Gray Herbarium, Harvard Uni- versity, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. Robertson, C. N., Apt. 601, The Claridge, 1 Clarendon Ave., Toronto, Ont. Senn, H. A., Division of Botany, Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Walker, E. M., 67 Alcina Ave., Toronto, Ont. Wilson, M. E., Dept. of Mines, Ottawa, Ont. Science Ottawa, Science MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS ay ee Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. Acadia University, Library, Wolfville, N.S. Agriculture, Department of, Dominion Bota- nist, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Agriculture, Department of, Dominion Ento- mologist, Science Service Bldg., Carling Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Agriculture, Department of, Library, Confed- eration Block, Ottawa, Ont. Agriculture, Department of, Library, Wash- ington 25, D.C., U.S.A. Agriculture Experiment ‘Lafayette, Indiana, U.S.A. Ahern, A. W., 305 Laurier Ave., Quebec, Que. Alaska, University of, Library, College, Alaska, U.S.A. Alberta, University of, Library, Calgary, Alta. Station Library, (at Calgary), The Alberta, University of, Library, Edmonton, Alta. Alcock, F. J., Geological Survey, Ottawa, Ont. Allen, A. A., McGaw Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. Allin, A. E., Provincial Laboratory, City Hall, Fort William, Ont. American Museum of Natural History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N.Y., U.S.A. Anderson, A. Winifred, 407 Elgin St., Apt. 11, Ottawa, Ont. Anderson, E. G., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Anderson, R. M., 58 Driveway, Ottawa, Ont. Anderson, Roy, Camrose, Alta. Angus, W. F., Box 280, Montreal, Que. Arnold, John Walter, Room 375, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Arctic Institute of North America, Library, 3485 University St., Montreal, Que. Arkansas, University of, General Library, Fayetteville, Arkansas, U.S.A. Audubon Society of Canada, 177 Jarvis St., Toronto 2, Ont. Austin, O. L., Hill Rest, Tuckahoe, Westches- ter Co., N.Y., U.S.A. —B— Bailey, Alfred M., Colorado Museum of Nat- ural History, City Park, Denver, Colo., U.S.A. Baillie, J. L., 100 Queens Park Cres., Toronto 5, Ont. Baillie, Mrs. J. H., 89 Burnhamthorpe R¢., Islington, Toronto, Ont. Baldwin, W. K. W., National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Ball, Mrs. George, 411 N. Cayuga St., Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. : Ball, S. C., Curator, Dept. of Zoology, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Bancroft, Constance J., Indian Mountain School, Lakeville, Conn., U.S.A. Banfield, A. W. F., Box 454, Banff, Alta. Banim, F. E., Dept. of Biology, St. Patrick’s College, Ottawa, Ont. Banning, Anne, Box 79, Westboro, Ont. Bard, Fred G., Normal School, Provincial Museum, Regina, Sask. Barnett, J. M., 211 Kenilworth Ave., Toronto, Ont. 100 THE CANADIAN Barraclough, W. E., Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. Bassett, I. J., Division of Botany, Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Bauche, Mrs. A. W., 44 Spadina Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Beacham, E. D., 238 Wineva Ave., Toronto 8, Ont. Beamer; L. H., Box 56, Meaford, Ont. Bennett, Chas. H., 80 Belmont Ave., Ont. Bent, A. C., 140 High St., Taunton, Mass. Berry, W. S. C., 452 Brennan Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Bird, Dick, c-o Bird Films Ltd., 1849 Scarth St., Regina, Sask. Bird, John, 30 Cooper St., Ottawa, Ont. Bird, Ralph D., Box 250, Brandon, Man. Black, W. F., Dept. of Zoology, Biology Bldg., McGill University, Montreal, Que. Boivin, Bernard, Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Science Ottawa, Boston Society of Natural History, Science Park, Boston 14, Mass., U.S.A. Bourguinon, A. E., 52 Powell Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Bousfield, E. L., National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Bowden, W. M., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Bower, Margaret, 87 Rochester St., Ont. Bowerman, Dr. Mary L., Herbarium, Univer- sity of California, Berkeley, 4, Cal., U.S.A. Bowles, Kenneth W., 75 Kenilworth Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Bowman, Robert I., International House, Uni- versity of California, Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A. Boyer, George F., Sackville, N.B. Boyer, Michael, Box 68, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ont. Braid, Philip E., 173 Second Ave., Ont. Brandt, Herbert, 2245 Harcourt Drive, Cleve- land, Ohio, U.S.A. Breitung, A. J., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Brereton, E. L., Box 99, Barrie, Ont. Brigden, F. H., Newtonbrooke P.O., North Yonge St., Ont. Brimley, J. F., Wellington, Ont. British Columbia Provincial Museum, Vic- toria, B.C. British Columbia . University, Vancouver, B.C. British Museum of Natural History, General Library, South Kensington, London S. W. 7, England. Ottawa, Ottawa, The Library, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Brooman, R. C., chener, Ont. Brown, A. W. A., Dept. of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ont. Brown, Harry, 569 Lisgar St., Ottawa, Ont. Brown, Howard M., 23 Crescent Heights, Ottawa, Ont. Brown, J. L., 103 Fourth Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Brown, Margaret S., 36 Kent St., Halifax, N.S. Brown, N. R., Faculty of Forestry, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. Brown, Wm. James, 4129 Dorchester St. W., Westmount, Que. Bryce, P. I., Vineland Station, Ont. Bucknell, Don, 134 Wonham St., Ingersoll, Ont. Budd, A. C., Dominion Experimental Station, Swift Current, Sask. Buffalo Museum of Science, Research Library, Buffalo, 11, N.Y., U.S.A. Bunker, A. G., 462 Ossington Ave., Ont. Burton, Donald E., ronto 10, Ont. Butler, F. R., 650 Barrard St., Vancouver, B.C. ’ pay pee Calder, J. A., Division of Botany, Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Caldwell, J. R., Box 151, East Coulee, Alta. California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Calif., U.S.A. California, University of, Library, 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles 24, Calif., U.S.A. California, University of, Berkeley 4, Cal., U.S.A. Calvert, E. W., County Home, R.R. No. 2, Lindsay, Ont. Cameron, Austin W., Biological Division, Na- tional Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Campagna, Prof. E., Departement de Bota- nique, Ecole d’Agriculture, Ste-Anne de la Pocatiere, P.Q. Campbell, J. Mitchell, Apt. 45, 225 MacLaren St., Ottawa, Ont. Carnegie Museum, Schenley Park, Pittsburgh 13, Pa., U.S.A. Carnegie Public Library, Ottawa, Ont. Central Fisheries Research Library, 165 Garry St., Winnipeg, Man. Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Service de Documentation, 45 rue d’Ulm,, Paris 5, France. Chicago Natural History Museum, General Library, Chicago, Ill., U.S.A. Chicago University Libraries, Periodical De- partment, Chicago 37, IIl., U.S.A. Chief, Plant Protection, Department of Agri- culture, Parliament Buildings, Quebec, P.Q. c-o Bank of Montreal, Kit- Toronto, 171 Strathearn Rd., To- Science May-June, 1951] Clark, Thomas H., Peter Redpath Museum, Montreal, P.Q. Clark College, Fourth Plain Road, Vancouver, Wash., U.S.A. Clark, C. H. D., Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, 100 Queen’s Park, Toronto, Ont. Clarke, Mrs. M. E., 387 Ashbury Road, Rock- cliffe, Ont. - Clemens, W. A., Dept. of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. Cleveland Museum of Natural History, 2717 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland 15, Ohio, U.S.A. Colls, Davis Geoffrey, 900 Dominion Public Building, Winnipeg, Man. Columbia University Libraries, Serials Aquisi- tion, 535 West 114th. St., New York 27, N.Y., U.S.A. Conners, I. L., 719 Island Park Drive, Ottawa, . Ont. Conservation Branch, Department of Planning & Development, 863 Bay St., Toronto, Ont. Cooch, Graham, 685 Echo Drive, Ottawa, Ont. Cook, Frankland S., 372 Victoria Park Avenue, Toronto, Ont. Connell, Robert, P.O. Box 639, Lethbridge, Alta. Cornell University Library, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. . Coventry, A. F., Department of Zoology, Uni- versity of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. Cowan, A. W., 437 Gilmour St., Ottawa, Ont. Cowan, Ian McTaggart, Department of Zoolo- gy, University of British Columbia, Van- couver, B.C. Cox, Sam A., 27 N. 10th Avenue East, Duluth 5, Minn., U.S.A. Craigie, J. H., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Crawford, H. G., Division of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Crerar Library, Technology Department, Chi- cago 1, Ill., U.S.A. Crevolin, J., Dollard Post Office, Sask. Crichmay, C. H., 525 Salem Avenue, Calgary, Alberta. Criddle, Stuart, Treesbank, Man. Cringan, A. T., 186 Glenrose Avenue, Toronto, Ont. Cuerrier, Jean-Paul, Wildlife Service, Norlite Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. =p Dansereau, Pierre, Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. Dartmouth College Library, Hanover, N.H., U.S.A. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 101 Davis, Eli, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont. Davis, Sheldon, Box 56, Eganville, Ont. Davison, R. B., Mayview, Sask. Dear, L. S., Box 127, Port Arthur, Ont. de Lotbiniere, A. Joly, Leclercville, Lotbi- niere Co., P.Q. Department of Lands & Forests, Library, R.R. No. 1, Maple, Ont. Devitt, O. E., 218 Eglinton Avenue, Toronto, Ont. Dixon, B. O. G., Cassidy, V.I., B.C. D. N. R. Fish Branch, Prince Albert, Sask. Dore, W. G. Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Douglas, George M., Lakefield, Ont. Doull, Mrs. Ann, 515 Evered Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Doutt, J. K., Curator of Mammalogy, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. Drury, Wm. H. Jr., Paradise Rd., Newport, R.I., U.S.A. Desewiecki George, 100 Patterson Ave., Otta- wa, Ont. Duboulay, P. H., Montreal 15, Que: Ducks Walimited (Canada), 201 Bank of Com- merce Bldg., Winnipeg, Man. Duff, Margaret E., 544 King Edward Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Dunbar, M. J., Department of Zoology, McGill University, Montreal, Que. Dutilly, Artheme, Research Associate in Biol- ogy, The Catholic University of America, McMahon Hall, Box 213, Washington 17, D.C., U.S.A. | Dwight, T. W., 12 Lytton Blvd., Toronto, Ont. Dymond, J. R., Royal Ontario Museum ° of Zoology, Toronto, Ont. 5) Research East, 7776 AGE GOS Ave., Ree Eastham, J. W.,. 4569 West Ist Ave., couver, B.C. Edwards, D. Kemp, c-o D. K. Edwards Co. Ltd., Bayswater Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Edwards, R. York, 426 Castlefield Ave., To- ronto 12, Ont. Elton, C. S., 91 Banbury Rd., Oxford, England. Emery, F. H., 29 Old Mill Terrace, Toronto, Ont. Enstone, J. A., 139 Bay St., Ottawa, Ont. Enstone, J. P., 21 Second Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Errington, Paul L., Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa, U.S.A. Erskine, David, Wolfville, N.S. — i Fallis, A. Murray, Ontario Research Founda- tion, 43 Queens’ Park, Toronto, Ont. Falls, J. B., 173 Arlington Ave., Toronto, Ont. Van- 102 Fargo, Wm. G., 506 Union St., Jackson, Mich., U.S.A. Farnol, Lynn, 330 East 58th St., New York, N.Y., U.S.A. Fauvel, B. A., 263 MacLeod St., Ottawa, Ont. Field, Caroline L., 1461 Mountain St., Mont- real, Que. Findlay, George E., Carleton Place, Ont. Findley, James S., R.F.D. No. 1, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. Finlayson, G. D., 200 Carling Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Fish and Game, Division of, Ferry Bldg., San Francisco 11, Cal., U.S.A. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Atlantic Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. Florida, University of, B. G., Library, Periodi- cal Dept., Gainsville, Florida, U.S.A. Flynn, Molly, 33 Willard, Ottawa, Ont. Forshaw, James, 35 Florence St., Ottawa, Ont. Fort William Public Library, Fort William, Ont. Fox, E. L., 204 Toronto St., Regina, Sask. Fox, W. Sherwood, 270 Regent St., London, | Ont. Francis, G. H., 382 Hillsdale Ave. E., Toronto, Ont. Frankton, Clarence, Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Frith, Rowley, 65 Butternut Terrace, Ottawa, Ont. Frith, Mrs. R., 65 Butternut Terrace, Ottawa, Ont. Fritz, Clara W., 70 Lees Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Fry, J. D., Cornwall Public Library, Corn- wall, Ont. Fuller, W. A., Fort Smith, N.W.T. Fuller, W. A., Canadian Wildlife Service, National Parks Branch, Dept. of Resources and Development, Fort Smith, N.W.T. aay lee Galt Collegiate and Vocational School, c-o O. G. Clarke, Science Department, Galt, Ont. Gardner, C. C., Canadian Trade Corporation Ltd., 1332 William St., Montreal, Que. Garson, Stuart, 350 Justice Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Garton, C. E., 354 Leslie Ave., Port Arthur, Ont. Geist, Otto Wm., A.T.G. Headquarters, Nome, Alaska. Gilbert, J. L., R.D. 2, Wabash, Ind., U.S.A. Gillett, John M., 363 Hamilton Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Glendenning, R., Agassiz, B.C. Glenny, Fred H., 1148 Linden Ave., Akron, Ohio, U.S.A. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Godfrey, W. Earl, National Museum of Can- ada, Ottawa, Ont. Gollop, Bernard, 317 Field Husbandry Bldg., University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Sask. Goodspeed, F. G., 334 First Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Goodwill, J. E. V., Hydrographic Survey, De- partment of Mines and Resources, Ottawa, Ont. Goodwin, C. E., 38 Walsh Ave., Weston, Ont. Gordon, Elizabeth M., 36 Glendale Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Gos. Nauchn, Biblioteka, Minist. vyssh. obrax, Pl. Nogina, 2/5 Moscow, U.S.S.R. G6teborgs Stadsbibliotek, G6teborg, Sweden. Grant, J., Forestry Insect Lab., Court House, Vernon, B.C. Green, H. W., 418 Cougar St., Banff, Alta. Gross, A. O., Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Me., U.S.A. Groves, J. W., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Guiou, Dr. Norman, 380 Driveway, Ottawa, Ont. Guiou, Atherton, 380 Driveway, Ottawa, Ont. Gunn, W. W. H., 178 Glenview Ave., Toronto 12, Ont. Guthrie, H. D., 63 Oriole Gardens, Toronto, Ont. ues RD Haight, Deborah E., 467 Kensington Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Halferdahl, Mrs. A. C., 140 Minto Place, Rockcliffe Park, Ont. Hall, E. R., Museum of Natural History, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. Hamilton, R. A., 577 Tweedsmuir Ave., Otta- wa, Ont. Hamilton Nature Club, c-o Edith M. Austin, 7 Homewood Ave., Hamilton, Ont. Hamilton, W. J., Department of Conservation, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. Hammond, G. H., Marmora, Ont. Harkness, W. J. K., Division of Fish and Wildlife, Department of Lands and Forests, Toronto 2, Ont. Harper, F., R.F.D. 1, Mount Holly, New Jer- sey, U.S.A. Harris, R. D., 132 Second Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Hart, J. L., Pacific Biological Station, Nanai- mo, B.C. Hart, J. Sanford, 24 Ralph St., Ottawa, Ont. Hart, W. S., Box 1185, Montreal, Que. Hartnell College Library, Homestead Ave., Salinas, Cal., U.S.A. Harvard University, Gray Herbarium, Cam- bridge, Mass., U.S.A. May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge 38, Mass., U.S.A. Hastings, R. C., 144 Grande Allée, Quebec, Que. Helleiner, F. M., 207 Cottingham St., Toronto 5, Ont. Heming, W. E., Whittier, Cal., U.S.A. Henderson, A. D., Belvedere, Alta. Henderson, Peter F., 32 Rosslyn Ave., S., Hamilton, Ont. Hewitt, Oliver H., Department of Conserva- tion, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. Hicks, Caroline B., 43 Florence St., Ottawa, Ont. Hicks, Stanton D., Division of Systematic Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Carling Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Hildebrand, Henry H., Institute of Marine Science, Port Aransas, Texas, U.S.A. Hitchcock, Harold B., Middlebury College, Vermont, U.S.A. i Hodgson, Duncan M., 523 Argyle Ave., West- mount, Que. Holdom, M. W., Lindsay College, Crescent, B.C. Hollander, Mrs. Alfred, 8634 Buckeye Rd., Cleveland 4, Ohio, U.S.A. Hollway, R. W., c-o Director Medical Health Service, Hong Kong. Horner, Ruth M., 137 Fentiman Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Houston, C. Stuart, Box 642, Yorkton, Sask. Howe, J. S., 68 Orange St., Leamington, Ont. Hrapko, Julie, 165 Laurentian Terrace, Otta- wa, Ont. Humphreys, Violet, 171 Cowley Ave., Ottawa West, Ont. Hunter, Fenley, Box 230, Flushing, L.I., N.Y., U.S.A. Huntsman, A. G., Biological Department, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. ie Ide, F. P., Department of Zoology, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. Idaho University, Library, U.S.A. Illinois University, Library, Urbana, Ill., U.S.A. Iliman, William I., Biology Department, Carle- ton College, Ottawa, Ont. Indiana University, Library, Indiana, U.S.A. Institute of Parasitology, Macdonald College, Que. Inoizdat, Glavnij Jaschik 36, Moscow, U.S.S.R. Interior Dept. Library, Room 2258 Interior Bldg., 18th and C. Sts. N.W., Washington 25, D.C., U.S.A. Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa, U.S.A. Moscow, Idaho, Bloomington, FIELD-NATURALIST 103 sel ETS Jackson, C. F., College of Liberal Arts, Dur- ham, N.H., U.S.A. Jackson, H. A. C., 35 Campbell Avenue, Mont- real West, P.Q. Jacquith Mrs. L. E., 72 Hudson Drive, To- ronto 5, Ont. Jameson, R. W., Jr., Division of Zoology, University of California, Davis, Calif., U.S.A. Jellison, William L., Division of Infectious Diseases, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Ham- ilton, Mont., U.S.A. Jennings, Tom, 392 Jefferson Ave., Kildonan, Man. Johanson, E. B., Norway House, Man. Johnson, Edward J., 95 Eastbourne Avenue, Hamilton, Ont. Johnson, M. L., 3810 No. 35th St., Tacoma 7, Wash., U.S.A. Jones, H. N., Megunticook Lodge, matta Lake, Cloyne, Ont. Jorae, Irene F., Central Michigan College of Education, Mt. Pleasant, Mich., U.S.A. Judd, W. W., Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of Western Ontario, London, Ont. cat an Kains, Mrs. A. C., 9 Rideau Gate, Ottawa, Ont. Kansas, University of, Library, Periodical Department, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. Kelsall, John P., Yellowknife, N.W.T. Kerkoerle, P. van, Sheridan Nurseries, Sheri- dan, Ont. Ketchum, Mrs. J. D., 181 Rosedale Heights Drive, Toronto, Ont. Kidd, H. E., 2 Clemow Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Kidd, Mrs. H. E., 2 Clemow Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Kindle, C. H., Department of Geology, City College, New York 31, N.Y., U.S.A. Kowal, J., Buford, Alta. Krug, Bruce A., Chesley, Ont. we Laing, H. M. Comox, B.C. Lancaster, H. L. Rodney, Ont. Lanceley, W. H., 23 Elmdale Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Landon, Sadie E., 591 MacLaren St., Apt. 2, Ottawa, Ont. Lanning, Robert G., 257 Coleman St., Belle- ville, Ont. La Rocque, A., Department of Geology, Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio, U.S.A. Lawrence, A. G., City Health Department, Winnipeg, Man. Lawrence, Mrs. Louise deK., Rutherglen, Ont. Laval Université, Faculté des Sciences, Boule- vard de |’Entente, Quebec, P.Q. West Skoota- 104 Leechman, Douglas, National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Leftly, Violet, 314 Bell St., Ottawa, Ont. Legendre, Vianney, D’ 634— University of Montreal, 2900 Mount Royal Boulevard, Montreal 36, P.Q. Legget, Robert F., 531 Echo Drive, Ottawa, Ont. Lehigh University, Library, Bethlehem, Pa, U.S.A. Leith, E., University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Man. Lemieux, Louis, Quebec, Que. Lemonde, Paul, Institut de Biologie, Univer- sité de Montréal, Montréal, P.Q. Leopold, A. S., Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, Berkeley 4, Cal., U.S.A. Lepingwell, A. R., 3800 St-Joseph Street, Lachine, Montreal 32, P.Q. ‘ Lewis, Miss Edith, 31 Renfrew Ave., Ont. Lewis, Miss Grace, Statistics, Ottawa, Ont. Lewis, Harrison F., National Parks Bureau, Department of Resources and Development, Ottawa, Ont. Lewis, Mrs. H. F., 578 Fraser Avenue, Ottawa, Ont. Lilly, J. E., 194 Bayswater Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Linda Hall Library, 5109 Cherry Street, Kansas City 6, Mo., U.S.A. Lloyd, Hoyes, 582 Mariposa Avenue, Rock- cliffe, Ont. Lloyd, Mrs. Wilmot, 582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe, Ont. Lochhead, Douglas G., 389 Third Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Loghrey, A. G., Ont . Logier, E. B. Shelley, Royal Ontario Museum, Bloor Street West, Toronto, Ont. London Public Library, London, Ont. Loughridge, Gasper A., Botany Department, 144 Grande-Allée, Apt. 46, Ottawa, Dominion Bureau of 786 Wellington St., London, Davis and Elkins College, Elkins, W.Va., U.S.A. Louisiana State University Library, Baton Rouge, La., U.S.A. Loveday, Violet C., 512 Cooper Street, Ottawa, Ont. Lowe, C. W., University of Manitoba, Winni- peg, Man. Lumsden, H. G., Department of Lands and Forests, Tweed, Ont. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 hie Mack, H. G., c/o Gilson Manufacturing Com- pany, Guelph, Ont. Mackay, R. H., Department of Zoology, Uni- versity of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. MacKinnon, L., 197 Cartier Street, Ottawa, Ont. MacLachlan, Dr. Lorne E., 55 Sunset Blvd., Ottawa, Ont. MacLulich, D. A., 15 Bellwood Avenue, Otta- wa, Ont. MacPherson, Andrew Hall, 554 Driveway, Ottawa, Ont. Macrae, Ruth, Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Madill, R. Glenn, 18 Carlyle Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Maguire, W. S., 1501 Douglas Road, New Westminster, B.C. Maine, University of, Library, Orono, Maine, U.S.A. Mair, Wm. Winston, 4312 West 14th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C. Malcolm, W. C., Huxley, Alta. Manitoba—Department of Mines, Game and Fisheries Branch, 254 Legislative Building, Winnipeg, Man. Manitoba, University of, Winnipeg, Man. Mann, David, Jasper National Park Fish Hatchery, Jasper, Alta. Marcotte, Abbé Léon, Séminaire Saint-Charles, Sherbrooke, P.Q. Science Library, Marine Biology Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass., U.S.A. Marsh, Miss Mary, 286 Queen Street West, Guelph, Ont. Marshall, Herbert, 109 Renfrew Avenue, Ottawa, Ont. Martin, Norman Duncan, 110 York Mills Road, York Mills, Ont. Massachusetts, University of, Goodell Library, Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. McCalla, W. C., 1312 Ninth Street, Calgary, Alta. McClure, J. F., 7050 N. Oatman Avenue, Port- land 3, Oregon, U.S.A. McDonald, G. V., Apple Hill, Ont. McFadden, R. W. E., 4 Hart Street, Brantford, Ont. McGill University Library, St., Montreal, Que. McGuffin, W. C., Fourth Floor, Customs Bldg., Calgary, Alta. Mcllwraith, T. F., 30 Strathallan Blvd., To- ronto 12, Ont. McKeen, C. G., Division of Botiny. Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. ip N.W., 3459 McTavish May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN McKeever, J. L., 516 Homewood Ave., Peter- borough, Ont. McMaster University, Hamilton, Ont. McQuarrie, H., Gore Bay, Ont. Meredith, R., 93 St. Peter St., Quebec, Que. Merrill, Anne, 181 Beachview Cres., Toronto, Ont. Meyerriecks, Andrew J., Box 4251, University of Tennessee Post Office, Knoxville, Tenn., U.S.A. Michigan State College, East Lansing, Mich., U.S.A. Michigan, University of, General Library, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. Middleton, Donald S., 7443 Buhr Ave., Detroit 12, Mich., U.S.A. Miller, W. J., Box 147, Athens, Ont. Millman, B., 4 Windsor Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Mills, Eric, 670 Island Park Drive, Ottawa, Ont. Mills, R. Collin, 87 Arnold Ave., Hamilton, Ont. Ministerstvo, zagotovok, Chistye Prudy, Mos- cow, U.S.S.R. Minshall, W. H., Science Service Laboratory, University Sub. P.O., London, Ont. Missouri Botanical Garden, 2315 Tower Ave., St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A. Missouri, University of, Columbia, Mo, U.S.A. Mitchell, George J., 3282 West 8th St., Van- couver, B.C. Mitchell, Mrs. O. S., R.R. 1, Streetsville, Ont. Montana State University, Library, Missoula, Montana, U.S.A. Montgomery, F. H., Department of Botany, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ont. Montreal Mechanics Institute, 1200 Atwater Ave., Westmount 6, Que. Montreal Public Library, 1210 Sherbrooke St. __E., Montreal, Que. Montreal, University of, Botanical Institute, 4101 Sherbrooke St. E., Montreal, Que. Montreal, University of, Game and Fisheries Department, c/o Director of Biological ‘Office, 2900 Mt. Royal, Montreal 26, Que. Montreal, University of, Sciences-Biologie, 2900 Blvd. du Mt. Royal, Montreal, Que. Montreal University, Service de Biogéogra- phie, Boul. Mont-Royal, Montreal 26, Que. Mont Saint-Louis Institute, Library of Biology, 224 Sherbrooke St. E., Montreal, Que. Moore, G. A., Box 99, Walkerton, Ont. Moore, J. E., Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of Alberta, Edmonton, Alta. Moore, R. J., Division of Botany, Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. = Morland, Cmdr. T., University Cun, Elgin St., Ottawa, Ont. Munro, J. A., Okanagan Landing, B.C. Science FIELD-NATURALIST ‘Nordiska 105 Murray, J. L., Principal, Kingston C.V.I., Frontenac St., Kingston, Ont. Murphy, Louise, 388 Oliver Ave., Westmount, Que. Museum of Natural History, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A. elena National Audubon Society Library, 1000 Fifth Ave., New York 28, N.Y., U.S.A. National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. National Research Council Library, Sussex St., Ottawa, Ont. Neatby, K. W., Director Science Service, Science Service Bldg., Carling Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Necker, W., TT We S-AG Nesbitt, H. H. J., 34 Lakeside Ave., Ont. New Brunswick Museum, St. John, N.B. New Brunswick, University of, Library, Fred- ericton, N.B. Newfoundland Biological Station, St. Johns. Nfld. New Hampshire, University of, Hamilton Smith Library, Durham, N.H., U.S.A. New York Academy of Medicine, 2 East 103rd St., New York 29, N.Y., U.S.A. New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, Fordham Branch P.O., New York, N.Y., U.S.A. New York State College of Forestry, Forest Library, Syracuse, N.Y., U.S.A. New York State Library, Albany 1, N. Y., U.S.A. Nichols, C. K., 212 Hamilton Rd., Ridgewood, INE Desi Wase AN. Nieghom, C. L. A., 61 Ruskin, Ottawa, Ont. Nijhoff, N. V. M., Lange Voorhout No. 9, The Hague, Holland. Nobles, Mildred K., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Bokhandeln, Drottninggatan 79, Stockholm, Sweden. North Carolina State College, Library, Raleigh, N.C., U.S.A. Nova Scotia Agricultural College, Division;’Truro, N.S. SQ: 1338 Diversy Pky., Chicago 14, Ottawa, D. H. Hill Biology Odlum, Gordon C., Triple Island Light Station, Dept. of Transport, Box 999, Prince Rupert, B.C. Office International de Librairie S. P. R.L., 184 l’H6tel-des-Monnaies, Bruxelles, Belen Ohio State University Library, Columbus 10, Ohio, U.S.A. 106 THE CANADIAN Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical Col- lege, Library, Stillwater, Okla., U.S.A. Oldenburg, Margaret E., c/o First Trust Co. of St. Paul, St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A. Ommanney, G. G., Hudson Heights, Que. Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ont. Ontario Fisheries Research Laboratory, Dept. of Zoology, University of Toronto, Toronto 5, Ont. Ontario Legislative Assembly Library, ronto, Ont. Oregon State College, Oregon, U.S.A. Organ, R. J., P.O. Box 2162, St. Johns, Nfld. tapes Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. Parliamentary Library, Ottawa, Ont. Patuxent Research Refuge, Fish and Wildlife Service, Laurel, Md., U.S.A. Pearse, Theed, Box 159, Comox, V.I., B.C. Pennsylvania State College, Agricultural Li- brary, Room 101, Patterson Hall, State College, Pa., U.S.A. Pennsylvania, University of, Library, 34th St. and Woodland, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. Peterborough Public Library, George St., Peterborough, Ont. Peters, Harold S., Fish and Wildlife Service, Glenn Bldg., Atlanta, Ga., U.S.A. Peterson, Randolph L., Division of Mam- malogy, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, 100 Queens Park, Toronto, Ont. Pettingill, O.S., Dept. of Zoology, Carleton College, Northfield, Minn., U.S.A. Petty, Raymond, Box 536, Billings Bridge, Ont. Phelps, Frank M., 312 Fifth St., Elyria, Ohio, U'S.A. Pollock, David, 10822 — 107 St., Edmonton, Alta. Poole, Cecil A., 1764 Topeka Ave., San Jose 11, Cal., U.S.A. Porsild, A. E., National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Porsild, M. P., Brondbyvester pr. glastrup, Denmark. Port Arthur Public Library, Port Arthur, Ont. Price, James C., 267 Laurier Ave., Quebec, Que. Princeton University Library, Princeton, N.J., U.S.A. Pritchard, A. L., Dept. of Fisheries, Ottawa, Ont. Provincial Library, Victoria, B.C. Pugsley, Wm., 390 First Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Purdue University, Agricultural Experiment Station Library, Lafayette, Ind., U.S.A. Putman, W. L., Entomological Laboratory, Vineland Station, Ont. To- Library, Corvallis, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 —Q— Quebec Zoological Gardens; Charlesbourg Que. Queens University, Douglas Library, Kingston, Ont. R= Racey, Kenneth, 6542 Lime St., Vancouver, B.C. Radforth, Norman W., Faculty Apts., McMas- ter University, Hamilton, Ont. Rand, A. L., Curator of Ornithology, Chicago Museum of Natural History, Chicago, IIl., U.S.A. Rawlings, W. H., Apt. 1, 341 Graham Blvd., Town of Mount Royal, Que. Rawson, O. S., Dept. of Biology, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Sask. Resources and Development, Department of, Development Services Library, Norlite Bldg., 150 Wellington St., Ottawa, Ont. Reynolds, Keith, 152 Victoria St., London, Ont. Rhodes, H. L. J., Division of Botany, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Richardson, L. R., P.O. Box 1580, Victoria University College, Wellington W.I., New Zealand. Richards, J. P., 420 Sunnyside Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Ricker, Wm. E., Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. Riley, Mrs. G. C., 4 Elm Ave., Hudson Heights, Que. Ritchie, R. C., 611 Woburn Ave., Toronto 12, Ont. Ritching, W. R., Gore Bay, Ont. Robb, Donald L., 272 Sheldrake Blvd., Toronto 12, Ont. Roberts, Brian B., Scott Petar Res¢arch Insti- tute, Lensfield Rd., Cambridge, Eng. Robinson, J. W., 8 Amesbury Rd., Apt. 51, Montreal, Que. Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Mont- ana, U.S.A. Roger, Ruth M., 68 Waylir.g Ave., Kingsview Park, Ottawa, Ont. Ross, C. Chandler, 7924 Lincoln Dr., Phila- delphia 18, Pa., U.S.A. Ross, Douglas A., Forest Insect Laboratory, Vernon, B.C. Ross, Edna G., Box 385, Almonte, Ont. Ross, Verna, 408 Third Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Rousseau, Jacques, Montreal Botanical Gar- den, 4101 Sherbrooke St. E., Montreal, Que. Rowe, J. S., 813 Dominion Public Bldg., Win- nipeg, Man. Royal Botanical Gardens, Box 399, Hamilton, Ont. May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Queens Park, Toronto, Ont. Russell, L. S., National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Rutter, R. J., Huntsville, Ont. vie BS Sait, C. C., 4134 Old Orchard Ave., Montreal 28, Que. Saskatchewan, University of, Saskatoon, Sask. Savile, D. B. O., 6 Oakland Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Savile, Mrs. D. B. O., 6 Oakland Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Science Museum, Library Accessions Depart- ment, South Kensington, London, S. W. 7, England. Scientific and Industrial Research, Depart- ment of, Box 18, Government Buildings, Wellington, N.Z. Scientific Information Centre, Defence Re- search Board, Army Headquarters; Ottawa, Ont. Scoggan, H. J., Dept. of Biology, National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. Scott, Dr. D. M., University College, Univer- sity of Western Ontario, London, Ont. Sektor Spetzbibliotek, Akademii Nauk SSSR, ul. Kufbysheva, Moscow, 12, U.S.S.R. Sektor Spetsbiblioltek, Filialy Akad. Nauk SSR, ul. Kuybysheva 8, Moscow 12, U.S.S.R. Selby, Mrs. J. A., R.R. 1, Ridgeville, Ont. Senckenberg Bibliotek, (16) Frankfurt /M, Germany. Shannon, Miss Myrtle, 475 MacLaren St., Ottawa, Ont. Shaub, B. M., 159 Elm St., Northampton, Mass., U.S.A. Shelford, V. E., 204 Vivarium Bldg., Cham- paign, Ill., U.S.A. Shephard, J., Box 421, Kaslo, B.C. Sheppard, R. W., 1805 Mouland Ave., Niagara Falls, Ont. Sherwood, Angus, Norman Wells, N.W.T. Shinners, Lloyd H., Southern Methodist Uni- versity, Dallas 5, Texas, U.S.A. Shumway Junior High School, 31st and Main Sts., Vancouver, Wash., U.S.A. Sinclair, G. Winston, Dept. of Geology, Uni- versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. Sir George Williams College, 1441 Drummond St., Montreal, Que. Smith, Allan G., Box 603, Brigham City, Utah, U.S.A. Smith, D. A., 540 St. Clements Ave., Toronto 12, Ont. Smith, J. E., 407 Hinton, Ottawa, Ont. FIELD-NATURALIST 107 Smith, John, 45 Second Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Smithsonian Institution, Library, Washington 25, D.C., U.S.A. Snell, C. H., 4915—48th Ave., Red Deer, Alta. Snure, Pauline, Canadian Journal of Research, National Research Council, Ottawa, Ont. Snyder, L. L., Royal Ontario Museum, Bloor St., Toronto, Ont. Solman, V. E. F., National Parks Bureau, Dept. of Resources and Development, Otta- wa, Ont. Soper, Harold W., Montreal, Que. Soper, J. Dewey, 10520—75th Ave., Edmon- ton, Alta. Soper, J. H., Dept. of Botany, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A. Speirs, J. Murray, Cobble Hill, R.R. 2, Pick- ering, Ont. Spencer, G. J., Dept. of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. Spencer, M. D., National Film Board, John and Sussex Sts., Ottawa, Ont. Squires, W. A., Curator, New Brunswick Museum, St. John, N.B. St. Francis Xavier University, Dept. of Biolo- gy, Antigonish, N.S. Steele, W. S., 151 Glasgow St., Guelph, Ont. Stefansson, V., 4 St. Luke’s Place, New York, N.Y., U.S.A. Sternberg, C. M., National Museum of Canada, Dept. of Resources and Development, Otta- wa, Ont. Stephens, Helen E., 407 Elgin St., Ottawa, Ont. Stirrett, G. M., Wildlife Service, Old Arts Bldg., Queens University, Kingston, Ont. Stevens, Ward E., Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. Steward, Charles C., 31 Hunter St., Toronto, Ont. Stewart, R. M., Massett, B.C. Stuart, Mary E., 410 Queen St., Ottawa, Ont. Sutton, W. D., 313 Wharncliffe Rd. N., London, Ont. Swedish Royal University Library, Sweden. 118 Royal Bank Bldg., Apt. 4, Lund, Spe Tait, B. M., 28 Roseberry Ave., Ottawa, Ont. Tait, Eric M., Summerland, B.C. Tanguay, René, College of St. Anne, St. Anne de la Pocatiére, Kamouraska Co., Que. Taschereau, L. A., 187 Grande Allée, Québec, Que. 108 THE CANADIAN Taylor, B. W., Director of Fish Culture, Biology Bldg., McGill University, Montreal, Que. Taysom, A. R., Office of the Australian Gov- ernment Trade Commissioner, 100 Sparks St., Ottawa, Ont. Taysom, Mrs. A. R., Office of the Australian Government Trade Commissioner, 100 Sparks St., Ottawa, Ont. Temple, Eric E., 375 Metcalfe St., Ottawa, Ont. Tener, John S., Dominion Wildlife Service, Norlite Bldg., Ottawa, Ont. Terrill, L. M., 216 Redfern Ave., Westmount, Que. Texas, Agricultural and Mechanical College of, College Station, Texas, U.S.A. Texas University, Austin, Texas, U.S.A. Thacker, T. L., Little Mountain, Hope, B.C. Toronto, University of, Toronto, Ont. Towers, Mrs. Graham, 260 Park Rd., Rock- cliffe Pk., Ottawa, Ont. Tuck, L. M., Canadian Wildlife Officer, P.O. Box 870, St. John’s, Nfld. Tufts, Harold F., Port Mouton, Queens Co. N.S. Tufts, R. W., Wolfville, N.S. Tirnau, Edmund A., Dept. of Biology, Carle- ton College, Ottawa, Ont. Turnbull, J. F., R.R. 3, Orillia, Ont. Turner, G. H., Fort Saskatchewan, Alta. Turnham, Mrs. Alice J., Assistant Curator, Redpath Museum, McGill University, Mont- real, Que. Turnquist, J.. Fogelhem, Wallwort, Sask. Tyrrell, J. B., 44 King St. W., Toronto 1, Ont. ea (pe U.S. Geological Survey Library, 1033 General Services Bldg., Washington 25, D.C., U.S.A. U.S. Public Health Service, Alaska Health and Sanitation Act, P.O. Box 960, Anchorage, Alaska. Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, evstal: gade, Kobenhaven K., Denmark. University Farm, TLAare St. Paul 1, Minn., U.S.A. Urquhart, F. A., Royal Ontario Museum. of Zoology, Toronto, Ont. Ussher, R. D., Nancy Lake Farm, R.R. 2, King, Ont. Utah State Agricultural College, Library, Logan, Utah, U.S.A. Leos i Van Camp, J. L., Agriculture Extension Sery- ice, Lafayette, Ind., U.S.A. . Vancouver Public iibrary, Main and. HESUIAEE Sts., Vancouver, B.C. an Forestry FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Van Horne, H. B., 616 Edward St., Chilliwack, Bic: Victoria Public Library, Victoria, B.C. BA 1 Ae Walkinshaw, C. A., 187 Highbourne Rd., To- ronto 12, Ont. Walkinshaw, L. H., 1705 Central Tower, Battle Creek, Mich., U.S.A. Wallace, H. A. H., Dominion Laboratory of Plant Pathology, University of Manitoba, Fort Garry, Man. Wallace, Roy, 63 Dupont St., Toronto 5, Ont. Waller, Sam, The Pas, Man. Ward, Flora M., 66 Woodside Ave., 9, Ont. Washington, State College of, Pullman, Wash., U.S.A. Washington, University of, Library, Seattle 5, Wash., U.S.A. Waterton Lakes Park, Superintendent, Water- ton Park, Alta. Wayne University Library, 4841 Cass Ave., Detroit 1, Mich., U.S.A. Webster, H. R., Truro, N.S. Weems, F. C., Box 16, Wall St. Station, New York; N.Y.) U:S:A, Wells, Oliver N., Edenbank Farm, Sardis, B.C. Toronto Western Ontario, University of, Lawson Memorial Library, London, Ont. Western Reserve University Library, 10940 Euclid Ave., Cleveland 6, Ohio, U.S.A. White, E. F. G., Harbour House Hotel, Ganges, Salt Spring Island, B.C. Whitehead, A. B., 302 Grande Allée, Québec, Que. Wheeler, Iris M., 131 Chapel St., ADE: 4, Ottawa, Ont. Williams, M. Y., University of British Colum: bia, Vancouver, B.C. Williams, Thelma P., Ottawa, Ont. Wilson, Dr. .Alice, National Museum of Can- ada, Ottawa, Ont. Wilson, W. E., 231 Elm Ave., Que. Wisconsin State Conservation Department, 830 State Office Bldg., Madison 2, Wis., USS.A. Wisconsin, University of, Periodicals Division, General Library, Madison, Wis., U.S.A. Wittenburg College, Library, " springfield, Ohio, U.S.A. me i Wright, A. H., Zoological Laboratory, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Wright, B. S., Northeastern Wildlife Station, New Brunswick University, Fredericton, N.B. 475 MacLaren St., Westmount, May-June, 1951] THe CANADIAN Wright, S. Elizabeth, 347 Gilmour St., Ottawa, Ont. Wynne, J., Enderby, B.C. Wynne-Edwards, V. C., Marischal College, Aberdeen, Scotland. Wyoming, University of, Library, Wyoming, U.S.A. Laramie, FIELD-NATURALIST 109 Bet, gee Yliopiston Elainieteellinen Laboratoria, Poh- jois-Rautatienkatu 13, Helsinki, Finland. ey J Zavitz, C. H., 25 Bedford St., Chatham, Ont. Zoological Society of London, Regent’s Park, London, N.W. 8, Eng. THE RING-BILLED GULL AT OTTAWA, ONTARIO, AND ITS FIELD RECOGNITION * D. B. O. SAVILE Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. HE DESCRIPTION by Lloyd (1944) of the ring-billed gull, Larus delawarensis, as a rare transient at Ottawa, Ont., scarcely does justice to its regular occurrence, particularly in fall. Prior to 1946 I kept no special watch for this species, although a few were seen with herring gulls, L. argentatus smithsonia- nus, at Dow’s Lake in the fall of 1945. From 1946 onward, with increased practice at dis- tinguishing these two species at a distance, the ring-billed gull has been recorded in con- siderable numbers. It seems safe to say that in the areas where most of my observations have been made, i.e. Dow’s Lake, the fields of the Central Experimental Farm, and the south shore of Lake Deschénes, the fall popu- lation of ring-billed gulls is about 10% that of herring gulls. Both species are markedly less abundant in spring and no estimate of the ratio has been made, but it is perhaps approximately the same as in fall. Counts of ring-billed gulls made from birds at a distance, or from large flocks moving erra- tically, have been made by picking out definite birds of that species and assuming the rest to be herring gulls. Such counts must gen- erally have been too low, especially when 200 or more birds have been scattered over a field. Spring observations include 6. immature birds on May 25, 1947 (with W. Earl Godfrey) and 5 adults on May 14, 1949. Many presump- tive herring gulls seen in spring have been far from shore on the Ottawa River; some of these may well have been ring-billed gulls. 1 Received for publication November 28, 1950: In the fall of 1946, up to 10 ring-billed gulls were seen simultaneously at Dow’s Lake with herring gulls, chiefly in late September and early October. In 1947, 1 to 15 birds were seen on 16 days between Sept. 21 and Nov. 12. In 1948, when more time was devoted to this species, it was noted on 71 out of 113 days on which any gulls were seen between Aug. 1 and Dec. 6. The greatest number seen was a flock of 21 immature birds at Lake Des- chénes on Sept. 12, but 8 to 15 were often seen in a day up to early November. In August and early September they were most numerous on the L. Deschénes shore where they generally outnumbered herring gulls; later, perhaps because of the onset of fall ploughing, this area was largely abandoned. Only a few scattered bird observations could be made in the fall of 1949, but about 35 ring- billed gulls were seen at Dow’s L. on Oct. 3, about 10 on Oct. 5, and a few on other dates. In 1950 the early fall migration was again missed and a change of residence precluded daily observation of ploughed fields at the Central Expuerimental Farm. One to eleven were seen on 13 days at Dow’s L. in the ratio of about 60% first year, 25% second year and 15% adult birds. Records by age groups were not kept before 1950, but first-year birds have always predominated. The greatest number of adults definitely seen simulta- neously in any fall has been three. Adults are positively distinguishable at much shorter distances than immature birds and counts for them therefore tend to be too low. Counts for herring gulls at Dow’s L. in the same period gave 19% first year, 8% second year, 110 THE CANADIAN 6% third year and 67% adult birds; but it should be noted that advanced third-year birds will pass as adults unless the bill colour or tail marks are visible, and that some birds counted as second-year may have been re- tarded third-year birds. These age analyses have generally been confined to periods when the gulls were lined up on the canal boom. In late fall, after the canal has been drained, the gulls are generally dispersed about the lake and exact counts are impossible. In contrast to the herring gulls, most of which spend the night at the west end of L. Deschénes, the ring-billed gulls in fail seem usually to spend the night near Britan- nia. A visit to Britannia pier just before sunset on Oct. 21, 1950, revealed at least 42 of the latter species on the water. Little is known of the turnover of birds throughout the fall, but a few observations of lame or otherwise distinguishable birds sug- gest that many stay only a few days. Since the apparent scarcity of the ring- billed gull must be due to its confusion with the herring gull I shall attempt to analyze the resemblances and differences. The main distinctions between the adults are well known — the greenish yellow feet and black bill ring of the ring-billed gull and the flesh feet and red bill spot of the herring gull. As Peterson (1947) has observed, the ring-billed gull usually shows more black in the primaries; but there is great variation, as the illustra- tions of Dwight (1925) show, and I have found the point of limited value. The sharp, black tail-band of the immature ring-billed gull is usually an excellent mark. Size is valuable when the birds are all at the same distance from the observer. The manner of flight is not a positive diagnostic character, but may draw attention to birds that deserve scrutiny. The rate of wing beat is somewhat faster in the ring-billed gull in dead air, but it is so much lighter than the herring gull that if there is any turbulence the beat be- comes slow and shallow. Its flight is graceful and buoyant and it can soar in up-drafts that require a herring gull to flap continuously. Distinctions of voice, suggested by some observers, are of limited value. The com- monest cry of the ring-billed gull may be rendered as kee-air and is usually higher pitched than the corresponding kee-ow of the herring gull; but the latter often gives the high-pitched cry and both species have great vocal ranges. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 The problem in distinction is between first- year ring-billed and second-year herring gull, between second-year ring-billed and third-year herring gull, and between the two adults. These age groups are compared in Table 1. A few points concerning the table should be explained. First, it must be emphasized that age determinations, especially in the field, cannot always be exact. There are some herring gulls that resemble second-year birds. in colour but have quite sharp tail bands. These I have arbitrarily. treated as second- year, but many, at least, may well be retarded third-year birds. Poor (1946) has recently summarized extensive observations on plu- mage and colour of colour-banded herring gulls of known age. His results indicate that, although Dwight’s descriptions fit the average for each group well, there is more extensive variation of several characters than was hitherto realized. For the field observer perhaps his most important finding is that the rectrices of third-year birds are occa- sionally all brown or all white, although usually with a broad subterminal brown band, and that a little brown is occasionally present in those of fourth-year birds. Consequently we must regard the age groups as indicating the degree of maturity rather than the exact age. Similarly a few ring-billed gulls might equally well be classed as advanced first-year or retarded second-year birds, by field exam- ination. Natural variation, fading and abra- sion of plumage, and the frequent prolonga- tion of the post-juvenal or post-nuptial moults throughout the fall migration period all add to the difficulty. The table really is a com- parison of birds having approximately the same colour. Second, since this is a table of field marks, colours and other characters are given only as they appear in the field, not necessarily as they would appear on a specimen in hand. The wing pattern of the first-year ring-billed gull often allows it to be picked out at dis- tances up to half a mile on the wing. This ‘pattern is approached, with less contrast, by some advanced or bleached second-year, or retarded third-year herring gulls; such birds also show a sharp tail band approaching the pattern of the ring-billed gull. I have gen- erally classed these as second-year birds on the basis of general body colouration, but, to judge from Dwight’s descriptions and 111 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST May-June, 1951] Table 1. — Field Marks of ring-billed and herring gulls Tail Wing Bill Eye Tarsus colour Track length Ist yr. ring-billed (2nd (? and retarded| 2nd yr. ring-billed Advanced 3rd yr. Adult ring-billed Adult herring gull 3rd) yr. herring gull gull herring gull gull gull Band sharp, narrow,/Band broad and dif-/Band narrow, often|/Band narrow, often White White uniform fuse (to moderately|incomplete incomplete. sharp and narrow) Sharp, dark wedge of|Light brown without|Mantle brownish gray|Mantle gray; black offUsually extensive|Usually less black outer primaries con-|definite pattern or|to gray; black wedge|primaries little morecjblack and smalljand larger mirrors trasts with pale broadjapproaching that ofjof outer primaries;/than in adult; one|mirrors triangle of innerjring-bill with less|trace of very smalljsmall mirror wing; narrow darkjcontrast mirror band near back edge Proportionately 7%|Proportionately 7%|Proportionately 7%|Proportionately 7%|Proportionately 7%|Proportionately 7% shallower; pale at|deeper; pale at base,/shallower; pale with|\deeper; pale with|shallower; yellow/jdeeper; yellow with base, outer 2/5 blackjouter %% black dark subterminalidark | subterminal/with black ring near/red spot at angle band band angle Looks big and black|Looks smaller owing|Looks fairly big/Looks normal size |Looks slightly large/Looks normal size owing to large eye|to small crescent,jowing to slight eye Jowing to fine bill crescent, dark iris|paler iris and heavy|crescent and fine bill and fine bill bill : Pale flesh or grayish|Flesh Pale buff or Flesh Dull to bright yellow| Flesh yellowish or greenish c. 48 mm. ce. 70 mm. c. 50 mm. Over 70 mm. ec. 51 mm. ec. 75 mm. 112 THE CANADIAN illustrations, it may well be that they are all in their third year. The eye is one of the best marks of the first-year ring-billed gull. The slender bill, pronounced eye-crescent and dark iris com- bine to give the effect of a large black eye. The eye crescent is centered in front of the eye and spreads over and under it. It is illustrated by Dwight (loc. cit.) and is shown in a sketch by Taverner on file in the National Museum of Canada for a juvenal female (N.M.C. 15724) taken in Saskatchewan on July 16, 1920. It is apparently always large and dark in juvenal and first winter birds, but is faint in the second year. The second winter herring gull is illustrated by Dwight as having quite a definite eye crescent, but the crescent is not mentioned in the discussion of this plumage. In the field a slight impres- sion of the eye crescent or of a line over the eye is sometimes to be had, but it is never conspicuous and the eye never appears unduly large. The proportions of the bill depths are from Dwight’s figures for Larus delawarensis and L. argentatus smithsonianus, calculated against average total length of the _ bird. Similar calculations show that in L. delawa- rensis bill length is equal, tarsus 10% longer, bent wing 10% longer, tail 8% longer, and toe 7% shorter in proportion. Apart from the bill these characters do not seem evident in the field, but it is probable that together they produce a definite, if intangible, effect upon the bird’s appearance. The tarsus of the ring-billed gull is so slender that its colour is not evident at great FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 distances. Furthermore the colour is often dull and ill-defined. The colours given are therefore based on limited observations, but they agree fairly closely with those recorded by Dwight. The track is often useful as a check on other means of distinction when birds are on sand or mud. The measurements are for the full length of the middle toe, as defined by Hickey (1943) for shore birds. They are based on limited measurements and so are subject to slight adjustment. It may be noted that the track of juvenal herring gulls about one week on the wing (Chesterfield Inlet, August, 1950) is 63-65 mm. There thus seems to be no possibility of overlap between the two species. Acknowledgement is made to Mr. W. Earl Godfrey for advice and suggestions during this study and in the preparation of the report. LITERATURE CITED Dwight, J., 1925. The gulls (Laridae) of the world; their plumages, moults, varia- tions, relationships and _ distribution. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 52: 63-336. Hickey, J. J., 1943. A guide to bird watching. Oxford University Press. Lloyd, H., 1944. The birds of Ottawa, 1944. Can. Field-Nat. 58: 143-175. Peterson, R. T., 1947. A field guide to the birds. 2nd ed. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Poor, H. H., 1946. variations in the herring gull. 135-151. Plumage and soft part Auk 63: NEW MINERAL OCCURRENCES FROM THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC! T. H. Ciark Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal. ROM A COUNTRY so vast as Canada and with so great a diversity of rock forma- tions the list of minerals recorded to date is expectably long. Information concerning the occurence of mineral species may be obtained directly from various published reports, or from the appropriate provincial Department of Mines or equivalent organization, or from the Minerals Files and Records branch of the Geo- 1) Pecoiveditor publication January 16, 1951. logical Survey of Canada. This information may be of great economic importance to prospec- tors, especially when the mineral sought, though perhaps itself rare, or occurring in particles too small to be easily seen, has well recognized associations with other and com- moner minerals. Thus gold is often finely though rarely visibly disseminated through a vein of quartz, or it may occur as an in- visible impurity in pyrite. Scores of such as- May-June, 1951] sociations are welcome clues to the where- abouts of certain desired minerals. The purpose of this short report is to place upon record the occurrence of two minerals not previously noted from the province of Quebec, and one which has been reported from but two localities. My thanks are due to my colleagues, Professors Graham and Riddell, for help in the technical work of identifying the various species. 1. Glockerite (hydrous iron sulphate). Bécancour Co., Quebec. The mineral occurs as a canary-yellow powder covering exposed surfaces and joint planes of an Ordovician black shale of Utica age along the south (left) bank of the Bécancour river about 3 miles (straight line) downstream from Dave- luyville (Maddington Falls). The locality is within a few hundred feet of the St. Law- rence and Champlain fault, and on that ac- count the shale is considerably fractured and contorted. Many of the nearby rocks carry pyrite concretions, and indeed the Utica shale itself in places contains pyrite. The glockerite is in all probability the result of the oxidation of this pyrite or some other iron sulphide mineral. As far as I know this is the first recorded occurence of this mineral in Canada. DR, Melanterite (hydrous sulphate of iron). Same locality as for glockerite. This mineral rarely occurs in a natural state, but is usually the result of some interference by man: with © rocks containing iron sulphide minerals such as pyrite, marcasite, etc. In the present case no melanterite can be detected in the out- crop, but pieces of the black Utica shale, with or without a dusting of the yellow glockerite, produce the white (actually colorless) en- crusting or disseminated mineral within a few months of exposure to the normal damp- ness of the atmosphere indoors, where pro- tected against the dissolving action of natural moisture, dew, rain, etc. Some fifty pounds of this rock were collected for its graptolite fossils. After being stored for the winter months in the Redpath Museum, the forma- tion and growth of melanterite crystals re- sulted in a splitting of the rock into thin laminae, in many cases a fraction of a milli- meter thick. Upon being handled, this la- minated product crumbles to powder at the touch. The white melanterite covers some of the outer surfaces as a fine acicular growth, without, however, showing any characteris- tic crystal form. Obviously the paleontolo- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 113 gical value of such transformed rocks is completely destroyed. 3. Vivianite (hydrous phosphate of iron). Post-glacial clays at Deschaillons, Lotbiniére Co., Quebec. The mineral occurs as a clear blue powder, accompanying masses of fossil wood buried in a bed of rusty sand a few inches thick beneath a hundred feet or so of post-glacial clays. Other post-glacial clays underlie the horizon where the vivianite is found. It is said to occur independently of the pieces of fossilized wood. No obvious ex- planation for its localized formation comes to mind. Intimately associated with it is a gray- ish-yellow powder, concerning which Dr. Graham reports to me as follows: “Earthy yellowish-brown material (occurs with vivianite). “The material, with, it is believed, no ad- mixed vivianite, gives reactions for phosphate, ferric iron, and water, and is thus a basic ferric phosphate. “A number of basic ferric phosphates are known, most of them definite mineral species and more or less well crystallized. Of these, koninckite, FePO:.3H.O, or Fe:O;. P-O;. 6H2O, and cacoxenite, 2Fe.0;.P.0;.12H2O, are yellow or brownish-yellow, and dufrenite, 2Fe.O3.- P.O;.3H:O is green but turns yellow to brown on. alteration. “In addition, some ill-defined, amorphous basic ferric phosphates have been described and named. Two of these are picite and delvauxite. The latter has approximate com- position 2Fe.0;.P.0;.24H,O and has been re- ferred to as ‘a wet dufrenite’. Picite is similar, with less water. Both occur as brown to yellowish-brown coatings and have yellow streak. aia “I would think your material is related to 29> one or other of these amorphous ‘minerals’. Vivianite has already been reported from Stanstead and Vaudreuil counties in this province (Johnston, R. A., Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 74, p. 234, 1915), in the first case from a bed of laminated clay, and in the second from a bed of bog iron ore. From all three localities now known this mineral occurs in post-glacial deposits. It is interesting to note that in marine sedimentary rocks the color of fossil inarticul- ate brachiopods, whose original shell was in most cases phosphatic, is blue. Possibly this is the result of a reaction involving iron in the sediment (or in the shell) and the phosphatic shell, producing vivianite. 114 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 THE ATHABASKA CANADA GOOSE ON THE NIAGARA RIVER’? R. W. SHEPPARD Niagara Falls, Ont. N THE MORNING of March 16, 1950, Mr. A. R. Muma, Wildlife Conservation officer for Welland County, advised me that he had located on the River at Chippawa a flock of Geese comprising 23 Canada Geese, Branta canadensis subsp., which he believed to be Lesser Canada, and one adult Blue Goose, Chen caerulescens. A visit about noon, to the spot indicated, failed to reveal the geese which had apparently moved up the river. A message from Muma, in the evening, indicated that, in the late afternoon, a small group of geese had been seen far out in the river above Navy Island. However, a visit to the river at Chippawa, early in the morning of March 17, was entirely successful, and the flock of geese, as described by Muma, was found grazing on a small spit of snow free grass land which juts out into the bay formed by the filling in of the Hog Island channel, at a point that was formerly the mouth of the Welland River. When first seen, one sentinel goose was in the water, a short dis- tance out from the grassy spit; the other 22, and the adult Blue Goose, were on land, the Blue Goose being farthest inland. The Bay was full of ducks, mostly Canvas-backs and Scaups, and all very wary. When approached, many of the ducks took flight, thereby dis- turbing the grazing geese which all slowly took to the water and floated out in a long line from the tip of the spit; but there they rested, apparently undisturbed further by the restless ducks, and I was afforded prolonged, and most excellent views, with ample oppor- tunity to count heads over and over again. There were 23 small Canada Geese, and one adult Blue Goose, in a closely knit group. The Blue Goose, while under observation, was 1 Received for publication September 11, 1950. always in very close association with the Canada Geese and apparently a recognized member of the group with some indication, by its constantly maintained position at the end of the line, that it might even be a leader. This close proximity of an undoubted adult Blue Goose afforded most fortuitous and excellent size comparison with which to judge the subspecific status of the small, lightish brown-backed, Canadas, the 23 individuals of which varied to some extent in size, although all were most certainly very much smaller than the common Canada that migrates through this area. The smallest individual in the flock was, to all appearances, scarcely larger than the Blue Goose, and none were much larger for whenever the Blue was looked for it had to be picked out by colour of plumage, or silhouette, from its close asso- ciates, and not by size, as would have been the case with a Common Canada and Blue association. These 23 geese in size closely resembled both the Lesser Canada Goose B. c. leucopareia and its interior pale repre- sentative the Athabaska Canada Goose, B. c. parvipes. However, because of their most noticeably pale, almost sandy brown coloured backs it would seem that they were best referable to the latter and that they, like their Blue associate, were migrating consi- derably off their normal course. The above occurrence would seem of more than usual interest, and worthy of placing on record for when writing “Water Biras of the Niagara” (1945, Can. Field-Nat. 59, (5):151- 169), I was unable to find a single authentic report of the appearance on the Niagara of this smaller race of Canada Goose, in all the accumulated historical data assembled on this particular group of water-fowl, at that time. May-June, 1951) THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 115 A SOME SUPPLEMENTARY BIRD NOTES FROM THE GENERAL AREA OF THE MACKENZIE DELTA AND GREAT SLAVE LAKE * E. O. HOHN and D. L. RoBINSON Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, University of Alberta, Edmonton and Tuktoyaktuk. ie 1943 an account of the birds of the Mackenzie Delta region was published by A. E. Porsild and some further notes on the birds of the area were published by C. H. D. Clarke (1944). Nevertheless, the observations of the present authors add a few species to the list and in other ways supplement the information already available in print. Miss D. L. Robinson has been in charge of the government school at Tuktoyaktuk (Port Brabant) since August 1947 and a list of spring arrival dates for two years at this point on the Arctic Coast, based entirely on her observations, is given in Table 1. Notes in the text based on her observations are indi- cated by the initials D.L.R., the rest being due to E. O. Héhn who was in the area from mid-June to Sept. 5, 1949, as a temporary medical officer for the Indian and Eskimo Health Services, stationed at Aklavik. As Porsild’s paper gives the eskimo names of Many species, eskimo names of a few not given by him are noted below. A few notes on species not seen by either of the authors and based on statements of local residents are included in square brackets. For a gen- eral description of the Mackenzie delta region the reader is referred to Porsild’s paper. The notes from Great Slave Lake are from observa- tions by E. O. Hohn who was in the district of Fort Resolution from May 20 to June 5, 1949, and at Fort Rae from June 5 to 12 of the same year. These notes are restricted to observations on two species not recorded in the previous literature (Preble 1908 and Fairbairn 1931) covering this area and to a few other species of special interest. MACKENZIE DELTA Red-throated Loon (Gavia stellata) Distraction behaviour. A striking form of distraction display was seen on July 26, 1949, by one member of a pair on a small pool at the north end of Richard’s Island. While the observer searched the shores of the pool for a nest which was not however found, the birds swam off stealthily towards the opposite 1 Received for publication July 24, 1950. shore. One of them then flew up and making straight for the intruder plunged straight under water from a height of about 6 feet, when a few yards away. The bird reappeared on the surface near its mate and again flew towards the observer but this time landed on the surface and swam off keeping the wing nearest the intruder half extended. On both flights the bird uttered a loud goose-like “ka ka ka kwaooo”. Finally both birds took wing and left the pool. Whistling Swan (Cygnus columbianus) A downy young with its parents was seen on a lake near Kittigazuit July 29, 1949. None was seen during the period June-early Sep- tember, 1949, in the numerous lakes of the Mackenzie delta proper. [Ross Goose (Chen rossi) An eskimo patient had seen one recently shot on Banks Island in May 1947. This man had worked with an American ornithologist for one breeding season who had told him of the existence of a smaller “wavey”. The report is of interest as it suggests the possibility that small numbers of this species may nest in this area.] [Blue Snow Goose (Chen caerulescens) Eski- mo: ganguk igalik (goose blue fox). According to several natives who have visited Bank’s Island a few individuals of this species nest there among large numbers of lesser snow geese. Similar reports were made inde- pendently to Mr. J. Dewey Soper.] Green-Winged Teal (Anas_ carolinensis) Eskimo: sawelik aaluk Shoveller (Spatula clypeata) Eight still in nearly full plumage were seen near Aklavik July 6, 1949. Canvas-Back (Aythya valisineria) Eskimo: taktuk A flock of about 30 on the East Channel on August 17, 1949, are an addition to Porsild’s record for a single bird of this species. 116 THE © CANADIAN Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo jamaiceénsis) « This species is not listed in previous publica- tions on the area. One was seen near Aklavik on July 13, 1949. Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos canadensis) The species was still well represented in 1949. On August 17 while ascending the East Chan- nel by boat, 4 pairs were seen within five hours. Single birds were also seen at the north end of Richard’s Island and at Anderson River. Mr. M. McNab in charge of the Ander- son River reindeer herd believes a pair nests regularly on the cape-like hill over the east bank of the river near its mouth. Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) On July 7, 1949, a nest with two downy young was found on a near vertical shale bank about 120 feet above the Arctic Red River near the settlement of that name. Both adults were present. This species is not listed by Porsild but as Arctic Red River is only 15 miles south of the delta proper and Clarke found it com- mon further north and east on Coronation Gulf, its range no doubt includes the delta. Pigeon Hawk (Falco columbarius) Eskimo: kigiaverak (small hawk) As this species is not listed by Porsild, one seen near Aklavik on July 22, 1949 may be noted; this bird was also seen by Mr. J. Dewey Soper. Another, of which however only a fleeting view was obtained, was seen at Kitti- gazuit on July 29, 1949. [Sharp-tailed Grouse (Pedioecetes nellus) phasia- This species which does not appear in Por- sild’s list is found, according to natives, about Fort McPherson. ] Little Brown Crane (Grus canadensis) Since Porsild notes that this species has not been observed in the delta during fall migra- tion, three flying south over Aklavik on sue 18, 1949 may be noted. Ruddy Turnstone (Arenaria interpres) One observed on June 13, 1949 at Tuktoyaktuk may be added to the few records of this spe- cies given by Porsild. D.L.R. White-Rumped Sandpiper (Erolia fuscicollis) An individual of this species not previously recorded for the area was seen at Tuktoyaktuk on Aug. 2, 1949. (The following details were noted: the bird was appreciably larger than nearby Semi-palmated Sandpipers, even grey FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 above, paler beneath. The bill was dark. and quite straight. An unsuccessful attempt to collect it was made. On flushing the bird showed a well-defined white rump but no marked wing pattern. The observer is fami- liar with the Curlew Sandpipers and con- | vinced this bird was not of that species. In view of the definite white rump, no other identification seems possible.) Baird’s Sandpiper (Erolia bairdii) Since Porsild reports that this species has not been seen in the wooded part of the delta two seen near Aklavik (one of which was. collected) on Aug. 20, 1949, may be noted. Stilt Sandpiper (Micropalama himantopus) Several seen at Tuktoyaktuk on Aug. 3, 1949, are an addition to the single record in Por- sild’s paper for the same locality. Buff-Breasted Sandpiper (Tryngites subru- ficollis) As previous publications on the area give only one record for this species the following may be added both from the north end of Richard’s. Island in 1949: two on July 26 and on August 19, a party of 5. Sabine’s Gull (Xema sabini) One was seen at Tuktoyaktuk on June 13, 1949. D.L.R. Northern Cliff Swallow (Petrochelidon pyrr- honota) Porsild reports never having seen this species nesting on buildings anywhere in the delta. In the summer of 1949 there were, however, about 200 pairs nesting under eaves of houses and sheds in Aklavik. Twenty-one of these were banded on July 24 and 25. The mean weight of 15 adults, weighed before banding, on these dates was 26.2 grams with maxima and minima of 27.5 and 23.5 grams. Canada Jay (Perisoreus canadensis) One observed at Tuktoyaktuk on June 8, 1948, is of interest as this locality is about 40 miles beyond the tree line. D.L.R. American Robin (Turdus migratorius) The following records from points beyond the tree line are noteworthy; a pair at Kitti- gazuit July 29, 1949. E.O.H. At Tuktoyaktuk a pair used to nest regularly in a warehouse until disturbed in 1947. In the summer of 1948 only one was seen in this locality and no nest was found. In the summer of 1949 none were seen in Tuktoyaktuk but natives reported robins seen at camps 20-30 miles away. D.L.R. May-June, 1951] Table 1.—Dates of Spring Arrival of Certain Species at Tuktoyaktuk as Observed | by D.L.R. Pacific Loon 48 June 3 "49 June 5 Whistling Swan f "48 May 9 "49 May 11 Canada Goose 48 end of May ’49 early June Black Brant "48 May 15 "49 May 30 White-fronted Goose 48 May 10 749 May 13 Lesser Snow Goose °48 May 10 749 May 27 Pintail 748 May 16 "49 May 26 Pacific Eider "49 June 15 White-Winger Scoter 48 June 15 Little Brown Crane "48 May 6 _ °49 May 8 Semipalmated Plover "48 May 15 "49 May 21 Golden Plover "49 June 1 Semipalmated Sandpiper "49 May 31 "48 May 25 Northern Phalarope "48 June 11 "49 June 15 Parasitic Jaeger "48 June 14 49 June 8 Glaucous Gull "48 May 12 "49 May 17 Arctic Tern "48 May 30 49 June 5 Northern Raven "48 May 12 "49 «April 25 Robin "48 May 27 Savannah Sparrow "48 June 1 . ’49 June 9 Gambel’s Sparrow "49 June 7 Lapland Longspur "48 May 12 "49 May 27 Snow Bunting 48 =6April 15 749 March 23 but disappeared again until mid April Pine Grosbeak (Pinicola enucleator) Since the status of this species in summer is not too clear from Porsild’s observations several birds seen near Aklavik on July 12 and 16 may be noted. Savannah Sparrow (Passerculus sandwich- ensis) Porsild only refers to this species as having been found on the East Branch and on the THE CANADIAN: FIELD-NATURALIST Makes Peel. It appears; however, to breed well beyond the tree line as several were seen at the north end of Richard’s Island on July 26, 1949, one of which was collected. It was also seen at Kittigazuit on July 30, 1949. E.O.H. At Tuktoyaktuk it was seen in the summers of both 1948 and 1949. D.L.R. Gambel’s White-Crowned Sparrow chia leucophrys gambelii) It was seen at Tuktoyaktuk on June 7, 1949. D.L.R. (Zonotri- GREAT SLAVE LAKE Ross’ Goose (Chen rossi) Two were seen in the Slave River Delta on May 22, 1949. The male was shot; it weighed 3 lbs. 2 ozs. and the testes measured only 7x 3 mm. Osprey (Pandion haliaetus carolinensis) As there are a few records of the Osprey for this area one seen at the mouth of the Little Buffalo River on June 1, 1949, may be noted. Though known to the natives here the species appeared to be unknown to all residents of Fort Rae with whom it was discussed. Ruddy Turnstone (Arenaria interpres) On was seen at Ft. Resolution on May 27, 1949. Another at the mouth of the Little Buffalo River on June 1, 1949, and another on June 6, 1949, at Ft. Rae. Knot (Calidris canutus rufus) There is no previous record of this species for Great Slake Lake. Preble dealing with the whole of the Mackenzie-Athabaska regions refers to it only in quoting Sabine in the appendix to Parry’s first voyage 1824, who reported it as nesting in great abundance in the “North Georgia” Islands. A flock of eight all in full breeding plumage were seen at the mouth of the Little Buffalo on June 1, 1949. The observer is familiar with the species from experience in England. Least Sandpiper (Erolia minutilla) One was seen at Ft. Rae on June 8, 1949, in company with several Western Sandpipers. Western Sandpiper (Ereunetes mauri) This species does not appear in the lists of Preble or Fairbairn. In 1949, however, it was seen in some numbers about Ft. Resolution on May 26 and 27, also at the mouth of the Little Buffalo on May 29 and at Fort Rae on June 8. One was collected on May 27 at Resolution (and although the skin perished 118 THE CANADIAN while it was sent to Edmonton in a semi- prepared condition, careful comparisons with the descriptions given in Taverner’s Birds of Canada and Peterson’s Field Guide, were made on the spot). Hudsonian Godwit (Limosa haemastica) On May 26, 4 were seen at Ft. Resolution. Two were still in winter plumage, one in intermediate and one in full breeding plum- age. The last, a male, was collected, the testes were 12 x 3 mm. in size. Northern Phalarope (Lobipes lobatus) Resting on Ice: Bent’s Life Histories of N. American Shore Birds and the Handbook of British Birds (2nd. Ed., 1943) do not mention perching on ice in this species. It is therefore noteworthy 2 that on June 2, 1949, several northern phalaropes were perched on the edge of the lake ice at the mouth of the Little Buffalo river. One of them was shot on the ice. As the observer was unaware at the time of anything unusual about the observation no further observations were made. He has also seen a Greater Yellow- Legs (Totanus melanoleucus) resting on the ice edge of an Alberta lakelet in October. Resting on ice is quite probably frequent with many northern waders in spring. Since it is common in ducks and gulls it may be assumed that the skin of birds’ feet, whether feathered or not, is an adequate heat insulator and that resting on ice does not present any particular physiological problem. Short-billed Gull (Larus canus brachyrhyn- chus) On June 1, 1949, a party of 8 were seen descending the Little Buffalo. [American Magpie (Pica pica hudsonia) This species, formerly unknown in the area, is in recent years, according to residents, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 seen regularly in the fall about Ft. Resolution. It appears to be slowly spreading northward in this region; at the time of Preble’s report (1908), Ft. Murray was its northern limit, Soper (1942) records it as a new arrival in the southern extremity of Wood Buffalo Park, while it now appears to have reached the south shore of Great Slave Lake at least as a regular straggler.] REFERENCES Clarke, C. H. D. 1944. Notes on the status and distribution of certain mammals and birds in the Mackenzie River and western arctic area in 1942 and 1943. Canadian Field-Naturalist. 58, 97-103. Bent, A. C. Life Histories of North American Shore Birds. Smithsonian Institute, U.S. National Museum Bulletin 142, 1927. Fairbairn, H. W. 1931. Notes on Mammals and Birds from Great Slake Lake. Can. Field-Naturalist 45. 158-162. Preble, E. A. 1908. A Biological Investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie Region. North American Fauna No. 27, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. Porsild, A. E. 1943. Birds of the Mackenzie Delta. Can. Field-Naturalist 57. 19-35. Soper, J. Dewey. 1942. The Birds of Wood Buffalo Park and Vicinity, Northern Alberta and District of Mackenzie, N.W.T., Canada. Trans. Royal Can. Institute 24. part I. 19-97. Witherby, H. F. The Handbook of British Birds. Vol. IV. 1943. 2 It would seem more remarkable if phalaropes did not rest on ice at least occasionally. Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway (The Water Birds of North America, Vol. 1, p. 334) speak of this species alighting on drift ice. A photograph (Condor, 1925, p. 233) shows a Red Phala- rope standing on apparently either snow or ice. Dr. D. B. O. Savile tells me that several times in spring, 1950, at Chesterfield Inlet he saw Northen Phala- ropes resting on ice. — Ornithology Ed. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS A New Snake Record for Nova Scotia, Thamnophis sauritus sauritus, Linnaeus:— During the summer of 1950, a herpetological survey of Nova Scotia was conducted by the Nova Scotia Museum of Science in coopera- tion with Dr. D. J. McCallion of the Biology Department of Acadia University. In the course of this work, four specimens of the Eastern Ribbon Snake, Thamnophis sauritus Sauritus, were collected in the Lake Kejim- kujik area. One of these was a male and the other three were gravid females. On the morning of July 12, while we were looking for frogs at a bog pond near Kempt, Queens County, a black and yellow striped snake was seen disappearing into an old beaver house. We returned in the afternoon and caught a female (26%”) and a male (23%”) Eastern Ribbon Snake. At our ap- proach the female moved towards the beaver May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN house, and the male entered the water. He swam with about three inches of his neck above the water. Later the same day, at Caledonia, while exploring the shore near a saw-dust pile, we found another female that measured 2534”. The third female was taken from the beaver house at Kempt on July 20. When seen in the field, the Eastern Ribbon Snake is at once recognized by the three wide yellow stripes, one mid-dorsal, and one on each side. The absence of spots, its slimness, and the contrasts of the white upper labials against the dark head also help to distinguish it from the Common Garter Snake, Tham- nophis sirtalis sirtalis. According to Schmidt and Davis (1941), and Pope (1946) the range of the Eastern Ribbon Snake extends northward to southern Maine. Cox (1898) did not report its occur- rence in New Brunswick: In Nova Scotia it was found only in the southern part of the province. This condition of an isolated popu- lation suggests that the Eastern Ribbon Snake occurs in southern Nova Scotia as a relic species from the last mild period, some 3,000- 5,000-years ago. References: Schmidt, K. P. and D. D. Davis, 1941. Field Book of Snakes. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York. Pope, C. H., 1946. Snakes Alive and How They Live. Viking Press, New York.—_SHERMAN BLEAKNEY, Department of Biology, Acadia University, Wolfville, N.S. The Cougar in Manitoba. — No definite record of the cougar in Manitoba appears to have been established. In one of his publica- tions, E. T. Seton refers to a few reports of cougar having been killed, but there appears to be no final proof to date. During the last thirty years, I have had about six sight records within the Province. Near the northerly foot of Turtle Mountain, a farmer apparently saw two cougars leap a fence in the open some fifteen years ago. One was reported, a few years later, as seen by several people near Carman and a drawing of the pug-mark was given to the Museum; it has all the appearances of belonging to a cougar. Pug-marks were apparently seen in wet mud in the spring about five years ago by the Gebauer brothers about nine miles northwest of Morris. Other reports were less definite. Last autumn a trapper in the Sprague dis- trict reported seeing a huge cat cross a town- ship line; it was reported elsewhere in the FIELD-NATURALIST 119 same general district. Recently (March, 1951) a trapper informed a Conservation Officer that a strange animal had broken a lock snare he set for a wolf, leaving signs of blood and. a violent struggle. He followed the tracks but soon lost them in the snow. The Officer is now trying to find the remains and send us the skull. The trapper thought it must have been the cougar which entered his snare. A specimen in the Regina Museum was killed near Yorkton a few years ago.—L. T. S. NORRIS-ELYE, Manitoba Museum, Win- nipeg, Man. The Bay Lynx in Manitoba. — Up to the present time, there does not appear to have been any record (even a sight record) of the Bay Lynx (Lynx rufus) in Manitoba. Speci- mens have been reported as having been taken at Minaki and near Dryden in Ontario and also in Minnesota and North Dakota. For six years I have sought the co-operation of the Provincial Game and Forestry Depart- ments to look out for specimens in south- eastern Manitoba; I also alerted trappers in the same district. The Director of Game and Fisheries, G. W. Malaher, through his conservation Officers, J. E. Harrison and D. J. McIntosh, received reports of a few Bay Lynx and instructed Steve Venus, a trapper, to try to secure a specimen. On March 16, 1951, Venus trapped a sub-adult female near a creek leading out of Mud Lake (Section 35-2-15 E.P.M.) and delivered it to J. E. Harrison. Instructions have been given to deliver any other speci- mens that may be trapped in future. It was brought to the Museum on March 29, when it weighed 9 lbs, 10 ozs. The measurements were T. 1. 27%: T.v. 434; H.f. 6 (all in inches). On skinning it, porcupine quills were found in the left fore and hind feet and one had penetrated the soft palate and had reached the rear of the left eye-socket; all punctures had caused severe suppurations. I asked the Conservation Officer to inquire from local residents when these animals were first noted; they stated that they first arrived eight years ago. There is a muskeg where the animal was taken and it harbours several varying hares; it is said that there are a few more Bay Lynx in this muskeg. Local trappers have caught a few Bay Lynx in traps set for weasels, but they did not realize the significance of these catches and did not report them. — L. T. S. NORRIS- -ELYE, Manitoba Museum, Winnipeg, Man. 120 THE CANADIAN On Local Records of Empidonax virescens and E. traillii—Saunders and Dale (‘History and List of Birds of Middlesex County, Ont- ario”, Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 19: 210) record the Acadian Flycatcher, Empidonax vires- cens, as having been taken by A. A. Wood on May 26, 1921, at Coldstream, Ontario. The specimen on which this record was based, now in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, proves to be Traill’s Flycatcher, Empidonax traillii. The dorsal colour is characteristically warm green, the upper mandible is black and the wing is somewhat rounded (when folded, 15 mm. from the tip of the longest secondary to the tip of the longest primary). The “first” (10th) primary is shorter than the “fifth” (6th) and the “second and third” (8th and 9th) are about equal. With further reference to the records of Saunders and Dale, they also report another occurrence of E. virescens, a bird “found” southeast of Newbury, Ontario. It is not stated whether this bird was heard, seen, or both. It is now conceded by many good field observers that the vocal utterances of E. traillii are deceptively variable, and its voice may or may not be diagnostic. The song of individuals of certain populations may even be confused with E. virescens especially in the lower Great Lakes region (western New York, northern Ohio, southern Ontario). This may throw some doubt on the record men- tioned above. However, it is now clear that E. virescens does occur in Middlesex County. Specimen No. 22,4,20,400 in the Royal Ont- ario Museum of Zoology collection, taken at London, Ontario, on May 28, 1891, by J. A. Morden, is of this species and displays the peculiar cold green, dorsal colour charac- teristic of E. virescens, the horn brown upper mandible and the pointed wing (when folded, 19 mm. from the tip of the longest secondary to the tip of the longest primary). The “first” (10th) primary is longer than the “fifth” (6th) and the “third” (8th) is the longest. : To complete these minor subtractions and additions, record is here made of a specimen of Empidonax virescens (Royal Ontario Mu- seum of Zoology collection, ex-Fleming col- lection) taken at Toronto on June 5, 1899, by J. Hughes Samuel. The late J. H. Fleming predicted that this species would ultimately occur at Toronto and kept a sharp watch for it in his garden, apparently not suspecting that a fine example was safely housed in his cabinets, the first and only Toronto record FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 to date. — L. L. SNYDER, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Toronto. Short-tailed Weasel and Young in Manitoba. —On May 7, 1950, I encountered a Short-tailed Weasel (Mustela enninea richardsonii) at the entrance to my newly-filled woodshed. I remained about 10 feet away, while the weasel sniffed the air. It was bold, curious, but not defiant. It uttered no sound. After I re- treated, it made its way into the adjacent bush. Sometime after, I again noticed it approaching the shed, carrying what appeared to be a young one in its mouth. I kept a close watch and was fortunate in observing it making four successive trips, each time carrying one of its young. The young appeared to be naked and were about three inches long. From the shed to the bush, it took approxi- mately five minutes, and each time the parent seemed to remain in its new nest about ten minutes before making another trip. This transfer took place in broad daylight. The parent was beautifully furred, in summer pelage, with immaculate white underparts, and the black tail was exceptionally fluffed out. Now, when I enter the woodshed it makes its appearance, perhaps on the lookout for possible danger to its offspring —SAM WALLER, Indian School, The Pas, Manitoba. Bird lice (Mallophaga) from a Florida Gal- linule and a Baird’s Sandpiper.—On an unde- termined date in the summer of 1948, Mr. W. Campbell found a dead Florida Gallinule (Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs) on the highway at VanWagner’s Beach near Hamilton, Ontario. Four lice were removed from the bird and proved to be Laemoboth- rion emarginatum Piaget (Laemobthriidae), identified by Professor A. W. Baker, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario. The specimens were mounted on slides and are deposited in a collection at McMaster Uni- versity, Hamilton, Ontario. On September 14, 1950, Mr. J. K. Reynolds removed seven bird lice from a Baird’s Sand- piper, (Erolia bairdii (Coues)) at Port Stan- ley, Ontario. They were identified as Actor- nithophilus albus Emerson (Menoponidae) by Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Four of the lice, mounted on microscope slides, have been retained by the U.S. National Museum and the three others are deposited in the collec- tion of the University of Western Ontario. —W. W. JUDD, Department of Zoology, Uni- versity of Western Ontario, London, Ontario. May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST laa BOOK REVIEWS Mushrooms in their Natural Habitats. By A. H. Smith. Two volumes. Vol. 1, Text, 626 pp:. 11 figures. Vol. 2, Illustrations, 231 stereo-kodachromes by Wm. B. Gruber. Sawyer’s Inc., Portland, Oregon. 1949. $26.50 U.S. funds. Many attempts have been made in the past to illustrate the fleshy fungi by means of drawings, paintings, and photographs, but here for the first time, the combination of the stereoscopic camera and colour film has been used to produce a unique and highly successful contribution to the history of mycological illustration. The work comprises two volumes, of which the first contains intro- ductory material and descriptions of the species illustrated, and the second consists of a case containing a Sawyer’s Viewmaster and an album of thirty-three reels of stereo-koda- chromes with seven species illustrated on each reel. i The author has taken a broad interpretation of the term mushroom, and representatives of most of the larger groups of fleshy fungi are included. A wide range of genera is illustrated but there is no attempt at completeness in any one group. Most of the species are rea- sonably common but some rare and unusual fungi are included together with some of the small and inconspicuous agarics usually omitted in popular mushroom books. The specimens have been photographed in their natural habitats with only such re- arrangement as was necessary to show essen- tial features. The colours are, in general, very good and where they are not quite true, as in some instances, this is pointed out in the text. The photographs are not taken at a uniform magnification but the size of the fungus can usually be judged by comparison with the surrounding vegetation and the dimensions are given in the descriptions. The pictures not only illustrate the botanical char- acters but, to a remarkable degree, they bring out the beauty and fascination of these fungi. If one photograph could be singled out, that of Aleuria aurantia and its spore discharge is a special triumph. The text volume is mostly devoted to de- scriptions of the fungi illustrated, but there are introductory chapters on mushrooms in relation to other organisms, fruiting habits of mushrooms, collection and preservation of specimens, macroscopic and microscopic char- acters and techniques of examination and study, nomenclature, and mycophagy. These chapters are written in an interesting and readable style. The chapter on laboratory techniques and microscopic characters is especially note- worthy. The author has systematically dis- cussed and figured the microscopic structures on which so much reliance is placed by modern students, and has described the methods for examination and study of these characters. Previously, much of this informa- tion has not been readily available. The taxonomic treatment is also very inter- esting because it presents for the first time in a popular work, some of the viewpoints of modern students of the agarics. It has been evident for some time that the old Friesian classification was inadequate to express rela- tionships in the light of modern studies, and also that the nomenclature of the agarics needed considerable revision in order to bring it into line with the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. The author has adopted a number of the newer genera but he has, on the whole, been quite conservative in his generic concepts. His discussion of the genera and of the revisions accepted by him- self and proposed by other students are of great interest and will, no doubt, prove a stimulus to those who are interested in study- ing the relationships among the mushrooms. His adherence to the International Rules of Nomenclature results in some unwelcome but necessary name changes. The chapter in which the author discusses nomenclature and the International Rules is wholly admirable and is recommended reading for beginners and ‘specialists alike. Some of the rules have been changed by the 1950 Botanical Congress, for example the starting point rule has been modified, and it is now recommended that all specific epithets be decapitalized. In the section dealing with classification, keys are provided for all groups down to the species. The species are treated uniformly under the headings of general discussion; edibility; habit, habitat and distribution; and technical description. The inclusion of syno- nyms and literature citations is a most helpful feature. The descriptions are very complete, includ- ing microscopic characters, and it is note- worthy that they are mostly based on the 122 THE CANADIAN actual specimens illustrated and that these specimens have been preserved, thus adding immensely to the scientific value of the work. Two new species, Armillaria zelleri, Cysto- derma gruberianum, and a new variety, Lepiota molybdites var. marginata have been described, and four new combinations pro- posed. Although the book is intended primarily as a popular work and as such is outstandingly successful, it is also clearly of considerable scientific importance. We can only regret that it was not possible to include more species and hope that the work may be con- tinued in future volumes. — J. W. GROVES. Sea and Shore. By Clarence J. Hylander. The MacMillan Co., New York, 1950, pp. I- VIII, 1-242. $3.50. “Sea and Shore” is a remarkable little book of introduction to the wealth of plant and animal life to be found along the ocean beaches. It tries to answer some of the very basic questions about which the student of marine life has wondered at some time or other, — why the oceans don’t ‘dry up’, why the sea is salt, what happens to sunlight as it passes through seawater, and how it is utilized by the marine plants. The explana- tions are handled as simply and understand- ably as possible, and for such an elementary treatment of this broad and infinitely complex subject they avoid most of the pitfalls of inexactness. In the explanation of tides and tidal cycles, however, there seems to be no clear-cut distinction made between the solar day and the lunar day, leaving the reader wondering whether our day really is 24 hours long. In describing the various groups of inter- tidal life, the author begins with the plants, differentiating the principal kinds of seaweeds and showing how their colour depends on the type of solar radiation present at their respec- tive depths. He confines his treatment of animal life to the invertebrates, chiefly be- cause they are dominant and ever-present. Beginning with the more primitive groups like the sponges and jellyfish, he goes on to describe the many kinds of bivalve shelled animals, the univalves, the starfish and its spiny skinned relatives. In keeping with his phylogenetic approach, he concludes with a discussion of the crustaceans, singling out the lobsters, crabs, shrimps, beach fleas, and FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 barnacles as the most typical and most fre- quently encountered forms. The ecological aspect of beach life is stressed, a commend- able improvement over the mere listing of animals likely to be found. Each species is shown to have a preferred habitat and geo- logical range within which environmental conditions are most favourable to its existence and wherein it is thus most likely to be found. The limitation of distributional data almost entirely to the coastal areas of the United States probably reflects the great need for collecting and descriptive work of this kind on Canadian beaches. It is known, however, that numerous Atlantic species, which the author delimits from Cape Cod southward are found in the warm, southwest section of our Gulf of St. Lawrence. The photographic illustrations of many of the animals and the various beach types are quite excellent. The animals have been filmed in their natural habitat with remarkable clar- ity and fineness of detail. Unfortunately, the line drawings accompanying many of the descriptions are not in keeping with the standards set by the photography, and could be much improved. Heavy outline drawings cannot hope to render correctly the fairy-like transparency of the big medusae, comb-jellies, and the like, as the inquisitive beachcomber would find them. Although the elementary level of this book makes it a valuable asset to the beginner, many amateur naturalists might question some of the factual detail concerning the physiology and life histories of certain groups. For instance, recent findings have shown that the gills of marine bivalves are used chiefly as a filter-feeding mechanism, and that respiration is carried on for the most part in the mantle. Marine mussels do not have a glochidial larval stage parasitic on fish, but hatch directly from the egg into a planktonic veliger larva. The use of scientific names for the species in such large groups as the mussels would not be too high-level, and would lend clarity to the descriptions. The reader would like to know how to tell a Mytilus from a Modiolus, if he is to be given the more subtle distinctions be- tween the various species of each genus. To the interested reader, “Sea and Shore” affords a pleasant and very educational visit to the sea beach, without the expense involved. The book is to be commended for its inspira- tional approach to a better understanding of the life of the seashore. — E. L. BOUSFIELD. May-June, 1951] THE CANADIAN A Field Guide to the Butterflies. By Alez- ander B. Klots. The Riverside Press, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts, $3.75. The Peterson Field Guide Series has added another outstanding volume to its well-known books. The present volume is an accurate reference for the Butterflies and Skippers of North America east of the Great Plains. The author, Dr. Alexander B. Klots, is a well- known specialist of butterfly taxonomy and biology. This knowledge, combined with considerable field experience, has enabled him to prepare this book, which adequately fills a gap in the literature and enables the. beginner or the advanced student to recognize the butterflies and prepare a collection of them. The scientific names are in accordance with current nomenclatorial usage, and the systematics is based on a sound philosophical foundation. The book is remarkably complete and accurate. It contains ‘about 350 pages and includes colour reproductions of 247 species as well as 232 photographs. There is a considerable amount of information dealing with the environment, behaviour, coloration, distribution, geographical variations, morpho- logy, and life-histories of butterflies. The subspecies are considered and their significant characters are mentioned. The final part deals with butterfly classification, literature, and a complete check-list. The book will be extremely useful to specialists, amateurs, teachers, natural history organizations, or anyone interested in butterflies. — T. N. FREEMAN. A Laboratory Guide to the Anatomy of the Rabbit. By E. Horne Craigie. University of Toronto Press, 1951; pp. I-VIII, 1-113, 28 figs. The teaching of vertebrate zoology at the University of Toronto has long favoured the concentration on selected types rather than the general survey of a multitude of forms. With pre-medical instruction as a very impor- tant part of the zoology programme, the rabbit has been emphasized as a typical and readily obtainable mammal for detailed dissec- tion. Forty years ago the late Professor B. A. Bensley provided as a guide to such studies his “Practical Anatomy of the Rabbit”, which has served its purpose admirably. Apparently, however, a need has been felt for a less detailed treatment of the subject for students other than those preparing for advanced work in zoology or anatomy. The present work, by one of Canada’s leading comparative ana- tomists, is therefore intended, not as a replace- FIELD-NATURALIST 123 ment for Bensley’s manual, but as a guide to a parallel but more general treatment. The arrangement of the material is much like that of the older work, but the grouping is more by systems than by regions. There is a preliminary survey of the various kinds of tissues, a discussion of terminology, and then the major portion of the manual, ‘a descrip- tion of the gross anatomy. Anatomical names, as in Bensley, are mainly taken from human anatomy, no doubt the only procedure where pre-medical instruction is involved, but hard on the comparative anatomist, who must learn two or sometimes three nomenclatures for the one set of structures. Professor Craigie has contrived to produce a manual that is more readable than Bensley’s and that omits no important aspect of mammalian anatomy. It can be recommended both for the college laboratory and for the student working on his own. The latter, however, will have to go elsewhere for instruction on the preparation of his dissection material—LORIS S. RUSSELL. Lichens of the State of Washington. By Grace E. Howard. University of Washington BieCSSHSCOttlee 1900 pt tial 91 eT plates. The author, who published a preliminary report on the lichens of Washington State in 1937 (Bryologist, XL, p. 91), has now collated the existing records to date in the form of a students’ handbook with keys and descrip- tions. Many of the records are based on her own collections in various parts of the State between 1928 and 1942. A total of 335 species, in 69 genera belong- ing to 28 families, is recorded, and the author points out that this number will doubtless be augmented by further collections within the State. No new entities are described, but one new combination is made (Cetraria arborialis (Merr.) Howard, which is synonymous with C. subalpina Imshaug in Mycologia, XLII, p. 746; 1950). Some 44 of the species and varieties are depicted in good photographic illustrations. The artificial keys to the genera on pp. 4-10, with the main divisions ‘“crustose lichens”, “squamulose or foliose”, and ‘fruticose”, are serviceable and likely to prove useful to be- ginners. Those to the species are sufficient to enable the student to place material in or near the appropriate species, in many cases in a somewhat collective delimitation; the description of Letharia vulpina, for instance 124 (p. 149), obviously includes also the related L. californica (Lév.) Hue. Similarly the description of Alectoria sarmentosa given on p. 152 is certainly based on heterogeneous material. A few contributions in previous literature have been neglected, as for exam- ple Miiller Argau’s paper in Flora, LXXII, p. 362 (1889), and in one instance this has led to the inclusion of a species in the wrong genus (Lecidea Pringlez Tuck. on p. 58 has been shown to belong to Lecanora sect. Cla- dodium in Bryologist, XLII, p. 32; 1939). This carefully prepared study satisfies an undoubted need for a students’ working flora for the lichens of Washington State and adja- cent regions, and is considerably superior in its treatment to previously available floristic publications, such as Fink’s “Lichen Flora of the United States’.—I. M. LAMB. The Birds of Greenland. Text by Finn Sa- lomonsen; illustrations by Gitz-Johansen. Part 1, 158 pp., 17 pls. Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen, Denmark. 1950. ($9.00) This sumptuous volume deals with the loons, petrels and their allies, swans, geese, ducks, and cormorants of Greenland, the world’s largest island. Its publication is sup- ported by the Danish Government. The text, by the well-known Danish ornithologist Finn Salomonsen, is a product of his broad ex- perience with the Greenland avifauna. It is written in both Danish and English arranged, respectively, in parallel columns. Each species account, headed by the Danish, English, Es- kimo, and scientific name, includes a_ brief but adequate description of the subject; a de- tailed and documented account of its Green- land distribution and seasonal status; its general behavior; breeding and feeding habits; relationships with the Greenland human population; and there are taxonomic com- ments in cases where the author feels that these are needed. These and other aspects of knowledge concerning Greenland birds are interestingly and authoritatively presented. The fullness of the species accounts is il- lustrated by the fact that they occupy (bi- lingually) from two to nine large pages. Seventeen water colors by the Danish artist Gitz-Johansen handsomely _ illustrate this, the first volume. Mr. Gitz-Johansen, in the course of 17 years, has travelled over the whole of Greenland sketching, in addition to other subjects, the birds he encountered there. Perhaps ornithologists may disagree in THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 appraising small details concerning some of these bird portaits (this reviewer does not consider them all equally effective) but few will fail to recognize their beauty, life, and unusual originality. This splendid volume is a most welcome ad- dition to ornithological literature. Two ad- ditional volumes will, it is understood, complete the work. Their appearance will be awaited with much interest. — W EARL GODFREY. Fluctuations in abundance of the Lake Erie Cisco (Leucichthys artedi) population. By W. B. Scott. Contributions of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology No. 32, 1951. This paper presents information on the physiography of Lake Erie and the history of its commercial fisheries from 1867 to 1946. The relative production of ciscoes in the different areas of Lake Erie has been studied, together with information on both the United States and Canadian commercial catches. From a study ef the age composition of samples of the population taken during the years 1946-1948, it was found that in certain years more than 95 percent of the commercial eatch consisted of fish of a single year class. It was concluded that a large spawning stock is not essential for the successful maintenance of the Lake Erie cisco fishery. The commer- cial catch, which presumably is related to the total cisco population, was, in 1943, the lowest in over 60 years and the fish produced from the spawning in that year provided more than 95 percent of the commercial catch in 1946 the year of greatest recent abundance, and more than 84 percent of the 1947 commercial catch. An inverse relation was found to exist between the catch of cisco from Lake Erie and that from the other Great Lakes. When fish were taken in quantity in Lake Erie the demand for ciscoes from other areas was decreased, which resulted in a decreasing intensity of fishing in the other Great Lakes. When the catch of Lake Erie ciscoes, which are preferred fish on the market, was low the catch in the other Great Lakes was in- creased through increased effort stimulated by higher prices. The fluctuations in the commercial catch over the period of years for which statistical information is available cover a wide range. It is pointed out that some of the fluctuations in commercial catch may be produced by weather and by marketing conditions, but in May-June, 1951] view of the volume of fish handled it is consi- dered that the fluctuations in annual catch bear a relation to the actual populations available in the years concerned. Overfishing alone does not appear to be the complete answer to the problem. Factors influencing hatching and survival of ciscoes, including meteorological conditions, silting, mechanical injury, abundance of food, predation and disease are discussed as well as the relation between successful early devel- opment of the cisco in relation to that of other species of fish present in the lake. A study of the fecundity of the cisco revealed that the higher egg production of Lake Erie fish is related to their larger size as compared with those of Lake Ontario. In his introduction the author has pointed out the great value which sound predictions of the approximate size of fish populations would have in planning for the handling of the expected crop. Although much informa- tion is presented regarding the past fluctua- tions in the cisco population and of the factors which may influence such fluctuations, no method has been suggested by which such sound predictions can be made—vV. E. F. SOLMAN. The Bighorn Sheep of Banff National Park. By Hubert U. Green, National Parks and Historic Sites Service, Development Services Branch, Department of Resources and Devel- opment. 53 pp., 15 pl., 1 map, 1950. Although this report on the bighorn sheep is confined to Banff National Park, it is so thorough and complete a study that it might well serve as a monograph of the species as a whole. The author, who devoted eleven years to his investigation, treats almost every aspect of the animal’s habits and life history, including species competition, faunal and floral associates, behaviour, parasites and disease. Under the heading physical charac- teristics, he gives a general description of the adult, male and female, weights, measure- ments, seasonal molts, horn growth, voice, hearing and vision. The section on behaviour is rather brief, although more detailed than anything published to date. The ranges occu- pied by the Banff herds are discussed in consi- derable detail with a map showing their rela- tive size and location. Twenty-six excellent photographs show the sheep in natural habitat, salt licks, sheep and deer tracks for compari- son and diseased animals. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 125 In the section on age composition the author points out that ewes and half-grown rams are difficult to distinguish in the field, and in his breakdown of age classes he allows for a margin of error where the two might have been confused. In view of this, one wonders at the validity of figures compiled by less competent observers based on _ briefer studies. It is also interesting to note that Mr. Green observed no well defined seasonal movements in the park. Reports of seasonal migrations in other localities might bear further inves- tigation. Mr. Green’s report will be favourably re- ceived both as a fund of information on this interesting mammal and as a fine example of a thorough study of a single species. It is to be hoped that other biologists will follow Mr. Green’s example and concentrate on intensive studies of mammals on the species level. Such studies are definitely to be preferred to a number of superficial investigations of several species, or of research on selected aspects of a mammal’s habits or life history —AUSTIN W. CAMERON. Determination of Hairs by Impressions. By V. H. H. Williamson, Journal of Mam- malogy, Vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 80-84. The key character upon which hair identifi- cation is based is the cuticle with its scale-like configurations. These structures, however, are difficult to observe because the cuticle is transparent and the pigments of the under- lying cortex and medulla create a disruptive background for microscopic examination. To overcome this difficulty a technique has been devised whereby impressions of these struc- tures are made on a plastic film mounted on a microscope slide. This method has the disadvantage that the plastic media in current use necessitate considerable preparatory treat- ment and the results are often unsatisfactory. In the present paper the author discusses a technique using a vinyl acetate resin known commercially as “Gelva’. Its outstanding features are: its slow rate of drying, clearness of impressions, ease and speed of handling, and the ability to store a quantity of prepared solution for an indefinite period of time. Briefly the procedure is as follows: a layer of Gelva is spread on a microscope slide and allowed to dry for 30 minutes. Hairs from which impressions are desired are then placed on the medium and covered with a cover glass. Then the slide is placed in a press and sub- 126 THE CANADIAN jected to light pressure for a few seconds. The hair is removed with a camel hair brush and the mount is ready for examination. Illustrations of scale impressions from moose, deer, elk and caribou are shown and an identification key for these species based on cuticular configurations is given—AUSTIN W. CAMERON. Tidewater to Timberline. By Dan McCowan. Macmillan Company of Canada Ltd. Toronto. 1951. $3.00. Readers should not be mislead by the title of this book into supposing it to treat the various life zones from ocean to mountain peak. In fact the author denies the desir- ability of such a procedure in his foreword. This is the latest of Dan McCowan’s random collections of anecdotes, reminiscences and odd bits of information. The style is light and conversational and there is plenty of entertainment in it. Each chapter is devoted to a topic; for example, there is one on the dance of the prairie chicken, one on animal speeds, one on night animals, and, appro- priately at the end, one on tails. I have no quarrel with the arrangement. Although there is a great need for good books that tell of plants and animals in their life zones, in simple terms, there is also a place for books of the style of McCowan’s volume. It is only fair to warn the reader, however, that much of the information stated as fact in the book has not been checked. Without having taken time to do any checking in the literature personally I can say that a number of the statements are definitely erroneous and many others are unproved. A few exam- ples will suffice. The “teal” is said to be second to none in aerial speed; this alibi for unsuccessful hunt- ers has been repeatedly exploded. It is defi- nitely known that the Green-winged and Blue- winged Teal are among the slowest of ducks. Their small size leads the unpractised observer to overestimate their distance and, conse- quently, speed. Swifts do not, as stated, belong to the swallow tribe, but are related to the humming- birds. There are many minor inaccuracies FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 in the chapter on speed, most of which could easily have been avoided by spending a day or two in any adequate biological library. In the chapter on night animals the author is plainly confused about the mechanism otf the bat’s so-called radar system. It is sur- prising, also, to find no mention of flying squirrels in this chapter, although they are discussed elsewhere in the book. “Gryllus the Grasshopper’ makes a nice alliterative chapter heading, but Gryllus is, of course, the field cricket. The musk-ox does not have wooi, suitable for weaving, but smooth hair. Equisetum is far from being “the most primitive form of plant life now present on this earth”. The snow goose is said to pass mainly west of the Great Lakes, except for an occasional flock near Quebec, which hardly does justice to the fact that the entire population of the Greater Snow Goose passes below Quebec where its autumn con- centration is one of the greatest of all wildlife spectacles. An unnecessary mystery is made of the echelon flight of geese, since the explanation is obvious to anyone with the slightest knowl- edge of aerodynamics and has recently been given in a popular book on bird flight. Every wing in forward motion forms a vortex at the tip; the geese ride in the updraft of the outer half of the vortex formed by the bird ahead. The horizontally flattened tail of the whale is, contrary to the author’s inference, an effi- cient swimming organ, whose action has re- cently been discussed in print. When we remember that the power required to drive an object through a fluid medium increases roughly as the square of the linear dimension the whale’s moderate speed appears quite creditable. The illustrations, stated to be from photo- graphs by the author, are generally disap- pointing. Few appear to have been taken in the wild. One, at least, is taken in a zoo; some seem to be of mounted specimens, re- touched or with a background faked in. The improbable stance of the northern phalarope may puzzle the reader until he compares it with Brasher’s drawing in Birds of America. —D. B. O. SAVILE. AN INDOORS BOOK FOR OUTDOORS PEOPLE ONTARIO BIRDS by L. L. SNYDER with 146 line drawings by T. M. SHORTT ONTARIO BIRDS is not a guide to field identification or a source for detailed plumage description. It is a natural history of Ontario birds. As such, it will undoubtedly become the standard work on its subject, and prove its usefulness to ornitho- logists and bird-lovers not only in Ontario but also in other parts of Canada and beyond. The author of this valuable new work is Associate Director and Curator of Ornithology in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, where the illustrator—also a well-known ornithologist—is Chief of the Division of Arts and Exhibits. Mr. Snyder’s text, as au- thoritative as would be expected, is further distinguished for its engaging style. The book is intended as a source book for teachers, pupils, and amateur naturalists. It is divided into five chapters, dealing with the definition and description of a bird, with distribution, migra- tion, classification and natural history. Special features are a Calendar of Spring Arrivals in Ontario compiled over many years, end-paper maps, and an Index. $4.50 from any bookseller or the publishers CLARKE, IRWIN & COMPANY LIMITED 103 St. Clair Ave. West Toronto 5 WANTED In order to meet the demand for back numbers of the publications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, the following are urgently needed: Transactions, Otta. Field-Nat. Club, No. 1, 1880. Ottawa Naturalist Vol. 4, No. Sept., 1890 Volv).7,, .» No: Dec., 1893 Vol. 11, No. Jan., 1898 Vol. 11, No. Feb., 1898 Vol. 11, No. Mar., 1898 Vol. 12, No. Apr., 1898 Vol. 12, No. July, 1898 Vol. 12, No. & 8, Oct.-Nov., 1898 Vol. 12, No. June, 1901 Vol. 15, No. June, 1901 Vol. 15, No. July, 1901 Vol. 15)" No, Nov., 1901 Volsi173 No; Mar., 1904(This was marked Vol. 18, No. 12) Vol. 18, No. July, 1904 Vol. 19, No. Jan., 1906 Vol. 20, No. July, 1906 Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. 34, No. 8, : 1920 Vol. 36, No. 1922 Voli37," iNo: : 1923 Vol. 39, Neo. } 1925 Vol 144,")/No.) <3; ’ 1930 Vol. 45, No. 1931 Vol. 56, No. 6, , 1942 > — | el PORNO PwWON Members and subscribers who are able to spare any of these numbers would greatly assist the Club by forwarding them to: Mr. W. J. Cody, Division of Botany Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. { “LE DROIT” Printing, Ottawa, Canada. tmgeiges p Vol. 65 JULY-AUGUST, 1951 No. 4 The CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST MUS. COMP. ZD0L. LIBRARY Contents ve OV = a hele) | VARWARD “ Notes on the birds of the Fort Chimo, Ungava District. CHIVERSITY By Ira N. Gabrielson and Bruce Wright ................... Ty ee Sea rae a ee oe & Additions and annotations to the flora of Southampton Island, Northwest Beretocten NG anacay bi Wir MOOtI nt muss Nol ge sticeynn st Ca Sek aN eo 140 The changing status of the red-necked grebe in southern Ontario. mM Ve peD Ss COMUTTIIN A) MMR Ce Ms MC IVI CICA sac o Ph, rill Da tears NTs Ca el 143 & _Birds observations at Chesterfield Inlet, Keewatin, in 1950. LEOo MORRO 0 RSP nile. Fis Usa aia Silas c/a Bee et ee En SRD MU Ny GO SE 145 Notes and Observations:— Trumpeter swans breeding in the Cypress Hill of Alberta. LEN yin 63 ob oTe ats Dic} at ts Ne Ob AP RR NC ARR Ran Be i nN 157 Barrow’s golden-eye at Huntsville, Ontario. 158 Espero EM tnGLeta mmr naere a pease Nr Aa: Va tila AGL (eal eas IN Ie Viet ace Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at the Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. Che Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club Patrons Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: Dr. J. W. GROVES 1st Vice-President: Mr. R. FRITH 2nd Vice-President: Mr. W. K. W. BALDWIN Treasurer: RAYMOND Moore, Secretary: H. J. SCoGGAN, Division of Botany, National Museum of Canada, Science Service, Dept. of Ottawa. Agriculture, Ottawa. Additional Members of Council: | Mrs. Hoves Litoyp, Miss RutH HorNeErR, Miss VIOLA HumpHrREYS, Miss VERNA Ross, Miss PAULINE SNURE, Miss MAry STUART, THE REV. FATHER F, E, BANim, Messrs. E. G. ANDERSON, R. M. ANDERSON, J. ARNOLD, B. Borvin, A. E. Bourcuicnon, K. BowLes, A. W. CAMERON, W. J. Copy, J. P. CurErrmr, W. G. Dore, C. FRANKTON, W. E. Goprrey, H. Grou, S. D. Hicxs, W. ILLMAN, W. H. LaAn- CELEY, D. LEECHMAN, H. F. Lewis, H. Liuoyvp, T. H. Manninc, H. MArsHAtyi, W. H. MINSHALL, A. E. Porsitp, L. S. Russet, D. B. O. Savitz, H. A. SENN, V. E. F. SoLMAN, - J. S. TENER. Auditors: I. L. CoNNERS, H. F. LEwis. Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. Associate Editors Wi Ge DORE: Wee ku Pera 3 Botany R. M. ANDERSON ................- Mammalogy AL EAROCOUE |ch nia aa Ne Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ............ Marine Biology ENG (CRAWFORD 0) an is Entomology WievEsSGoprRew i a eee Ornithology Be CAL COCK Ri nN hee eae Geology We A OR Tt hae Ea a Palaeontology Crype LE) PATCH) ae Herpetology J: (Re DYMONDI diem eee Ichthyology Business Manager W. J. Copy, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. The official publications of THE OTrTawa FIELp-NATURALIsTS’ CLuB have been issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879, 1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty- two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results or original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $3.00; Single copies 60c each. Subscription ($3.00 per year) should be forwarded to Dr. R. J. Moore, Div. of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, OTTAWA, CANADA. ——_—_—————————————————eE=S==—=Cq=q—=E=E=S$=——— i lEEEE—E—EESESSESESESEIh SSeS 2 ~ NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF THE FORT CHIMO, UNGi Tra N. GABRIELSON and Bruce S. WRIGHT O N August 18, 1948, the writers arrived at the Hudson’s Bay Post at Fort Chimo. The 19th and 20th were spent at that point getting gear together and observing the birds in the immediate vicinity. On August 21 we left on the Eskimo “Peterhead” boat that had been previously engaged for us by Mr. P. M. Wright, the Hudson’s Bay Company manager. Leaving Fort Chimo about noon, we traveled down the Koksoak River, arriving at an anchorage among the small islands at the river mouth early enough in the evening to permit several hours of exploration. On the 22nd we traveled to False River and remained along that stream until the 26th and returned to Chimo on the 27th. Each day we were able to make one or more trips ashore to visit either the rocky islands along the coast, the tundras, or the rocky beach pools exposed by low tide. At the head of False River and at Fort Chimo on the Koksoak, patches of small spruce, tamarack, willow, alder, or birch were well scattered in the more sheltered spots. True tundra lands lie at the mouth of both streams. While our interest was primarily in water- fowl and the area was selected for such work, we found little real marsh, the nearest approach to it being a meadow cut by an intricate series of tide channels at the up-river end of the tide effect on False River. This river is in reality a great shallow bay at high tide with several small streams flowing into it, while at low tide it is a great mud flat sprinkled with tide pools (some of which are rather large), and cut by tiny trickles of water from these streams. The tundra along False River and that from Fort Chimo to Ungava Bay was dotted with innumerable ponds and lakes of varying size, but the only water birds noted using them were broods of Old-squaw, Red-throated Loon, Red-breasted Mergansers, Green-winged Teal, 1 Received for publication December 1, 1950. The Canadian Field-Natunad OTTAWA, CANADA, JULY-AUGUST, 1951 UNIVERSITY and Pintails. All other waterfowl and the shore birds were concentrated in the salt water bays and tidal areas. We worked long hours ashore and on the boat doing the necessary preparation of speci- mens, largely while the boat was moving from one anchorage to another. This had to be done at suitable tide stages and afforded irregular but sufficient time to -care for specimens. Johnny Angnetuk, the Eskimo owner and skipper of the boat, was a skillful navigator and also had a good knowledge of the birds. He carried a long, old-fashioned telescope and after making the boat safe, usually climbed to a high point and surveyed the country and the bird life. He spoke little English but could read a map and recognize pictures of the various birds. Since neither of us spoke Eskimo, our efforts to convey our wishes to him must have been ludicrous. After shouting and sign language had been exhausted, we were always in doubt as to the effectiveness of our explana- tion. That he understood as frequently as he did is more of a tribute to his intelligence than to our linguistic ability. It was relatively easy to get information from him regarding the whereabouts of the birds. It became a regular performance. We produced either a picture or a specimen, if we had one, and pronounced the English name. He would respond, giving an Eskimo name. The next step was to produce our watch and point to some figure and pronounce his Eskimo word as a question. He would point to some other figure or say “one sleep” or “two sleeps’ and was invariably right. Some time during the interval indicated, he would find the birds. We eventually became accustomed to his rather startling methods of navigation, parti- cularly his system of anchoring the boat. Only twice during the trip did we ride at anchor in a normal way. On all other occa- Vol. 65, No. 3, May-June, 1951, was issued Sept. 25, 1951. — 127 — {28 THE CANADIAN sions he beached the boat on a falling tide, and as the water receded, put timbers cut to the proper length under the guard rails. There we sat on an even keel, high and dry, until the next tide. Once we estimated we were five miles from the nearest water. We soon learned not to plan definite sched- ules of arrival at any point even though every- thing looked propitious. The boat could not buck either the tide or a heavy wind. Conse- quently, we came to expect that almost any time Johnny would spring one of his few English phrases, ‘“Watta no good’”—head for the bank, and beach the boat until the next tide. Once when there seemed to be no apparent reason for stopping, thirty minutes of falling tide revealed a boulder-strewn bar that completely blocked the stream. While Johnny’s methods were somewhat unorthodox according to our standards, they worked. His knowledge of the country and the birds enabled us to get in seven days the information which we had anticipated would require a minimum of ten days or two weeks. Mammals were exceedingly scarce with the exception of a lemming and a mouse (Micro- tus pennsylvanicus labradoricus) which was more abundant. Specimens of the mouse were collected. Otherwise one shrew (Sorex cinereus cinereus) caught at Fort Chimo, a ‘single pine squirrel seen on False River, two adult white whales, one of which was fol- lowed by a half grown calf, a few harp seals, and a single caribou track near Fort Chimo comprised the record. A single small wood frog (Rana sylvatica cantabrigensis) was cap- tured in the tundra near the airfield on August 30. This specimen represents the farthest north record for the species east of Hudson Bay. While we were working up our material, John Aldrich called attention to a large num- ber of bird skins in the U.S. National Museum collected at Fort Chimo and along the Koksoak by Lucien M. Turner between June 18, 1882, and October 3, 1884. This collection had been reported on briefly by Turner (Pro. Nat. Mus. Vol. 8, 1885, pp. 233-254), but no careful study of it had been made. He and Herbert Fried- mann suggested that this material be included in our report, and Dr. A. Wetmore, secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, gave his approval. Many of the skins are no longer in the Museum, having been traded or donated to various collections, but those still available FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 have been examined. There are a number of catalogue entries of unnamed birds which a rather careful search through probable species has failed to reveal. The catalogue credits some 1623 birds to Turner, the majority listed as from Fort Chimo which was his headquar- ters during his work for the Signal Corps. The industry of the man was amazing, and one can only wonder how he managed to find time to maintain any weather records. Some skins credited to Chimo in the catalogue were taken at points remote from that area. A eareful check has been made of all species mentioned in his brief report, and data from the skins rather than catalogue entries have been used for collecting localities. A few of the unidentified skins have been found in looking for Alaskan material in the collection, but there are a number of entries which cannot be identified. Turner listed 84 species from the Fort Chimo area, including the Koksoak River, False River, and the bayshore and the bay between the two. Of these he considered 51 to be breeding or summer residents. As we were working on this report, another paper on the birds of Ungava which included _ many references to the birds of the Chimo area appeared (Hildebrand, Henry, ‘Notes on the Birds of the Ungava Bay District,” Cana- dian Field Naturalist, Vol. 64, March-April 1950). The author made three trips into Ungava, using Fort Chimo as headquarters and working much beyond the bounds covered by Turner or ourselves. By checking the days on which he was:in our area in 1947 and 1948, we have been able to secure a list of birds comparable to ours and Turner’s. Hildebrand was in the approximate area covered by this paper on June 14 to 28, July 21 to August 4, and September 1 to 8, 1947, and March 21 to April 17, June 17 to July 14, July 18 to 24, and September 2 to October 5, 1948. While he was engaged primarily on fisheries work, he made notes on 41 species, of which 35 were among those listed by Turner as breeding. He also listed a number of other species in areas outside the scope of this paper. We saw 49 species, of which 34 were breeding or residents. Hildebrand collected the King Eider and Fox Sparrow in this district which neither we nor Turner saw; he also reported Myrtle Warblers and Ruby-crowned Kinglets from outside the area which Turner did not record. Hildebrand saw Northern Eiders, Spruce Grouse, Semipalmated Plover, Short-eared July-August, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 129 Fig. 1. Characteristic little spruce patch in the muskeg. One side cut away by cater- pillar tractors from a nearby airfield which gives a better picture of the size of the trees. Owl, and Gray-cheeked Thrush which we missed among the breeding birds. We saw the Green-winged Teal, Harlequin Duck, Red- breasted Merganser, and Least Sandpiper, which Turner recorded as breeders or resi- dents which Hildebrand did not list for the area, and added the Black-backed Gull and Ruby-crowned Kinglet to the Chimo list. Turner collected 11 species of breeding birds which the later observers missed. They were Goshawk, Black Gyrfalcon, Golden Eagle, Horned Owl, Snowy Owl, Hawk Owl, Arctic 3-toed Woodpecker, American 3-toed Wood- pecker, Tree Swallow, Rusty Blackbird, and _ Pine Grosbeak. Hildebrand believed the cutting of spruce near the Hudson’s Bay Post was a considerable factor in eliminating some of these species, but the cutting affects such a very limited area that this could not have been an impor- tant factor except in the immediate vicinity. The scarcity of raptors may and probably does have some relation to the scarcity of rodents which were with the exception of Microtus rather scarce; Microtus was abundant only in small widely scattered areas. Neither Hildebrand’s nor our own work produced any woodpecker records, a _ not uncommon experience in this type of country where such birds are seldom abundant. The absence of Pine Grosbeaks is not surprising, but the failure to find the Rusty Blackbird is surprising in view of its rather wide distri- bution in this type of terrain. The uncertainties of short field trips are well illustrated by a comparison of our records which were made in the Fort Chimo area between two of Hildebrand’s visits. He stated that he took three specimens of the White- rumped Sandpiper at the mouth of the Kok- soak on August 31, 1947, but had no other records. Yet, during our stay on the coast, . False River, and the lower Koksoak, this species was incredibly numerous, far outnum- bering any other bird. Hildebrand was east of this area on George River at this time, and the birds evidently moved south and west in the interval between our departure from the coast on August 26 and his arrival on . September 2. He saw and collected downy young and adult Northern Eiders at the mouth of False River on July 3, and we saw none at any time during the trip. The Eskimos indicated that these birds were to the north and west at that time. He found the Semipalmated Plover common on False River, and we failed to find it at all. On the other hand, we found American Golden-eyes common and Green-winged Teals, White-winged and American Scoters, and Red- breasted Mergansers in False River which Hildebrand did not note during his stay. Both 130 Tur CANADIAN Hildebrand’s records and ours indicate that Black Ducks are more numerous than in Turner’s time, and that Old-squaws were some- what less abundant. We had formed an opinion that both Pin- tails and Green-winged Teals were more numerous than Turner’s notes indicated. Hildebrand’s report strengthens that opinion for Pintail numbers, but as he failed to find the teal during a much longer stay than ours; perhaps we simply had good luck. The habit of concentrating in the lower rivers and salt water bays, even before the young were able to fly, a movement indulged in by many of the waterfowl, can change the relative abundance or scarcity of birds in any given area almost overnight. Undoubiedly this factor accounts for some of the variations in the field notes made in the same areas at different times in the same summer. Gavia stellata (Pontoppidan). Red-throated Loon This bird was first seen on the lower Kok- soak on August 21. A pair, with one youngster just learning to fly, was watched for some time at the mouth of False River the next day. The beginner could not get far off the water despite strenuous efforts, and the parents circled our boat with the usual raucous cries as long as we were close. Two or more of these loons were seen each day, and a pair with two fully feathered young still unable to fly were found on a little tundra pond about a mile from False River on August 25. Downy young from at least two broods were collected by Turner on July 13 and July 30, 1884, at Fort Chimo. There are adults col- lected as early as June 20, 1884, at Chimo, and one taken near the mouth of the Koksoak on September 9, 1882. He considered it plentiful, and it is still rather common as a regular breeder. Colymbus auritus Linnaeus. Horned Grebe. Turner reported seeing a single grebe, pre- sumably this species, in a pool near the mouth of the Koksoak on September 15, 1882. We did not encounter it. Qceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa (Vieillot). Leach’s Petrel. Turner secured a petrel on July 12, 1882, some twenty miles above the Koksoak River mouth. He states that he saw another seventy miles up the river on October 9, 1882. He published the record as Procellaria pelagica. FIeLp-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 The specimen is still in the U.S. National Museum (No. 94554) and is leucorhoa. Great Blue Heron. One seen to fly from the creek which is the outlet to Whitefish Lake near Fort Chimo in the summer of 1880 by Mr. John Saunders as reported to Turner. Ardea herodias subsp? Branta canadensis canadensis Eastern Canada Goose (Linnaeus). At the time of our visit the geese were concentrated in the lower rivers and in tide pools and tundra lakes close to salt water. Seven were noted on the lower Koksoak on the 21st, more than 100 including two broods still flightless near the mouth of False River on August 22, and over 500 on the 26th on Congnarauya Point, the majority ef them being on the Koksoak River side. Our two juvenals fully feathered except for wing quills are referable to this form. Turner recorded this goose as a common breeder near the mouth of the George River where eggs, young, and adults were secured, but collected no specimens either at Chimo or on the immediate coast. Branta bernicla hrota (Miller). American Brant Turner stated that it was seen in the spring at Chimo only. He apparently did not collect any birds since there are no specimens in his collection. We did not encounter the species. Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos Linnaeus. Common Mallard Turner, considering it rare at Chimo, stated that specimens were taken at the mouth of the Koksoak, but no specimens could be found. We did not encounter the species during our brief trip. Anas rubripes Brewster. Black Duck Black Ducks outnumbered all other water- fowl during our visit. Careful checks were made on their numbers, distribution, and food to secure data for use in the over-all study of the Black Duck being conducted by Wright. A number of specimens were collected. Turner stated that it was not common in Hudson Straits, and doubtless breeds there, as a female obtained in July had the abdomen bare and no quills on the wings. There is an adult female taken at Fort Chimo on July 1, 1884, by Turner (No. 101188) in the Museum. It is catalogued as an eider. We collected two July-August, 1951] THE CANADIAN adult moulting females on August 25, and a third adult with new primaries the same day. Anas acuta tzitzihoa Vieillot. American Pintail Twenty-one Pintails were counted-on the 21st on the lower Koksoak. They were also noted on August 22 and 23 on False River, a two-thirds grown brood of four being in- cluded in the 29 seen on the latter date. Twenty-seven birds were counted on the 26th along the shore of Ungava Bay between the two rivers. Turner considered it uncommon, but re- ported young of the year as taken at the mouth of the Koksoak. A Pintail is catalogued in the U.S. National Museum (No. 94490) as taken by Turner, but the skin could not be found. Anas carolinensis Gmelin. Green-winged Teal Five Green-wings were found in a little tundra pool about three miles east of Fort Chimo on August 19. Nine were noted on False River on the 22nd, and the same number along the shore of Ungava Bay on the 26th. Turner obtained fully fledged young in Chimo in July, but no skins of this bird col- lected by him could be found. Two adult females listed in the catalogue as taken at -Chimo on August 25, 1884, had been donated to other museums. Bucephala clangula americana (Bonaparte). American Golden-eye A single bird was noted on the 22nd on False River and on the same date a consider- able raft of salt water ducks were noted across the bay too far for identification. On the down river trip on the 24th, we traversed that part of the bay and counted 116 Golden-eyes. This is a minimum number as only those on the surface at a given time in each small block of water being counted were considered. The birds were actively feeding and diving, and’ the number present exceeds this count. Six were seen on False River on the 23rd, and twelve on Ungava Bay on the 26th. One bird was collected on the 24th. Turner stated that he took specimens on Ungava Bay, and one is catalogued in the U.S. National Museum (No. 94491) but no skin was found. He considered it abundant in the fall. There is a male Barrow’s Golden-eye taken at Nakiak, Labrador, by Turner in the spring of 1883 still in the collection (No. 100917) which is outside the territory of this paper. FIELD-NATURALIST Sul Histrionicus histrionicus histrionicus (Lin- naeus). Eastern Harlequin Duck Turner stated that this duck was abundant in Hudson Straits and that specimens were taken in Ungava ‘where it certainly breeds’. U.S. National Museum catalogue Nos. 94492-8 inclusive are assigned to this species as col- lected by Turner. But the catalogue does not contain dates, sex, or locality of the specimens of which only one could be found. It (No. 94498) is an adult female collected July 10, 1883, at Davis Inlet on the Labrador Coast. We saw five Harlequins at the mouth of the Koksoak on August 22, the only time we observed the species. Clangula hyemalis (Linnaeus). Old-squaw Seven Old-squaws were present on False River on August 22, a brood of nine still un- able to fly were found on a small island in the river on August 24th, a single adult later on the same date, and fourteen were noted on Ungava Bay on the 26th. Turner considered it an abundant breeder, and collected eggs, downy young, and adults around Fort Chimo. There are six downy young and an adult female all taken in August of 1882 and 1883 at Fort Chimo still in the U.S. National Museum collection, and five others catalogued which could not be found. Apparently this bird has decreased in num- bers since Turner worked this territory. Somateria mollissima borealis (Brehm). Northern Eider Turner stated that it was an abundant breeder, a remarkably different condition from that which we found. In our ten days we did not see a single eider, and if we cor- rectly understood the Eskimos, we would have been required to go some distance north along the western side of Ungava Bay to do so at that season. Turner took eggs, young of the year, and adults in Ungava Bay. There are eighteen skins (in 6 cases heads only) in the USS. National Museum. There is a single adult male (No. 101175) taken at Fort Chimo on June 20, 1884, and seven skins and three heads labeled adult females taken in June and July, 1884; one female taken at the mouth of the Koksoak on September 20, 1882, and three heads and two skins and another skin lacking the original label but taken on the same date and, therefore, probably from the same local- ity, all collected on June 28, 1883, at the mouth of Whale River, the next large stream to the east of False River. ‘ 132 Melanitta deglandi deglandi Eastern White-winged Scoter Twenty-five of these birds were found in the mouth of False River on the 22nd, and a single bird seen near the head of tidewater on the 24th. Nineteen were counted along the shore of the Bay on August 26. Turner stated it was common along the east coast, but did not mention it or collect specimens in the Ungava district. (Bonaparte). Melanitta perspicillata (Linnaeus). Surf Scoter Turner stated this species was rare in Hudson’s Straits, but did not mention taking specimens. There are two females in the U.S. National Museum (No. 94526-7) taken by Turner near the mouth of the Koksoak River on September 20, 1882. We did not see it. Oidemia nigra americana Swainson. American Scoter Fifty or more American Scoters were found near the mouth of False River on the 22nd, and four farther upstream on the 24th. Turner stated that he obtained specimens at the mouth of the Koksoak. There is one female still in the Museum (No. 100923) taken July 14, 1884, labeled Fort Chimo but possibly taken farther down the river. Mergus serrator serrator Linnaeus. Red- breasted Merganser We saw a single bird at the mouth of the False River on August 22 and found two females with broods of seven and nine respec- tively on the same stream on the 23rd. An- other female and a brood of eight about half grown was seen on the 25th, and a female with six young on the shore of Ungava Bay on the 26th. Turner considered it to be common, but only a single female taken at Chimo on June 3, 1883, could be found. Seven skins are listed in the catalogue. Accipiter gentilis atricapillus (Wilson). ern Goshawk Turner considered it a winter resident but reported only one specimen, one juvenal male taken at Forks some distance up the river East- from Chimo on December 1, 1884. We did not see it on our trip. Buteo lagopus s.-johannis (Gmelin). Ameri- can Rough-legged Hawk This was the only common hawk. One or more were seen each day except on the 23rd from the 21st to the 26th. A pair with two young just out of the nest were found on THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 the 24th on a cliff near False River. Twenty- nine pellets picked up under this nest all contained lemming and meadow mouse hair and bones. Seven birds were the greatest number noted in one day. Turner collected a number at Fort Chimo. There are two downies, 2-days old from Chimo, taken July 1, 1884, adult male and female June 17, 1883, at the same place, and two young females September 9, 1883. One of these is a very dark specimen. Aquila chrysaetos canadensis (Linnaeus). Golden Eagle Turner stated he had secured specimens from the Ungava district and also that a pair bred at the Forks. There is one adult male taken at Fort Chimo, June 23, 1884, still in the collection (No. 101130), and several others catalogued which could not be found. Faleo rusticolis obsoletus Gmelin. American Gyrfalcon Turner listed three races of gyrfalcons from Fort Chimo, F. r. candicans and F. r. obsoletus as common and_ breeding, and F. r. rusticolus, the Iceland form as being present in winter. There are five gyrfalcon skins taken by Turner from this area still in the U.S. National Museum taken in the fall between August 11 and September 19. Under the present concept of the species, all must be classed as obsoletus. We did not see any gyrfalcons, although it was one bird for which a vigilant watch was maintained. Falco peregrinus anatum (Bonaparte). Duck Hawk A single Duck Hawk passed our window at Fort Chimo on the 21st, and a nest with five birds still in the vicinity was found near the mouth of False River on the 25th. The Eskimos evidently found another nest in the opposite direction from our anchorage as they returned with an adult and young in their game bag. Turner called it abundant at Chimo, and eight of his skins are still in the U.S. National Museum. They consist of three juvenals taken there August 17, 1883, and five adults, four from Fort Chimo, taken between June 18 and September 28, and a female from the mouth of Whale River on June 27. Faleo columbarius columbarius Linnaeus. Eastern Pigeon Hawk A Pigeon Hawk was noted at Whitefish Lake, east of Fort Chimo on the 19th. A July-August, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 133 Fig. 2. Glacial scratches on bed rock near Fort Chimo. single bird flew around our anchored boat on False River on the 23rd, and one was collected on the 24th on the downstream trip. _ There are three Pigeon Hawks taken at Fort Chimo by Turner, two adult females taken June 24 and August 27, 1884, and an adult male secured on June 27, 1884. Turner did not comment on these in his report which may have been written before this 1884 field work, but did mention Audubon’s and Coues’ records for other parts of Labrador. Canachites canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Hudsonian Spruce Grouse Turner records this as an abundant resi- dent, and there are 32 or more skins in the U.S. National Museum collected by him at Forks and Fort Chimo. This includes four downies taken in June and July, and both adults and juvenals collected at all seasons from June 20 to January 20. We did not see the species at all in our work in the timbered sections around Fort Chimo and from such information as we could get from the Hudson’s Bay manager, the bird is decidedly less abundant than formerly even in years of grouse abundance. Lagopus lagopus ungavus Riley. Ungava Willow Ptarmigan Local residents informed us that ptarmigan were increasing following a low cycle. We encountered two covies, the first containing five birds at Whitefish Lake on the 19th, and a second one of nine birds near the head of False River on the 23rd. Specimens were taken from each. There is in the Museum a large series of 90 or more of this species taken by Turner at all seasons and ranging from newly hatched chicks to adults. He stated it was abundant and breeding by the thousands at Fort Chimo, a statement well authenticated by the series of skins still available. Among them an adult male (No. 101068) taken on July 22, 1884, at Fort Chimo was selected by Riley as the type of this race. Lagopus mutus rupestris (Gmelin). Common Rock Ptarmigan We covered a large area of barrens suitable for this species but found only a single covey of five birds on the shore of Ungava Bay on the 26th. Again our experience was contrary to Tur- ner who called them plentiful on treeless areas. He took a large series of both young and adults, many of which are still in the Museum collection. Charadrius hiaticula semipalmatus Bonaparte. Semipalmated Plover Turner found it abundant on the coast and collected downy young and adults. There are 134 THE CANADIAN still six of his specimens from Fort Chimo in the Museum, including downies taken on July 5 and July 15, 1884. We did not encounter it on our trip. Pluvialis dominica dominica (Miller). Amer- ican Golden Plover Turner took a female at the mouth of the -Koksoak on September 19, 1882, which is still in the collection, and two others are cata- logued which could not be located. He com- mented that it was found at the mouth of the river in the fall only. Arenaria interpres morinella (Linnaeus). American Ruddy Turnstone Ten turnstones were seen on the islands at the mouth of the Koksoak on the 21st, five on lower False River on the 22nd, and two birds which were collected on the shore of Ungava Bay on the 26th. Turner called them occasional and stated that young of the year were taken in mid- September 1882. Two skins collected by Turner are listed in the Museum collection, but we failed to find them. Capella gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson’s Snipe We saw four snipe, one on the meadows on upper False River on the 23rd, one lower down the stream on the 24th, and two at the mouth on the 25th. Turner mentions a single male bird in early June at Davidson’s Lake near Chimo, but we could find no specimen, nor is there any catalogue entry for the species. Numenius phaeopus hudsonicus Hudsonian Curlew. Turner saw three birds at the mouth of the Koksoak in September 1882. This is the only record in his notes. (Latham). Numenius borealis (Forster). Eskimo Curlew Turner’s only mention of this bird recorded several large flocks flying over the mouth of the Koksoak on September 4, 1884. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sand- piper A single bird was noted on the exposed mud flats at Chimo on August 20, and another at the mouth of the Koksoak on the 21st. Turner considered it common at Chimo and collected both young and adults. We could not find the skins. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Tringa solitaria solitaria Wilson. Eastern Solitary Sandpiper Turner took an adult male (No. 94483) on July 12, 1883, at Fort Chimo. It is still in the collection. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). Greater Yellowlegs A single bird was found on one of the little rocky islets in the mouth of the Koksoak on the 21st, one on upper False River on the 23rd, and six on the shores of Ungava Bay on the 26th. We took one on August 21, and two on the 26th, all females. Turner did not consider it common and took fall specimens only on the mouth of the Koksoak. One of the two catalogued, a female taken at the mouth of the river on September 19, 1882, was found. Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). Lesser Yellowlegs Turner saw one on October 8 about 50 miles above Fort Chimo on the Koksoak, but he did not collect it. — Erolia melanotos (Vieillot). piper Turner considered it common on the coast and stated that specimens were taken but none of these could be found. Pectoral Sand- Erolia fuscicollis (Vieillot). White-rumped Sandpiper This was by far the most abundant bird on the coast. They frequented the tide pools and rocky islets by the thousand, and scattered individuals and small flocks were found wherever we went on the tundra. On the rocks they picked over the sea weeds and debris much like the Black Turnstones do on the Pacific Coast, while on the beaches and in tundra pools they behaved like other small sandpipers. Turner evidently had the same experience as he considered it excessively abundant at | the mouth of the Koksoak in July, August, and September. He took a number of speci- mens of which two taken August 2, 1884, and one August 20, 1882, at the mouth of the Koksoak are still in the collection. Erolia minutilla (Vieillot). Least Sandpiper | This tiny peep was present in small num- bers, but it was hard to detect in swarms of white-rumped and semipalmated sandpipers. It was noted each day from the 21st to the 26th in numbers ranging from one on the 23rd to over fifty on the 25th. July-August, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 135 Fig. 3. Fort Chimo from the river. Turner considered it uncommon, but be- lieved that a few pair might breed at the mouth of the Koksoak. Of three skins cata- logued as taken by Turner, we found one -male collected at Fort Chimo on August 7, 1883. Limnodromus griseus griseus (Gmelin). East- ern Dowitcher This bird was hunted for rather persistently but only seen once. On August 23, five birds found on the meadows on upper False River acted more like a family party than as migrant birds. One of two birds taken from this flock was a juvenal male and the other a juvenal female. Aldrich who examined them considered them typical of the eastern race. Turner considered it rare at Chimo and took specimens, one of which is still in the Museum. This bird, a female (No. 94471), taken at Fort Chimo on June 10, 1883, is also typically griseus. Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). Semipalmated Sandpiper This species ranked next to the White- rumped Sandpiper in numbers. It frequented tundra pools, rocky islands, and rocky shore lines as well as the more conventional mud flat and beach habitat. It was noted com- monly every day. We took three specimens on August 24. Turner’s statement that it occurs sparingly at the mouth of the Koksoak would not apply to the dates of our visit. We can add nothing to his opinion that it might breed as we were too late in the season. Two skins, a male taken August 19 and an immature female taken August 22, 1883, are still in the collec- tion. Crocethia alba (Pallas). Turner stated that he took specimens from a group of three at the mouth of the Koksoak, but we could find no skin in the collection and only one catalogue entry. Sanderling Phalaropus fulicarius (Linnaeus). Red Pha- larope Turner stated that it was rare in Ungava Bay, but that he obtained specimens. There is a single adult female (No. 100891) in the U.S. National Museum taken by Turner on June 18, 1884. It is labeled in his writing Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay. Lobipes lobatus (Linnaeus). Northern Pha- larope Two flocks, consisting of about 25 indivi- duals, were seen among the rocky islands at the mouth of the Koksoak on the 21st. Turner believed that it bred on islands in Ungava Bay. 136 THE CANADIAN Stercorarius parasiticus (Linnaeus). Parasitic Jaegar Four jaegars were seen chasing and being chased by Herring Gulls near a gull colony at the mouth of False River on the 22nd. Turner secured one and saw several others in Ungava Bay in early July, but the specimen could not be found. Larus hyperboreus hyperboreus Gunnerus. Eastern Glaucous Gull A single immature bird on Whitefish Lake on the 19th, and two adults at the mouth of the Koksoak were the only ones seen. Turner stated it was not rare, but that it did not breed. The Museum catalogue lists two skins only one of which could be found. It is a male taken at Chimo on December 18, 1882. Larus marinus Linnaeus. Great Black-backed Gull Two of these gulls were seen on the 22nd, and one on the 25th at the mouth of False River, and two along the shore of Ungava Bay on the 26th. Turner did not mention it. Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues. Amer- ican Herring Gull Both adults and immature birds were com- mon on the coast and along the rivers and many were seen each day. A single downy young was found swimming away from an island in False River on the 22nd, and others were seen on shore. Well feathered juvenals still unable to fly swam away from another island farther upstream as we approached. Turner considered it excessively abundant and collected both young and adults. Seven skins taken between June 10 and September 20 are still in the Museum. Rissa tridactyla tridactyla (Linnaeus). Atlantic Kittiwake Turner saw a single individual 100 miles up the Koksoak on October 13, 1883. Sterna paradisaea Pontoppidan. Arctic Tern Arctic Terns accompanied our boat when- ever it was in Ungava Bay, ten to fifteen individuals being the usual quota. Large groups were about the islands at the mouths of the rivers, while others fed in the tide rips offshore. Many more juvenals than adults were present. Turner found it breeding plentifully on the islands in Ungava Bay and collected both FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 young and adults. We found a young male taken September 15, 1882, at the mouth of the Koksoak River, and an adult female taken at Chimo on August 19, 1883, still in the collection. ‘Uria lomvia lomvia (Linnaeus). Briinnich’s Murre There are two skins (Nos. 101169 and 100905) both adult males taken July 1 and July 6, 1884, labeled Fort Chimo, Ungava, in Turner’s handwriting. Turner stated it was obtained only from Hudson Straits where it breeds, probably indicating that Fort Chimo is in this case a general rather than a definite locality designation. However, Turner fre- quently labeled skins ‘Ungava Bay’, or “mouth of Koksoak”’, when taken at the river mouth. Plautus alle alle (Linnaeus). Dovekie Turner took a dovekie 100 miles up the Koksoak on December 19, 1882. This skin (No. 94568) is still in the collection. Cepphus (Mandt). Mandt’s Guillemot We met an Eskimo boat at the mouth of the Koksoak on August 21. Dr. Jacques Rous- seau, director of the Botanical Gardens at Montreal who was aboard, gave up a guillemot that had been collected that day northwest of the river entrance. We saw two and col- lected one in Ungava Bay on the 22nd on our way to False River and saw another bird on the return trip on the 26th. Two skins, a female (No. 100909) and a male (No. 100910) both labeled Fort Chimo in Turner’s writing, are in the collection. grylle mandti Bubo virginianus heterocnemis (Oberholser). Labrador Horned Owl Turner considered this as a not rare resi- dent at Chimo and obtained downy young on June 26, 1884, at Chimo. Two of these young males are still in the Museum collection to- gether with two adult males taken at New Forks on October 10, 1882, and Chimo, Feb- ruary 28, 1883. We saw only one owl and few other preda- tors that depend on rodents for a food supply. This owl flew over the boat after dark as it lay in the mouth of False River and could not be identified. Nyctea scandiaca (Linnaeus). Snowy Owl Turner considered it a common breeder at Chimo. We found only one catalogue entry July-August, 1951] THE CANADIAN for this species, and the skin, a female taken January 26, 1883, is still in the collection. Two others taken on the east coast of Labrador are also noted. Surnia ulula caparoch (Miiller). American Hawk Owl Turner considered this a rare bird at Chimo, but found eggs June 8, 1884, and downy young nearly ready to leave the nest on June 26. A pair of adults taken May 2, 1883, and a young male taken June 26, 1884, all at Chimo, are in the collection. Asio flammeus flammeus_ (Pontoppidan). Northern short-eared Owl Turner recorded it as a common summér _resident and states that downy young were obtained at Fort Chimo. No downies from this locality were found, but three skins, an adult male June 6, 1883, and an adult female September 17, 1883, and a young female October 7, 1883, all taken at Chimo, were found. Colaptes auratus subsp? Yellow-shafted Flicker Fragments of a Flicker with a label only partly. legible were found. It is No. 94275, taken April 7, 1883, near Akpatok, Hudson Strait. The catalogue entry is Fort Chimo, - and Turner’s report states this bird was taken in Qctober 1882. Perhaps there were two birds. If not, this species does not belong in tnis list. Picoides arcticus (Swainson). Arctic Three- toed Woodpecker Turner listed it as a common resident of the wooded portions of the district and col- lected specimens. One, a female taken at Forks, December 18, 1882, was found. We did not see any woodpeckers during our visit. Picoides tridactylus bacatus Bangs. American Three-toed Woodpecker Turner considered these as common as arcticus and collected more specimens. We found five specimens consisting of three females taken at Forks on December 21 and 23, 1882, and Chimo November 19, 1882, and two males taken at Chimo on November 14, 1882, and Forks, December 19, 1882. Eremophila alpestris alpestris (Linnaeus). Northern Horned Lark Horned larks were noted only on August 25 on lower False River. Johnny Angnetuk, our Eskimo skipper, brought one to the boat on that day that he had killed with a .22. When FIELD-NATURALIST 137 we were ashore later in the day, a second bird was collected and _ thirteen others observed. Turner commented that it bred at the mouth of the Koksoak, and collected a number of specimens of which two males taken at Chimo on July 19, 1883, and July 23, 1884, are still in the collection. Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot). Tree Swallow Turner reported that it was common at “Big Island” in the Koksoak River where it bred abundantly. The only skin taken by him that could be found (No. 94290) was taken at Davis Inlet on the Labrador East Coast. Perisoreus canadensis nigricapillus Ridgway. Labrador Gray Jay A few “camp robbers” were found each day we were in the timber. As usual they re- sponded well to squeaking and were more easily located than some other species. Each group consisted of adults and fully grown young. We saw two at Chimo on the 18th, six the next day between that post and White- fish Lake, and four on False River. As we left the Hudson’s Bay Post on the 28th, the last bird we saw was one of these jays perched on one of the anchor wires of the big flagpole. We also saw several near the airfield on August 29 and 30 while waiting for a plane. Turner found it to be an abundant resident and took a large series during his stay. Forty- two skins representing both young and adults and taken every month of the year except July and August are still in the Museum. These as well as our skins are clearly of this race. Corvus corax principalis Ridgway. Northern Common Raven We saw only a single raven on our trip and that one flew across the Koksoak River as we neared Chimo on the 27th. Turner’s experi- ence was quite different. He considered it abundant and stated he saw nearly fledged young in a nest at Chimo on May 15. Ten of his skins are still in the collection, all taken between September 2 and March 17, except one young female taken on July 1, 1884. Parus hudsonicus hudsonicus Forster. Hud- sonian Chickadee We saw this bird only around the airfield on August 29 and 30 where three birds were seen each day. Three specimens were taken. Turner collected a large series, according to catalogue entries over forty, of which ten 138 THe CANADIAN taken between November 4 and April 13 were still available. Both his skins and our own seem clearly referable to this race. Turdus migratorius nigrideus Aldrich & Nutt. Black-backed Robin Robins were not numerous and those seen were the wildest land birds in the area. Two were noted at Chimo on August 18, five in the Whitefish Lake district on the 19th, two at Chimo on the 20th, one near the airfield on the 29th, and four on the 30th. Two of the three birds collected were in immature plumage, and the adult although not typical is nearest to nigrideus, according to Aldrich who kindly identified them. The seven spe- cimens collected by Turner, all but one taken between May 27 and June 22, are nigrideus, according to the same authority. Turner stated it bred abundantly at Chimo. Sixteen skins are catalogued, but only seven could be found. Hylocichla minima minima (LaFresnaye). Northern Gray-cheeked Thrush Turner stated that he found the nest and eggs of this bird at Fort Chimo on June 28, 1884. However, the only skin found was one taken at Davis Inlet on June 28, 1883, accord- ing to data on the tag in Turner’s handwriting. Regulus calendula_ calendula (Linnaeus). Eastern Ruby-crowned Kinglet Two birds were seen in a spruce thicket about three miles north of the airfield on August 29, but no specimens were taken. Hildebrand took two, one at George River July 25, 1948, and the other at Kopaluk on August 31, 1948. He commented that his records provided an extension of range north- ward, and ours is an addition to the Chimo list. Montacilla alba Linnaeus. White Wagtail Turner wrote that four individuals “were seen by Alex Brown and James Lyall of the Hudson’s Bay Company on August 29, 1883, at Huntington Bay, four miles south of Chimo. These persons described the birds accurately, and declared they were the two parents and two young of the year. I might add that I place the fullest reliance on their assertion.” Anthus’~ spinoletta rubescens American Pipit The pipit was the most widely distributed passerine bird in the area visited. Numerous individuals were seen each day scattered over (Tunstall). Frecp-NATURALIST [Vol.. 65 the tundra, the rocky coast line, and rocky outcrops near Chimo. Specimens were taken on the 19th at Chimo. Turner considered it an abundant breeder, and he took nests and eggs. Nine of the 22 specimens entered in the catalogue were found. These birds were taken between May 25 and September 22. Lanius excubitor borealis Vieillot. Shrike We saw shrikes only in the vicinity of Chimo. Three were noted on August 18, four about Whitefish Lake on the 19th, and one flew into the open window of our room in the Hudson’s Bay Company Post on the 21st. Three females were collected. Northern Turner stated that it was not common but breeds. He took young just able to fly at Chimo on June 30, 1884. One immature female, taken on September 4, 1883, and two males taken June 3, 1883, and May 14, 1884, were found. Dendroica striata (Forster). Blackpoll Warbler The Blackpoll Warbler was seen only twice. Six birds were noted on the shore of White- fish Lake on August 19, of which two were collected, and two were observed near the airfield on August 30. Turner found seven nests and eggs near Chimo and collected a considerable number of specimens of which twelve are still avail- able. These birds were taken between June 8 and August 19. A young male taken on August 7 and a young female secured on August 5 are included. Euphagus carolinus (Miiller). Rusty Blackbird Turner found it breeding at Chimo where young just from the nest were taken July 10, 1884. Two juvenals taken on that date are included in the six specimens found. The others were taken June 18, August 26, and September 2. It is odd that neither Hilde- brand nor ourselves found this bird. Pinicola enucleator leucura (Miller). Cana- dian Pine Grosbeak Turner considered it abundant in summer, and stated that he took nests and eggs. Thir- teen of the specimens catalogued were found. These were secured between April 13 and September 17 with some taken in each of the three summers covered by Turner’s work. We did not see the bird, although a careful watch was kept for this species. July-August, 1951] Tur CANADIAN Acanthis hornemanni hornemanni (Holboell). Hornemann’s Hoary Redpoll Turner collected great series of redpolls, catalogue entries for about 440 having been checked with the possibility that a number were missed. One hundred forty-eight adult skins plus a number of juvenals were found. Turner stated that this race which breeds north of Ungava was an abundant winter visitor which was absent from May 15 to September 1 each year. Forty-two adults taken at Chimo, fairly evenly divided between the two sexes, are clearly of this large race. These birds were taken between November 7 and May 5, and some were secured in each of the three winters of Turner’s residence. Acanthis hornemanni exilipes (Coues). Com- mon Hoary Redpoll Judging from the number of skins cata- logued, this was the most abundant redpoll in the area. Eliminating a number of juvenals which cannot be assigned with certainty to either this race or A. f. flammea, forty-two adult skins of exilipes were available. Tur- ner considered it an abundant resident which bred plentifully. He collected nests and eggs. The available skins were taken in every month ' except January, March, September, and Octo- ber, but there are relatively few for the winter months. Twenty-five were secured in May, June, and July. A number of those collected in early May are still in winter plumage, but four males and three females are in somewhat worn breeding plumage. The white edgings to the feathers are largely or entirely gone, the tail feathers are frayed, very noticeably in a few, and wing feathers show some frayed edges. During our visit redpolls were seen fer- quently but were wild and difficult to ap- proach. Redpolls in small flocks were seen at the airfield on arrival on August 18, at Whitefish Lake on the 19th, on the 23rd, 24th, and 25th on False River, and at the airfield on the 30th. Two of the three birds we secured are exilipes and the third exilipes x flammea. Acanthis flammea flammea _ (Linnaeus). Northern Common Redpoll _Turner considered this an abundant resi- dent which bred plentifully and collected nests and eggs. There are now available from Chimo nineteen adult males and eight adult. females of this race. These were secured in FIELD-NATURALIST 139 May, June, and July, except one bird that has no date on the label, two taken March 25, and one on September 19. Four males and four females taken between May 20 and July 10 and one female taken on May’ 5 are in characteristic breeding plumage, all show abrasions and fraying of the tail and to a less extent of the wing quills as well as an almost complete loss of the white feather edgings. There are eleven skins in the U.S. National Museum, and one of Gabrielson’s that show some mixture of characters that might be treated either as hybrids between two species or as intergradations between two subspecies; with both forms breeding in the same area, the former seems to be correct. Acanthis flammea rostrata (Coues). Greater Common Redpoll Turner stated that this larger northern race was abundant in winter but absent from May 15 to September 1 of each year. Two males, nine females, and one skin without date or sex are available from Chimo. These birds were taken between November 15 and May 9, and show the least variation, particularly in the streaking on the rump of the four groups. Loxia leucoptera leucoptera Gmelin. Common White-winged Crossbill Turner found it abundant during the winter of 1882-83 and rare other winters. Twenty of the seventy-five skins catalogued were found. They were collected between Novem- ber 21, 1882, and July 17, 1883. We did not see it at all. Passerculus sandwichensis labradorius Howe. Labrador Savannah Sparrow Savannah Sparrows were common on the meadows on False River on August 23, but were not noted elsewhere. Turner found them common throughout the region and breeding at the mouth of the Koksoak. Three skins taken at Chimo, two on August 8, 1883, and one at September 4, 1882, belong to this race. Junco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus). North- ern Slate-colored Junco Two juncos in immature streaked “Alene, were feeding in a tiny clump of spruce near our quarters at the air base on August 30, and one was still in the same place the next morning. Turner did not mention the species. 140 THE CANADIAN Spizella arborea arborea (Wilson). Eastern Tree Sparrow Tree Sparrows, including newly-fledged young and adults, were the most common bird in the willow and alder patches. They were present in numbers at Chimo, Whitefish Lake, the head of False River, and about the air base. Turner found it breeding commonly and took both skins and eggs. Seventeen skins, secured between May 22 and September 5, are still in the collection. Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys (Forster). Eastern White-crowned Sparrow This bird was second in abundance to the Tree Sparrow in the same habitat. Evidently a concentration of local birds or a group of migrants arrived on the 28th, since they were noticeably more numerous than: on succeeding days. Turner called it an abundant breeder, and there are nineteen skins in the collection taken by him between May 30 and September 17. Melospiza lincolni lincolni (Audubon). East- ern Lincoln’s Sparrow Turner regarded this as a rare bird at Chimo and took only one specimen, a male on June 10, 1883. This bird reached the FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Museum and is catalogued as No. 94139, but the skin could not be found. Calearius lapponicus lapponicus (Linnaeus). Lapland Longspur We did not see this bird until two were collected and others seen on False River on August 25. Evidently a group of migrants arrived as it was common the next day both on the tundra and the beaches of Ungava Bay. Turner called it abundant at Chimo, and stated that it bred at the mouth of the Kok- soak and on the islands of Ungava Bay. Five skins taken at Chimo between May 1 and 18 are still in the collection. Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus). Eastern Snow Bunting Like the longspurs, the Snow Bunting was first noted on the 25th when two birds alighted on a rock beside our beached boat. A third was seen that evening many miles away on one of the islands in lower False River. It was common along the bay shore the next day. Turner called it abundant at Chimo and stated that it bred on the islands in Ungava Bay and occasionally on the mainland. There are twenty-five of his skins from this area still in the collection taken between Septem- ber 17 and May 3. ADDITIONS AND ANNOTATIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTHAMPTON ISLAND, NORTHWEST TERRITORIES, CANADA *? W. J. Copy Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Sctence Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. URING THE SUMMER of 1948 while working under the auspices of the Defence Research Board, the author made extensive plant collections in the vicinity of Coral Harbor, Southampton Island (64° 09’ N. 83° 18’ W.). Although particular attention was given to the vascular plants, a consider- able number of mosses, lichens, fleshy fungi, rusts and smuts were also collected. a = oo =z we EIS j8 |SelSSlba|53|_s Bl= ™ Sjro/Szl/ezloszic=z 2/5 | 4 lt Cas > = = 3 Se 12HS[no/s5 Lae tl (andl onal (ool ea = KIS T71) Se (ESS [SS e ata ay| ( rowel ba a - te] = = ce 4 =i Oley = Sy x rid a | os > OER 7) =2 =z 2 O13 wo Oo > $ Ba . -_ — se —o > $ Vy a) wi co ev = D ~~) == (X) tz S e °o wes no) 2 Tae 8 | =39 Cc re] 2 zp wa) Oo =R= Q wn OO > u tL, vu 5S- > z : Z| o xe 2 2 ae 3 a = s S |g = 12 s3 5 2 Sie = f 528 < € ec |sa > aye a . . oe o om 13 #i¢ z 3 5s |Z © |OSssé 3 3 S | os vo he 2 eue c = i= a Bie Ze 3 flo S o 2 z= v Yy SR o 3 ~ Yo Lek Ss 3S 3 =) | 6 Si o | <= [Se o A ==! Slo 3 2) . 1S) Ro} 2 Bi On (eS) - 2|e S Alay = tui = A 01 oO 4) is ey c 5 oO : oo 2 2 ead a) ° Bt fond oc | ow (oe ea ze ° i] sS=]Clu 2 Cea | ee || coh SS 2Z{/[>|¢ z |B zol= = fon nw g (1) r= BRITISH TRUST FOR ORNITHOLOGY—NEST RECORD CARD i 1. No card is to be completed for a nest in which no eggs were laid. But cards are wel- 5 comed for nests only visited once or twice, as well as for fuller records. 4 2. Under *“*Name of Observer,”” give ‘the name of the B.T.O. MEMBER, not that of a é helper. Corporate members should include the observer's name in brackets after that of Bo the society: e.g. “* Oxford Ornith. Soc. (J. Smith).” 60 3. (a) Fill in one line for each visit. If there Is an interval of several days between Bs finding the nest and the laying of the first egg, no record of intermediate visits is needed. Bane (b) Between completion of the clutch and hatching of the first egg, and between Biel) completion of hatching and flight of the first young, there is no need to record more than 23 one visit each day, unless some change has taken place. aie a & (c) When a visit is paid and the sitting bird is not disturbed, the symbol “S ) should be used instead of the number of eggs or young. The symbols‘ ‘B and “* Q" (for aay i} male and female) should be added if the sex can be determined : thus “* ) S$" means that oe the female was sicting. z 3 - (d) No record of days without a visit need be mad 4. RECORD ONLY WHAT YOU HAVE OBSERVED: PLEASE MAKE NO GUESSES. 5. Completed cards to ‘Nest Records,’ Edward Grey Insticuce, 91 Banbury Rd. Oxford. 162 THE CANADIAN But the Trust has recently embarked on a series of Field Guides, the aim of which is indicated by the first titles : “Trapping Methods for Bird Ringers” and “How to Choose and Use Field-Glasses”. The next two will deal with nestboxes and with the recording of observations. It is hoped in these guides to assist bird watchers by assembling details and experience of tech- niques not usually the subject of papers in the journals. I have already mentioned the national ringing (banding) scheme. This was started by “British Birds” forty years ago and handed over to the Trust in 1937. It is administered by a special committee. Nearly 60,000 birds were banded in 1949, a record total. A great deal of the banding (over one third of all adult birds banded in 1949) is now done at the eight Bird Observatories in Great Britain. These are recognised by the Trust — they must have a permanent trap and provide accommodation for visitors — whose Bird Observatories Committee links them for discussion of their scientific work. The observatories form a particularly vigorous growing point of ornithological field-work in Britain at present; more are being planned and it is hoped to see one in Ireland before long. The Trust’s other standing investigation, the nest records scheme, is much younger, being started in 1939 in an effort to gather accurate data on the breeding biology of the commoner British birds. The card used has twice been modified and is shown as Figure 1. In comparatively few cases, members are able to enter full details of a nest as a result of regular visits; but even intermittent visits ‘are useful as they give information on site and habitat, on breeding season, and probably on clutch size and brood-size as well. This is a rapidly expanding study; in 1949 the total of cards filed jumped by nearly a half to 7,500; and 9,000 of the new type, which came into use for the first time in 1950, had been - distributed during the first six months of the year. A great deal of interest has been taken in the nest record card, and it has been copied in several countries. Already sufficient data for such common species as the song-thrush, FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Turdus ericetorum, and blackbird, Turdus merula, have been accumulated for analyses to be made. The resulting papers have shown how clutch size and brood size may vary in different districts, in different years or during the breeding season, have confirmed the length of incubation and nestling periods, and have discussed hatching and fledging suc- cess and the causes of nest failure. There is one other important service which the Trust offers its members: its scheme of regional representatives. These were appoint- ed in 1948, mostly on a county basis in Eng- land and for larger units in Scotland, Wales and Ireland. The representatives are ornitho- logists of standing, nearly all of them closely connected with an important local society, so that they can act as a link between it and the Trust, can advise their members on local problems, and generally keep in touch with them. Sometimes they act as local organisers for the field enquiries. In the remoter parts of the British Isles, where there are few resident members, their chief job is to advise the bird-watching visitor how best to use his time. The Trust is governed by a Council of eleven members, who serve for terms of not more than six years without a break. The Council meets about five or six times a year and its members travel an aggregate of thousands of miles to attend meetings. The Bird Ringing and Bird Observatories Commit- tees have already been mentioned; the Re- search or Scientific Advisory Committee con- trols the actual field projects organized or aided by the Trust and is composed both of professional zoologists and of amateurs with life-long experience. Such are the main activities of the British Trust for Ornithology. Now that the Edward Grey Institute is firmly established as part of the University of Oxford, the Trust may be expected to devote all its resources to assis- ting the individual member who spends his leisure studying birds, by offering him field projects of importance, by helping him in his personal investigations, and, above all, by encouraging him to adopt accurate methods of observation, so that his contributions are of value, not only to himself as a record of his own enjoyment, but to the science of ornithology at the same time. September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 163 A NEW ILLAENID TRILOBITE FROM THE MIDDLE ORDOVICIAN OF CENTRAL PENNSYLVANIA ’* PauL TascHu Dept. of Geology, State University of Iowa, Iowa City HE PRESENT PAPER is based on a nearly complete fossil [llaenid trilobite collected by the writer in the summer of 1948. LOCALITY Near the town of Lemont and in the quarry near Oak Hall, Bellefonte Quadrangle, Penn- sylvania are rock exposures occupying posi- tions on opposite limbs of the Nittany Moun- 1) Received for publication September 11, 1950. tain syncline. Along a railroad cut directly south of Lemont, the lowermost Trenton, as defined by Kay (1944, I, fig. 2), the Nealmont formation occurs (see Table 1, this paper). At this place a single, nearly complete, indi- vidual of Illaenus lemontensis Tasch was col- lected from limestone rock containing many crinoidal stems. About ten to fifteen feet stratigraphically above this, near the end of Table I.—Correlation of Black River and Trentonian of Central Pennsylvania and North- western New York and Eastern Ontario. (Modified after G. M. Kay’s classification of 1948 to incorporate data in his 1929 and 1944 charts and tables). Central N. W. New York — Pennsylvania E. Ontario A Gloucester Upper ntes Collingwood Trenton Coburn Cobourg Middle Denmark Salona (1* 2, 5 Trenton ona it ) Shoreham Rodman = (4) Kirkfield Lower Nealmont | Centre Hall (3) Trenton Rockland | Napanee Oak Hall (3) Selby ‘Curtin . Stover (1) Watertown Snyder Leray (3, 6) Ri ee Lowville (5) Hostler (1) Pamelia Hatterian Hatter Grazier Eyer * Particular occurrences of Illaenid and other trilobites referred to in the text are indicated by number as foliows: (1) Illaenid sp. undet. (2) Cryptolithus tessalatus (3) Ilaenus americanus (4) Illaenus lemon- Illaenus latiaxiatus. tensis (5) Isotelus gigas (6) relevant to the (Other trilobite occurrences not discussion are omitted.) + Formations below the Hatterian are omitted. 164 the railroad cut, abundant cranidia of Cryp- tolithus tessalatus Green and some pygidia of Isotelus gigas (Dekay) were found. STRATIGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS The Nealmont formation consists of three members from oldest to youngest: Oak Hall, Centre Hall, Rodman. At other localities the basal Salona limestone is reported to overlie conformably the Rodman limestone member (part of the Black River Group of Butts and Moore, 1936) (Kay, II, 1944, p. 110). While no Illaenid trilobite had been pre- viously reported from the Rodman member or from the locality described above, Illaenus americanus has been reported from beds of the Centre Hall member and the Oak Hall member (Kay, II, table 8, p. 107) and unde- termined Illaenid species from the Stover and Hostler members (Kay, idem., I, table 3, p. 13; table 5, p. 19). It has been observed that Cryptolithus tessalatus Green first appears in the basal Salona and has never been found in beds older than the Shoreham (Kay, 1937, p. 302). Furthermore, the lower part of the Salona, at three different central Pennsyl- vania localities, has yielded either Cryptoli- thus or Isotelus gigas or an unidentified II- laenid species (Kay, II, 1944, table 10, p. 112). The new Illaenid species occurs below the first appearance of Cryptolithus tesselatus in the Lemont exposure. It is not associated with either Cryptolithus or Isotelus at the place where it was found or where these species first occur. Accordingly, it is here assigned a probable stratigraphic position near the top of the Rodman limestone mem- ber of the Nealmont formation. It is probable that the species of Cryptolithus and Isotelus which were found belong to the basal Salona. A conformable contact between the Rodman and the Salona occurs near the end of the roadcut a few feet from where the railroad tracks cross the road leading to Oak Hall. In view of the Ilaenid trilobites reported from the Black River Group of Canada, the present find is of interest (Billings, 1859, 1865; Raymond, 1908; Okulitch, 1935; Wilson, 1947). Of these, the new species described below, is most closely related to I. americanus and I. latiaxiatus which first occur in the Leray beds of the Ottawa formation (Wilson, table I, p. 3). I. americanus, as already noted, occurs in the older Nealmont members in central Pennsylvania, while in the overlying THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Rodman beds, the I. americanus line appears to be continued by the population represented by the new Illaenid. Although Illaenid trilobites have been used infrequently for correlation purposes, study of their occurrence may contribute to this end. Thus, consider the case of the “Leray beds” of the Ottawa district. These beds are no longer considered to belong to the upper part of the Black River Group but rather are equivalent to the Selby (Kay, 1937, pp. 251; 255, table 1, p. 253; Young, 1943, I, pp. 215-216). As noted above, I. americanus and I. latiaxiatus are found in the Leray beds of the Ottawa formation. Yet, a recent worker reported that I. latiaxiatus appeared to be limited to the lower Chaumont (Young, 1943, II, pp. 240; 235). How does the Nealmont formation of Pennsylvania tie into this picture? Appa- rently correlation of the members of the Nealmont with the northern formations (Rockland, Kirkfield) has yet to be firmly established (Kay, 1944, II, p. 108). Never- theless, a tentative correlation has been assayed based on the following evidence: the occurrence of two thick metabentonites in the upper twenty feet of the Oak Hall member; a fauna in the basal Centre Hall member which is similar to that at the top of the Rockland formation and the basal Kirk- field formation; a metabentonite in the Selby member of the Rockland; a metabentonite at the base of the Kirkfield. “It seems most probable that the known Kirkfield metaben- tonite is one of the two in the upper Oak Hall, preferably the upper.” (Kay, 1944, II, idem). If we follow the above correlation, the Selby member of the Rockland formation may then be equivalent to the upper Oak Hall member of the Nealmont. That would place the Leray beds of the Ottawa district at about the same horizon. It follows from this that I. latiaxiatus has a range beyond the Chaumont, at least to upper Oak Hall time. Since no specimens of I. latiaxiatus have been found in either the Oak Hall or Centre Hall members of the Nealmont, while I. americanus is present at several localities and occasionally is frequent or abundant, the conclusion reached above, that the new Illae- nid species appears to continue the I. amer- icanus line into Rodman time seems to con- form to the present data. ‘MOA ayord (¢) ‘wmIprupid Jo mata [Dsiop (Zz) *UO}STOYSOXS [Isso sja;durod AjIpeu jo Mata [DsIop ([) /azIs JDanyou Ajaypunxo1ddy ‘adAjojoyy “ds'u ‘yYosp], sisueyuoure, snueD]I] €-[ “SSty “[ ADIq ee i eee ‘hes ae Bac aie io it om cieha eg September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTION Genus ILLAENUS Dalman Illaenus lemontensis Tasch n. sp. Cranidium, exfoliated, smooth, punctate, approximates semicircle in outline, low-angled convexity becomes more rounded anteriorly; dorsal furrows, 1 mm. less than one-half the length of the cranidium, deeply indented pos- teriorly, forming gently concave troughs which tend to converge and shallow anteriorly, coming to an end by briefly reversing direc- tion and pointing away from the glabella; whole course of dorsal furrow approximates a sigmoid curve; width of convex glabella measured along its base from inner side of dorsal furrow, 18 mm., width where furrows end, 15 mm., no definition anteriorly, no glabellar furrows, no muscle scars (cf. Sin- clair, 1947). Eyes broken off, position approx- imately on horizontal line drawn through anterior end of dorsal furrows; sutures appar- ently begin posterior to eye, curve inward, circle eye, and proceed obliquely in a broad curve to the anterior margin. Posterior lateral limbs broad, ending in blunt, straight, tapering genal spines which have been broken off. Probable width of cephalon from tips of spines cirea 44 mm., without spines, actual width 38 mm. No occipital furrow, base of glabella and first thoracic segment being directly in contact. . Doublure, crushed when cranidium was compressed downward forming an angle of about 60 degrees with its original position, punctate, gently curved, 7 mm. long, 35 mm. wide, posterior marginal border consisting of two parallel shallow grooves on either side of a welt-like elevation. Thorax with 10 segments; axial lobe de- fined by trough-like depressions continuation of dorsal furrows, approximately one-third the whole width, tapering from 18 mm. width near the base of the glabella to 14 mm. width near the juncture with the axial lobe of the pygi- dium; pleural lobes, 13 mm. wide, geniculate at one-half their width; uppermost deflected pleura thin out to stubby, needle-like elonga- tions, inner face of each deflected pleura bears identical pattern of surface wrinkles; all pleura bear numerous punctae. Pygidium, approximately same length as thorax, axial lobe broken off but convex stump, 10 mm. wide remains; convex in out- line where axial lobe contiguous to last thora- cic segment; rectangular in outline, sides FIELD-NATURALIST 165 sharply truncated almost at right angles to axis, continuing the geniculation of the pleural lobes on either side of the axial lobe; steeply rounded and gently arcuate posteriorly. Nu- merous punctae cover surface and a pattern of fine, slightly elevated anastomosing wrin- kles emanate from vicinity of lower portion of axial lobe. Relationships. —I. lemontensis shares in common with I. americanus Billings and latia- xiatus Raymond, the generic characteristic sigmoid curvature of the dorsal furrows, absence of glabellar furrows, a thorax with 10 segments, geniculation of the pleural lobes at one-half their width. It differs from them in several respects. It differs from both of these species in having a pygidium that is more distinctly rectangular at the sides due to pronounced truncation, while being convex anteriorly and arcuate at posterior margin. It is different from I. americanus in having a pygidium whose width is less than twice its length; and from I. latiaxiatus in the absence of four smooth oval areas on either side of the median line of the glabella; and in the absence of deep furrows defining the axial lobe of the pygidium. While it may be further noted that I. latiaxiatus is also truncated on the sides of the pygidium and arcuate on the posterior margin, and also has a blunt spine, the convex outline of the posterior part of the pygidium of the new species is more confined to the central region and the proportions, as well as other characteristics of the cephalon, are different. Types.—Holotype in author’s private col- lection. REFERENCES Billings, E., 1859. Description of some new species of trilobites from the lower and middle Silurian rocks of Canada; Canad. Nat. Geol., vol. 4, p. 367. 1865, Paleozoic fossils: I. Geol. Surv. Canada, p. 329, fig. 316. Butts, C. and Moore, E. S., 1936. Geology and mineral resources of the Bellefonte Quadrangle, Pennsylvania: U.S. Geol. Survey Bull. 855 pp. Kay, G. M., 1929. Stratigraphy of the Decorah formation, Jour. Geol., vol. 37, Table VII, p. 664. 1937. Stratigraphy of the Trenton Group, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 48, pp. 233-302. 166 THE CANADIAN 1944. Middle Ordovician of central Pennsylvania, Jour. Geol., Jan. 1944, Part I, pp. 1-23; Part II, March, 1944, pp. 97-116. 1948. Summary of the Middle Ordo- vician bordering Allegheny Synclino- rium, Bull. A.A.P.G., vol. 32, no. 8, pp. 1397-1416 (fig. 2, p. 1402). Okulitch, V. J., 1935. Fauna of the Black River Group in the vicinity of Mont- real: Canad. Fld. Nat., vol. xlix, 6, pp. 96-107. Raymond, P., 1908. Notes on Ordovician tri- lobites: Illaenidae from the Black River limestone near Ottawa, Canada: Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 4, nos. 3, 4, pp. 242-255. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Sinclair, G. W., 1947. Muscle scars in the Ordovician trilobite, Illaenus: Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 245, no. 9, pp. 529-536. Warburg, E., 1925. The trilobites of the Lep- taena limestone in Dalarne, Bull. Geol. Instit. Univ. Upsala, vol. xvii, (Illae- nidae pp. 97-141). Wilson, A. E., 1947. Trilobites of the Ottawa formation of the Ottawa-St. Lawrence lowland: Canad. Dept. of Mines and Resources, Geol. Surv. Bull., 9, pp. 1-85. Young, Jr. F. P., 1943. Black River strati- graphy and faunas, Am. J. Sci., vol. 241, no. 3, Part I, pp. 141-166; no. 4, Part II, pp. 209-240. os Ww COMMENTS ON THE RACES OF THE MYRTLE WARBLER‘ W. EarL GODFREY National Museum of Canada, Ottawa A SERIES of ten June-July adult Myrtle Warblers from the Lesser Slave Lake and Grimshaw areas of Alberta was recently examined by the writer and found to be best referable to Dendroica coronata coronata (Linnaeus). This prompted an examination of additional breeding material from Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba which disclosed that this also is closer to the nominate race. Wing measurements of D. c. hooveri Mc- Gregor, based on Yukon and Alaska breeding specimens, and of D. c. coronata from eastern Canada have been published by Rand (1946). These measurements agree minutely with those of the writer. In a later elucidation of the respective ranges of the two races, Rand (1948) postulated the breeding range of hooveri to include Alberta and Saskatchewan, with Manitoba an area of intergradation. However, as has been determined both by correspondence with Dr. Rand and by refer- ence to his original notes still in our files, the measurements he used for Prairie Prov- ince populations were made for Dr. Rand by an assistant. These particular measurements are at variance with those of the writer. Un- fortunately they consistently exaggerate the wing measurements of Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba specimens to the extent that Rand was, naturally enough, misled by them 1 Received for publication February 2, 1951. into postulating that the breeding range of hooverit extends eastward to Manitoba. Moreover, at the time the writer examined breeding material from Flotten Lake, Sas- katchewan, he saw no reason to question these published measurements. It so happened that the Flotten Lake birds, because of their size, are apparently not distinguishable from hooveri, and thus the writer (Godfrey 1950) followed Rand (1948) in referring them to - hoovert. In the light of the present study, however, it is apparent that the Flotten Lake birds are but large examples of the nominate race, are within its now known range of in- dividual variation, and should be called D. c. coronata. Some misunderstanding appears to exist also with regard to the colouration of adult males in breeding plumage. Oberholser (1938) and Burleigh (1944) state that the adult male of hooveri has a more solidly black breast than coronata. When this matter was men- tioned to Dr. Oberholser some time ago he quickly assured the writer that this was a lapsus and that he had intended to write that hooveri has a less solidly black breast. With the latter the writer agrees. Oberholser (loc. cit.) also has pointed out that in hooveri the upper parts of winter birds and the young are less rufescent than in eastern populations. These colour differences are apparent in September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST series of hooveri compared with coronata from Ontario and farther east, although there is some overlapping in individuals. Also autumn specimens taken in localities from Ontario eastward tend to be more heavily streaked dorsally. Colour differences appa- rently are not nearly so constant, however, as are those in size. Prairie Province coronata in colour tend somewhat toward hooveri but, in the writer’s opinion, this difference is so inconstant that separation from the nominate race would be extremely impracticable. Size appears to be a more reliable criterion than colour in distinguishing between the two races, although colour is a useful supporting character. Wing Measurements (in mm.) of Breed- ing Season Adults: 10 males from central Ontario, southern Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia : 71.0-74.0 (average 72.2). 3 males from Manitoba (Bird, Herchmer, and Oxford House): 72.0-72.8 (72.3). 11 males from the east coast of James Bay: 70.1-77.5 (72.7). 8 males from Lake Mistassini, Quebec: 71.0- 74.0 (72.7). 19 males from northern and northern central Alberta and central Saskatchewan: 70.6- 75.0 (73.0). 13 males from Yukon and Alaska: 74.1-78.1, (75.8). 2 females from Manitoba (near The Pas and Herchmer): 66.9-67.1 (average, 67.0). 14 females from Ontario and Quebec: 66.5- 71.2 (69.3). 10 females from northern and northern cen- tral Alberta and central Saskatchewan : 68.2-72.0 (70.1). 8 females from Yukon and Alaska: 70.6-73.5 (71.9). Although the Alberta-Saskatchewan series averages slightly larger than series from more eastern localities, it is closer to the nominate race. Particularly significant are four May- taken males and a female from Wood Buf- falo Park, northern Alberta. The males have wing lengths of 72.4, 72.2, 74.0, and 73.0 re- spectively, while the wing of the female measures 69.5 mm; thus they are clearly coronata. A series of nine adult males from Moar Bay, in the central part of coastal east- ern James Bay (June 27 - July 11) is interest- ing for the individual variation in size it shows. Two have wing lengths of 76.5 (July 167 7) and 77.5 (July 11) respectively. The other seven are in size perfectly typical of coronata as also is another male from Paul Bay, farther north. From Mackenzie only two breeding adults were available, an early June male and female (wing length, 75.1 and 72.0 mm, respectively) from Mackenzie Delta. Their measurements suggest that hooveri is the breeding form of the Delta, but a larger series is necessary to determine this with complete certainty. It seems, then, that although breeding birds of the Canadian Prairie Provinces, east of the Rockies, are somewhat intermediate in colour, and are slightly so in size, they are definitely nearer the nominate race. The breeding range of D. c. hooveri appears to include Alaska, Yukon, northern British Col- umbia, and probably northwestern Macken- zie (Mackenzie Delta). No useful breeding specimens of the Myrtle Warbler are avail- able from the mountains of extreme western Alberta and the affinities of those popula- tions remain to be determined. As a migrant, D. c. hooveri is perhaps not uncommon in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Its presence in spring migration is attested by three specimens from Medicine Hat, Alberta, as well as by two from Regina and one from Indian Head, Saskatchewan. These were taken between April 23 and May 10. Todd (1947) records a specimen of hooveri taken at Last Mountain Lake, Saskatchewan, on May 23. Presumably this was a migrant. LITERATURE CITED Burleigh, Thomas D. 1944. The Bird Life of the Gulf ‘Coast ‘Region of Mississippi. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., La. State Univ., 20 pp. 329-490. Godfrey, W. Earl. 1950. Birds of the Cypress Hills and Flotten Lake Region, Saskat- chewan. Nat. Mus., Canada, Bull. 120, pp. 1-96. Oberholser, Harry C. 1938. Bird Life of Loui- siana. Louisiana Department of Conserva- tion, Bull. 28, pp. 1-XII, 1-834. Rand, A. L. 1946. List of Yukon Birds and Those of the Canol Road. Nat. Mus., Cana- da, Bull. 105, pp. 1-76. Rand, A. L. 1948. Birds of Southern Alberta. Nat. Mus., Canada, Bull. 111, pp. 1-105. Todd, W. E. Clyde. 1947. Notes on the Birds of Southern Saskatchewan. Annals Car- negie Mus., Vol. XXX, Art. XXII, pp. 383- 421. 168 THE CANADIAN FreLp-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 COURTSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF THE BOHEMIAN WAXWING’ E. O. HoHn Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, University of Alberta. Ries very little is known of the courtship of the Bohemian Waxwing (Bombycilla garrulus). Bent’s Life History of North American Wagtails, Shrikes, Vireos and Their Allies (U.S. Bulletin 197, p. 64) remarks that the short statement by Mr. Swarth 1922, quoted below, is all that the author could find on the subject. The Hand- book of British Birds (H. F. Witherby et al, 2nd Ed., 1943) gives no information on court- ship in its account of the old world form, 1 Received for publication February 26, 1951. Bombycilla g. garrulus. The statement by Mr. Swarth just referred to reads, “On one occasion one of a pair of waxwings, presum- ably the male, was seen strutting about and exhibiting his beauties to his mate. Consi- dering that the two sexes are alike in every respect, it seemed a rather superfluous per- formance, but at any rate one bird was hop- ping excitedly about from branch to branch, while the other sat still and looked on. The active performer kept the tail partly spread, wings drooping and crest raised and the whole body was held stiffly upright. After Bohemian Waxivings engaged in sham feeding. September-October, 1951] several minutes, the other seemed to tire of the performance and flew away, followed at once by its mate.” In view of the scarcity of available informa- tion, the following observations of two phases of courtship, among different individuals, seen on the same day, seem worthy of publication. Both observations were made between 7:00 and 8:00 a.m. on April 7, 1949, near the south bank of the North Saskatchewan River on the outskirts of Edmonton. Observations were at a range of a few yards through 8 x 30 binocu- lars. The behaviour obviously indicating an earlier phase of sexual behaviour is described first, though, in fact, the observations were made in the reverse order. Two Bohemian Waxwings were silently flitting about in a thorn bush. Starting from different parts of the bush, both birds settled on the same branch where, facing one another, one would go through the motions of feeding his opposite, from bill to bill. After a few moments, the two birds would separate only to meet again on the same branch to do more sham feeding. ‘The bird which in one pas- sage of this sham feeding was the “feeder” was often in the next the “receiver”, i.e., the active and passive roles in sham feeding were switched back and forth between the two individuals. Although most of the billing actions observed were merely symbolical (sham) at least once a bud was passed from the beak of one bird to that of the other. During this sham feeding, both birds had their crests erect. The body plumage, parti- cularly of the rump, was fluffed out. At the same time the tail was depressed and con- tracted so that the chestnut under-tail coverts became unusualiy prominent, even in a lateral view of the bird. The receiving bird lowered and retracted its head and was “fed” from above. The feeding bird therefore held its neck extended and the neck plumage was sleek, but that of the body was fluffed out as in the “receiving” bird. I have attempted to depict the postures involved in the accom- panying sketch, based on a field sketch made at the time. Attention is drawn to the pecu- liar humped attitude of the body of the receiving bird. After some minutes of bouts of sham feed- ing, interrupted by departures of each bird THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 169 to another branch, they ceased this display and lapsed into actual feeding —each bird feeding itself. About half an hour earlier I had seen what I take to be a more advanced stage of the same display. A party of eight waxwings was perched on a bare poplar. Two of the birds which were more or less on opposite sides of the tree would repeatedly fly to a common branch to go through the sham feeding mo- tions described above, the bill and head motions being very reminiscent of the bill nibbling so frequently seen in budgerigars. The postures involved were as described above but in this case one bird consistently was the “feeder”; the other, which I presume to have been the female, “receiver”. The “feeding” bird would repeatedly fly past the other on his way to or from the branch, hovering over and actually touching the rump of the other. I am sure these brief contacts were incipient copulatory attempts and I would therefore regard the (presumed) female’s “food beg- ging” posture as one which invites (releases) coitus from the male. It may be noted that the posture in which the females of some passerine birds, e.g., the English sparrow (Passer domesticus), solicit coitus is also like the food begging posture of the young. The display of these waxwings was accom- panied by soft squeaking calls by one or both members of the pair, quite unlike the normal “sree” calls which were given by the other members of the party which took no part in ' this display. The display ceased after a few minutes. These observations suggest that sham feed- ing plays a prominent part in the display of this species and that the symbolical food beg- ging posture of the female, perhaps accom- panied by a special call, is a posture which solicits attempts at mating from the male. Actual feeding of berries or the ceremonial presentation of petals, as well as rubbing of the bill of one bird on that of another and begging by the female are, according to Bent’s account, features of the courtship of the cedar waxwing (Bombycilla cedrorum). There is thus, as would be expected, much similarity in the displays of these two closely related species. 170 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 BIRDS OF THE ST. PIERRE AND MIQUELON ISLANDS * Harotp S. PETERS AND THomas D. BURLEIGH Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Atlanta, Georgia and Moscow, Idaho. T HE FRENCH ISLANDS of St. Pierre and Miquelon, lying just off the southern coast of Newfoundland, were visited from July 19 to 22, 1945, in connection with our study of the birds of Newfoundland. Since these islands are seldom visited by biologists we wish to list the birds which we recorded there. Although these French islands are rela- tively close to the mainland of North Ameri- ca it is difficult to visit them by regular ships from either Canada or the United States. Most of their traffic is still with French and other Old World ports. We were working along the southern coast of Newfoundland in a motorboat of the Newfoundland Depart- ment of Natural Resources, and with the per- mission of that Department we left Grand Bank, Newfoundland, about noon of July 19 and travelled directly to St. Pierre, the capital and largest city of these islands. Mr. Angus Mullins and E. J. Bragg were in charge of the motorboat and the authors were the only passengers. The Newfoundland Government sent prior notification of our official visit, sO we were met at the wharf by Mr. George Bartlett, son of the British Vice-consul. Mr. Bartlett kindly introduced us to His Excel- lency Monsieur Garrouste, Administrator of the Islands. He was quite interested in our scientific studies and granted permission to travel freely and to collect specimens. He even provided a pilot and a guide for the boat trip of July 20. Several hours on the evening of July 19 were spent travelling in Bartlett’s car across the island of St. Pierre on an excellent paved road. Three stops were made, mostly in scrub spruce and rocky hillside habitats. The next morning we left the harbor of St. Pierre in dense fog, passed Columbier Island, crossed “The Reach” between the islands of St. Pierre and Little Miquelon, and stopped at the small village of Langleade on the northern coast of the latter island. For several hours we worked up a wooded valley along a small stream and found a variety of small birds. Our next stop was at the southern end of “The Dunes”, an elongated but narrow sand- 1 Received for publication February 26, 1951. bar which connects Little Miquelon Island with Great Miquelon Island. A few shore and water birds were braving the strong wind of this exposed beach. We returned to the town of St. Pierre without further stops. On July 21 we were fog-bound in St. Pierre harbor all day. In the morning we worked outside the town with the aid of Bartlett’s car. Our boatmen were anxious to return to Newfoundland so we tried to brave the fog and very rough waters outside the harbor, but were forced to return to shelter. We walked through the town to an area of bogs, meadows, and scrubby hillsides, none of which seemed inhabitated by many birds. About 4:30 on the morning of July 22 we left the harbor of St. Pierre still shrouded in fog, but relatively calm waters enabled us to pro- ceed past the faintly seen Little Green and Green Islands. We continued to Grand Bank, Newfoundland, which we reached about 9 a.m. The following birds were recorded during our sojourn of parts of four days in the St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands: 1. Gannet, Morus bassanus (Linnaeus). Ten observed near St. Pierre Island on the 19th and two seen off Little Miquelon Island. 2. European Cormorant, Phalacrocorax carbo carbo (Linnaeus). About 15 adults and sub- adults were sitting on high cliffs along the north coast of Little Miquelon Island. Local residents reported them nesting nearby. 3. Semipalmated Plover, Charadrius hiaticu- la semipalmatus Bonaparte. A male was taken on “The Dunes”, Little Miquelon Island on the 20th. 4. Wilson’s Snipe, Capella gallinago delicata (Ord). Three observed on Little Miquelon Island. 5. Spotted Sandpiper, Actitis macularia (Lin- naeus). Two, on St. Pierre Island, gave in- dications of having young nearby, on the 19th. Five were seen on Little Miquelon Island, and six observed (one collected) on St. Pierre Island the 21st. 6. Sanderling, Crocethia alba (Pallas). Three found on the beach of “The Dunes”, Little Miquelon Island. 7. Northern Phalarope, Lobipes lobatus (Lin- naeus). A female was taken from a flock September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN of three individuals in the water off Green Island on the 22nd. 8. Pomarine Jaeger, Stercorarius pomarinus (Temminck). One was observed several times, flying near “The Dunes”, off Little Miquelon Island. 9. Great Black-backed Gull, Larus marinus Linnaeus. Seven observed off St. Pierre Island the 19th; about 20 off the coast of Little Miquelon Island; and several near St. Pierre harbor the 21st. 10. Herring Gull, Larus argentatus smithso- nianus Coues. Observed commonly around the islands on each day. 11. Atlantic Kittiwake, Rissa tridactyla tri- dactyla (Linnaeus). About 40 seen off-shore and around rocks along the northern coast of Little Miquelon Island. Local reports indicate some may nest on the southern coast of this island. 12. Arctic Tern, Sterna paradisaea Pontop- pidan. A number flying around Little Green Island on the 22nd indicated a nesting colony of about 150 pairs, but we were unable to land to investigate. 13. Dovekie, Plautus alle alle (Linnaeus). A non-breeding male was taken off Little Green Island on the 22nd. 14. Black Guillemot, Cepphus grylle atlantis Salomonsen. At least 50 were observed along the rocky northern coast of Little Miquelon Island. 15. Atlantic Puffin, Fratercula arctica arcti- ca (Linnaeus). We took three near Columbier Island on the 20th, where many were nesting. Others were seen daily around St. Pierre and other islands. 16. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher, Empidonax flaviventris (Baird and Baird). About five were heard, and one was taken, on Little Miquelon Island on the 20th. 17. Northern Horned Lark, Eremophila al- pestris alpestris (Linnaeus). One was found along the grassy shore at the edge of “The Dunes”, Little Miquelon Island. 18. Newfoundland Black-capped Chickadee, Parus atricapillus bartletti (Aldrich and Nutt.). About eight were observed on Little Miquelon Island on the 20th, and one speci- men proved to be this race. 19. Newfoundland Brown-capped Chickadee, Parus hudsonicus rabbittsi Burleigh and Pe- ters. Fairly common on Little Miquelon Island. FIELD-NATURALIST 171 20. Red-breasted Nuthatch, Sitta canadensis Linnaeus. An immature was taken on Little Miquelon Island on the 20th. 21. Newfoundland Winter Wren, Troglodytes troglodytes aquilonaris Burleigh and Peters. Fairly well distributed on both’ St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands. 22. Newfoundland Robin, Turdus migratorius nigrideus Aldrich and Nutt. Common on St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands each day. An immature was taken on St. Pierre Island on the 21st. 23. Northern Gray-cheeked Thrush, Hyloci- chla minima minima (Lafresnaye). Common on St. Pierre Island and very common on Little Miquelon Island where one was taken the 20th. 24. Eastern Ruby-crowned Kinglet, Regulus calendula calendula (Linnaeus). Four were seen on Little Miquelon Island. 25. Newfoundland Yellow Warbler, Dendroi- ca petechia amnicola Batchelder. Common and well distributed in suitable habitats on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands. Two males were taken on St. Pierre Island, on the 19th and 20th. 26. Eastern Black-poll Warbler, Dendroica striata striata (Forster). Fairly common on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands each day. A male was taken on the former island on the 19th. 27. Newfoundland Water-thrush, Seiurus noveboracensis uliginosus Burleigh and Pe- ters. Fairly common on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands. A male from St. Pierre the 19th proved to be this race. 28. Mourning Warbler, Oporornis philadel- phia (Wilson). Common and well distributed on Little Miquelon Island. 29. House Sparrow, Passer domesticus do- mesticus (Linnaeus). A few were seen in the town of St. Pierre each day. 30. Newfoundland Pine Grosbeak, Pinicola enucleator eschatosus Oberholser. Two ob- served on Little Miquelon Island on the 20th, when we collected a male of this race. 31. Common Redpoll, Acanthis flammea flammea (Linnaeus). An immature was ob- served on Little Miquelon Island. 32. Labrador Savannah Sparrow, Passerculus sandwichensis labradorius Howe. Fairly com- mon on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands each day. Ne 33. White-throated Sparrow, Zonotrichia al- bicollis (Gmelin). Found commonly on Little Miquelon Island. 34. Eastern Fox Sparrow, Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem). Common to abundant on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands each day. Cooke (Bird-Banding, 13: 180, 1942) reported one taken at St. Pierre, April 10, Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 1937, which had been banded C160076 at Pom- fret, Connecticut, November 11, 1932, by Mrs. K. B. Wetherbee. 35. Northern Swamp Sparrow, Melospiza georgiana ericrypta Oberholser. Common each day on both St. Pierre and Little Miquelon Islands. Two specimens taken on St. Pierre Island on the 21st were typical of this race. A NEW NORTHWESTERN OLIVE-BACKED THRUSH’ W. EARL National Museum 1S the ornithological literature of the latest decade considerable confusion is apparent with reference to the status of Hylocichla ustu- lata almae Oberholser (1898), the type local- ity of which is in the East Humboldt Moun- tains, Nevada. This name has recently been applied by authors to populations as far west as California, as far east as Newfoundland Labrador, and as far north as Yukon Terri- tory! This race was admitted to the Ameri- can Ornithologists’ Union Check-list of North - American Birds (19th Supplement) in 1944, at which time the Committee cited Oberholser (1938), Dickey and van Rossem (1938), and Wetmore (1940), as literature establishing its validity. A careful perusal of this litera- ture, however, reveals little more definite information than that these authors were of the opinion that almae is valid. What mater- ial was examined as the basis for these opi- nions is not stated. Perhaps the key to the situation is contained in an earlier publica- tion by van Rossem (1925), in which he ex- pressed a belief that almae is valid. He made it clear, however, that this opinion was based on a comparison of California breed- ing specimens with material thought to be swainsoni from the eastern United States. Recently the writer (Godfrey and Wilk, 1948, pp. 18-20) pointed out, however, that birds inhabiting extreme southeastern Canada and northeastern United States differ from swain- sont in being of decidedly more rufescent colouration. These have since been described and named H. wu. clarescens Burleigh and Peters (1948), type locality Glenwood, New- foundland. Naturally, then, California birds are greyer than birds from the southeastern parts of the range of the species, the latter 1 Received for publication October 25, 195]. GODFREY of Canada, Ottawa being racially separable from swainsoni. Had van Rossem compared his specimens with swainsoni from Saskatchewan, for example, it seems certain that he would never have recognized almae. Moreover, in as much as New Jersey was considered to be the type locality of swainsoni at the time Oberholser (1898) described almae, it seems probable and unfortunate that he compared specimens of the population he named almae with spe- cimens from northeastern United States. The writer has examined the type speci- men of almae together with June-July speci- mens from the following localities presumed to be within the range of almae: Montana (Crazy Mountains, 1; Emigrant Gulch, 1; Flathead Lake, 1; Johnson Lake, 1); . Colorado (Avalo, 2); Idaho (Inkom, 1; Silver, 1; Bonneville Co., 2; Teton Co., 1; Bear Lake Co., 2; Valley Co., 1; Boise Co., 1); as well as specimens from southern and cen- tral British Columbia. I regret that these are not separable from swainsoni (Saskatche- wan to Quebec) and that almae must, in my opinion, be relegated to the synonymy of swainsoni*. As a matter of interest, the fact that these populations are not separable from each other. undoubtedly accounts for the ap- plication of the name almae to eastern Cana- da populations by Braund and McCullagh (1940, p. 116), Peterson (1947, p. 267), and Burleigh and Peters (1948, p. 118). However, these authors should have used the older name swainsoni for these birds. 2 Dr. Harry C. Oberholser informs me (in litt.) that as a result of his recent investigations he, too, has concluded independently that almae is a synonym of swainsoni. September-October, 1951] Recently the writer (Godfrey and Wilk, 1948) discussed geographical variation in this thrush, and commented on the grey coloura- tion of specimens inhabiting Yukon and northern British Columbia. This character has been noted also by Rand (1946, p. 52) and by Bishop (1900, pp. 119-120). Still more recently the National Museum of Canada has received additional good series of breeding material from Yukon and the Lesser Slave Lake region of Alberta. A series of 37 breed- ing specimens, now available, is so uniformly different from birds in comparable plumage from other parts of North America, that it is obvious that the former represent a very well marked, heretofore undescribed sub- species. As all names, except H. u. almae Oberholser, appear either to refer to eastern populations or to be unavailable for other reasons, and since almae refers to a very dif- ferent population which is not separable from swainsoni, there appears to be no name avail- able for this new race. It may be called: Hylocichla ustulata incana, subsp. nov. Yukon Olive-backed Thrush Type.—Adult male, No. 30229, National Museum of Canada collection; Lapie River, Cano] Road mile 132, Yukon Territory; June 23, 1944; A. L. Rand. Subspecific Characters.—Nuptial plumage superficially resembles most closely that of H. u. swainsoni (Tschudi) but the upper parts are uniformly decidedly greyer (less olivace- ous); the buffy areas of head and breast average paler; the spotting of breast aver- ages darker; and the edges of the remiges and their coverts are less buffy. In its grey colouration it is, of course, very different from both H. wu. ustulata (Nuttall) and H. u. clares- cens Burleigh and Peters. In juvenal plumage it differs from all other known races in having the central streaks of the feathers of nape and scapulars almost white instead of buffy and the other upper parts are of a more greyish olive-green. In autumn plum- ages it is separable by its greyer olive upper parts, in which no suggestion of brownish is present. Known Range.—Eastern Alaska (Chitina River at Glacier), southern Yukon Territory, northern British Columbia, and north central Alberta east to Grimshaw and Joussard. Prob- ably breeds also in interior Alaska and west- ern Mackenzie. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 173 Breeding Season Specimens Examined (37).—Alaska (Chitina River at Glacier, 6); Alberta (Grimshaw, 2; Joussard, 8; Peace River Landing, 1); British Columbia (Sum- mit Lake: 12 miles north, 3); Yukon (Kath- leen Lake region, 8; Kluane, 2; Lapie River at Canol Road, 6; Nisutlin River at Canol Road, 1). Comments.—Undoubtedly the breeding range is more extensive than is now known, for the writer has examined little material from Alaska and none from Mackenzie. The Glacier, Alaska, birds examined were taken on May 31 (1), June 2 (2), 3 (1), and 5 (2), but despite the earliness of these dates they probably represent the breeding population as two females taken on the last date had a fully developed egg in the oviduct. These birds may perhaps incline slightly toward the nominate race but they are decidedly nearer incana which probably breeds widely in in- terior Alaska. No actual topotypes of swainsonit from Carleton House, Saskatchewan, have been available for examination, but an adult from Churchill River (June 14, 1914), north of the type locality, as well as one from Flotten Lake (July 26, 1948) and another from Cy- press Hills (June 12, 1948) all in Saskatche- wan, are like birds from farther east in Cana- da (Manitoba to Quebec) and there would seem to be little doubt that the name swain- soni applies to the less ‘greyish population. A series of five from Wood Buffalo Park, Alberta, two of which were taken on May 29, the others on June 2, 8, and 22, respective- ly, show some intermediacy but appear to be definitely nearer swainsoni. From farther west in north central Alberta, however, a series of ten June-July adults from Joussard (Lesser Slave Lake) and Grimshaw is very uniform and is definitely referable to incana. Southward intergradation with swainsoni semes to be quite rapid for four June-July adults from Lac la Nonne, while not quite typical, are definitely referable to swanisoni as also is a bird taken on May 24, 1926, at the same locality. From northern British Columbia the writer has seen only three breeding speci- mens. These, perfectly typical of incana, are from Summit Lake on the Alaskan Highway. Birds examined from central (Hazelton) and southern (Rossland, Midway, Okanagan Val- ley, Deer Park, and Trail) British Columbia are swainsoni as well as are those from Jasper 174 THE CANADIAN and Banff in the Alberta part of the Moun- tains. This agrees with the findings of Ober- holser (1898) who, apparently many years ago, so identified some of the material ex- amined by the writer. On the evidence of an examination of specimens of migrants, swainsoni is the com- moner of the two races during migration in southern Alberta and Saskatchewan. How- ever, migrant specimens referable to incana have been seen from Old Wives Creek, cen- tral southern Saskatchewan where one was taken on May 28, 1895; two from Cypress Lake, May 31 and June 2, 1921; four from Lae la Nonne, Alberta, two of which were collected on May 24, 1926, the others on September 2 and 17, 1926, respectively. A migrant from Elko, British Columbia (May 26) also seems referable to incana. Speci- mens used as a basis for published records of almae in other parts of the continent should be re-examined since many will probably prove to be examples of incana. LITERATURE CITED American Ornithologists’ Union. 1944. Nine- teenth Supplement to Check-list of North American Birds. Auk, 61 (3): 441-464. ~ Bishop, Louis B. 1900. Description of Three New Birds from Alaska. Auk, 17 (2): 113-120. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Braund, Frank W. and E. Perry McCullach. 1940. The Birds of Anticosti Island, Quebec. Wilson Bull., 52 (2): 96-123. Burleigh, Thomas D. and Harold S. Peters. 1948. Geographic Variation in Newfound- land Birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 61: 111-126. Dickey, Donald R. and A. J. van Rossem. 1938. The Birds of El Salvador. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser., 23: 1-609. Godfrey, W. Earl and A. L. Wilk. 1948. Birds of the Lake St. John Region, Quebec. Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 110, pp. 1-32. Oberholser, Harry C. 1898. Description of a New North American Thrush. Auk, 15 (4): 303-306. Oberholser, Harry C. 1938. The Bird Life of Louisiana. Louisiana Dept. Cons., Bull. 28: 1-834. Peterson, Roger Tory. 1947. A Field Guide to the Birds. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, pp. 1-290. Rand, A. L. 1946. List of Yukon Birds and Those of the Canol Road. Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 105, pp. 1-76. van Rossem, A. J. 1925. The Olive-backed Thrush of California. Condor, 27 (1): 37. Wetmore, Alexander. 1940. Notes on the Birds of Kentucky. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 88 (3089): 529-574. rf LAND SNAILS OF THE CYPRESS HILLS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE * Loris S. RUSSELL National Museum of Canada. HE CYPRESS HILLS of southwestern Saskatchewan and adjacent Alberta make up a dissected plateau rising to eleva- tions between four and five thousand feet above sea level. Completely surrounded by the plains, much of which is semi-arid, the hills present a striking biological contrast. Associated with coniferous forests suggestive of the foothills or the northern plains are floras and faunas very different from those of the lower areas nearby. The problems are: have we here a relic of the preglacial biota, and if so, how has it survived; if not of pre- glacial origin, what are the relationships of 1 Received for publication February 27, 1951. the assemblage, and how has it been able to traverse over 150 miles of now unsuitable habitat. Striking relationships have been found by the botanists and ornithologists, but their conclusions are open to the objection, probably not really valid, that seeds and spores can be blown, and birds can fly. A group that appears to be secure against dismissal on such grounds is that of the land snails. Terrestrial gastropods have no means of dis- semination other than their own slow crawl. They are sensitive to environment, and are sufficiently diversified to indicate geographi- cal relationships. With these thoughts in mind I have made, from time to time, small September-October, 1951] collections of land snails from different parts of the Cypress Hills. More recently I have had an opportunity to identify all of this material, and to reach certain conclusions regarding its relationships and origin. Detailed descriptions, with illustrations, have been prepared, and will be published. It is pos- sible, however, that additional collections may be made in the near future, which, while they would not be likely to alter the general pic- ture, would require further time for study. The present paper, therefore, is a report of progress, with the conclusions that appear justified from the results to date. I am indebted to Dr. F. A. Urquhart, Director of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, for the loan of specimens in his collections. The remaining material is preserved in the Na- tional Museum of Canada. Dr. J. P. E. Mor- rison, U.S. National Museum, confirmed the identification of Vitrina alaskana. The following species of land snails were collected by me from the western extremity of the Cypress Hills plateau, known as the Head of the Mountain. This is located in section 8, township 8, range 3, west of the 4th meridian, Alberta. The shells occurred in mould and under logs in light stands of pine. The elevation here is about 4700 feet. Oreohelix strigosa stantoni Dall Oreohelix subrudis subrudis (Pfeiffer) A larger series was later collected in the vicinity of Cypress Hills Park, Saskatchewan, section 20, township 8, range 26, west of the 3rd meridian. Most of the specimens were found under logs in the pine forest, but the majority of the Oreohelix shells were taken in the open, following a heavy rain. The elevation here is approximately 4000 feet. Oreohelix subrudis limitaris (Dawson) Euconulus fulvus alaskensis (Pilsbry) Zonitoides arboreus (Say) THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Vitrina alaskana Dall Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Vertigo modesta (Say) Of the combined list of eight species or subspecies, two are widely distributed in North America, one is characteristic of the eastern regions, one is restricted to the Cypress Hills, and four have their nearest relationships in the Rocky Mountain region. It is considered unlikely that these mollusks could have survived close proximity to a con- tinental glacier, even if the Cypress Hills plateau was not overrun by the ice. More- over, in a relict fauna, there should be more elements special to the area, such as Oreohe- lix strigosa stantoni. It is believed that most, if not all, of the land snail fauna entered the Cypress Hills in early post-glacial time. To explain the preponderant Rocky Moun- tain aspect of the fauna, the following hypothe- sis is proposed. The northeasterly withdrawal of the ice front opened a notch-like area be- tween the Rocky Mountains and the Cypress Hills. Into this a flora and fauna spread from the southwest. Because of the climatic con- ditions, the forms represented were predomi- nantly of alpine type. Further shrinkage of the ice permitted an approach towards the present climatic conditions. The plains be- came warmer and drier, and the alpine assem- blage withdrew to the higher elevations of the Cypress Hills. Meanwhile the present woodlands belt of the more northerly plains became occupied by plants and animals from the southeast, as there was no longer an ice barrier to prevent their spreading from this centre. But to the southwest the development of semi-arid plains produced a barrier against both the introduction of the Rocky Mountain forms into the northern woodlands and the contamination of the Cypress Hills assemblage by woodlands, i.e., eastern, elements. 176 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 THE OCCURRENCE OF CYSTIDS IN THE ORDOVICIAN OF ONTARIO AND QUEBEC’ G. WINSTON SINCLAIR University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. W HILE ASSISTING in the preparation of a work on the ecology of fossil organisms, I have re-read almost all the papers in which “eystids’” (i.e. Cystoidea, Carpoidea and Edrioasteroidea), have been described, seeking in them some information about the mode of occurrence of these fossils. The re- sults have been very meagre, because in most cases the authors, while giving the stratigraphic position of their species, say nothing of the immediate lithological en- vironment of the fossil; nor the immediately associated fauna, if any. This is information which no one but the collector can supply, for ordinarily even a careful collector does not keep separate those specimens which were found on the surface of a bed of lime- stone, those found within it, and those found in shale just above it. And ordinarily there is no felt need for such minute accuracy. In- deed, one may imagine the comments from editors were all our specific descriptions to be lengthened by paragraphs with such data. Since I have spent much time collecting in beds which contain cystids, and have been fortunate in finding them, I wish to record what I can of the way in which they have oc- curred. This is an attempt in which accuracy is not possible. I think my recollection is clear, and I have notes to help my memory on some points, but unless one is conscious of a problem in the field, one is very apt to overlook evidence. Still, I can put down what I remember. The positive statements are apt to be right, the negative ones should be looked on with some suspicion. I. UPPER CHAZY AT MONTREAL In some parts of the Chazy on Ile Jésus, north of Montreal, Malocystites and Cana- docystis are found in rather large numbers. Here they occur in a bryozoan coquina which seems to have accumulated on the flanks of bioherms, with no admixture of clastic materials. In places these beds form thick masses of coarse, strongly cross-bedded, cal- carenites, with no recognizable fossils. These calearenites are often made up entirely of comminuted fragments of echinoderms, and 1) Received for publication March 19, 1951. on their surfaces the characteristic deltoids of Blastoidocrinus are abundant, but seldom are recognizable specimens preserved. Most of the good specimens come from rather thin, patchy beds which are predominantly bryozoans, with so little cement that on weathering they break down rapidly to a heap of isolated fossils. Specimens of Malo- cystites, especially the larger forms, are also common in less pure limestones, but in these beds they tend to be so worn that one seldom collects them. This wear seems to have preceded burial. It is notable that in the coquinites the specimens invariably lack the stem, the brachioles, and often even the plates of the recumbent arms. This is not due to abrasion on the bottom, for the surficial granulation of the plates is frequently pre- served in beautiful perfection. If these cys- tids grew where they are found, why should we not find some specimens with the stem and brachioles preserved? Hudson has sug- gested that these animals lay on the ocean floor, the eccentric shape of the theca being thought sufficient to ensure that the bra- chioliferous surface would be directed up- ward, the animal possibly using its bra- chioles to right itself if rolled over by waves. Were this the case, one would expect more evidence of wear of the lower thecal plates, and more encrustation by bryozoans. The latter were extremely abundant in these seas and most of my specimens of Conularina triangulata and Palaeocystites were preserv- ed because of their protection by bryozoans which grew around them. I prefer Bather’s suggestion. These cystids may have lived, as Bather suggested Echinosphaera did (1928, p. Ixxviii), like captive balloons, floating well above the bottom, swaying at the end of a long delicate stem, taking their food from waters so constantly agitated by waves that there was as much microscopic food in the surf as on the bottom. Then with death the theca would eventually be torn from its stem and come to rest with the bryozoan fragments on the bottom. If the waves were sufficiently strong to grind up this bottom material, our calcarenite would result and the specimens be lost as such, but here and there in some quiet, protected spot the re- September-October, 1951] mains could rest until covered with a later influx of comminuted lime-sand. There are few associated fossils in the beds which contain large numbers of the cystids. Rhynchocamera and the _ broken bryozoans are the only usual ones. In other, more fossiliferous beds in the Chazy, the cystids are present only as random rare mem- bers of the fauna. II. UPPER TRENTON AT MONTREAL The Tetreauville formation at Montreal (Clark 1945, p. 29) consists of a natural cement-rock, occurring in very fine-grained, thick beds, with thin shaly seams at rather wide intervals. In these beds Cheirocrinus occurs in local abundance. Although some of the shaly seams in the Tetreauville are quite fossiliferous, the cystids seem to be found alone in most cases on the surface of the limestone, rather than in the shales. Surfaces will be found with scores of specimens of Cheirocrinus, and no other fossils except Serpulites and an occasional Conularia. The Cheirocrinus are usually all of one size; faunules being known of thecal length from ¥% to almost 2 inches. Whether this variation in size is taxonomically important is being studied. It may, of course, reflect similar environmental conditions. But it may be noted that in any one bed the size of the specimens is uniform. This isolated occurrence of Cheirocrinus is not invariable. At one locality, in the quarry near the Chapelle de la Réparation at the east end of Montreal Island, where the beds are more rubbly than _ elsewhere, Cheirocrinus occurs in association with a fair number of Ectenocrinus and _ other fossils. Collecting here was from well weathered beds, and I have no notes on the precise occurrence of the free specimens which were picked up. It may be that the crinoids came from a few inches above or below the cystids, but my recollection is that they were together. Cheirocrinus begins in the Montreal district low in the Trenton, and continues into the Terrebonne formation at the top of limestone sequence, but only in the Tetreau- ville have I found it common. In the other beds it occurs sporadically, as a very minor member of the fauna, usually dismembered. What conditions can we postulate to ex- plain the occurrence of abundant individuals so well preserved that the delicate brachioles THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 177 are often in position, and the weak distal portion of the stem is commonly preserved? I have never seen in the beds with these large associations of individuals anything that could be an attachment base. The dis- position of the brachioles around the periphery of an essentially flat oral surface make it necessary to imagine the animal as living erect. Can the rarely-seen distal stem have been a radix in function, pushing down into the soft mud to allow the animal to keep the theca erect, movement being pos- sible in the rapidly-enlarging proximal stem, with its large lumen? Certainly the bottom was a soft mud, and the water quiet, at least when the animals died. Cheirocrinus has a wide distribution (I have specimens from the Prosser in Min- nesota, the Rogers Gap in Kentucky, and it has been reported from the Bromide of Oklahoma and elsewhere) but so far as I know it is usually rare. Throughout the upper part of the Cobourg in Ontario, plates of the genus are very abundant in places, but whole specimens extremely rare. I have only two, from the Collingwood district, and they lack the brachioles and the distal stem. They occur with an abundant fauna, and the mode of occurrence is very different from that seen at Montreal. Ill. LOWER TRENTON AT PONT ROUGE At Pont Rouge, Co. Portneuf, Quebec, one may see limestones of early Trenton age, which were laid down some fifteen feet above the pre-Cambrian basement. Several features point to very shallow and quite highly disturbed water (see Sinclair 1945). On one bedding plane specimens of Ame- cystis and Pleurocystites occur with some frequency, although they are by no means a dominant part of the fauna. The sea-floor at the time seems to have been a rather firm lime-mud, with broken shells of cepha- lopods and other animals half buried and being gradually broken apart by the waves. One such endoceroid lay on the bottom, the broken edges of the septa protruding up into the water, the camerae and siphuncle being filled in with drifting mud. In it are now. found a dozen cystids. Were they feeding there? Or did the cephalopod shell afford them a firm footing in the soft muds? There is some suggestion that the latter was the case, for at least one echinoderm base is attached to the mud-filling of the siphuncle. 178 THE CANADIAN So far as we know these pleurocystids were not attached by any such disk, but were to some extent motile. The association is noted, without an attempt at detailed ex- planation. The preservation of the cystids is too poor to permit detailed study, and in- deed it is impossible to say if some of them are this genus or that. The associated fauna is large, and a variety of cystids is found in the same bed, although they are not all determinable. IV. LOWER TRENTON AT KIRKFIELD At Kirkfield, Ontario, the lower Trenton consists of thick beds of limestones with thin shaly seams, in which most of the echinoderms are found. I have found so few cystids here that I cannot offer any useful notes on their occurrence. One exception may be made, for Edrioaster laevis does oc- cur in a sufficiently peculiar manner to make a note worth while. This species seems to be confined to one shale parting in the sequence. (It may occur elsewhere, but I have not found it, and the local quarrymen tell me that it is confined to the one bed.) Here it occurs on the surface of a heavy bed, covered and surrounded by black shale which can be readily removed. Its removal shows that the surface of the limestone itself is highly irregular, on a small scale. There are channels and pits in its surface, and the firm attachment of the Edrioaster as well as as the common occurrence of sessile tubes of Cornulites indicates that this sur- face was firm while the edrioasterids lived there, before the new mud came in to bury them. It may not be true for all the echinoderm-bearing beds at Kirkfield, but this one at least indicates shallow water, with a sufficient dearth of clastic material to allow induration and wear of one surface before a new influx of sediment. Few other fossils occur on this bed. The Cornulites has been mentioned. I have found some foliate bryozoans rarely, and a new genus of agelacrinitids, which will be described elsewhere. But other fossils are lacking, in my experience. These statements about the lack of associated fossils should not be taken too seriously. They reflect my recollection, but I did not have this problem in mind at the time, and it may be that I do not recall fossils which at the time were present but unnoticed. While collecting in a bed with two-inch Edrioaster’s it is easy to overlook Dalmanella’s. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 V. MIDDLE TRENTON AT PETERBOROUGH Four miles north of Peterborough, Ontario, in a small quarry in the Upper Sherman Fall, echinoderms are common. The beds as a whole are very fossiliferous, and random specimens of Pleurocystites and agelacrinitids are found here and there. There is evidence, in frequent contempora- - neous brecciation, ripple-marking, etc., that the water was shallow, although the amount of argillaceous material is very small and the beds are essentially a coquinite with a good deal of finely divided lime mud em- bedding the larger shells. One particular bed is exposed on a nar- row shelf about seven feet above the floor of the quarry. In the fine lime mud are em- bedded penecontemporary pebbles, flattened on top and with rather well rounded edges, ranging in size from an inch or so to over a foot in diameter. The bed itself is not very fossiliferous, but the pebbles seem to have been the only solid parts of the sea-floor, and they have been plastered with crinoid bases, bryozoans, and particularly by hun- dreds of agelacrinitids. These specimens are now being studied in detail to see if they af- ford any information about the preference of these animals in terms of orientation, slope, etc. The studies will be reported later if they are fruitful. Although several species of agelacrinitids occur in the twenty feet or so of beds ex- posed in this quarry, all those seen on the pebbles seem to be the same. This accords with the picture seen in the Cincinnatian, where it is the rule to find monotonous groups of these animals when they are found at all. VI. MIDDLE TRENTON AT OTTAWA The cystid beds at Ottawa are not easy to characterize. They are thin-bedded, with thin shaly partings, and the detailed lithology of the limestone bands is highly variable. Some thin beds are almost calcilutite, others are dirtier, and some, although these tend to be thicker, are even a sugary calcarenite. Throughout this sequence of beds, for some tens of feet, cystids occur in considerable numbers, without any detailed correlation with lithology that I can recall. Although the cystids occur throughout, associated with a large and varied fauna, the occurrence of individual species tends to be spotty. I have ffound small nests of a dozen or so species September-October, 1951] of Hybocrinus, and less frequently groups of Glyptocystites. The late Mr. James E. Nar- raway told me of finding in one spot, in a shale parting, fifty well-preserved Glypto- cystites multipora. Walter R. Billings (1881, p. 34) mentions finding a suite of specimens of Pleurocystites filitextus. Years ago I saw in the collection of T. W. E. Sowter a slab purporting to be part of this suite collected by Billings, and it had on it at least fifteen well-preserved thecae. They were in a flaky black shale, strongly tinged with red, a type of lithology frequently found in the cystid beds at the Chaudiére. I have really nothing conclusive to say about these beds, but mention them since they are the cystid beds. I can record that I have collected Comarocystites and Amygda- locystites from sugary beds, and the other cystids from the shaly partings between the limestone layers. Since most of those who know it are now gone, it may be well.to put on record the exact locality of the types of Isorophus in- conditus (Raymond). After assiduous col- lecting which yielded only rare single speci- mens of the species, I complained to Mr. Narraway about the hardness of fate, and the luck of the old-time collectors. He then told me exactly where these agelacrinitids had been found “in the old days.” I went there, and the fossils were still there. The species occurs on the surface of a bed of limestone about thirteen feet above the water level at Nepean Point. When I was there the layer had been mined so thoroughly back into the cliff that I could only pry out small pieces, but they were covered with the agelacrini- tid, and hinted at the richness of the locality when the bed was exposed for some distance from Nepean Point down to the old Queen’s wharf. As with most of the agelacrinitid- bearing beds in the Trenton this shows evidence of partial consolidation before the attachment of the animal. There is much small-scale channelling and roughening of the surface, and a pocking possibly due to boring or sedentary organisms. No other fossils were found in immediate association with the Isorophus. This note is written from recollection and notes of collecting which is now old. These THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 179 beds, especially those at the Chaudiére, are essentially in the condition in which Elkanah Billings saw them, one hundred years ago, and afford an opportunity to a local collector to see if any pattern can be found in the oc- currence of the cystids which might give a clue to their habits. Vil I have noted here some of the localities at which I have found cystids in such num- bers as to make them remarkable. But cys- tids are common throughout the limestones of the Middle Ordovician. In places in the Black River, e.g. the small quarry on the Base Line road just west of City View, near Ottawa, isolated plates of cystids (in this case amygdalocystids) are so abundant that they are a major part of the fauna. In the Rockland echinoderm fragments, mainly stem ossicles, are common, but no specimens have been found which permit identification, and so no echinoderms appear in faunal lists. Presumably some of these fragments are of cystids. It is obvious that our knowledge of the actual distribution of these animals is greatly controlled by accidents of preserva- tion, perhaps to such an extent that we can never generalize about the subject at all. Certainly the data I have offered allow no general statements. Perhaps, as we gradually add individual records of the mode of oc- currence of faunules, we may someday be able to achieve the synthesis which is now impossible. REFERENCES Bather, F. A., 1928. The fossil and its en- vironment. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour. vol. 84, pp. 1xi-xcvilii. Billings, W. R., 1881. Notes on two Species and one Genus of Fossils from the Trenton Limestone, Ottawa. Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Trans. vol. 1. pp. 34-35. Clark, T. H., 1945. Structure and stratigraphy in the vicinity of Montreal. Royal Soc. Canada, Trans. (3) vol. 38, sec. IV, pp. 23-33 [1944]. Sinclair, G. W., 1945. An Ordovician faunule from Quebec. Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 59, pp. 71-74, pl. 180 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 VASCULAR FLORA OF THE MELVILLE PENINSULA, FRANKLIN DISTRICT, N. W. T.*? J. A. CALDER - INCE THE PUBLICATION of Polunin’s Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic 3 in 1940, the writer has had access to three important collections of vascular plants made on the Melville Peninsula. Two of these have already been reported upon and it is the object of this paper to assemble these recent records and to bring up to date our knowl- edge of the flora of this relatively little known area. During the summer of 1948, W. J. Cody 4 spent four days in the latter part of July at Ross Bay off Lyon Inlet (66°50’N 85°00’W) and collected 115 numbers of higher plants. In the same year B. J. Woodruff5 made a smaller collection of 46 vascular plants on the west coast of the Peninsula at approxi- mately 68°18’N 85°25’W. In 1950 P. F. Brug- gemann and J. E. H. Martin collected a fine series of specimens in the Repulse Bay region. This series has added considerably to our knowledge of the flora of the region. The majority of the 173 numbers collected by Bruggemann came from the vicinity of the Hudson Bay Post, but others came from the vicinity of the Eskimo camp sites at Ikaktalik (66°33°N 85°37W) and Avatakpatsiak (66° 35’N 85°23’W) on Havilland Bay at the north- eastern extremity of Repulse Bay. In addi- tion to the records provided by these three collections, the Rev. M. G. Duman has re- ported on the Carices collected by Father A. Dutilly and himself along the east coast of Melville Peninsula during the summer of 1938. The collections of W. J. Cody in 1948 and P. F. Bruggemann in 1950 were made in the course of biological studies conducted co- operatively by the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology and the Division of Ento- mology of the Canada Department of Agri- culture, and the Defence Research Board of the Canada Department of National Defence. 1) Contribution No. 1098. Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agricul- ture, Ottawa, Canada. 2) Received for publication, April 2, 1951. 3) Polunin, N. Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic. Part I; Canada, Department of Mines and Resources, National Museum Bulletin, No. 92. 1940. 4) Cody W. J. Plant collections at Ross Bay, Melville Peninsula, N.W.T. in press. 5) Cody, W. J. Plants collected by B. John Woodruff on the west coast of Melville Peninsula, Franklin Dis- trict, N.W.T., 6) Dean M. G. The genus Carex in Eastern Arctic Canada. The Catholic University of America. Biol. Ser. 36. 1941. Canada. Can. Field-Nat. 64 (2): 90-92 Polunin has recorded 126 species from the Melville Peninsula; ten of these species were of doubtful occurrence. In the list that follows two of these doubtful records are substantiated, one species is reported as new to the Canadian Eastern Arctic, and the known flora has been increased by 34 species (indicated by an asterisk), representing an overall increase of approximately 20%. A number of these records have already been reported, however, those of Cody from Ross Bay, and those of Bruggemann from Repulse Bay, representing 18 species, are recorded here for the first time. Only those specimens that represent new records or are of note worthy significance are cited. In cases where no specimens have been seen, reference is made to the publications of either Polunin or Duman. PTERIDOPHYTA Equisetaceae EQUISETUM ARVENSE L.—Polunin, page 34. E. VARIEGATUM Schleicher Lycopodiaceae LYCOPODIUM SELAGO L. forma APPRES- SUM (Desvaux) Gelert Polypodiaceae *CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh.— open, west-facing, rock ledge, Avatakpatsiak, Havilland Bay, Bruggemann 132; open rock ledges and crevices near Nauja Inlet, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 31; shallow soil among igneous boulders, Ross Bay, Cody 1396, 1512. DRYOPTERIS FRAGRANS (L.) Schott *WOODSIA ALPINA (Bolton) S. F. Gray— crevice of south-facing, rocky ledge, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 28; rock ledges on ridge southwest of Nauja Lake, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 38. W. GLABELLA Br.—recorded only from Repulse Bay. Noted by Bruggemann as com- mon everywhere on the dry heath, open gravel plains, screes, etc., within a radius of at least six miles of the Hudson Bay Post. SPERMATOPHYTA Gramineae ALOPECURUS ALPINUS Sm. ARCTAGROSTIS LATIFOLIA (Br.) Gris. September-October, 1951] *CALAMAGROSTIS sp.—grassy slope above beach, Avatakpatsiak, Havilland Bay, Brugge- mann 152A. Mi ' DESCHAMPSIA BREVIFOLIA Br.—Polunin, page 55. DUPONTIA FISHERI var. ARISTATA Malte ELYMUS ARENARIUS L. var. VILLOSISSI- MUS (Scribner) Pol. *FESTUCA BAFFINENSIS Pol.—gravel plain, around buildings at Hudson Bay Post, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 161. F. BRACHYPHYLLA Schultes HIEROCHLOE ALPINA (Swartz) R. & S. H. PAUCIFLORA Br.—Polunin, page 45. PLEUROPOGON SABINEI Br.—known only from Igloolik (Polunin, page 64), and from the west coast of Melville Peninsula: in run- ning water, Committee Bay, Woodruff 42B. POA ABBREVIATA Br.—Polunin, page 65. P. ALPINA L.—Polunin, page 76. P. ARCTICA Br. P. GLAUCA Vahl PUCCINELLIA ANGUSTATA (Br.) Rand & Redfield—Polunin, page 86. P. PAUPERCULA (Hoim) Fernald & Weath. —a specimen collected on Parry’s second expedition is presumed by Polunin (l.c. page 84) to have come from Melville Peninsula. The following two collections, however, repre- sent the first authentic records for this area: sandy gravel among boulders along beach, Ross Bay, Cody 1459; in marsh, Committee Bay, Woodruff 26. *P. PHRYGANODES (Trinius) Scribner & Merrill—shoreline below highwater mark near the Hudson Bay Post, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 44. *P.. VAHLIANA (Liebmann) Scribner & Merrill—sand beach, Committee Bay, Wood- ruff 27. TRISETUM SPICATUM (L.) Richter Cyperaceae CAREX AQUATILIS Wahl. var. (Drejer) Boott (=C. stans Drejer) C. ATROFUSCA Schkuhr—Polunin, page 125; reported by Duman (l.c. page 61) from Repulse Bay. *C, BIGELOWII Torrey—gravel slope, Ikak- talik, Havilland Bay, Bruggemann 165; moist sand beach, Committee Bay, Woodruff 4; sedge meadow by small lake, Ross Bay, Cody 1466, 1468; moist soil on rocky hillside, Ross Bay, Cody 1448; reported by Duman (lL.c. page 58) from Igloolik. STANS THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 181 *C. CAPILLARIS L.—reported by Duman (l.c. page 70) from Winter Island. C. GYNOCRATES Wormsk.—Polunin, page 3s. *C. HOLOSTOMA Drejer—reported by Du- man (lc. page 61) from Repulse Bay. *C. LAGOPINA Muhl. (=C. bipartita Bell. var. bipartita; C. Lachenalit Schkuhr)—sedge meadow by small lake and rocky hillside, Ross Bay, Cody 1472, 1485; reported by Duman (lec. page 41) from Winter Island. *C. MARINA Dewey (=C. bipartita Bell. var. amphigena (Fernald) Pol.; C. glareosa Wahl. var. amphigena Fernald)—shallow soil along shoreline, Ross Bay, Cody 1439; reported by Duman (l.c. page 42) from Winter Island and Repulse Bay. *C, MARITIMA Gunn.—reported by Duman (Le. page 36) from Igloolik, Winter Island, and Repulse Bay. C. MEMBRANACEA Hook. C. MISANDRA Br.—including f. OCHRO- LOCHIN Ost. C. NARDINA Fries _ *C. NEUROCHLAENA Holm.—reported by Duman (l.c. page 43) from Repulse Bay. *C. RARIFLORA (Wahl.) Sm.—reported by Duman (l.c. page 64) from Winter Island. C. RUPESTRIS Bell.—Polunin, page 119; reported by Duman (l.c. page 28) from Repulse Bay. *C. SALINA Wahl. var. SUBSPATHACEA (Wormsk.) Tuck.—reported by Duman (l.c. page 56) from Repulse Bay. *C, SAXATILIS L. var. MAJOR Olney (=C. physocarpa Presl)—reported by Duman (Lc. page 54) from Repulse Bay. C. SCIRPOIDEA Michaux *C. URSINA Dewey—reported by Duman (lec. page 27) from Winter Island and Repulse Bay. *C. VAGINATA Tausch—sedge meadow by small lake, Ross Bay, Cody 1470; reported by Duman (l.c. page 66) from Winter Island. ERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Honckeny —including var. ALPINUM Gaudin *K. BRACHYANTHERUM Trautv—sedge meadow by small lake, Ross Bay, Cody 1467. Although not reported for the Eastern Arctic by Polunin specimens have been seen from Coral Harbour, Southampton Island and Chesterfield Inlet on the west coast of Hud- son Bay. *E. CALLITRIX Cham.—margin of pond Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 156; marshy spot on gravel plain, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 168. 182 THE CANADIAN E. SCHEUCHZERI Hoppe E. SPISSUM Fernald *KOBRESIA MYOSUROIDES (Villar) Fiori & Paol. (=K. bellardi (All.) Degland)— manured soil around ground squirrel burrow, Ross Bay, Cody 1482. Juncaceae *JUNCUS ALBESCENS (Lange) Fernald— moist sand beach, Committee Bay, Woodruff 33C; sedge meadow by lake, Ross Bay, Cody 1471. J. BIGLUMIS L.—sand beach, Committee Bay, Woodruff 33A; previously recorded only from Igloolik (Polunin, l.c. page 146). *J. CASTANEUS Sm.—moist sand _ beach, Committee Bay, Woodruff 33B. LUZULA CONFUSA Lind. L. NIVALIS (Laest.) Beurling Liliaceae *TOFIELDIA PUSILLA (Michaux) Persoon (=T. borealis Wahl.)—sedge meadow by lake, and rocky hillside, Ross Bay, Cody 1415, 1473. Salicaceae SALIX ALAXENSIS (And.) Coville var. OBOVALIFOLIA Ball S. ARCTICA Pallas var. BROWNEI And. *S. ARCTOPHILA Cock.—sedge meadow by lake, and rocky hillside, Ross Bay, Cody 1447, 1492; wet marshy slope below Eskimo ruins, Nauja Inlet, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 82. S. HERBACEA L. S. RETICULATA L. S. RICHARDSONI Hooker—Polunin, page 169. Polygonaceae OXYRIA DIGYNA (L.) Hill. POLYGONUM VIVIPARUM L. Caryophyllaceae *ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L. var. DIFFUSA Horn.—gravelly shore at high water mark, Ikaktalik, Havilland Bay, Bruggemann 119; sandy seashore at high water mark, southeast of Hudson Bay Post, Repulse Bay, Brugge- mann 167. A. ROSSII Br. A. RUBELLA (Wahl.) Sm. A. SAJANENSIS Willd.—Polunin, page 204. CERASTIUM ALPINUM L. C. REGELII Ost.—Polunin, page 191. LYCHNIS APETALA L. var. NUTANS Boivin (= L. apetala sensu Polunin) FIrELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 L. TRIFLORA Br. Polunin) SAGINA SAGINOIDES (L.) Dalla Torre— Polunin, page 206. SILENE ACAULIS L. var. EXSCAPA (AIL) DC. STELLARIA CRASSIPES Hulten (= S. long- ipes sensu Polunin pro parte) S. HUMIFUSA Rottboell S. LAETA Rich. (= S. longipes sensu Polunin pro parte) (=L. furceata sensu Ranunculaceae *RANUNCULUS CODYANUS Boivin—along shore of pond on island opposite Roman Catholic Mission, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 79. R. HYPERBOREUS Rottboell R. LAPPONICUS L. R. NIVALIS L. R. PEDATIFIDUS Sm. var. LEIOCARPUS (Trautv.) Fernald—moist soil around ground squirrel burrow, Ross Bay, Cody 1429; wet marshy slope, Nauja Inlet, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 36. Although these are the first authentic records, a specimen collected by Edwards on Parry’s second voyage is pre- sumed to have come from this area (Polunin, lie. page 221). R. PYGMAEUS Wahl. R. SULPHUREUS Sol.—Polunin, page 217. *R. TRICHOPHYLLUS Chaix var. ERADI- CATUS (Laest.) Drew—shallow pond on gravel slope, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 1. Papaveraceae PAPAVER RADICATUM Rottboell—includ- ing forma ALBIFLORUM Hartz (nom. emend. f. albiflora Hartz. Medd. Groen. 18: 330, 1895); crevice of igneous rock, Ross Bay, Cody 1483. Cruciferae ARABIS ARENICOLA (Rich.) Gelert BRAYA PURPURASCENS (Br.) Bunge CARDAMINE BELLIDIFOLIA L. C. PRATENSIS L. COCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L.—including vars. ARCTICA (Schlecht.) Gelert and OBLONGIFOLIA (DC.) Gelert. DRABA ALPINA L. D. CINEREA Adams—Polunin, page 245. *D. CRASSIFOLIA Graham—shallow soil among igneous boulders, Ross Bay, Cody 1423, 1451. D. FLADNIZENSIS Wulfen D. GLABELLA Pursh September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST *D. NEMOROSA L. var. LEJOCARPA Lind- blom—well established in rich, disturbed soil near site of old cold frame in vicinity of the Hudson Bay Post, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 76. A few plants were also noted about the Hudson Bay Post store. Previously unrecorded for the Eastern Canadian Arctic. D. NIVALIS Liljeblad D. SUBCAPITATA Adams EUTREMA EDWARDSII Br. LESQUERELLA ARCTICA (Wormsk.) Wat- son ~PARRYA ARCTICA Br.—Polunin, page 250. Saxifragaceae CHRYSOSPLENIUM TETRANDRUM (Lund) Fries (= C. alternifolium L. var. tetrandrum Lund) SAXIFRAGA AIZOIDES L. S. CAESPITOSA L.—including forma multi- flora f. nov.—a varietate typica differt flore pleno, id est staminibus carpellihusque in petalis degeneratis. A striking, many-flow- ered form found in a small colony on a gravel slope near high water mark on an island opposite the Roman Catholic Mission, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 80 (type). It was also noted at Havilland Bay. S. CERNUA L. S. FLAGELLARIS Willd.—Polunin, page 265. S. HIERACIFOLIA Waldstein & Kit—Polu- nin page 260. S. HIRCULUS L. S. NIVALIS L. S. OPPOSITIFOLIA L. S. RIVULARIS L. S. STELLARIS L. var. COMOSA Retzius S. TRICUSPIDATA Rottboell—including forma WOODRUFFII Calder. Rosaceae DRYAS INTEGRIFOLIA Vahl POTENTILLA HYPARCTICA Malte var. -' ELATIOR (Abromeit) Fernald (=P. emar- ginata Pursh) P. PULCHELLA Br.—Polunin, page 283. P. RUBRICAULIS Lehmann—Polunin, page 280. P. VAHLIANA Lehmann Leguminosae ASTRAGALUS ALPINUS L. OXYTROPIS ARCTOBIA Bunge O. BELLII (Britton) Pal. O. HUDSONICA (Greene) Fernald O. MAYDELLIANA Trautv. 183 Empetraceae EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. Onagraceae *EPILOBIUM DAVURICUM Fischer var. ARCTICUM (Sam.) Pol.—damp depression on gravel slope, Repulse Bay, Bruggemann 93, 159; springy areas on rocky hillside, Ross Bay, Cody 1484. E. LATIFOLIUM L. Pyrolaceae PYROLA GRANDIFLORA Radius Ericaceae ARCTOSTAPHYLOS ALPINA (L.) Sprengel CASSIOPE TETRAGONA (L.) D. Don LEDUM PALUSTRE L. var. DECUMBENS Aiton LOISELEURIA PROCUMBENS (L.) Desvaux —Polunin page 309. RHODODENDRON LAPPONICUM (L.) Wahl. VACCINIUM ULIGINOSUM L. var. ALPI- NUM Big. V. VITIS-IDAEA L. var. MINUS Lodd. Diapensiaceae *DIAPENSIA LAPPONICA L.—margin of rapid stream, Avatakpatsiak, Havilland Bay, Bruggemann 131. Apparently rare, at least in the Repulse Bay area where only a single specimen was noted over a period of three months. Plumbaginaceae ARMERIA MARITIMA (Miller) Willd. var. SIBIRICA (Turez.) Lawrence (=A. labra- dorica Wallroth sensu Polunin pro parte) Boraginaceae MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray var. TENELLA Fries Scrophulariaceae PEDICULARIS CAPITATA Adams P. FLAMMEA L. P. HIRSUTA L. P. LANATA C. & S. P. LANGSDORFII Fischer—Polunin, page 334. P. SUDETICA Willd. Campanulaceae CAMPANULA UNIFLORA L. Compositae *ANTENNARIA ANGUSTATA Greene — river bank, Ikaktalik, Havilland Bay, Brugge- 184 THE CANADIAN mann 114; rock ledges, Repulse Bay, Brugge- mann 29, 32, 40. A. EKMANIANA A. E. Porsild (=A. labra- dorica sensu Polunin) A. PYGMAEA Fernald—Polunin, page 354. CHRYSANTHEMUM INTEGRIFOLIUM L. ARNICA ALPINA (L.) Olin—Polunin, page 365. CREPIS NANA Rich.—Polunin, page 374. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 ERIGERON ERIOCEPHALUS Vahl E. UNALASCHKENSIS (DC.) Vierh. MATRICARIA INODORA L. var. NANA (Hooker) Torrey & Gray SENECIO CONGESTUS (Br.) DC. (=S. palustris (L.) Hooker var. Congestus (Br.) Hooker) TARAXACUM LACERUM Greene T. PHYMATOCARPUM Vahl “NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS The Barn Swallow at Cambridge Bay, N.W.T.—On June 30, 1950, while the author was making a trip two miles west of Cam- bridge Bay, a barn swallow Hirundo rustica erythrogaster Boddaert was collected. It was identified by the writer and the authorities at the National Museum of Canada. This acci- dental was taken 600 miles north of Fort Reliance, N.W.T., which locality represents the closest northern record. Although the latter area is well within the tree zone, Cam- bridge Bay, situated at the southeast corner of Victoria Island, and 150 miles within the Arctic Circle, is over 300 miles beyond the tree limit. The largest plant in the area is a shrubby willow, Salix arctophila Cock., which is scattered throughout the area and never exceeds a height of three feet. Observations indicated no unusual weather conditions. A northerly wind, averaging about 15 m.p.h., prevailed from June 19 until June 24; then it became southerly and the velocity dropped to about 10 m.p.h. This warm front caused a general rise in temperature from a minimum of 31.0°F. on June 24 to a maximum of 48.1°F. on June 27. On June 28, 29, and 30, however, the wind reverted to a northerly direction, but the temperature continued to rise, to a maximum of 53.3°F. Only scattered traces of rain occurred from June 22 to 30, and the relative humidity remained high, fluctuating between 77 per cent and 100 per cent. With the exception of the barn swallow, all other recorded species were observed by June 20. The majority of the smaller species, par- ticularly the shore birds, arrived from June 10 to June 12, the first warm days of the year. —GORDON K. SWEATMAN'’. Records of the sea lamprey and the silver | lamprey from the Canadian waters of the western end of Lake Superior.—I recently reported in this Journal (1950, 64:92-93) the capture of an albino female mudpuppy (Necturus maculosus Rafinesque) on May 7, 1949, in Mosquito Creek, near its confluence with the Kaministiquia River, Neebing Town- ship, outside the city of Fort William, Onta- rio. On May 19, 1950, I received a second albino female of this species which measured 27.5 em. in length. It had been taken the previous evening in the Kaministiquia River near the outlet of Mosquito Creek. Shortly after being received, this mudpuppy disgorged a silver lamprey (Ichthyomyzon wunicuspis Hubbs and Trautman) which measured 17.7 cm. in total length. The occurrence of other albino mudpuppies in an area where one had previously been taken was probably to be expected. The inclusion of a lamprey in the diet of Necturus would appear unusual although these carnivores prey on all forms of aquatic life. Neither the mudpuppy nor the silver lamprey can be considered a common local species. During the period 1938-1950, I have been able to collect records of only seven mudpuppies. The silver lamprey has been equally uncommon. Hubbs and Lagler (Fishes of the Great Lakes Region, Cranbrook Inst. Sci., Buil. 26:27) state that it occurs in the “basins of Lake Superior (near west end only)”. Dymond (A List of the Freshwater Fishes of Canada East of the Rocky Moun- tains, Roy. Ont. Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ. No. 1:4, 1947) records this species from the Cana- dian waters of Lake Superior but Radforth 1) Student Assistant, Division of Entomology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada, participating in the Northern Insect Survey. September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN failed to spot a local record on her distribu- tional map of the species. (Radforth, Isobel. Some Considerations on the Distribution of ‘Fishes in Ontario, Roy. Ont. Mus. Zool., Cont. 25:70, 1947). The first to come to my atten- tion was one taken at Rossport, 120 miles north-east of the Canadian Lakehead, by Wm. Legault, in 1945. On September 17, 1946, my son, David, found a decomposed specimen in Fort William Harbour. In 1950, however, I received for identification, six silver lampreys which had been taken locally. These included a 300 mm. specimen taken on May 17 in the Kaministiquia River and three larvae from the same river on June 25. These larvae and “many more” were clinging to an old tree-trunk dredged from the river bottom. The other two were taken from the MacIntyre River, Port Arthur. One captured on June 3 was attached to a white sucker (Catostomus commersonniz (Lacépéde), and the second, taken June 16 was parasitic on a sturgeon sucker (C. catostomus (Forster). Appre- hensive of the spread of the sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus) in the waters of Lake Superior, the Thunder Bay District Fish and Game Association set out six wire lamprey traps in district streams in May- June, 1950. On June 16, a silver lamprey was captured in a trap set in the MacIntyre River. The presence of the sea lamprey in the lake may account for the increasing numbers of sil- ver lampreys being received for identification. On the other hand there may be a cyclic increase as local fishermen claim that lam- preys were very common in the waters of Thunder Bay, fifty years ago. The first sea lamprey to be taken in Thunder Bay, Lake Superior, appears to be one given me on June 26, 1950, by John Goyan. He had found it attached to a 22-pound lake trout (Cristo- vomer namaycush (Walbaum) which he had caught while trolling off Pie Island, on June 25.—A. E. ALLIN, Fort William, Ontario. Occurrence of Tamarack in Central British Columbia.—Henry’s “Flora of Southern B.C.” and Sudworth’s “Forest Trees of the Pacific Slope” give the range of tamarack (Larix laricina (DuRoi) K. Koch) as including only the northern part of the province in the vicinity of latitude 59°. This species, how- ever, is known to be fairly common in favor- able sites throughout the northern portion of FIELD-NATURALIST 185 the Province lying east of the Rocky Moun- tains. Whitford and Craig in ‘The Forests of B.C.” estimated that in 1918 there were 5,000,000 board feet of tamarack in the Peace River Block alone. It does not appear to be generally known that this species is also dis- tributed west of the Rockies in the Prince George district of central B.C. During the summer of 1950, tamarack trees were noted in several swamps bordering Number 16 Highway near the eastern end of Cluculz Lake, approximately midway between Prince George and Vanderhoof. This locality is roughly 10 miles south of latitude 54° and 90 airline miles southwest of the continental divide. Although local residents reported large specimens near Bednesti Lake in the same area, those observed by the writer were all of small size and only one exceeded eight inches in diameter. In the marshes close to the highway the stand was thin and many trees appeared to lack vigor. This condition was apparently due to overcrowding in more favorable sites along the swamp margins by a dense growth of black spruce, Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P. The only other record for this region was supplied by Ranger C. L. French of the B.C. Forest Service, who reported a few trees near Reid Lake, situated about 15 miles northwest of Prince George, about 20 miles from the Cluculz Lake site. In the course of fairly extensive travel north and east of these locali- ties, no tamarack was found. Several mem- bers of the B.C. Forest Service familiar with this species, said that the Cluculz Lake dis- trict was the only locality in central B.C. where they had noticed it. Brink and Farstad! have suggested that Douglas fir, formerly a more abundant species in this area, has been largely replaced by spruce. It is possible that tamarack, has also suf- fered from the same unfavourable conditions which, in recent times, have brought about the decline of the Douglas fir forests. ‘At any rate, the groups in the Prince George district appear to represent relict stands which are now far removed from*the main mass of the species.—J. GRANT, R.R. 2, Vernon, B.C. 1) Brink, V.C. and L. Farstad, 1949 ‘’Forest advance in snorth and central British Columbia.’”’ Can. Field Nat. 63:37. 186 THE CANADIAN Wintering of Golden-crowned Sparrows Zonotrichia coronata (Pallas), at Vancouver, B.C.—On December 26, 1950, I captured and banded two Golden-crowned Sparrows, Zono- trichia coronata (Pallas), at my banding station in Vancouver. I was greatly pleased to get these birds as I had not seen them here so-late before. Later, on December 31, 1950, I banded one; another on January 8, 1951; two birds on January 19, 1951; four on Jan- uary 29, 1951; one bird on February 8, 1951; one bird on February 17, 1951; one bird on March 3, 1951, and on March 14, 1951, two birds, making a total of 15 Golden-crowned Sparrows banded during the past winter. These birds were all immature. The weather during the first week of March was severe with snow and frost, but the birds were seen daily. The bird banded December 31, 1950, was recaptured March 28, 1951, and none were seen after that date. During the usual spring migration the last week in April, there were no birds of this species observed in my area. I heard of other people seeing Golden-crowned Sparrows during the winter. —Wm. M. HUGHES. Some Observations on the Rusty Song Sparrow, Melospiza melodia morphna Ober- holser.—While engaged in bird banding at my residence in Vancouver, B.C., I noticed early in January actions of Rusty Song Spar- row Melospiza melodia morphna Oberholser that led me to believe that the males were establishing territory at this early date. Birds I believed to be males were breaking into partial song and becoming aggressive to others that were likely males. The thought occurred to me that, if possible, I should follow this up. On January 26, 1951, I captured and banded with regulation band plus a colored band, a song sparrow in my own yard and sexed it as male. This bird, when it got its mate, nested in my neighbour’s yard. Across the street in a vacant lot, on January 31, 1951, I took another, banded it and used a different colored band. This was sexed also as male. On the same day, I captured a third at the edge of a small clearing 200 yards southwest from the house, and also banded it with a colored band and sexed it as male. During February I had many opportunities to observe these three birds. ’ On one occasion, February 8, 1951, all three were in the trap at one time. They were FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 recaptured and the band numbers verified. While feeding in the trap they were not at all quarrelsome, but after feeding and return- ing to their respective areas, would imme- diately attack and pursue other song sparrows. The last few days of February and the first week of March were cold with snow and some sunny periods. Even during the inclement weather, on sunny days they would fly to their favourite perch and sing and be aggres- sive. Their song was becoming more com- plete, but did not reach the stage of being repeated frequently until March 13. On March 17, I saw a male courting a female but she was shy. On March 27, all these males had mates and females were car- rying nesting material. Two of the nests were not found as they were in blackberry patches and I was unable to get to them. The nest of the bird that bred in my neigh- bor’s yard was difficult to find and it was not until April 16 that it was located. It had young in it and they left the nest on April 17. This nest was in a Western Yew tree (Taxus brevifolia Nutt.) 6 feet 242” from the ground and, more remarkable still, it used the last year’s nest of a Russet-backed Thrush, Hylocichla ustulata ustulata (Nuttall). All males brought their young to feed at the back porch of the house, where there is a trap and feed at all times—Wm. M. HUGHES. Nighthawk Stamina.—On the afternoon of Tuesday, July 31, a wounded nighthawk was brought into my office in Ottawa, Ontario. It had apparently been shot in the wing, above the shoulder, and in addition one eye was closed. The bird had been found earlier that day on the grass outside National Defence Headquarters. The finder had washed the wound, which bled quite a lot. When it was brought to me the bleeding had stopped, and as the wing was not broken it was decided to leave the bird on the grass in the central courtyard of the building, where it would be out of the way of cats, and see how it got on. The next day it was still there and the injured eye was beginning to open. It seemed probable that the bird would recover if it did not die of starvation first, so I took it home and put it in a large wooden box, hoping to be able to induce it to eat. Acting on advice from the Canadian Wildlife Service, I tried to catch moths for it. The weather was cool, however, and only one moth was caught, September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN together with a few flies of different kinds. The nighthawk not only refused to eat them, it completely ignored them. It is possible that they were not the right kind of insect, but I had the impression that the bird did not recognize them as food at all. In spite of its refusal to eat the nighthawk got steadily better. By Wednesday evening the injured eye was wide open, and sometime on Thursday the bird sat up on its feet instead of resting flat on its breast. The wounded wing was held at an unnatural angle out from the body, but it was able to flap it quite vigorously when frightened by my approach. On Thursday evening I put it on the window- sill to see if it would fly, but it did not move. On Friday evening I noticed that for the first time the bird was walking around the box with no incentive of fear, so I put it on the windowsill again. It made no effort to move until I went to pick it up again, when it took off and flew away. I lost sight of it fairly soon, but as long as I could see it it appeared to be flying strongly. It had then been at least 80 hours without food.—_MOIRA DUNBAR. Golden-winged Warbler, Vermivora chry- soptera (Linnaeus), in Ottawa.—On May 19, 1951, at about 7 am., I observed a male Golden-winged Warbler in the lower part of the Dominion Arboretum and Botanic Garden, Ottawa. The bird was busy feeding in a small tree and I had an excellent view with X9 binoculars at a distance of about 25 feet for some 10 minutes. The black throat and eye- patch, yellow cap and wing-patch, and the white underparts were most distinct, and I had no hesitation in making the identification. As far as I can ascertain this is the first record for the Ottawa district— T. F. T. MORLAND, Ottawa. Lyncnia americana (Leach) (Diptera: Hippoboscidae) from a Great Horned Owl at St. Thomas, Ontario. Ten female hippoboscid flies, now preserved in fluid in the collec- tions of the University of Western Ontario, were taken from a Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) on December 1, 1937 by Mr. M. S. Ferguson at St. Thomas, Ontario. They have been identified as belonging to the genus Lynchia (key—Curran, 1934) and the species americana (Leach) (key—Bequaert, 1945). Ferris (1927) records that this ectoparasite FIELD-NATURALIST 187 appears to be constantly associated with owls and Bequaert (1945) reports that it is most commonly found on diurnal and nocturnal birds of prey, but gives records of its occur- rence on other birds. References Bequaert, J. 1945 Notes on Hippoboscidae. 19. Additions to the larger species of Lynchia, with descriptions of two new species. Psyche, 52: 88-104. Curran, C. H. 1934 The families and genera of North American Diptera. Ballou Press, New York. Ferris, G. F. 1927 Some American Hippo- boscidae (Diptera Pupipara). Canadian Entomologist, 59: 246-251. —W. W. JUDD, Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario. An Account of Wolverine Attacking Moun- tain Goat.—On August 1, 1951, a topographical survey party operating in the vicinity of Nadina Mountain in central British Columbia, witnessed the following incident, as recounted by Mr. John Mathews, a member of the party. “While doing some transit work on the high slopes of the mountain, we observed a band of thirty-three mountain goat (nannies and kids), suddenly take flight along the mountain side. Using a 28 power transit I observed a small short-legged animal rushing in hopeless pursuit. This animal I mistook for a hoary marmot, and upon its abandon- ment of the chase the party resumed work. Four hours later, the goats again stam- peded, this time splitting into two bands, the same attacker close upon a band of fourteen, where, in the initial rush a large nanny was seized by the hind leg. The goat stopped, the attacker immediately released its jaws from the leg and tried for the throat, but the nanny successfully eluded this rush, toss- ing the attacker some fifteen to twenty feet with her horns. Then followed an interlude of parrying, the goat keeping head on, as the predator circled. Finally it quit the scene after twenty minutes of fruitless effort.” The attacking animal was undoubtedly a wolverine from Mr. Mathews’ description, and an attack upon mountain goat seems worthy of record.—C. J. GUIGUET, Provincial Mu- seum, Victoria, B.C. 188 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST {[Vol. 65 REVIEWS Handbook of the North Dakota Plants. By O. “unable to recognize them as distinct from A. Stevens, North Dakota Agricultural Col- lege, Fargo, North Dakota, 324 pp., 319 illu- strations and 1 color plate, 1950. First pub- lication of the North Dakota Institute for Regional Studies. ($4.50). This is a fine flora covering the 1143 species recorded from North Dakota with illustrations for about one-fourth of the species. Each species is keyed out and briefly described with abundant notes on habitat and distribu- tion within the state. A short introduction gives a brief physiographic description of the state, a chapter on name of plants, another on descriptive botany, a series of distribu- tional maps covering about 60 species, etc. This book will prove most useful to any bota- nist interested in the flora of North Dakota or of adjacent parts of Canada, Montana and South Dakota. To make it easier for non- botanists, metric measurements are often sup- plemented by their equivalent in English inches or feet. Considering the circumstances under which this book was produced, it is certainly a most commendable piece of work. The author is not a taxonomist, but his experience with plants and plant identifications covers a period of about 40 years, with weeds as his primary field of study. The herbarium and probably also the library on which this book was based appear to have been barely adequate for the purpose. According to the latest report, the herbarium is only 30,000 sheets strong, of which about 20,000 are from North Dakota. If 20,000 sheets is a fair enough representa- tion for a flora of some 1143 species, the additional 10,000 from outside North Dakota were obviously not adequate to enable the author to relate the flora of his state to the flora of the rest of the world. For example, one sheet of Geum macrophyllum W. from around the Gulf of Saint Lawrence or from the Rockies woud have made it clear that the specimens from North Dakota that are identified as G. macrophyllum W. are mis- identified and that the latter species is absent from the state. Indeed Dr. Stevens seems to have been aware that something was wrong for he writes about that species as follows: “Geum macrophyllum Willd. Largeleaved “Avens. Similar to last and not readily dis- “tinguished from it. Specimens from 6 eastern “counties have been referred to this, but I am “the preceding species.” Quite a few similar cases could be listed. In many other cases the author had to rely on published opinions of other authors such as the following statement under Thalictrum venulosum Trel.: “Our plants have often been called T. “dioicum L., but the most recent authority - . considers that a different species.” Of course one specimen of genuine T. dioicum L. would have made obvious the distinctiveness of these two species, only one of which occurs in North Dakota. Fortunately the author often lets the reader know about those yet unsolved problems, a feature which, for me at least, greatly in- creases the interest of this useful handbook. —B. BOIVIN. Museum Pictorial. No. 1. Nature Photog- raphy with Miniature Cameras. By Alfred M. Bailey. Denver Museum of Natural History. Denver, Colo. Feb. 1951. 64 pp. This is the first number of a publication to be issued at irregular intervals, designed to fill ‘a definite need for an outlet for the thousands of photographs made of depart- mental activities of natural history museums”. An enclosed slip offers the first number at 50 cents or the projected first five at $1.50. It is hoped to issue at least four numbers a year, ranging probably between 16 and 96 pages. This first number consists principally of a selection of the author’s photographs and a short text that is a brief history of his 40 years’ experience in wildlife photography. The format is attractive. The text is in no sense a technical manual, but the beginner will find valuable suggestions on equipment and general procedure. One point that the reviewer would have liked to see emphasized is the value of synchronized flash in allowing adequate depth of focus in studies of nesting birds. The story behind some of the illustra- tions appears in the text, and the reviewer was greatly interested to read, at last, that behind Bailey’s famous picture of the two snowy owls flying toward the camera.—D. B. O. SAVILE. Dawn Song and All Day. Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-11; No. 2, pp. 12-21; No. 3, pp. 22-31; September-October, 1951] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST No. 4, pp. 32-44; September, 1949 - March, 1951. Bird Research Station, Glanton, North- umberland, England. Students of bird song will find this little publication of interest and perhaps will re- ceive from it inspiration to conduct similar studies in their own areas. There is, for example, an account of the dawn chorus, based on observations made from about 550 different points in the British Isles on June 5, 1949. The Song Thrush, Turdus erice- torum, is used as the basis of this study. The directional and temporal passage of first dawn songs are described; weather and light conditions are summarized; and the results are compared with a similar study made on June 4, 1933. A study of the dusk chorus is handled similarly. Other articles deal with the length of the singing day; the frequency of bird song and its relationship to gonad size; counts of the total number of songs given by individual birds during a day (a Whitethroat, Sylvia communis sang 3,251 times); and several other aspects of bird song are discussed.—_W. EARL GODFREY. Migration of birds. By Frederick C. Lin- coln. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir- cular 16, Washington, D.C., 1950; 102 pp. 23 figs. Price 30 cents (U.S.A.). This little book is crammed with informa- tion on one of the most fascinating of natural phenomena, the migration of birds. It is a very readable summary, written simply and concisely by an eminent au- thority, of our present knowledge of the subject. A number of quaint old theories propounded to account for several aspects of bird migration go back to the time of Aristotle and some of these are listed. The salient modern theories are presented in more detail and their respective probabilities weighed. In connection with when, how, and where birds migrate are discussed such aspects as seasonal, diurnal and nocturnal migration, movements of species and groups; speed of flight and speed of migration, flight altitude, orientation, segregation during migration; and migration routes (in- cluding an account of the main North American flyways). Other phases of the sub- ject treated include the advantages of migra- tion, the evolution of routes, vertical and vagrant movements, the perils of migration, and meteorological influences. The important part bird banding has played in solving many of the mysteries of migration is rightly stressed throughout. Twenty-three drawings 189 by Bob Hines elucidate and decorate the text. There is a useful bibliography. — W. EARL GODFREY. Dragons in Amber. Further Adventures of a Romantic Naturalist. By Willy Ley. The Viking Press, New York, 1951; 328 pp., 33 figs. Few professional men of science can present their subject in a manner that will interest, much less fascinate, the general reading public. In contrast, the writer who undertakes to “popularize” science usually ir- ritates the scientist with his inaccuracies. Willy Ley is one of the few who can dramatize science without taking liberties with the facts. That he accomplishes this by the simple trick of using narrative form is not to his discredit. He has written books and articles on a variety of scientific subjects, but his favourite field appears to be those phases of biology in which the data are derived partly from the fossil record, partly from studies on present-day life. The book under review is divided into three parts, the first of which is almost pure paiaeontology, the second a mingling of the past and the present, and the third a series of essays on dispersals and immigra- tions of living organisms. Outstanding are the two first chapters, which recount the history of amber mining. Ley’s background fits him to deal with this subject, and his account, fascinating as it is, will also serve as a good general reference. Other chapters discuss the mysterious Chirotherium tracks, the beauti- fully preserved ichthyosaur skeletons in the Jurassic of Holzmaden, and the frozen mam- moths of Siberia. “Living fossils” in the plant world are described: the ginkgo, the sequoias, and the cycads. There are the stories of Pere David’s deer, the giant panda, and the recently rediscovered takahe (Notornis) of New Zealand. The wanderings of eels, camels, various insects, crustaceans, and mollusks, are described. The book closes with an excellent account of Krakatoa and the way in which animal life has reinvaded the rem- nant of the island since the stupendous explosion of 1883. Ley’s book can be recommended to the amateur naturalist as a source of solid fact delightfully presented, and to the profes- sional biologist or palaeontologist as a relax- ing bit of reading from which he is neverthe- less sure to learn something he did not know before. — LORIS S. RUSSELL. 190 Nature through the Year. By Frances Pitt. Macmillan Co. of Canada Ltd. 1950. 300 pp. and numerous illustrations. $4.00. As the title suggests, this book is an ac- count of natural history observations made throughout the year. The chapters are writ- ten as weekly notes but they are not simply accounts of observations week by week. Frequently the material discussed bears little relation to the time of year but has been suggested by some timely thought or observation. It is not intended as a scientific discussion but as entertaining reading for the nature lover. In this it succeeds ad- mirably and the author shows long familiari- ty with her material from personal ex- perience. As a result there is a remarkable amount of information in it which, to the best of this reviewer’s knowledge, is free from the myths and misconceptions that frequently beset a popular work of this kind. The style is conversational and rambl- ing and very readable. Both wild and domesticated birds and animals are discus- sed with most of the emphasis being placed on behaviour, and the insects and flowers are not forgotten. The book is profusely il- lustrated with many excellent and charming photographs taken by the author herself. These reveal her skill as a nature photo- grapher and add much to the attractiveness of the book. The observations were, of course, made in England and the notes refer principally to English conditions but the book will be enjoyed by nature lovers any- where. A very few minor typographical errors were noted. — J. W. GROVES. Audubon Water Bird Guide. By Richard H. Pough; illustrated by Don Eckelberry and Earl L. Poole. Sponsored by National Audu- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 bon Society. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, New York, May 3, 1951. Pp. i—xxviii, 1-352, 48 colored plates, 130 line drawings. ($3.50) This is a companion volume to Audubon Bird Guide, by the same author, which covered the small land birds. The book here reviewed treats the eastern and central North American bird species in A.O.U. order from the loons, through the petrels, herons, water- fowl, hawks, grouse, shorebirds, gulls and terns, auks, etc., to the pigeons and doves. Although primarily an excellent guide to field identification, its scope is decidedly broader than that. Habits, food, voice, nesting, and range and succinctly but interestingly dealt with. There are data on longevity and weights. We find much information on the reproductive cycle, such as time required for nest construc- tion and incubation, length of time the young remain in the nest after hatching, and how long the young are dependent upon the adults after they leave the nest. The main plumages of the 258 species dealt with are accurately and attractively illustrated in color by Don Eckelberry, and there are as well useful line drawings by Earl L. Poole showing 130 species as they appear in flight. The foreword contains some good general information on bird study. The front end paper indicates North American continental flyways, furnishes names for each 10-degree square, gives some information on average numbers of sea birds frequenting them, and indicates surface water temperatures. The back end paper indicates North American Life zones and biomes. The book is, then, literally packed with extremely useful in- formation from cover to cover. — W. EARL GODFREY. APRILIATED SOCIETIES NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MANITOBA OFFICERS FOR 1950-1951 President Emeritus: PROF. C. W. LOWE; Honorary President: A. G. LAWRENCE; President: R. R. LEJEU- NE; Vice-Presidents: MRS. D. S. SPARLING and PROF. R. K. STEWART-HAY; General Secretary: MRS. W. A. CARTWRIGHT; Executive Secretary: MRS. B. LEMON; Treasurer: H. MOSSOP; Social Convenor: MISS L. LOWELL. SECTIONS— Omithological: Chair. D. HARRY YOUNG; Sec. WAR- REN JOHNSTON; Entomological: Chair. H. R. WONG; Sec. J. D. SMITH; Botanical: Chair. MRS. D. B. SPAR- LING; Sec. J. ROWE; Geological; Chair. P, H. STOKES; Sec. D. T. MURRAY; Mammalogical: Chair. PROF. R. K. STEWART-HAY; Sec. S. WICK; Archaeological : Chair. MRS. P. H. STOKES, Sec. MISS W. DOWNES. Meetings are held each Friday evening from October to April in Theatre “A” of the University of Manitoba, Memorial Boulevard, Winnipeg. Field excursions are held on Saturdays or Sundays during May, June and September and on public holidays-in July and August. Membership fee: $1.00 a year for adults; 25 cents for juniors. PROVANCHER SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY OF CANADA OFFICERS FOR 1951 President: J. KENNEDY HILL; Ist Vice-Pres.: J. GERALD COOTE; 2nd Vice-Pres.: G. H. CARTWRIGHT; Sec'y- Treasurer: GEO. A. LECLERC; Chief-Scientific Section: FRANCOIS HAMEL; Chief-Protection Section: . IAN BREAKEY; Chief-Propaganda Section: Dr. D. A. DERY; Chief-Information Section, J. C. PRICE. Other directors: JOS. MORIN, F. D. ROSS, OSCAR PLAMONDON, T. J. A. HUNTER, REX MEREDITH and Dr. V. PLAMONDON. Secretary’s address: 12 Désy Ave., Quebec, P.Q. THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1950-1951 President: A. A. OUTRAM; Vice-President: J. L. BAILLIE; Secretary-Treasurer: MRS. J. B. STEWART, 21 Millwood Rd., Toronto; President of Junior Club: MRS. J. MURRAY SPEIRS; Vice-President of Junior Club: MRS. L. E. JAQUITH. Executive Council: G. M. BART- MAN, J. BARNETT, MRS. N. BROWN, ALFRED BUNKER, MISS F. BURGESS, ALEXANDER CAMERON, MISS VERA CLARK, MISS B. DOUGLAS, PROF. T. W. DWIGHT, DR. M. FRITZ, W. W. H. GUNN, DR. L. E. JAQUITH, MRS. J. D. KETCHUM, MISS V. KOHLER, MRS. H. H. MARSH, C. S. McKEE, D. S. MILLER, JOHN MITCHELE, R. M. SAUNDERS, EARL STARK, H. H. SOUTHAM. Ex. Officio: A. J. V. LEHMANN, C. A WALKINSHAW, T. F. MclIL- WRAITH. Meetings are held at 8.15 p.m. on the first Monday of each month from October to May at the Royal Ontario Museum, unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the spring and autumn and on the second Saturday of each month during the winter. VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OFFICERS — 1951-1952 Hon. President: DR. N. A. M. MacKENZIE; Past President: A. H. BAIN; President: DR. V. C. BRINK; Vice-President: DR. T. M. C. TAYLOR; Hon. Secretary; C. B. W. ROGERS; Recording Secretary: MISS C. PLOMMER; Program Sec- retary: S. F. BRADLEY; Hon. Treasurer: F. J. SANFORD; Librarian: MRS. S. F. BRADLEY; Editor of Bulletin: N. PURSSELL; Chairmen of Sections: Botany — PROF. J. DAVIDSON; Geology — DR. J. E. ARMSTRONG: En- tomology — A. R. WOOTTON; Omithology — W. M. HUGHES; Mammology — DR. I. McT. COWAN; Marine Biology — R. W. PILLSBURY; Photography — H. C. FRESHWATER; unior Section — A. R. WOOTTON: Mycology — F. WAUGH; Aubudon Screen Tours — A. H. BAIN; Additional Member of Executive: J. J. PLOM- MER; Auditors: H. G. SELWOOD, J. H. PROSSER All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science- Building, University of British Columbia, unless other- wise announced. McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LONDON, ONT. OFFICERS FOR 1951 President: Mr. W. D. SUTTON, 313 Wharncliffe Rd., N., London; Vice-president: Mrs. R. G. CUMMINGS, 361 Dundas St., London; Secretary: JOHN WISMER, 520 Huron St., London; Secretary-Treasurer: Mrs. J. W. LEACH, West London P.O., London. _Meetings are held at 8.00 p.m. in the Public Library biulding on the second Monday of each month from September to May. Field trips are held during the spring and a special excursion in September. PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. OFFICERS FOR 1950-1951 President: G. H. MONTGOMERY Jr.; Vice-President: W. H. RAWLINGS; Vice-President: DR. M. J. DUNBAR; Treasurer: D. G. ELLIOT; Secretary: MISS R. S. ABBOTT, 166 Senneville Road, Senneville, P.Q. COMMITTEE ABBOTT, J. P. ANGLIN, Miss R. B. BLAN- CHARD, W. R. B. BERTRAM, J. D. CLEGHORN, J. A. DECARIE, DR. M. J. DUNBAR, D. G. ELLIOT, Mrs. D. G. ELLIOT, G. H. HALL, W. S. HART, Mrs. C. L. HEN- DERSON, Miss G. HIBBARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, A. R. LEPINGWELL, G. H. MONTGOMERY Jr, Miss L. MURPHY, G. G. OMMANNEY, W. H. RAWLINGS, J. W. ROBINSON, C. C. SAIT, DR. D. M. SCOTT, Miss M. SEATH, L. MclI. TERRILL, Mrs. L. McI. TERRILL. Meetings held the second Monday of the month excep? during summer. Miss R. S. BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL SOCIETY President: KENNETH RACEY; Vice-Prseident: H. M. LAING; Secretary: IAN McT. COWAN, Dept. of Zoology, University of Brijish Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. WANTED In order to meet the demand for back numbers of the publications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, the following are urgently needed : Transactions, Otta. Field-Nat. Club, No. 1, 1880. Oitawa Naturalist Vol. 4, No. 6, Sept., 1890 Vol. :7;,. No.. |.9, Dec., 1893 Vol. 11, No. 10, Jan., 1898 Vol. 11, No. 11, Feb., 1898 Vol} V1.) No. 12, Mar., 1898 VolilZr) Noi, Apr., 1898 Vol. 12, No. 4, July, 1898 Vol. 12, No. 7&8, Oct.-Nov., 1898 Violen Nos 1a: June, 1901 Mole hS/)) Nos 3, June, 1901 Vol. 15, No. 4, July, 1901 Vol. 15, No. 8, Nov., 1901 Vol. 17, No. 12, Mar., 1904(This was marked Vol. 18, No. 12) Vol. 18,. . No....-4,: July, 1904 Vol. 19, No. 10, Jan., 1906 Vol. 20, No. 4, July, 1906 Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol! 840) No.7) 8; Nov., 1920 Vol. 36, No. 5, May, 1922 Vol. 872)) No. «3, Mar., 1923 Vol. 39, No. 5, May, 1925 Vol. 44, No. Q, Dec., 1930 Vol. 45, No. 5, May, 1931 Vol. 56, No. 6, Sept., 1942 Members and subscribers who are able to spare any of these numbers would greatly assist the Club by forwarding them to: Mr. W. J. Cody, Division of Botany Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. “LE DROIT” Printing, Ottawa, Canada. fangey tert Vol. 65 NOVEMBER-DECEMBER, 1951 No. 6 The CANADIAN FIELD -NATURALIST Contents », Plant collections at Ross Bay, Melville Peninsula, N.W.T. SAA We ME CLECUVN) eshte gitcat ne Miele at RM CF Rae Meme! Da Ne hae 191 (iwmonew species of Oenxotherc... By R. RuggleswGates. 0.020 194 Floral list of the Mortlach District, southern Saskatchewan. Need a RLCESO TEU, Ottis rahe arn Jon CMM T UMN NEN CIM 2 hak OA RIEL el 197 Notes and Observations: The Dickcissel (Spiza americana) on the outer North Shore of the Gulf St. Lawrence, P.O: By “Mitchell Campbell) 0 00.0000).008 Beis, 210 Occurrence of two species of fleas on Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis (LeConte), in western Quebec. By Fred H. Glenny ....0000.0000.000000000... 210 COD STER CL gS MOTE a TOS | al RE aie aT ORR AE ARE eR Re BES ie VL MD RI Zt MUS. COMP. Z00L LIBRARY JUL 9 1952 HARVARD UNIVERSITY e Published by the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB Entered at Post Office at Ottawa, Ont., as second class matter. Che Ottawa FHield-Naturalists’ Club Patrons Their Excellencies the Governor-General and the Lady Alexander President: Dr. J. W. GROVES 1st Vice-President: Mr. R. FRITH 2nd Vice-President: Mr. W. K. W. BALDWIN Treasurer: RAYMOND Moore, Secretary: H. J. Scoccan, Division of Botany, National Museum of Canada, Science Service, Dept. of Ottawa. Agriculture, Ottawa. Addittonal Members of Council: | Mrs. HovEes Liroyp, Miss RurH Horner, Miss VIOLA Humpureys, Miss VERNA Ross, Miss PAULINE SNURE, Miss Mary Stuart, THE REV. FATHER F, E. BANiM, Messrs. E. G. ANDERSON, R. M. ANDERSON, J. ARNOLD, B. Botrvin, A. E. BourcuicNon, K. Bowrres, A. W. Cameron, W. J. Copy, J. P. Currrizr, W. G. Dore, C. FRANKTON, W. E. Goprrey, H. Grou, S. D. Hicxs, W. In~man, W. H. LAn- CELEY, D. LEEcHMAN, H. F. Lewis, H. Litoyvp, T. H. Manninc, H. MarsHAtt, W. H. MINSHALL, A. E. Porsitp, L. S. Russet, D. B. O. Savitz, H. A. SENN, V. E. F. SotmAn, J. S. TENER. Auditors: I. L. CoNNrers, H. F. Lewis. Editor Dr. H. A. SENN, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. Associate Editors Wi GIDORR (yee TR ae Botany R. M. ANDERSON ................ .. Mammadlogy A. LAROcouR ha! ee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN ............ Marine Biology H. G. CRAWFORD ...........0..... Entomology W. E. GODFREY ....00.0... ce Ornithology Be RAR COCK A ae ih Ei Uh eee at Geology AVIS VAS Bator) Cine ei ant ae Palaeontology CrypE) Lb PaTca i lean Herpetology TS RMD MOND ON ANNO aa Ichthyology Business Manager W. J. Copy, Division of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. The official publications of THz Ottawa FieLtp-NaTurRALIsts’ CLusB have been issued since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879, 1886, two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty- two volumes: and these have been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued bi-monthly. Its scope is the publication of the results or original research in all departments of Natural History. Price of this volume (6 numbers) $3.00; Single copies 60c each. Subscription ($3.00 per year) should be forwarded to Dr. R. J. Moore, Div. of Botany, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, OTTAWA, CANADA. ——————————_ —_ _ _=_a_auayTwaywaoyw=_—_—a—a_aq_—a—YS—_—_—_—— OOOO CCC The Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. 65 PLANT COLLECTIONS AT ROSS BAY, MELVILLE PENINSULA, N.W.T.*? WeaJe (Copy Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, N THE LATTER PART of July, 1948, while stationed at Coral Harbour, Southampton Island, conducting botanical work in co-opera- tion with the Defence Research Board, the author was privileged to spend four days with a Geodetic Survey party at Ross Bay, off Lyon Inlet in southern Melville Peninsula (66°50’N, 85°O0’W). Specimens were collected at Lyon Inlet by the Parry Expedition in 1821 and by J. B. Angel of the Norcross-Bartlett Expedition in 1933, but it is very unlikely that either party penetrated the inlet as far as Ross Bay. Thus it seems that the collections which are enu- merated in this paper are the first to be taken from this locality, which, although touched by salt water, is essentially inland in the peninsula. Camp was made on the south shore of the Bay, at a point where the surrounding igneous rocky hills rose steeply to a height of almost 150 feet. The shoreline was strewn with boulders. The vegetation here was very sparse, being limited to scattered clumps of Puccinellia paupercula, a few plants of Coch- learia officinalis var. oblongifolia and one patch of about a dozen heads of Elymus arena- Trius var. villosissimus. Above this sparsely vegetated strip the bouldered hillside was covered with shallow but moist soil which supported a more luxu- riant and varied vegetation. The bright flowers of Oxytropis maydelliana and Pedicu- laris capitata gave a decided yellowish cast to the hillside. In this zone the predominant species were Oxytropis maydelliana, Empe- trum nigrum, Dryas integrifolia, Cassiope tetragona and Vaccinium uliginosum var. 1 Received for publication May 2, 1951. 2 Contribution No. 1107, from the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. Vol. 65, No. 5, September-October, OTTAWA, CANADA, NOVEMBER-DECEMBER, 1951 No. 6 MUS. COMP. Z00L LIBRARY JUL 9 1952 HARVALA UMYER SITY alpinum. In addition Pedicularis capitata, Oxytropis bellii, Arctagrostis latifolia and Carex misandra were quite common. In several places on the hillsides where ground squirrels had thrown up and fertilized the soil around their burrows, Poa arctica, P. glauca, Elymus arenarius var. villosissimus, Kobresia myosuroides, Oxyria digyna and Potentilla hyparctica var. elatior were found in luxuriant growth. Outcrops of bare igneous bed rock were found throughout the area, particularly on the slopes away from the bay. Dryopteris fragrans, Cerastium alpinum and Arenaria rubella were found in the crevices of this rock. Behind the shore hills were numerous small shallow lakes bordered by small wet, rocky, hummocky sedge meadows. Carex bigelowii, C. vaginata, C. lagopina, Eriopho- rum angustifolium, E. brachyantherum, Juncus albescens and Pedicularis sudetica were quite common in the wetter areas, while Salix arctophila was frequent on the hum- mocks. The specimens, which are preserved in the Herbarium of the Department of Agri- culture, Ottawa, were identified by members of the staff of that institution. The numbers cited in the list are the author’s collection numbers. Canada. Uredinales Melampsora.arctica Rostr. On Saxifraga oppo- sitifolia L.; 1438. Uromyces lapponicus Lagerh. On Oxytropis maydelliana Trautv.; 1431. Polypodiaceae Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh.—frequent in shallow soil in protected spots among boul- ders on hillside; 1512, 1396. 1951, was issued February 21, 1952. — 191 — 192 THE CANADIAN Dryopteris fragrans (L.) Schott—fairly com- mon in protected spots in crevices and among boulders on hillside; 1513, 1430. Equisetaceae Equisetum variegatum Schleich.—beside a small lake in moist shallow sandy soil over igneous rock, and in deep moss; 1500. Lycopodiaceae Lycopodium selago L. forma appressum (Desv.) Gelert—scattered to rare in moist shallow soil on the rocky hillsides; 1474. Gramineae Hierochloé alpina (Sw.) R. & S.—scattered in patches in shallow soil and moss in exposed rocky areas; 1450. Arctagrostis latifolia (R.Br.) Griseb.—fairly common in moist shallow soil over rock; 1419. Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richt.—in very shal- low soil on rocky hillside; 1498. Poa glauca Vahl—common in moist shallow soil in manured area around ground squirrel burrows but rare elsewhere; 1460, 1464A, 1504. Poa arctica R. Br—common in sandy gravelly manured soil thrown up around ground squir- rel burrows and forming mats in shallow soil over igneous rock; 1452, 1453. Puccinellia paupercula (Holm.) Fern.—scat- tered in patches in sandy gravel among the boulders along the beach; 1459. Elymus arenarius L. var. villosissimus (Scribn.) Polunin—only a small patch of about a dozen heads was found in gravel among boulders along the beach, however a large stand was located on a hillside some distance inland in churned up manured sandy soil around ground squirrel burrows; 1509, 1477. Cyperaceae Eriophorum brachyantherum Trautv.—in a sedge meadow beside one of the small inland lakes; 1467. Eriophorum angustifolium Honckeny—fairly frequent in rich moist soil on the rocky hill- side and common in the sedge meadows around the small inland lakes; 1424. Eriophorum angustifolium Honckeny var. alpi- num Guadin—scattered in small Carex meadow beside small lake; 1469. Kobresia myosuroides (Vill.) Fiori & Paol. (K. bellardii (All.) Degl.)—scattered in small FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 clumps in churned up manured soil around ground squirrel burrows; 1482. Carex marina Dewey (C. bipartita Bell var. amphigena (Fern.) Polunin—forming a mat in shallow soil over igneous boulders near mouth of small freshet; 1439. Carex lagopina Wahl. (C. bipartita Bell var. bipartita)—in Carex meadow beside small lake, and in wet muck in springy area on igneous rocky hillside; 1472, 1485. Carex vaginata Tausch—rare; found only in a sedge meadow around a small inland lake; 1470. Carex misandra R. Br. f. ochrolochin Ost.— fairly common in rich moist soil on the rocky hillside; 1446. ; Carex bigelowii Torr.—fairly common in the sedge meadows around the small lakes but rare in the rich moist soil on rocky hillsides; 1468, 1466, 1448. Carex membranacea Hook.—very scattered in moist shallow soil over igneous rock; 1422. Juncaceae Luzula nivalis (Laest.) Beurl—scattered in rich moist soil on igneous hillside; 1444. Luzula confusa Lindeb.—scattered in shallow soil among igneous boulders with lichens, mosses and Cassiope tetragona; 1476. Juncus albescens (Lange) Fern.—scattered in small Carex meadow beside small lake; 1471. Liliaceae Tofieldia pusilla (Michx.) Pers. (T. borealis Wahl.)—rare; a few scattered plants were found on a hummock in a small sedge mead- ow, and also in rich moist soil on the rocky hillside; 1473, 1415. Salicaceae Salix alaxensis (Anders.) Cov. var. obovali- folia Ball—beside a small freshet on the steep hillside, and on hummocks by a small lake inland; absent elsewhere; 1494. Salix arctica (Pall. var. brownei Anders.—scat- tered in shallow soil on igneous rock; pro- strate; 1420, 1405, 1502, 1440, 1434. Salix arctophila Cockerell—in rich moist soil on igneous hillside and on hummocks in sedge meadow by a small lake; fairly com- mon; 1492, 1447. Salix reticulata L.—scattered in moist shallow soil over igneous rock; 1408. Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Polygonaceae Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill—common in moist soil among boulders; 1410. Polygonum viviparum L.—frequent in rich moist soil; 1428. Caryophyllaceae Silene acaulis L. var. exscapa (All.).DC.—in shallow soil over igneous rock; rare; 1402. Lychnis triflora R. Br. (Lychnis furcata sensu Polunin)—in moist shallow soil among rocks; rare; 1427. Lychnis apetala L. var. nutans Boivin—with Dryas integrifolia, Oxytropis maydelliana and Cassiope tetragona in moist shallow soil on bouldered hillside; rare; 1458. Cerastium alpinum L.—a number of elongated specimens were found growing in shade in shallow soil in a crevice of -the igneous rock; 1497, 1399. Stellaria laeta Rich. (Stellaria longipes sensu Polunin pro parte)—scattered in mats in shallow soil over igneous rocks and in crev- ices; 1403, 1496. Arenaria rubella (Wahl.) Sm.—in mossy crev- ice of igneous rock; rare; 1455. Ranunculaceae Ranunculus pedatifidus Sm. (det. L. Benson) —a single stand of very luxuriant specimens was found in rich moist fertilized soil around a ground squirrel burrow; 1429. Papaveraceae Papaver radicatum Rottb—in shallow soil among boulders; rare; 1411. Papaver radicatum Rottb. forma albiflorum Hartz.—a single large plant was found in shallow soil in a rocky crevice; 1483. Cruciferae Cochlearia officinalis L. var. oblongifolia (DC.) Gelert—in wet shallow soil over igneous boulders near the mouth of a small freshet and in gravel among boulders along the beach; 1441. Eutrema edwardsii R. Br.—in rich moist soil on the hillside and in shallow soil among boulders; 1449, 1412, 1394. Cardamine bellidifolia L—shallow soil among boulders; very rare; 1437, 1488. Draba alpina L.—a single small specimen was found in rich moist soil on an igneous ridge; 1443A. FIELD-NATURALIST 193 Draba fladnizensis Wulfen—in mossy crevices; very scattered; 1454. Draba crassifolia Graham—collected in both flowering and fruiting condition from moist shallow soil among boulders; rare; 1423, 1451. Draba nivalis Lil—shallow soil among boul- ders and in crevices; rare; 1495, 1457, 1398. Draba glabella Pursh—fairly common in sandy gravelly manured soil thrown up by ground squirrels; 1463. Saxifragaceae Saxifraga rivularis L. forma hyperborea (R. Br.) Hook.—in moist rich shallow soil over igneous rock, under an overhanging boulder and in shallow wet soil near the mouth of a small freshet; rare; 1508, 1442. Saxifraga cernua L.—scattered in moist shal- low soil among igneous boulders; 1426. Saxifraga ? stellaris L. var. comosa Retz.—a single small immature specimen from rich moist soil on the igneous hillside, is referred to this species; 1443B. Saxifraga nivalis L.—in mossy crevices of igneous rock; rare; 1456. Saxifraga tricuspidata Rottb.—fairly frequent in shallow soil on igneous rock; 1425. Saxifraga oppositifolia L.—scattered in small mats in deep moist moss and in shallow soil over igneous rock; 1438. Rosaceae Potentilla hyparctica Malte var. elatior (Abro- meit) Fern.—common and very luxuriant in churned up manured sandy soil around ground squirrel burrows as well as in shallow soil among igneous boulders on the hillside; 1480, 1416. Dryas integrifolia Vahl—forming extensive mats in shallow soil over igneous rock; 1414. Leguminosae Astragalus alpinus L.—scattered in shallow soil over igneous boulders; 1432. Oxytropis hudsonica (Greene) Fern.—very common on one hillside in shallow soil over igneous boulders; 1505, 1491. Oxytropis maydelliana Trautv.—very common in open areas on hillsides in shallow soil over igneous boulders; at the time of collec- tion (July 19) the flowers gave the whole hillside a yellow cast; 1431. Oxytropis bellii (Britton) Pabiline—fairly common in shallow soil over igneous boul- ders on the hillsides; 1506, 1400. 194 THE CANADIAN Empetraceae Empetrum nigrum L.—prostrate on shallow soil over igneous rock; common; 1401. Onagraceae Epilobium latifolium L.—fairly common in shallow soil among igneous boulders; 1413. Epilobium davuricum Fisch. var. arcticum (Samuelsson) Polunin—found only in muck in springy areas on igneous rocky hillside; 1484. Pyrolaceae Pyrola grandiflora Radius—one flowering spe- cimen and about fifty rosettes were found in shallow black soil in an exposed position on top of an igneous ridge; 1507. Ericaceae Ledum palustre L. var. decumbens Ait.—fairly common in shallow soil over igneous rock; 1404. Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahl.—moist springy area on rocky hillside; 1486. Cassiope tetragona (L.) D. Don—decumbent on Shallow soil over igneous rock; very com- mon; 1417. Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) Spreng.—forming a mat in shallow soil over boulders, and in moss over igneous rock; 1489, 1461. Vaccinium uliginosum L. var. alpinum Bigel.— along the banks of a small freshet this FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 species reached a height of 6 inches, else- where in shallow soil over the rocks it was prostrate; 1435. Vaccinium vitis-idaea L. var. minus Lodd.— shallow soil over igneous rock; 1436. Scrophulariaceae Pedicularis sudetica Willd.—in wet muck in a sedge meadow beside a small inland lake; 1465. Pedicularis capitata Adams—common in moist shallow soil on the hillsides; 1418. Campanulaceae Campanula uniflora L.—in shallow soil among boulders; rare; 1395. Compositae Erigeron eriocephalus Vahl—found only in churned up manured sandy soil around ground squirrel burrows; 1478. Antennaria ekmaniana A. E. (Porsild —in churned up manured sandy soil around ground squirrel burrows and in shallow soil over igneous rock; 1479, 1499. Chrysanthemum integrifolium Rich. — scat- tered to rare in rich moist shallow soil over igneous rocks and in shallow soil among boulders; 1490, 1397. Taraxacum phymatocarpum Vahl—a number of very luxuriant specimens were collected from rich moist soil on the hillside; rare; 1409. TWO NEW SPECIES OF OENOTHERA’ R. Ruccies Gates, F. R. S. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. N CONNECTION with an extensive mono- graph of the genus Oenothera which is now in preparation, two distinctive forms are here described as' new species. The status of species, microspecies and varieties in this genus has been considered at length in that monograph, to which reference should be made. These two species are by-products which were not prepared in time for inclu- sion in the monograph, where they are simply referred to by name. Their description is as follows: Q. apicaborta n. sp. This remarkable species was grown at the Courtauld Genetical Laboratory, Regents 1 Received for publication April 18, 1951. Park, London, in 1938 and 1939 from seeds collected between the railway and St. Mau- rice, near Les Piles, Champlain County, Quebec, by the late Prof. Marie-Victorin and Rolland-Germain on August 12, 1936. It is represented in their collections by Herb. Sheet 51, Aug. 12, 1936. In 1938, 35 plants were grown by me from seeds in capsules on this sheet, as culture 42.38. They were uni- form, with short, narrow leaves. From seeds of one of these plants selfed, 18 seedlings germinated in 1939 and 17 came to flower as culture 45.39. They were of the same type as the parent culture. The following description is from notes on the rosettes in both years and a full study of the 1938 cul- ture by Dr. W. R. Philipson, of the British Fig. 1 O.apicaborta n.sp. Les Piles (Champlain Co.), Que. Culture 45.39. Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Museum (Natural History), and myself. The photograph (Fig. 1) was taken in 1939. Rosette leaves medium green, subspatu- late, acute, 19-25 cm x 39-44 mm, smooth, midrib broad, white or + pink, margin finely waved, distantly repand-denticulate with obscure red teeth, repand-dentate with green teeth below, narrowed to almost unmargined petiole ca. 8 cm long. Bearing scattered minute appressed puberulence, more sparse on lower surface, no long hairs; rare liver- coloured spots. Central stem erect, short (ca. 2 ft.) with dense terminal inflorescence ca. 5 cm long, which aborts, leaving a dead stem end, so that only 1 or 2 or frequently no flowers are produced on the central stem. This is true of every plant, but of no other Oeno- thera. A ring of short, ascending basal branches is produced. Following abortion of the stem apex, a short cauline branch is developed from every leaf axil, those just below the aborted apex being exceptionally long (see Fig. 1). These bear numerous flowers. The cauline branches are + red and bent at the tip, although the central (aborted) stem-tip remains erect. The stem is strongly ribbed, the ribs red, especially below, subglabrous with sparse long hairs from green papillae and sparse puberulence. Leaves horizontal, narrow lanceolate, 13.5 cm x 25 mm, margin repand- denticulate above, repand-dentate below, glands green, midrib pink in lower half of leaf, pubescence same as on rosette leaves. The leafy short shoots arising in every axil each bear a terminal inflorescence of many young buds. The terminal rosette of the main stem always aborts, the lateral branches then grow out. The inflorescence is dense, never expanding. Ovary 16 x 2.5 mm, with scattered long hairs without papillae, scat- tered erect pubescence and sparse puberu- lence. Hypanthium 16-20 x 2 mm, yellowish green, subglabrous. Bud-cone 14 x 5 mm, Squarish, yellowish below, greenish above, pubescence as on ovary, but with rare, very small, pink spots; sepal tips 2 mm, green, very slender, touched with red. Flower opening out, petals flabby, 15 x 17 mm, over- lapping; filaments ca. 10 mm, arcuate, anthers 4 mm; stigma lobes 5 mm, 14 mm above hypanthium, a unique condition for flowers of this size. This extraordinary species is easily re- cognized by the aborting stem tip and the FIELD-NATURALIST 195 many short cauline branches, as well as the narrowish leaves with frequently waved mar- gins. The aborted stem tip was at first re- garded as the effect of some disease produced by a fungus or a virus. But this interpreta- tion was finally excluded, because (1) the condition applies equally to every plant, (2) it was repeated in exactly the same way in the second generation from seeds, (3) it was confined always to the central stem and never appeared on a side branch and (4) such a condition has never been seen among the tens of thousands of Oenotheras grown from a hundred or more other localities. This spontaneous abortion appears to be unique among flowering plants. It can only be com- pared with various hereditary diseases in ‘man, in which certain muscles or certain parts of the central nervous system, or both, under- go spontaneous degeneration. Examples are peroneal atrophy, macular degeneration, cere- bellar degeneration, Huntington’s chorea and various forms of muscular dystrophy (see Gates, 1946, Chapters XXII and XXIII). In- herited degeneration of the stem apex when the plant has reached a certain height ap- pears to be directly comparable with the de- generation of certain muscular or nervous tissues when the individual has reached a certain age which may be long after adult- hood. It would be of great interest to see how this condition in Oenothera is inherited in crosses. The original culture has been lost but can probably be obtained again from the original locality. Herbarium sheets from these cultures were destroyed in the war. Although this is perhaps the first time that apical stem abortion has been described as a specific character, yet tissue abortion undoubtedly takes place normally in plants to an extent not previously realized. My friend, Prof. R. H. Wetmore, has recently directed my attention to a condition in Cerci- diphyllum japonicum in which, on all the branches, the terminal portion (several inches in length) regularly aborts, followed by out- growth of lateral shoots from the axils be- low. Bell (1950) has described a somewhat similar condition in the Canadian blueberry, Vaccinium angustifolium Ait. var. laevifolium House. The growth of vegetative branches is terminated by the death of the apical me- ristem accompanied by rapid development of adjacent meristematic tissue into a _ shoot, while the flowering branches remain short and abort after producing a cluster of berries. 196 THE CANADIAN Diagnosis: O. apicaborta sp. nov. Folia radicalia mediocriter viridia, subs- pathulata, acuta, circa 20 cm longa x 40 mm lata, levia; costa lata, alba vel punicea; margo remote repando-denticulata; cum maculis ra- ris coloris jecoris. Caulis erectus, brevis; in- florescentia terminalis, ca. 5 cm longa, demo- riens, tune in axillis omnium foliorum cauli- norum excrescat ramus. Folia anguste lan- ceolata, circa 13.5 cm longa, 25 mm lata. Petala flaccida, 15 mm longa; stigma 14 mm supra hypanthium. O. magdalena n. sp. This distinct species is described from two cultures (65.38 and 50.39) grown from seeds collected by Miss Marcelle Gauvreau in 1934 at Havre-aux-Maisons in the Magda- len Islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The descriptive notes are partly by Dr. W. R. Philipson. The rosette leaves are dark green, rather long and narrow (23 cm x 35 mm) with white midribs, blotches of pale green on margin and rare large liver spots. The margin is strongly waved, especially in the younger leaves, subentire with small green marginal glands. In the petiole the broad midrib is very narrow-margined. Stem short, 31-34 in., erect or slightly bent at tip, ribbed, not brittle. A ring of very long basal branches, suberect, equalling the central stem, as in O. Hazelae var. parviflora (Fig. 24 in Gates 1936). Stem light green, with faint patches of pale red, scattered long hairs from small red papillae and appressed puberulence. Leaves smooth, elliptical-lanceolate, ascend- ing or horizontal, 13-19 cm x 29 mm, midribs white, margin obscurely repand-denticulate above, repand-dentate below with obscure Table 1. Measurements of eight specimens FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 green glands, both surfaces subglabrous with minute appressed puberulence. Apex of in- florescence flat, not comose. Ovary 14-15 x 3 mm, with long ascending hairs from minute red papillae and appressed puberulence. Hy- panthium 20-22 x 2 mm, pink throughout be- fore and after anthesis, sparse long hairs without papillae, erect and appressed pu- berulence. Bud-cone 10-12 x 45 mm, green becoming yellow with small red patches. Sepal tips 4 mm, green, subterminal, erect or spreading. Petals 12-13 x 12 mm, filaments 7-9 mm, anthers 4-5 mm, stigma lobes 3-5 mm, 5 mm above hypanthium. The pink hyanthia have not been observed in any other Oenothera, but Bartlett (1914) described O. rubescens from Nantucket with reddish buds and hypanthia. In foliage and habit O. magdalena shows resemblance to O. ammophiloides Gates and Catcheside (see Gates, 1933) to which it is no doubt related. O. ammophiloides was originally described from Guysborough, Nova Scotia, from seeds collected by Prof. Jacques Rousseau. O. mag- dalena differs in (1) the pink hypanthium, (2) smaller flowers (petals 12-138 x 12 mm instead of 18 x 23 mm), (3) sepals green, without red papillae, (4) stems erect or sub- erect. It belongs to the series of forms in Eastern Canada, which is adapted to coastal conditions, extending along the coast of Nova Scotia and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. O. Haze- lae and its var. parviflora (see Gates, 1936) are also related to O. magdalena but they are partly coastal and partly inland. A number of specimens belonging to this species from the Magdalen Islands are in the Gray Herbarium, from collections made of O. magdalena in Gray Herbarium i EE EEE Bud cone Sepal tips Midleaf 1, 10 mm 2mm 8 cm x 24 mm 2: 20 mm 4mm 15 cm x 27 mm (long petiole) 3. 14 mm 4 mm 9.5 cm x 35 mm (long petiole) 4. 9mm 5 mm 5.5 em x 9-11 mm (very short petiole) 5. 8 mm 2mm 4 cm x 6 mm (very short petiole) 6. 8 mm 1 mm 7.5 cm x 8 mm (very short petiole; liver spots on leaves; red stripes on buds) 7. 6 mm 2mm 7.5 em x 10 mm (no liver spots; few red papillae on buds) 8 12 mm 2mm 6-8.5 cm x 10-12 mm (no liver spots on leaves; few red papillae on buds) a eae Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN in 1912 by Messrs. Fernald, Long and St. John. They show numerous variations which are listed in the accompanying table. These plants differed mainly in length of bud cone and of sepal tips; also in leaf measurements, length of petiole, presence of red stripes or red papillae on the buds, and presence or absence of liver spots on the leaves. These variations are all within the local population, but none of them, except the red papillae on the buds in certain specimens, bring the phe- notype nearer to O. ammophiloides or any other species. Superficially they resemble a hybrid swarm, but owing to the self-pollina- tion and chromosome catenation in Oenothera they cannot be a hybrid swarm in the usual sense of a freely intercrossing population. O. magdalena belongs with the coastal species and varieties extending from Guysborough, Nova Scotia, around the Gulf of St. Law- rence and the Gaspé Peninsula. The detailed description applies particularly to one mi- crospecies. Diagnosis: O. magdalena sp. nov. Folia radicalia atroviridia, sublonga et subangusta (23 cm longa x 35 mm lata); cum maculis raris magnis coloris jecoris; costa alba, infra lata; margo valde undulata FIELD-NATURALIST 197 praecipue in folia juvenilia, subintegra cum glandulis parvis viridibus. Caulis_ brevis, erectus vel apice leviter declinatus, ramis radicalibus longis instructus, leucoviridis, rare rubrotuberculatus. Folia plana, ellipti- co — lanceolata (13-19 cm longa, 29 mm lata). margine obscure repando-denticulata supra re- pando-dentata infra cum glandulis viridibus obscuris, utrinqgue subglabra. Apex in flo- rescentiae planus, non comosus. Ovarium mi- nute rubropapillatum, hypanthium ante et post anthesium puniceum. Alabastra viridia demum lutea, cum maculis parvis rubris. Petala 12-13 mm longa, stigma 5 mm supra hypanthium. REFERENCES Bartlett, H. H. 1914—Twelve Elementary species of Onagra; Cybele Columbiana 1:37-56. Pls. 5. Bell, H. P. 1950.—Determinate growth in the blueberry; Can. Jour. Res. C, 28:637-644. Gates, R. R. 1936.—Genetical and taxonomic investigations in the genus Oenothera; Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 226B: 239-355. Figs. 73. 1946. Human Genetics. 2 Vols. Pp. 1518. New York: MacMillan. FLORAL LIST OF THE MORTLACH DISTRICT, SOUTHERN SASKATCHEWAN * J. H. Hupson Saskatoon, Sask. HE DISTRICT COVERED in this list centres in the village of Mortlach, about 30 miles west of the city of Moose Jaw, Sask. It includes eight whole (twps. 16 and 17, range 29, W. 2nd meridian; twps. 16, 17 and 18, ranges 1 and 2, W. 3rd) and two broken townships half a mile wide (twps. 16 and 17, range 30 W. 2nd). A map showing the topo- graphical features of the area and its position in Saskatchewan accompanies the list (fig. 1). The list is based on collections made by the. writer in the summer of 1950, and at present in his possession. It contains 491 species and varieties, although it is felt that the genera Salix, Carex and Poa are not fully covered. 1 Received for publication Dec. 4, 1950. Relief. The dominant topographical feature is the Missouri Coteau, a range of morainic hills extending northwest across southern Saskatchewan from the American boundary, in this area forming a semicircle a few miles south and west of Mortlach. At its foot the plains of the second prairie steppe extend northeastward, while beyond its crest a morainic upland continues southwestward to the basin of the former glacial lake now occupied by Lakes Chaplin and Johnstone. The Coteau rises considerably above the second steppe: elevation of steppe at Mort- lach station, 1985 feet; base of Coteau, 2100;. lowest crest of Coteau, 2300; average for the crest, 2400 to 2500; highest summit in the area, 2600 feet. 198 THE CANADIAN Drainage. Upon the Coteau the knob-and- kettle topography exhibits no definite sur- face drainage. Numerous pot-holes, sloughs and non-permanent lakes exist, many of them alkaline — that is, saline with sodium sulfate. The northeast face, however, is carved into coulées, several miles long and 100 to 200 feet deep, presumably excavated, considering the present scanty run-off, to- wards the close of the glacial period (1). For a few weeks in spring, a stream runs out of each coulée across the plain south of Mortlach, converging on Besant creek; at other times only a spring at the head and a dry bed remain. The channel of Besant creek takes form a mile southwest of Mortlach, where several of these arroyos link up amid alluvial flats; thence it strikes east to join Thunder creek near Caron. Evidently excavated by a former larger river, this valley, though partly filled in by wind-blown sand during subsequent periods of drought, remains deep enough to intercept the water table in a series of bogs and springs along its south side. These springs feed the present creek which, rising 2 miles east of Mortlach, flows less than 4 miles before entering a Moose Jaw city water intake. Possibly the supply is maintained by subsurface flow from a catchment area on the Coteau. Thunder creek, an intermittent stream oc- cupying a wide and shallow glacial chan- nel (14% miles wide, 50 feet deep) which drains to the Qu’Appelle, runs southeast across the north edge of the area. The upper end of its valley cuts through the Coteau to the South Saskatchewan River 30 miles above the Elbow, permitting the construction of a Moose Jaw water-supply canal along the valley north of the creek bed. With river water this canal fills an artificial lake a mile north of Caron, known as the “Caron settling basin’’. Pelican Lake, an alkaline flat containing water only in spring, occupies an expansion of Thunder creek some six miles northeast of Mortlach. Other playa lakes north of Parkbeg receive local run-off, but, possess- ing no outlets, are strongly alkaline. Geology. A cover of glacial deposits, up to 150 feet thick, conceals the bedrock almost everywhere. The second prairie steppe is known from borings to be underlain by the Bearpaw Shale. Beneath the Coteau Moraine the Eastend, Whitemud, and Ravenscrag formations appear from scattered outcrops FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 in coulées to be present in normal order as a bedrock escarpment. Soils and Glacial Deposits. The soils of the area have been classified on the basis of parent material, named and mapped by the Saskatchewan Soil Survey (1, 2). The Haverhill association comprises clay loams and loams developed on till. It oc- curs over all the Coteau and on ground moraine at the base of the Coteau south of Mortlach. Clay loams and clays of the Echo associa- tion, commonly known as “burn-out flats’, cover several square miles of the N.W. corner, twp. 16, range 1 W. 3rd. Here till and bedrock (chiefly marine shale) have been eroded out of the coulées to the south and spread out mixed over the plains be- low. There results an infertile clayey soil studded with small pits and hummocks, supporting a distinctive halophytic flora — e.g. Atriplex argentea. The northern part of the area is occupied by sandy soil of three kinds: Hatton fine sandy loam, developed on sandy glacial lake deposits; coarser dune sands, presu- mably of like origin but reworked by wind; and Chaplin sandy loam, often gravelly, on glacial outwash and water-resorted till. Such soils, if cultivated, suffer severely from wind erosion; they were reduced to a semi-desert condition during the drouths of 1917-21 and 1929-39. Although now more or less revege- tated, first with weeds and later with grass and shrubs, the landscape consists of dunes and wind-eroded pits (“blow-outs”). Many of the pits were excavated down to the water table, normally high on sandy soil. If the water table is high enough (about 5 feet down), trees, notably Populus Sargentii, now form part of the cover. Clay soils on glacial lake deposits — Sceptre association — occupy a few square miles of the S.W. corner, twp. 17, range 1 W. 3rd. Similar heavy alluvial soils, often alkaline, fringe creek bottoms and sloughs. Climate. Semi-arid conditions hold in this region as elsewhere in southern Saskatche- wan. The climate is marked by long cold winters and short hot summers (mean an- nual temperature around 35°F.), low and widely variable precipitation (around 14 in., maximum normally in early summer), high evaporation (20 to 25 in. annually), and fre- quent high winds. Moisture is thus the limit- ing factor in plant growth. Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN The warm, dry Chinook winds, potent far- ther west, cool off towards their eastern limit; at Mortlach their temperature seldom rises above 32°F. Hence the snows of winter usually remain till spring. A local climatic effect probably due to increase of altitude is seen in slightly lower summer daily maxima upon the Coteau. The consequent increase in the ratio preci- pitation-evaporation is perceptible in the vegetation. The district lies in the less arid eastern section of the Brown Soil Zone; the pre- sence of grasses characteristic of the Dark Brown Soil Zone, such as Agropyron dasys- tachyum and Stipa spartea var. curtiseta, marks the transition to this moister zone. Variations from the prairie vegetation are found in the coulées described earlier and along Besant creek. In the coulées, a moist- climate flora is found on the shaded south and west walls; while those opposite, violent- ly heated in summer, support xerophytes like Aplopappus Nuttalli, Eriogonum fla- vum, ete. Certain species are erratically dis- tributed among coulées; a form may be confined to one coulée, or to several neigh- boring coulées, for no apparent reason. The Besant valley flora, along with coulée spe- cies, possesses a variety of pool and bog forms. The summer of 1950, during which these collections were made, was scarcely repre- sentative; colder and wetter than usual, it might have favored moisture-loving species. Abbreviations and Definitions for the List. HtFL — Hatton fine sandy loam ChSL — Chaplin sandy loam ChGL — Chaplin gravelly loam. HrLL — Haverhill light loam HrL — Haverhill loam HrCL — Haverhill clay loam EcC — Echo clay ScHvC — Sceptre heavy clay When a specific place is given, that plant has not been found elsewhere. * __ Plant apparently confined to Besant valley. The environment ‘field pot-holes” com- prises small sloughs in tilled fields impossible to sow in the spring for excess of moisture. PTERIDOPHYTA OPHIOGLOSSACEAE *Botrychium Lunaria (L.) Sw. Shady bank in poplar bluff, SW%4 29-17-29 W. 2nd. FIELD-NATURALIST 199 POLYPODIACEAE Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. Not scarce in shady coulée bottoms. EQUISETACEAE *Hquisetum affine Engelm. Sometimes found in wet sand along Besant creek. E.arvense L. Occasionally found in wet sand. E.kansanum J. H. Schaffner. Common in dry sand and bottoms of blow-outs. SELAGINELLACEAE Selaginella densa Rydb. Very common in dry places. MONOCOTYLEDONES TYPHACEAE Typha latifolia L. Occasionally found in marshes. SPARGANIACEAE *Sparganium multipedunculatum (Morong) Rydb. Not rare in oxbow ponds along Besant creek. S.eurycarpum Engelm. Common in marshes and permanent sloughs. JUNCAGINACEAE Triglochin maritima L. Common in alkali flats. T.palustris L. Not rare around springs. ALISMACEAE Alisma Geyeri Torr. Slough bottom, S.E. corner N.W. % 21-17-1 W. 3rd. A.Plantago-aquatica LL. var. brevipes (Greene) Samuelsson. Common in sloughs. Sagittaria cuneata Sheldon. Occasionally found in sloughs. ZANNICHELLIACEAE *Potamogeton foliosus Raf. valley. P.gramineus L. Large shallow fresh-water slough, W. edge N.E. % 9-17-1 W. 3rd. *Pinterior Rydb. Oxbow lake, S.E. %4 30- 17-29 W. 2nd. *P. Richardsonii (Benn) Rydb. Oxbow lake, S.E. % 30-17-29 W. 2nd. Leaves heavily coated with CaCOg. Zannichellia palustris L. Common in alka- line and ferruginous pools and springs. GRAMINEAE *Agropyron albicans Scribn. & Smith. Moist brushy flat, S.W. % 30-17-29 W. 2nd. A.cristatum (Schreb.) Gaertn. Used for regrassing drifted sandy soil; plentifully escaped. A.dasystachyum (Hook.) Scribn. Common. Pools, Besant 200 THE CANADIAN A.repens (L.) Beauv. Occasionally found in low ground. A.Smithii Rydb. Our commonest grass. A.trachycaulum (Link) Malte var. typi- cum Fern. Very common. A.trachycaulum (Link) Malte var. wni- laterale (Cassidy) Malte. Common in moist saline meadows, associating with Zygadenus elegans. Agrostis alba L. Occasionally found in moist places. A.exarata Trin. Dark moist bank, coulée botton, S.W. corner S.E. ™% 5-17-29 W. 2nd. A.scabra Willd. Common in field pot-holes and abandoned fields. Alopecurus aequalis Sobol. Occasionally found in slough bottoms on the Coteau. A.geniculatus L. Common in slough bot- toms, chiefly on HtFL. Andropogon scoparius Michx. Common in moist sandy meadows, associated with Zygadenus elegans; occasionally found half-way up the east sides of hills. Avena fatua L. A common weed in wet seasons, such as 1950. A.Hookeri Scribn. Occasionally found at the heads of coulées. Beckmannia Syzigachne (Steud.) Fern. Very common in sloughs. Bouteloua gracilis (H.B.K.) Lag. Very common on dry prairie. Bromus anomalus Rupr. Occasionally found among brush. B.ciliatus L. Fairly common in coulées and among brush. B.inermis Leyss. Common; cultivation. Calamagrostis inexpansa. A. Gray. Com- mon on low ground. C.montanensis Scribn. soil. Calamovilfa longifolia (Hook.) Hack. Very common on sand. Catabrosa aquatica (L.) Beauv. Spring at coulée head, N.W. % 15-16-1 W. 3rd. Danthonia californica Boland var. amevri- cana (Scribn.) Hitche. Moist prairie at coulée head, N.W. % 15-16-1 W. 3rd. Deschampsia caespitosa (L.) Beauv. Com- mon in moist ground. Distichlis stricta (Torr.) Rydb. Very com- mon. Echinochloa Crus-Galli (L.) Beauv. Occa- sionally found in field pot-holes. Elymus canadensis L. Common; chiefly in sandy soil. escaped from Not rare in sandy FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 E.Macounii Vasey. Rare; found in grassy slough bottoms. E.virginianus L. Not rare in bluffs. *Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder. Quiet reach of Besant creek. S. E. cor. S. % 25-17-30 W. 2nd. G.grandis S. Wats. Occasionally found in sloughs on the Coteau. G.striata (Lamb.) Hitche. found in bogs. Hierochloé odorata (L.) Wahl. Common in sandy meadows. Hordeum jubatum L. Very common, es- pecially in low ground. Koeleria cristata (L.) Pers. Very common on all soils. Muhlenbergia asperifolia (Nees & Meyen) Parodi. Common in alkaline sandy soil. M.cuspidata (Torr.) Rydb. Common on hillsides. M.racemosa (Michx.) B.S.P. Occasionally found in moist ground among brush. Ac- companies Bromus ciliatus. M.squarrosa (Trin.) Rydb. low sandy prairie. Oryzopsis hymenoides (R. & S.) Ricker. Common on old sand dunes. *O.micrantha (Trin. & Rupr.) Thurb. Among brush on the N. slope of a sand ridge, S.W. % 29-17-29 W. 2nd. Panicum capillare L. var. occidentale Rydb. Wet sand of dike around artificial Occasionally Common on lake, S.E. % 35-17-29 W. 2nd (Caron settling basin). Phalaris arundinacea. lL. Occasionally found in wet meadows. Phleum pratense L. Sometimes found in moist ground. Poa Canbyi (Scribn.) Piper. low prairie. P.Cusickii Vasey. Common on dry prairie. P.interior Rydb. Gant abundance not P.palustris L. estimated; jointly P.pratensis L. common. P.secunda Presl. Occasionally found on dry prairie. Puccinellia Nuttalliana (Schultes) Hitchce. Common on alkaline and burn-out flats. Schedonnardus paniculatus (Nutt.) Trel. Not uncommon on dry hardpan flats. Setaria viridis (L.) Beauv. Very common weed in sandy fields. Spartina gracilis Trin. Rather common on saline prairie. S.pectinata Bose. Occasionally found in wet places; common in Besant valley. Common on Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN FYIELD-NATURALIST 201 be Gr hie 2.20 SASKATCHEWAN oa CONTOURS IN FEET. SHOWING LARGER ALKALI LAKES. LOCATION A PERENNIAL STREAM. INTERMITTENT OF MORTLACH MELE erienes A Ee DISTRICT. 444 MAIN LINE, CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY . OL 2 3 gs ite ee ee eh ee eS Mites. Fig. 1. Map of the Mortlach District, southern Saskatchewan. 202 THE CANADIAN Sphenopholis obtusata (Michx.) Scribn. Occasionally found on low prairie and faintly alkaline flats. Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) A. Gray. Common in sand. Stipa comata Trin. & Rupr. Very common. S.spartea Trin. var. curtiseta Hitche. Com- mon only on the Coteau southeast of Mortlach. S.viridula Trin. Common on the Coteau. CYPERACEAE Carex aenea Fern. HtFL in low spots. *C.aquatilis Wahl. Common in bogs along Besant creek. C.atherodes Spreng. Common in sloughs. *C.aurea Nutt. Moist sandy meadow by creek, S.E. cor. S. % 25-17-30 W. 2nd. C.brevior Mack. Occasionally found in low spots. C.Douglasii meadows. C.Eleocharis Bailey. Very common on dry prairie. C.filifolia Nutt. Very common on dry hill- sides. C.heliophila Mack. Common. C.lanuginosa Michx. Sometimes found in old blow-outs excavated down to the water table. C.obtusata Liljebl. Found around the edges of brush clumps. C.praegracilis W. Boott. Common on moist prairie. C.rostrata Stokes. Common in sloughs. C.scirpiformis Mack. Slightly alkaline al- luvial flat, S.E. % 21-17-1 W. 3rd. C.Sprengelii Dewey. Common in bluffs. C.sychnocephala Carey. Around a pool, in the ditch of an abandoned railway grade, S.E. corner N.E. % 29-17-1 W. 3rd. C.tenera Dewey. Moist shady bank, cou- lée bottom, S.W. cor. S.E. % 5-17-2 W. 2nd. C.Torreyi Tuckerm. Moist soil among bushes, coulée bottom; N.W. % 10-17-2 W. 3rd. Cyperus inflexus Muhl. Alluvial flat, pro- bably a delta, along slough shore; W. edge N.E. % 9-17-1 W. 3rd. Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. Very common in field pot-holes. E.palustris (L.) R. & S. Very common. *Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. Bog, S. edge S.W. % 25-17-1 W. 3rd. Scirpus americanus Pers. Common. Not uncommon on Boott. Common in_ saline FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 S.paludosus A. Nels. lakes; stone. S.rubrotinctus Fern. Occasionally found; prefers fresher water than the others. S.validus Vahl. Fairly common. LEMNACEAE Lemna minor L. Common in springs, and in pools along Besant valley. JUNCACEAE Juncus balticus Willd. Engelm. Very common. J.bufonius L. Common in muddy places. J.Dudleyi Wieg. Common around sloughs. *J.longistylis Torr. Common along the boggy banks of Besant creek. *J.nodosus L. Common in Besant bogs. J.Torreyi Coville. By a grassy pool, E. edge N.E. % 26-17-29 W. 2nd. LILIACEAE Allium textile Nels. & Macbr. prairie. Disporum trachycarpum S. Wats. Rare; found only in the most heavily wooded coulées southeast of Mortlach. Lilium philadelphicum L. var. (Nutt.) Ker. Not rare; associates with Zygadenus elegans. The year 1950 was the best season for this species in a long time. Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf. moist places. Similax herbacea LL. var. lasioneuron (Hook.) A.D.C. Not rare in bluffs. Zygadenus elegans Pursh. Common in moist saline sandy meadows; the most conspicuous of the many species peculiar to such places. Z.gramineus Rydb. Common on not too dry prairie on the Coteau. IRIDACEAE Common in alkali covers the bottom of lake John- var. montanus Common on andinum Common in Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. Common on moist prairie. S.mucronatum Michx. Not rare; associa- tes with Zygadenus elegans; needs moister ground than S.angustifolium. ORCHIDACEAE *Habenaria hyperborea Coult. In only the wettest bogs of Besant valley. DICOTYLEDONES SALICACEAE *Populus balsamifera L. Scarce. Two records from the eastern part of Besant valley, mixed with P.tremuloides on sandy soil. P.Sargentii Dode. Not rare on sandy soil with high water table. Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN P.tremuloides Michx. Common and _ in- creasing. Bluffs are springing up around sloughs on the Coteau. This increase is probably due to the absence of prairie fires since settlement. If there has been any climatic shift at all in late decades, it has been a drying trend, unfavorable to trees. Salix Bebbiana Sarg. Common. *S.candida Fliigge. Bogs along Besant creek. S.discolor Muhl. Common. S.interior Rowlee. The common willow on sandy soil. Leaves vary much in pub- escence. S.lutea Nutt. Common. S.petiolaris Smith. Common. URTICACEAE Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl. Common in shady thickets. Urtica procera Muhl. Common Nettle. Common on moist rich soil. SANTALACEAE Comandra pallida A.D.C. Common on dry prairie. POLYGONACEAE Eriogonum flavum Nutt. Common on dry eroded hillsides. Polygonum achoreum Blake. around dwellings. P.aviculare L. Found as a street weed in Mortlach. P.coccineum Muhl. forma terrestre (Willd.) Stanford. Very common in sloughs. P.Convolvulus L. Common field weed. P.lapathifolium L. Occasionally found in field pot-holes. Perianth ranges in color from deep rose to white. P.natans A. Eat. forma genuinum Stan- ford. Shallow pool, N.E. corner N.E. % 26-17-29 W. 2nd. Pmatans neon Baldpate, 74-76 Barn Swallow at Cambridge Bay, N.W.T., The, by Gordon K. Sweatman, 184 Barnacle, Pacific, 36 Barrow’s Golden-eye at Huntsville, Ontario, by R. J. Rutter, 158 Bartramia longicauda, 91 Bat on the ground in daylight, A, by Fred- erick E. Warburton, 79 Bay Lynx in Manitoba, The, by L. T. S. Norris-Elye, 119 Beckmannia syzigachne, 200 Berteroa incana, 204 Betula glandulosa, 55; Bidens glaucescens, 209; rula, 209 Bighorn Sheep of Banff National Park, The, reviewed by Austin W. Cameron, 125 Bird lice (Mallophaga) from a Florida Gal- linule and Baird’s Sandpiper, by W. W. Judd, 120 Bird notes from Banks and Victoria Islands, by A. E. Porsild, 40 Bird observations at Chesterfield Inlet, Keewatin, in 1950, by D. B. O. Savile, 145 Birds and mammals of the Creston region, British Columbia, The, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 85 Birds in unusual plumages at Pimisi Bay, Ontario, by Louise de Kiriline Lawrence, 45 Birds of Greenland, The, reviewed by W. Earl] Godfrey, 124 Birds of the St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands, by Harold S. Peters and Thomas D. Bur- leigh, 170 Blackbird, Brewer’s, 75, 76; Red-winged, 71, 75, 76, 82; Rusty, 74, 81, 138 Bleakney, Sherman A new snake record for Nova Thamnophis sauritus sauritus, 118 Bluebird, 71, 81, 82; Eastern, 73 Bobolink, 82 Bob-white, 73 Boisduvallia glabella, 206 Boivin, Bernard Centurie de plantes canadiennes II, 1 Review of Handbook of the North Dakota Plants, 188 : Bombycilla garrulus, 168; garrulus garrulus, 168 Boreal Chickadee east of the Rockies, Geo- graphical variation in the, by W. Earl Godfrey, 22 Botrychium lunaria, 199 terrae-novae, 17 vulgata var. pube- Scotia, Linnaeus, ‘ Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Bousfield, E. L. Review of Sea and shore, 122 Bouteloua gracilis, 200 Bowden, Wray M. and Bert Miller Distribution of the papaw, Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal, in southern Ontario, 27 Brachyactis angusta, 209 Brant, American, 130; Black, 41, 117 Branta bernicla hrota, 130; bernicla nigri- cans, 41; canadensis, 114, 149; canadensis canadensis, 130; canadensis leucopareia, 114; canadensis interior, 85; canadensis parvipes, 114 Brassica juncea, 204 Braya purpurascens, 57, 182 Breeding-bird census, 1950, by John W. Arnold, Ruth M. Horner, Verna Ross and Mary Stuart, 81 Breeding census, by Mrs. D. B. O. Savile and T. F. Morland, 81 : Breeding diving ducks on Lake St. Clair, Ontario, by H. G. Lumsden, 31 British Trust for Ornithology, 159 Bromus anomalus, 200; ciliatus, 200; inermis, 200 Bryum arcticum, 49; inclinatum, 49; wrightii, 49, 141 Bubo virginianus, 187; nemis, 136 Bucephala clangula, 158; clangula americana, 131, 149; islandica, 158 Buffle-head, 70, 71, 74-76 Bunting, Eastern Snow, 140; Snow, 42, 68-74, 117, 147, 157 Burleigh, Thomas D. See Peters, Harold S. Burleigh ’ Buteo jamaicensis, 116; logapus s. johannis, 41, 132, 150 virginianus heteroc- Indigo, 81; and Thomas D. SACS VAR: Calamagrostis inexpansa, 200; 200 Calamovilfa longifolia, 200 Calcarius lapponicus, 42; nicus, 140, 147, 156 Calder, J. A. Plants from the upper Frobisher Bay region, Baffin Island, N.W.T., Canada 47 Vascular flora of the Melville Peninsula, Franklin District, N.W.T., 180 Calidris canutus rufus, 93, 117, 152 Callitriche autumnalis, 200; palustris, 206 Calvatia cretacea, 49 Cameron, Austin W. Review of Determination of hairs by im- pressions, 125 montanensis, lapponicus lappo- FIELD-NATURALIST 215 Review of The Bighorn Sheep of Banff National Park, 125 Campanula aurita, 77; rotundifolia, 208; wni- flora, 60, 183, 194 Campbell, Bruce The work of the British Trust for Ornithol- ogy, 159 Campbell, J. Mitchell The Dickcissel (Spiza americana) on the outer north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, P.Q., 210 Canachites canadensis canadensis, 133 Canada Geese of the Mississippi flyway with special reference to an Illinois flock, re- viewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 84 Canvas-back, 31, 71, 75, 115 Capella gallinago delicata, 90, 134, 170 Capsella bursa-pastoris, 204 Cardamine bellidifolia, 57, 182, 193; praten- Sis, Dus 162 Cardinal, 71-73 Carduus nutans, 209 Carex, 44; aenea, 202; aquatilis, 202; aqua- tilis var. stans, 52, 181; atherodes, 202; atrofusca, 52, 181; aurea, 202; bigelowii, 52, 181, 192; bipartita, 52; bipartita var. amphigena, 52, 181, 192; bitpartita var. bi- partita, 181, 192; brevior, 202; capillaris, 52, 181; chordorrhiza, 52; douglasiz, 202; eleocharis, 202; filifolia, 202; glareosa var. amphigena, 181; gynocrates, 181; helio- phila, 202; holostoma, 52, 181; lachenalii, 181; lagopina, 181, 192; lanuginosa, 202; marina, 181, 192; maritima, 52, 181; mem- branacea, 53, 181, 192; misandra, 52, 181; misandra f. ochrolochin, 181, 192; nardina, 52, 181; neurochlaena, 181; norvegica, 53; obtusata, 202; petricosa, 77; physocarpa, 53, 181; praegracilis, 202; rariflora, 53, 181; rariflora f. erecta, 53; rostrata, 202; rupestris, 53, 181; salina var. subspathacea, 53, 181; saxatilis var. major, 53, 181; scir- piformis, 202; scirpoidea, 53, 181; spren- geli, 202; stans, 52, 181; supina, 53; sychno- cephala, 202; tenera, 202; torreyi, 202, ur- sina, 53, 181; vaginata, 181, 192 Carl, G. Clifford The thresher shark in British Columbia, 83 Cassiope hypnoides, 59; tetragona, 59, 183, 194 Catabrosa algida, 51; aquatica, 200 Catbird, 71, 81 Catostomus catostomus, 185; 185 Centurie de plantes canadiennes II, par Ber- nard Boivin, 1 Cephalanthus occidentalis, 42 commersonnii, 214 THE CANADIAN Cepphus grylle, 155; grylle atlantis, 171; grylle mandti, 136 Cerastium alpinum, 56, 141, 182, 193; arvense, 4; arvense var. purpurascens var. n., 4; beeringianum, 141; campestre, 204; nutans, 5, nutans var. occidentale var. n., 5; regelii, 182; vulgatum, 204 Ceratodon purpureus, 50, 141 Ceratophyllum demersum, 204 Chamaerhodos nuttallii, 205 Changes in grassland near Ottawa, Ontario, following prolonged flooding, by D. B. O. Savile, 42 Changing status of the Red-necked Grebe in southern Ontario, The, by W. W. H. Gunn, 143 Charadrius hiaticula hiaticula, 152; hiaticula semipalmatus, 41, 88, 133, 147, 151, 170; melodus, 88; vociferus, 43; vociferus vo- ciferus, 89 Chelydra serpentina, 37 Chen caerulescens, 114, 115, 149; hyperborea, 41, 149; hyperborea atlantica, 79, 80; rossi, 115, 117 Chenopodium album, 203; fremontii, 203; gigantospermum, 203; glaucum, 17; glau- cum var. glaucum, 17; glaucum ssp. sali- num, 17, 203; glaucum var. salinum stat. n., 17; leptophyllum, 203; rubrwm, 203; salinum, 17 Chickadee, Acadian Boreal, 25; Alberta Boreal, 26; Black-capped, 45, 68-75; Boreal, 22; Brown-capped, 68-70, 73; Brown- headed, 45; Chestnut-backed, 76; Hud- sonian, 137; Hudsonian Boreal, 23; La- brador Boreal, 25; Mountain, 74; New- foundland Black-capped, 171; Newfound- land Brown-capped, 171; Oregon, 75 Chondrophylla fremontii, 207 Christmas bird census — 1950, 68 Chrysanthemum arcticum, 148; integrifolium, 60, 184, 194; leucanthemum var. pinnati- fidum, 44 Chrysomyxa empetri, 48; pyrolae, 48, 141 Chrysopsis villosa, 209 Chrysosplenium alternifolium var. drum, 58, 183; tetrandrum, 58, 183 Cicuta douglasii, 207 Cinclidium subrotundwm, 50 Cintractia elynae, 48, 141 Cirsium arvense, 43, 209; undulatum, 209 Cisco, Lake Erie, 80, 124 Clangula hyemalis, 41, 131, 147, 149 Clark, T.."H. New mineral occurrences from the Pro- vince of Quebec, 112 ledicola, 48, 141; tetran- FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Claytonia megarrhiza, 77 Clematis ligusticifolia, 204 Cleome serrulata, 205 Cochlearia officinalis, 57, 182; officinalis var. arctica, 182; officinalis var. groenlan- dica, 57; officinalis var. oblongifolia, 57, 182, 193 Cody, W. J. Additions and annotations to the flora of Southampton Island, Northwest Terri- tories, Canada 140 Plant collections at Ross Peninsula, N.W.T., 191 Colaptes auratus, 137 Collomia linearis, 207 Colymbus auritus, 130; grisegena, 143 Comandra pallida, 203 Comments on the races of the Myrtle Warbler, by W. Earl Godfrey, 166 Conringia orientalis, 204 Convolvulus interior, 207; sepiwm var. ameri- canus, 207 Coot, 71; American, 74-76 Coregonus clupeaformis, 80 Coreopsis tinctoria, 209 Corispermum villosum, 203 Cormorant, 82; Brandt’s, crested, 66, 75, 82; Pelagic, 75, 76 Cormorant tragedy, A, by Henry A. C. Jack- son, 82 Cornus stolonifera, 207 Cornwall, I. E. A new Pacific barnacle, 36 Corvus corax principalis, 42, 137 Corydalis aurea, 204 Coturnicops noveboracensis noveboracensis, 46 Cougar, 119 Cougar in Manitoba, The, by L. T. S. Norris- Elye, 119 Courtship behaviour of the Waxwing, by E. O. Hohn, 168. Cowbird, 71, 72, 81; Nevada, 46 Crane, Little Brown, 116, 117 Crataegus, 42; chrysocarpa, 205 Creeper, Brown, 69-74, 76 Crepis nana, 184; perplexans, 209 Cristovomer namaycush, 185 Crocethia alba, 41, 97, 135, 154, 170 Crossbill, Common White-winged, 139; Red, 69-72, 76; White-winged, 68-71 Crow, 71, 76; American, 68-73, 81; western, 75, 76 Cryptantha fendleri, 207 Cryptolithus tesselatus, 163, 164 Cuckoo, Black-billed, 81 Bay, Melville Double- 170; 75, 76; European, 66, Bohemian North- Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Curlew, Eskimo, 91, 134; Hudsonian, 91, 134, 152; Long-billed, 91 Cuscuta curta, 207; gronovii, 207 Cyanocitta cristata, 45 Cygnus columbianus, 40, 115, 149 Cymopterus acaulis, 207 Cyperus inflexus, 202 Cystids, 176 Cystopteris fragilis, 50, 142, 180, 191, 199 Fe 0 aga Danthonia californica var. americana, 200 Dawn song and all day, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 188 Delphinapterus leucas, 155 Dendroica coronata, 156; coronata, coronata, 166, 167; coronata hooveri, 166, 167; pete- chia amnicola, 171; striata, 138; striata striata, 171 Deschampsia brevifolia, 77, 141, 181; caespi- tosa, 200; cespitosa var. intercotidalis var. n., 17; pumila, 50 Desmatodon suberectus, 141 Determination of hairs by impressions, re- viewed by Austin W. Cameron, 125 Diapensia lapponica, 59, 183 Dickcissel, 210 Dickeissel (Spiza americana) on the outer north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, P. Q., The, by J. Mitchell Campbell, 210 Discus cronkhitei anthonyi, 175 Disporum trachycarpum, 202 Distichlis stricta, 200 Distribution of the papaw, Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal, in southern Ontario, by Wray M. Bowden and Bert Miller, 27 Dodecatheon pauciflorum, 207 Dove, Mourning, 71-73, 75, 82; Rock, 69, 72, 73 Dovekie, 68, 136, 171 Dowitcher, 96; Eastern, 135 Draba alpina, 57, 182, 193; cinerea, 141, 182; crassifolia, 57, 142, 182, 193; fladnizensis, 182, 193; fladnizensis var. heterotricha, 57; glabella, 58, 182, 193; nemorosa var. lejocarpa, 183, 204; nemorosa var. nemo- rosa, 204; nivalis, 58, 183, 193; rupestris, 143; subcapitata, 183 Dragons in amber. Further adventures of a romantic naturalist, reviewed by Loris S. Russell, 189 Dryas integrifolia, 58, 143, 183, 193 Dryopteris fragrans, 50, 180, 192 Duck, Black, 66, 69-73, 130, 149; Eastern Harlequin, 131; Eider, 68; Harlequin, 75, 76, 79; Redhead, 31, 32; Ring-necked, 74; Ruddy, 31, 32, 70, 71; Scaup, 75; Wood, enna FIELD-NATURALIST 215 Duck Hawk at Blue Sea Lake, Quebec, by Hoyes Lloyd, 46 Ducks, Diving, 31 Dunbar, Moira Nighthawk stamina, 186 Dupontia fisheri, 50; fisheri f. psilosantha, 50; fisheri var. aristata, 50, 181 a Eagle, Bald, 70-73, 75, 76; Golden, 116, 132 Echinochloa crus-galli, 200 Echinocystis lobata, 208 Echium vulgare, 44 Eider, American, 66; Hudson Bay, 147, 150; King, 41, 71, 150; Northern, 131, 150; Pacific, 117 Elatine americana, 206 Eleagnus commutata, 206 Eleocharis acicularis, 53, 202; palustris, 202 Ellisia nyctelea, 207 Elymus arenarius var. villosissimus, 50, 181, 192; canadensis, 200; macounii, 200; vir- ginianus, 200 Empetrum nigrum, 48, 59, 183, 194 Empidonax flaviventris, 171; trailliz, 120; virescens, 120 Entyloma compositarum, 141 Epilobium adenocladon, 206; angustifolium, 206; davuricum var. arcticum, 183, 194; glandulosum var. adenocaulon, 206; lati- folium, 59, 183, 194; latifolium f. leucan- thum, 59; lineare, 206 Equisetum affine, 199; arvense, 50, 180, 199; arvense var. boreale, 18; arvense var. bo- reale f. pseudonemorosum f.n., 18; kan- sanum, 199; laevigatum, 18; palustre, 19; palustre var. americanum, 18, 19; palustre var. fallax, 19; palustre var. nigridens, 19; palustre var. ramosissimum, 19; palustre var. simplicissimum, 18, 19; variegatum, 50, 180, 192 Eremophila alpestris alpestris, 137, 171; al- pestris hoyti, 42, 147, 155 Ereunetes mauri, 117; pusillus, 96, 136, 147, 153 Erigeron annuus, 44; asper, 209; canadensis, 209; eriocephalus, 60, 184, 194; glabellus, 209; lonchophyllus, 209; pumilus, 209; unalaschkensis, 60, 141, 184 Eriogonum flavum, 203 Eriophorum angustifolium, 53, 181, 192, 202; angustiflolium var. alpinum, 181, 192; bra- chyantherum, 142, 181, 192; callitrix, 53, 54, 142, 181; scheuchzeri, 53, 182; spis- sum, 53, 182 Erolia alpina pacifica, 95, 147, 153; bairdii, 41, 94, 116, 120, 152; fuscicollis, 94, 116, 216 THE CANADIAN 134, 152; maritima, 94, 152; melanotos, 94, 134, 152; minutilla, 95, 117, 134 Erysimum aperum, 204; cheiranthoides, 204; parviflorum, 204 Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, 175 Euphagus carolinus, 138 Euphorbia esula, 206; glyptosperma, 20 Eurotia lanata, 203 Eutrema edwardsii, 58, 141, 183, 193 =H) = Falco columbarius, 116; columbarius colum- barius, 132; peregrinus, 116; peregrinus anatum, 41, 132, 150; rusticolus, 41; rusti- colis obsoletus, 132, 150 Falcon, Peregrine, 116, 150; Prairie, 74 Festuca baffinensis, 50, 181; brachyphylla, 50, 181; brachyphylla f. flavida, 50 Field guide to the butterflies, A, reviewed by T. N. Freeman, 123 Finch, California purple, 75; Cassin’s, 75; Eastern purple, 70; House, 75; Purple, 69-73, 76; Rosy, 74 Flicker, 82; Red-shafted, 74-76; Yellow- shafted, 68, 69, 71-73, 81, 137 Floral list of the Mortlach District, southern Saskatchewan, by J. H. Hudson, 197 Fluctuations in abundance of the Lake Erie Cisco (Leucichthys artedi) population, re- viewed by V. E. F. Solman, 124 Flycatcher, Acadian, 120; Crested, 81; Least, 81; Traill’s, 120; Yellow-bellied, 171 Fox, William Sherwood The little swamp rattlesnake in inland On- tario, 39 Fragaria glauca, 205 Fratercula arctica arctica, 171 Fraxinus, 42; campestris, 207 Freeman, T. N. Review of A field guide to the butterflies, 123 Fucus evanescens, 48 Funaria polaris, 141 eae Gabrielson, Ira N. and Bruce S. Wright Notes on the birds of the Fort Chimo, Ungava District, 127 Gadwall, 76 Gaillardia aristata, 209 Galium boreale, 208; palustre, 43; trifidum, 208; triflorum, 208; vaillantii, 208 Gallinula chloropus cachinnans, 120 Gallinule, Florida, 120 Gannet, 170 Gates, R. Ruggles Two new species of Oenothera, 194 Gaura coccinea, 206 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Gavia adamsii, 40; arctica pacifica, 40, 147; stellata, 40, 115, 130, 147, 148 Gentiana affinis, 207; fremontii, 207; stricti- flora, 207; tonsa, 207. Geographical variation in the boreal chic- kadee east of the Rockies, by W. Earl God- frey, 22 Geum strictum, 205; triflorum, 205 Glaux maritima, 207 Glenny, Fred H. Occurrence of two species of fleas on Pero- myscus maniculatus gracilis (LeConte), in western Quebec, 210 Glockerite, 113 Glyceria borealis, 200; grandis, 200; 200 Glycyrrhiza lepidota, 205 Glyptelasma carinatum, 37 Gnaphalium dioicum, 12; palustre, 209 Goat, Mountain, 187 Godfrey, W. Earl A new northwestern olive-backed thrush, 172 Comments on the races of the Myrtle warbler, 166 Geographical variation in the Boreal Chic- kadee east of the Rockies, 22 The Nevada Cowbird at James Bay, Onta- rio, 46 Review of A new subspecies of Moose from North America, 84 Review of A study of bird populations in the apple orchards of the Annapolis Val- ley, Nova Scotia, with particular reference to the effects of orchard sprays upon them, 84 Review of Audubon Water Bird Guide, 190 Review of Canada Geese of the Mississippi Flyway with special reference to an IIli- nois flock, 84 Review of Dawn song and all day, 188 Review of Migration of birds, 189 Review of Prince Albert National Park Creel Census Analysis, Season 1948, 84 Review of Studies in bird migration being the collected papers of H. Chr. C. Morten- sen, 1856-1921, 86 Review of The Birds of Greenland, 124 Review of The birds and mammals of the Creston region, British Columbia, 85 Review of The mammals of Waterton Lakes National Park, 85 Godwit, Hudsonian, 97, 118; Marbled, 97 Golden-eye, American, 31, 69-76; 131, 149; Barrow’s, 75, 76, 158; Common, 158 Golden-winged warbler, Vermivora chrysop- tera (Linnaeus), in Ottawa, by T. F. T. Morland, 187 striata, Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Goldfinch, 81; American, 68-75 Goodyera oblongifolia, 19; oblongifolia var. oblongifolia, 19; oblongifolia var. reticu- lata var. n. 20 Goose, Athabaska Canada, 114; Blue, 114, 149; Blue Snow, 115; Canada, 72, 84, 117, 149; Eastern Canada, 130; Greater Snow, 79; Lesser Canada, 114; Lesser Snow, 75, 117; Ross’, 115, 117; Snow, 41, 149; White- fronted, 117 Goshawk, 70; Eastern, 132 Grackle, Bronzed, 73, 81; Purple, 71 Grant, J. Occurrence of tamarack in Central British Columbia, 185 Gratiola neglecta, 208 Grebe, Eared, 74; Holboell’s, 75, 76, 148; Horned, 71, 74-76, 130; Pied-billed, 70, 73, 75; Red-necked, 143; Western, 75 Grindelia perennis, 209 Grosbeak, Canadian Pine, 138; Evening, 68, 70, 74, 75; Newfoundland Pine, 171; Pine, 68, 69, 74, 117; Rose-breasted, 81 Grouse, Hudsonian spruce, 133; Ruffed, 68- 74, 76, 81; Sharp-tailed, 74, 116 Groves, J. W. Review of Mushrooms habitats, 121 Review of Nature through the year, 190 Grus canadensis, 116 Guiguet, C. J. An account of wolverine attacking moun- tain goat, 187 Guillemot, Black, 66, 68, 155, 171; 136; Pigeon, 76 Gull, American Herring, 136; Bonaparte’s, 71, 76; California, 75; Eastern Glaucous, 136; Glaucous, 69, 71, 117; Glaucous- winged, 75, 76; Great Black-backed, 66, 68- 71, 136, 154, 171; Herring, 41, 66, 68-76, 109, 111, 147, 154, 171; Iceland, 68, 69, 71, 154; Kumlien’s, 71; Ring-billed, 66, 69-72, 75, 109, .111; Sabine’s, 116; Short-billed, 75, 76, 118; Thayer’s, 76 Gunn, W. W. H. The changing status of the red-necked grebe in southern Ontario, 143 Gutierrezia diversifolia, 209 Gypsophila paniculata, 204 Gyrfaleon, 41, 150; American, 132 in their natural Mandt’s, said 5 ea Habenaria hyperborea, 202 Hackelia floribunda, 208 Halosaccion ramentaceum, 48 Hamilton, W. J., Jr. Notes on the food and reproduction of the FIELD-NATURALIST 217 Pelee Island water snake, Natrix sipedon insularum, Conant and Clay, 64 Handbook of the North Dakota plants, re- viewed by B. Boivin, 188 Hawk, American Rough-legged, 41, 69, 73, 132, 150; American Sparrow, 70; Cooper’s, 70-73; Duck, 41, 46, 76, 132; Eastern Pigeon, 132; Marsh, 71-73; Pigeon, 75, 76, 116; Red-shouldered, 73; Red-tailed, 71- 73, 116; Rough-legged, 71-73; Sharp- shinned, 70, 72, 73, 75; Sparrow, 69, 71-75 Hedysarum boreale var. cinerascens, 205; mackenzii, 20; mackenzii var. fraseri var. n., 20; mackenzii var. mackenzti, 20; mac- kenzu var. mackenzii f. niveum f.n., 20 Helenium autmunale var. montanum, 209 Helianthus giganteus, 209; lenticularis, 209; maximiliani, 210; petiolaris, 210; sub- rhomboideus, 210 Heliotropium curassavicum var. obovatum, 208 Heracleum lanatum, 207 Heron, Great Blue, 71-73, 75, 76, 130 Heuchera richardsonii, 205 Hieracium florentinum, 44; scabriusculum, 209 Hierochloé alpina, 51, 181, 192; alpina f. so- peri, 51; odorata, 200; pauciflora, 181 Hippuris vulgaris, 59, 207 Hirundo rustica erythrogaster, 184 Histrionicus histrionicus, 79; histrionicus histrionicus, 131 Hohn, E. O. Courtship behaviour of the Bohemian Wax- wing, 168 Hohn, E. O. and D. L. Robinson Some supplementary bird notes from the general area ofthe Mackenzie Delta and Great Slave Lake, 115 Hordeum jubatum, 200 Horner, Ruth M. See John W. Arnold, Ruth M. Horner, Verna Ross and Mary Stuart Hudson, J. H. Floral list of the Mortlach District, south- ern Saskatchewan, 197 Hughes, Wm. M. Some observations on the Rusty Song Spar- row, Melospiza melodia morphna Ober- holser, 186 Wintering of Golden-crowned Sparrows Zonotrichia coronata (Pallas) at Vancou- ver, B.C., 186 Hylocichla minima minima, 138, 171; ustu- lata almae, 172-174; ustulata clarescens, 172, 173; ustulata incana subsp. nov., 173 218 THE CANADIAN 174; ustulata swainsoni, 172, 173; ustulata ustulata, 186 Hypericum ellipticum, 43 oe Ichthyomyzon wunicuspis, 184 Illaenus americanus, 163-165; latiaxiatus, 163- 165; lemontensis n.sp., 163, 165 Inocybe lacera, 48 Intimidation display of red-bellied snake, by 'Frederick E. Warburton, 79 Iridoprocne bicolor, 137 Isotelus gigas, 163, 164 Iva axillaris, 208; xanthifolia, 208 Ea (te Jackson, Henry A. C. A cormorant tragedy, 82 Jaeger, Long-tailed, 41, 154; Parasitic, 117, 136, 147, 154; Pomarine, 154, 171 James Bay Sparrow at Ottawa, by Hoyes Lloyd, 46 Jay, Blue, 45, 68-74; Canada, 73, 116; Labra- dor Gray, 137; Steller’s 75, 76 Judd, W. W. Bird lice (Mallophaga) from a Florida Gal- linule and a Baird’s Sandpiper, 120 Lynchia americana (Leach) (Diptera: Hip- poboscidae) from a Great Horned Owl at St. Thomas, Ontario, 187 The snapping turtle (Chelydra serpentina L.) in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilton, Onta- rio, 27 White-throated Sparrow at Goose Bay, La- brador, 80 Junco, 72; Northern Slate-colored, Orgon, 71, 74-76; Slate-colored, 69-76 Junco hyemalis hyemalis, 139 Juncus albescens, 54, 182, 192; balticus, 202; biglumis, 54, 182; bufonius, 202; castaneus, 54, 182; dudleyi, 202; longistylis, 202; no- dosus, 202; tenuis, 43; torreyi, 202 139; Pe om Killdeer, 43, 71, 75, 89 Kingbird, Eastern, 81, 82 Kingfisher, 71, 75; Belted, 71-76 Kinglet, Eastern Ruby-crowned, 138, 171; Golden-crowned, 68, 70-76; Ruby-crowned, 15; 16 Kittiwake, 66, 68; Atlantic, 136, 171 Knot, 117, 152; American, 93 Kobresia bellardi, 54, 182, 192; myosuroides, 48, 54, 182, 192; stmpliciuscula, 54, 141 Kochia trichophylla, 203 Koeleria cristata, 200 Koenigia islandica, 55 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 go NG coe Laboratory guide to the anatomy of the rab- bit, A, reviewed by Loris S. Russell, 123 Laccaria tortilis, 48, 141 Lactuca pulchella, 209; scariola, 209; sca- riola f. integrifolia, 209 Laemobothrion emarginatum, 120 Lagopus lagopus leucopterus, 150; lagopus ungavus, 133; mutus rupestris, 41, 133, 147, 150 Lake Erie ciscoes free of Triaenophorus cras- sus, by W. B. Scott, 80 Lamb, I. M. Review of Lichens of the State of Washing- ton, 123 Lamprey, Sea, 184, 185; Silver, 184 Land snails of the Cypress Hills and their significance, by Loris S. Russell, 174 Lanius excubitor, 156; excubitor borealis, 138 Lappula echinata, 208; dentalis, 208 Larix laricina, 185 Lark, Horned, 72, 73, 75; Hoyt’s Horned, 42, 147, 155; Northern Horned, 72, 137, 171 Larus argentatus, 41, 147; argentatus smith- sonianus, 109, 112, 136, 154, 171; argenta- tus thayeri, 155; canus brachyrhynchos, 118; delawarensis, 109, 112; hyperboreus hyperboreus, 136; leucopterus, 154; mari- nus, 136, 154, 171 Lawrence, Louise de Kiriline Birds in unusual plumages at Pimisi Bay, Ontario, 45 Ledum palustre var. decumbens, 48, 59, 141, 148, 183, 194 Lemna minor, 202 Lepidium densiflorum, 204; 204 Lesquerella arctica, 183; arenosa, 204 Leucichthys, 80; artedi, 80, 124 Liatris ligulistylis, 210; punctata, 210 Lichens of the State of Washington, re- viewed by I. M. Lamb, 123 Lilium philadelphicum var. andinum, 202 Limnodromus griseus, 96; griseus griseus, 135 Limosa fedoa, 97; haemastica, 97, 118 Limosella aquatica, 208 Linaria vulgaris, 44, 208 Linum compactum, 206; dum, 206 Lister, Robert Trumpeter swans breeding in the Cypress Hills of Alberta, 157 Lithospermum angustifolium, 208 Little swamp rattlesnake in inland Ontario, redowskii var. occi- ramosissimum, lewisit, 206; rigi- Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN The, by William Sherwood Fox, 39 Lloyd, Hoyes — Duck Hawk at Blue Sea Lake, Quebec, 46 James Bay Sparrow at Ottawa, 46 Recent Ottawa District bird records, 46 Lobipes lobatus, 98, 118, 135, 147, 154, 170 Local records of Empidonax virescens and E.traillii, On, by L. L. Snyder, 120 Loiseleuria procumbens, 183 Lomatium macrocarpum, 207; villoswm, 207 Longspur, Lapland, 42, 70-72, 117, 140, 147, 156 Lonicera glaucescens, 208; tatarica, 208 Loon, Common, 70, 75, 76; Pacific, 40, 75, 76, 117, 147; Red-throated, 40, 66, 75, 115, 130, 147, 148; Yellow-billed, 40 Loxia leucoptera leucoptera, 139 Lumsden, H. G. Breeding diving ducks on Lake St. Clair, Ontario, 31 Lupinus pusillus, 205 Lutra canadensis, 82 Luzula arcuata, 77; confusa, 54, 182, 192; nivalis, 54, 182, 192; spadicea var. wahlen- bergii, 54; wahlenbergii, 54 Lychnis affinis, 6, 7; alpina, 7; apetala, 5, 7, 56, 182; apetala var. apetala, 5; apetala var. glabra, 5; apetala var nutans var. n., 5, 56, 182, 193; apetala var. nutans f. palea stat. n., 6; apetala f. palea, 6; drummondii, 204; furcata, 6, 7, 56, 182, 193; gillettii sp. n., 6, 7; ostenfeldii stat. n., 6; soren- senii sp.n., 6; triflora 6. 7, 56, 182, 193 Lycopodium dendroideum, 20; obscurum f. dendroideum stat.n., 20; selago f. appres- sum, 50, 180, 192 Lycopus americanus, 208; asper, 208 Lygodesmia juncea, 209; rostrata, 209 Lynchia americana, 187 Lynchia americana (Leach) (Diptera: Hippo- boscidae) from a Great Horned Owl at St. Thomas, Ontario, by W. W. Judd, 187 Lynx rufus, 119 Lynx, Bay, 119 9 Lysimachia ciliata, 207; nummularia, 43-4 ——, Mi Madia glomerata, 210 Magpie, American, 74, 75, 118 Mallard, 69-76; Common, 130 Malva parviflora, 206; rotundifolia, 206 Malvastrum coccineum, 206 Mamillaria vivipara, 206 Mammals of Waterton Lakes National Park, The, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 85 Manitoba bird records, 1950, by L. T. S. Nor- ris-Elye, 79 FIELD-NATURALIST 219 Marchantia polymorpha, 49, 141 Massasauga, 39 Matricaria inodora, 148; inodora var. nana, 184; matricarioides, 210 Meadowlark, Eastern, 69-71, 73, 82; ern, 75, 76 Medicago lupulina, 43; sativa, 205 Meesea triquetra, 50 Megabothris quirini, 210 i Melampsora arctica, 141, 191; hirculi, 141 Melandrium apetalum ssp. arcticum, 5; fur- catum, 7; macrospermum, 77; ostenfeldii, 6; triflorum, 6 Melanidion boreale, 77 Melanitta deglandi deglandi, 132; perspicil- lata, 132 Melanterite, 113 Melilotus alba, 206; officinale, 206 Melospiza georgiana ericrypta, 172; lincolni lincolni, 140; melodia, 43; melodia morph- na, 186 Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and subscribers to the Canadian Field-Naturalist, May, 1951, 99 Mentha arvensis var. glabrata, 208; var. villosa, 44 Menyanthes trifoliata, 20; trifoliata var. mi- nor, 20; trifoliata var. trifoliata, 20 Merganser, American, 69-74, 76; Hooded, 69- 71, 73, 76; Red-breasted, 66, 69-71, 75, 76, 132 Mergus serrator serrator, 132 Mertensia maritima, var. tenella, 60, 183 Micropalama himantopus, 116 Microtus pennsylvanicus labradoricus, 128 Migration of birds, reviewed by W. Earl God- frey, 189 Miller, Bert See Bowden, Wray M. and Bert Miller Minuartia elegans, 55 Moldavica parviflora, 208 Molothrus ater artemisiae, 46 Monarda fistulosa var. menthaefolia, 208 Moneywort, 43 Monolepis nuttalliana, 203 Montacilla alba, 138 Moose, 84 Morland, T. F. Golden-winged Warbler, Vermivora chry- soptera (Linnaeus) in Ottawa, 187 See also Mrs. D. B. O. Savile and T. F. Morland. Morus bassanus, 170 Mudpuppy, Albino, 184 Muhlenbergia asperifolia, 200; cuspidata, 200; racemosa, 200; squarrosa, 200 West- arvensis 220 THE CANADIAN Murre, Brunnich’s, 66, 136, 155; California, 76; Common, 66, 76 Murrelet, Marbled, 75, 76 Museum Pictorial No. 1. Nature photography with miniature cameras, reviewed by D. B. O. Savile, 188 Mushrooms in their natural habitats, re- viewed by J. W. Groves, 121 Musineon divaricatum, 207 Mustela erminea richardsonii, 120 Mynah, Crested, 75 Myosotis scirpoides, 43 Myosurus lepturus, 204; minimus, 204 Myotis, 79; lucifugus, 79 Myrica gale, 42 Myriophyllum exalbescens, 207 Myriosclerotinia vahliana, 141 Ns Natrix sipedon insularum, 64, 65; sipedon, 64 Nature through the year, reviewed by J. W. Groves, 190 Navarretia minima, 207 Necturus maculosus, 184 Nevada cowbird at James Bay, Ontario, The, by W. Earl Godfrey, 46 New Illaenid trilobite from the Middle Ordo- vician of Central Pennsylvania, A, by Paul Tasch, 163 New mineral occurrences from the Province of Quebec, by T. H. Clark, 112 New northwestern olive-backed thrush, A, by W. Earl Godfrey, 172 New Pacific barnacle, A, by I. E. Cornwall, 36 New snake record for Nova Scotia, Thamno- phis sauritus sauritus, Linnaeus, A, by Sherman Bleakney, 118 New subspecies of Moose from North Ame- rica, A, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 84 Nighthawk, 186 Nighthawk stamina, by Moira Dunbar, 186 Norris-Elye, L. T. S. Manitoba bird decords, 1950, 79 The Bay Lynx in Manitoba, 119 The cougar in Manitoba, 119 Notes on the birds of the Fort Chimo, Un- gava District, by Ira N. Gabrielson and Bruce S. Wright, 127 Notes on the food and reproduction of the Pelee Island water snake, Natrix sipedon insularum Conant and Clay, by W. J. Ha- milton Jr., 64 Notes on the Peromyscus of Ontario, by Rus- sell J. Rutter, 80 sipedon FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Numenius americanus, 91; borealis, 91, 134; hudsonicus, 91; phaeopus hudsonicus, 134, 152 Nuthatch, Pygmy, 75; Red-breasted, 68-76, 171; White-breasted, 69-75 Nyctea scandiaca, 42, 136 paael/¢) yt Occurrence of cystids in the Ordovician of Ontario and Quebec, The, by G. Winston Sinclair, 176 Occurrence of Tamarack in Central British Columbia, by J. Grant, 185 Occurrence of two species of fleas on Pero- myscus maniculatus gracilis (LeConte), in western Quebec, by Fred H. Glenny, 210 Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa, 130 Odobenus rosmarus, 61 Odonthalia dentata, 48 Oenothera, 194; apicaborta, n.sp., 194; 196; biennis, 296; caespitosa var. montana, 206; flava, 206; magdalena n.sp., 196, 197; pal- lida, 206; perennis, 43; serrulata, 206 Oidemia nigra americana, 132 Old-squaw, 41, 68, 70, 71, 74, 76, 131, 147, 149 Omphalina rustica, 48; umbellifera, 48 Oporornis philadelphia, 171 Opuntia polycantha, 206 Orchopeas leucopus, 210 Oreocarya glomerata, 208 Oreohelix strigosa stantoni, 175; subrudis li- mitaris, 175; subrudis subrudis, 175 Oriole, Baltimore, 81, 82 Orobanche fasculata, 208; Orthocarpus luteus, 208 Oryzopsis hymenoides, 200; micrantha, 200 Osmorrhiza chilensis, 20; longistylis, 207; obtusa var. cupressimontanum var. n., 20; obtusa var. obtusa, 20 Osprey, 117 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Annual meet- ing of the, 1950, 32 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Members of the, and subscribers to the Canadian Field- Naturalist, May, 1951, 99 Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Statement of financial standing, December 1, 1950, 35 Otter, 82 Otter at Niagara Falls, An, by R. W. Shep- part, 82 Ovenbird, 81 Owl, American Hawk, 137; Barred, 69, 70; Great Horned, 69, 70, 72-74, 81, 187; Hawk, 74; Horned, 69, 71, 73-75; Labrador Horned, 136; Long-eared, 71-73; Northern short-eared, 137; Pygmy, 76; Saw-whet, 71; Screech, 71-75; Short-eared, 69, 71-75, 155; ludoviciana, 208 Nov.-Dec. 1951] Snowy, 42, 68, 69, 71, 73-76, 136 Oxalis europea, 43; stricta, 206 Oxybaphus hirsutus, 203; nyctagineus, 203 Oxyria digyna, 55, 182, 193 Oxytropis, 76, 77; arctica, 77, 78; arctobia, 183; belliz, 148, 183, 193; erecta, 78; hud- sonica, 141, 183, 193; jordalii n.sp., 77; koyukukensis n. sp., 78; ‘macounii, 206; maydelliana, 48, 59, 78, 141, 183, 191, 193; podocarpa, 59; roaldii, 77, 78; terrae-no- vae, 77, scammaniana, 78 Oxyura jamaicensis rubida, 32 Oyster-catcher, Black, 76 =P Pacific barnacle, A new, by I. E. Cornwall, 36 Paludella squarrosa, 50 Pandion haliaetus carolinensis, 117 Panicum capillare var. occidentale, 200 Pantoneura angustissima, 48 Papaver keelei, 77; radicatum, 56, 148, 182, 193; radicatum f. albiflorum, 182, 193 Papaw, 27, 28, 30 Papaw, Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal, in south- ern Ontario, Distribution of the, by Wray M. Bowden and Bert Miller, 27 Para hudsonicus rabbittsi, 23 Parietaria pennsylvanica, 203 Parnassia fimbriata, 77; palustris, 205 Paronychia sessiflora, 204 Parrya arctica, 183 Partridge, Hungarian, 69, 70, 74; Rock, 74 Parus atricapillus, 45; atricapillus bartletti, 171; hudsonicus, 22, 23, 45; hudsonicus cascadensis, 26; hudsonicus columbianus, 26; hudsonicus evura, 26; hudsonicus far- leyi, ssp. nov., 26; hudsonicus hudsonicus, 23-26, 137; hudsonicus labradorius, 25; hudsonicus littoralis, 24, 25, 45; hudsonicus nigricans, 24; hudsonicus rabbittsi, 24, 171; hudsonicus ungava, 23, 24 Passer domesticus domesticus, 171 Passerculus sandwichensis, 42, 117; wichensis labradorius, 139, 171 Passerella iliaca iliaca, 172 Passerherbulus henslowii henslowii, 46; nel- soni nelsoni, 46 Pastinaca sativa, 207 Paxina sulcata, 141 Pedicularis capitata, 183, 194; flammea, 60, 183; hirsuta, 60, 183; lanata, 60, 183; la- nata f. alba f. nov., 143; langsdorfit, 183; lapponica, 60; sudetica, 183, 194; sudetica f. alba f. nov. 143 Pediocetes phasianellus, 116 sand- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 221 hud- hudsonicus nigri- Penthestes hudsonicus hudsonicus, 25; sonicus labradorius, 25; cans, 23 Pentstemon albidus, 208; gracilis, 208; niti- dus, 208; procerus, 208 Perisoreus canadensis, 116; gricapillus, 137 Peromyscus, 80; leucopus noveboracensis, 80, 81; maniculatus gracilis, 80, 81, 210; maniculatus maniculatus, 80 Petalostemon candidus, 206; purpureus, 206 Peters, Harold S. and Thomas D. Burleigh » Birds of the St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands, 170 Petrel, Leach’s, 130 Petrochelidon pyrrhonota, 116 Petromyzon marinus, 185 Pewee, Wood, 81 Phalacrocorax auritus, 82; carbo carbo, 170 Phalaris arundinacea, 200 Phalarope, Northern, 98, 117, 118, 135, 147, 154, 170; Red, 97, 135, 147, 154 Phalaropus fulicarius, 97, 135, 147, 154 Pheasant, Ring-necked, 68, 69, 71-76 Philohela minor, 90 Phippsia algida, 51 Phleum pratense, 43, 200 Phlox hoodii, 207 Phoebe, Eastern, 81 Phycodrys rubens, 48 Phyllodoce coerulea, 59 Pica pica hudsonia, 118 Picea mariana, 185 Picoides arcticus, 137 Pinicola enucleator, 117; enucleator escha- tosus, 171; enucleator leucura, 138 Pintail, 66, 70, 75, 76, 117, 147, 149; Ameri- can, 69, 75, 131 Pipit, American, 71, 138, 147, 156 Plant collections at Ross Bay, Melville Penin- sula, N.W.T., by W. J. Cody, 191 Plantago eriopoda, 208; major, 44, 208 Plantes canadiennes II, Centurie de, par Ber- nard Boivin, 1 Plants from the upper Frobisher Bay region, Baffin Island, N.W.T., Canada, by J. A. Calder, 47 Plautus alle alle, 138, 171 Plectrophenax nivalis, 42; nivalis nivalis, 140, 147, 157 Pleurogyne rotata, 207 Pleuropogon sabinei, 51, 181 Plover, American Golden, 89, 134; Black- bellied, 41, 89, 152; Golden, 117, 152; Piping, 88; Semipalmated, 41, 66, 88, 117, 133, 147, 151, 170; Upland, 82, 91 canadensis ni- 137; tridactylus bacatus, 222 THE CANADIAN Pluvialis dominica dominica, 89, 134, 152 Poa abbreviata, 181; alpina, 51, 181; arctica, 51, 181, 192; canbyi, 200; compressa, 44; cusickii, 200; glauca, 51, 181, 192; interior, 200; palustris, 200; pratensis, 44, 51, 200; secunda, 200 Pogonatum capillare, 50 Polanisia graveolens, 205; trachysperma, 205 Polemonium boreale, 77 Polygonum achoreum, 203; aviculare, 43, 203; coccineum f. terrestre, 203; convolvulus, 203; lapathifolium, 203; natans f. genui- num, 203; natans f. hartwrightii, 203; ne- glectum, 203; ramosissimum, 203; tomen- tosum, 203; viviparum, 48, 55, 141, 182, 193 Polytrichum hyperboreum, 50 Populus balsamifera, 202; tremuloides, 203 Porsild, A. E. Bird notes from Banks and Victoria Islands, 40 Two new Oxytropis from arctic Alaska and Yukon, 76 Portulaca oleracea, 203 Potamogeton filiformis var. borealis, 50, 142; foliosus, 199; gramineus, 199; interior, 199; richardsonii, 199 Potentilla anserina, 21, 205; sargentit, 202; anserina f. se- ricea, 21; argentea, 21, 44, 45; arguta, 205; biflora, 77; bipinnatifida, 205; cam- porum, 205; concinna, 205; effusa, 205; egedii, 21, 58; egedii var. groenlandica, 21, 58; elegans, 77; emarginata, 58, 183; fla- belliformis, 205; hippiana, 205; hyparctica var. elatior, 58, 183, 193; litoralis, 21; mil- legrana, 205; norvegica, 205; pacifica, 21; paradoxa, 205; ~pennsylvanica, 205; plat- tensis, 205; pratincola nom. n. 21; pul- chella, 183; recta, 43, 205; rolandii nom. n., 21; rolandii var. lanata var. n., 21; rubri- caulis, 183; vahliana, 183; yukonensis, 21 Pottia latifolia var. pilifera, 141 Primula incana, 207 Prince Albert National Park Creel Census Analysis, Season, 1948, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 84 Prunella vulgaris, 43 Prunus pennsylvanica, 205; melanocarpa, 205 Psoralea argophylla, 206; esculenta, 206 Ptarmigan, Common Rock, 133; Rock, 41, 147, 150; Ungava Willow, 133; White- shafted Willow, 150; Willow, 66 Ptilota pectinata, 48 Puccinellia angustata, 142, 181; nuttalliana, 200; paupercula, 51, 181, 192; phrygano- des, 51, 181; vahliana, 77, 181 virginiana var. FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Puccinia arenariae, 48, 141; 141; drabae, 141; eutremae, 141; heuche- rae, 48, 141; ranunculi, 48; saxifragae- tricuspidatae, 48 Puffin, 66; Atlantic, 171 Pulsatilla ludoviciana, 204 Pylaiella litoralis, 48 Pyrola asarifolia, 207; 141, 183, 194 bistortae, 48, grandiflora, 48, 59, Qi Quail, California, 74-76 Quercus, 42 pint Rail, Virginia, 76; Yellow, 46 Rana sylvatica cantabrigensis, 128 Ranunculus abortivus, 204; acris var. acris, 2, 3; acris var. acris f. plenus f.n., 3; acris var. steventi; 2, 3; acris ‘var. stevenit ‘f. multiplicipetalus f.n., 3; apetalus, 4; bud- dii sp. n., 3; buddz f. monochlamydeus, f. n., 3; codyanus sp.n. 3, 142, 182; cymba- laria, 204; delphinifolius, 4; flabellaris, 4; flabellaris f. flabellaris, 4; flabellaris f. plenus f.n., 4; flabellaris f. riparius, 4; glaberrimus, 204; gmelini, 204; hyperbo- reus, 53, 56, 182; inamoenus var. elatior var. n. 4; lapponicus, 56, 182; longirostris, 4; macounii, 204; nivalis, 56, 182; ovalis, 204; pedatifidus, 193; pedatifidus var. cardiophyllus f. apetalus stat. n, 4; pedati- fidus var. leiocarpus, 48, 56, 182; pallasii, 56; pygmaeus, 56, 182; sceleratus, 204; sulphureus, 182; tricophyllus, 204; tricho- phyllus var. eradicatus, 142, 182 Ratibida columnaris, 210; columnaris var. pulcherrima, 210 Rattlesnake, Little Swamp, 39 Raven, 68, 73-76; Northern, 42, 117; North- ern Common, 137 Recent Ottawa District bird records, by Hoyes Lloyd, 46 Records of the sea lamprey and the silver lamprey from the Canadian waters of the western end of Lake Superior, by A. E. Allin, 184 Redhead, 74, 75 Redpoll, 69, 70; Common, 68-72, 74, 75, 171; Common Hoary, 139; Greater Common, 139; Hoary, 74; Hornemann’s Hoary, 139; Northern Common, 139 Redstart, 81 Regulus calendula calendula, 138, 171 Rhododendron lapponicum, 59, 148, 183, 194 Rhodophyllis dichotoma, 48 Rhodymenia palmata, 48 Rhus radicans var. rydbergii, 206 Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN Ribes aureum, 205; floridum, 205; setosum, 205 Riccardia pinguis, 49 Ring-billed Gull at Ottawa, Ontario, and its field recognition, The, by D. B. O. Savile, 109 Rissa tridactyla tridactyla, 136, 171 Robin, 68, 69, 82, 117; American, 69, 71, 73- 76, 81, 116; Black-backed, 138; Newfound- land, 171 Robinson, D. L. See Hohn, E. O. and D. L. Robinson Rorippa islandica var. hispida, 44; palus- tris, 205 Rosa, 42; acicularis, 205; alcea, 205; ma- count, 205; rousseauiorum f. chrysocarpa stat. n., 21; rousseauiorum var. chrysocar- pa, 21 Ross, Verna See Arnold, John W., Ruth M. Horner, Verna Ross and.Mary Stuart. Rubus strigosus, 205 Rumex acetosella, 43; crispus, 44, 203; ma- ritumus var. fueginus, 203; mexicanus, 203; occidentalis, 203; venosus, 203 Russell, Loris S. Land snails of the Cypress Hills and their Significance, 174 Review of A Laboratory guide to the ana- tomy of the rabbit, 123 Review of Dragons in amber. Further ad- ventures of a romantic naturalist, 189 Rutter, R. J. Barrow’s Golden-eye at Huntsville, Ontario, 158 Notes on the Peromyscus of Ontario, 80 wet quet Sagina intermedia, 56; Sagittaria cuneata, 199 Salicornia rubra, 203 Salix alexensis var. obovalifolia, 182, 192; arctica var. brownei, 54, 182, 192; arcto- phila, 54, 182, 192; bebbiana, 203; calci- cola, 54; candida, 203; cordifolia var. cal- licarpaea, 54; discolor, 203; herbacea, 54, 182; interior, 203; lutea, 203; petiolaris 203; phlebophylla, 77; reticulata, 54, 182, 192; richardsonii, 54, 182; uva-ursi, 54 Salsola pestifer, 203 Sanderling, 41, 97, 135, 154, 170 Sandpiper, Aleutian, 76; Baird’s, 41, 94, 116, 120, 152; Buff-breasted, 96, 116; Eastern Solitary, 92, 134; Least, 95, 117, 134; Pec- toral, 94, 135, 152; Purple, 94, 152; Red- backed, 75, 95, 147, 153; Semipalmated, 96, 117, 135, 147, 153; Solitary, 43; Spotted, saginoides, 182 FIELD-NATURALIST 223 43, 66, 92, 134, 170; Stilt, 116; Western, 117; White-rumped, 94, 116, 134, 152 Saponaria vaccaria, 204 Sapsucker, Red-breasted, 76; Yellow-bellied, 7 ei} Sarazina gibbosa, 21; grandiflora, 21 Sarracenia heterophylla, 22; purpurea, 21; purpurea ssp. gibbosa, 21; purpurea f. he- terophylla, 22; purpurea var. heterophylla, 22; purpurea var. ripicola var. n., 21; pur- purea var. terrae-novae, 21; purpurea var. terrae-novae f. heterophyila stat. n., 22; purpurea var. typica, 21; purpurea var. venosa, 21; venosa, 21 Saussurea angustifolia var. yukonensis, 77 Savile, D.B.O. Bird observations at Chesterfield Inlet, Keewatin, in 1950, 145 Changes in grassland near Ottawa, Ontario, following prolonged flooding, 42 Review of Museum Pictorial No. 1 Nature photography with miniature cameras, 188 Review of Tidewater to timberline, 126 The Ring-billed Gull at Ottawa, Ontario, and its field recognition, 109 Savile, Mrs. D. B. O. and T. F. Morland Breeding census, 81 Saxifraga aizoides, 58; caespitosa, 58, 183; caespitosa f. multiflora f. nov. 183; cernua, 58, 141, 183, 193; flagellaris, 183; hieraci- folia, 183; hirculus, 141, 183; nivalis, 48, 58, 141, 183, 193; oppositifolia, 58, 141, 148, 183 191, 193; oppositifolia f. albiflora, 143; ra- diata, 77; rivularis, 58, 183; rivularis f. hyperborea, 58, 193; rivularis f. purpuras- cens, 58; stellaris var. comosa, 58, 183, 193; tricuspidata, 48, 58, 148, 183, 193; tricuspi- data f. woodruffii, 183 Scalpellum arietinum, 36; wyethi n. sp. 36, 37 Scaup, 31; Greater, 70, 71, 75, 76; Lesser, 71, 74 Schedonnardus paniculatus, 200 Schizonella elynae, 48 Scirpus americanus, 202; paludosus, 202; ru- brotinctus, 202; validus, 202 Scolopax rusticola, 90 Scoter, American, 75, 76, 132; Eastern White- winged, 132; Surf, 71, 75, 76, 132; White- winged, 75, 76, 117 Scott, W. B. Lake Erie ciscoes free of Triaenophorus crassus, 80 Scrophularia lanceolata, 208 Scutellaria epilobifolia, 208 Sea and shore, reviewed by E. L. Bousfield, 122 Seiurus noveboracensis uliginosus, 171 darwini, 36; 224 THE CANADIAN Selaginella densa, 199 Senecio columbianus, 210; congestus, 142, 143, 184; lindstroemii, 77; palustris, 143; palus- tris var. congestus, 143, 184; pauperculus, 210; purshianus, 210; triangularis, 14; trian- gularis var. angustifolius, 14; triangularis var. triangularis, 14 Setaria viridis, 200 Shark, Thresher, 83 Sheep, Bighorn, 125 Shepherdia argentea, 206 Sheppard, R. W. An otter at Niagara Falls, 82 The Athabaska Canada Goose on the Niaga- ra River, 114 Shore bird migration at Montreal, by Lewis Mcl. Terrill, 87 Short-tailed weasel and young in Manitoba, by Sam Waller, 120 Shoveller, 115 Shrike, 75; Loggerhead, 82; Northern, 71, 73, 74, 76, 138, 156 Silene acaulis var. exscapa, 56, 182, 193; cserei, 204; furcata, 6, 7 Sinapis arvensis, 205 Sinclair, G. Winston The occurrence of cystids in the Ordovi- cian of Ontario and Quebec, 176 Siskin, Pine, 68-72, 74-76 Sisymbrium altissimum, 205 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 202; mucrona- tum, 202 Sitta canadensis, 171 Sium suave, 207 Sixth census of non-passerine birds in the bird sanctuaries of the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, by John S. Tener, 65 Smilacina amplexicaulis, 14-16; amplexicaulis var. jenkinsii, var. n., 14, 15; amplexicaulis var. ovata var. n., 15; racemosa, 14-16; ra- cemosa, var. cylindrata, 15, 16; racemosa var. lanceolata var. n., 15, 16; racemosa var. racemosa, 15, 16; racemosa var. typica, 16; stellata, 202 Smilax herbacea var. lasioneuron, 202 Snails, Land, 174 Snake, Common Garter, 119; Eastern Ribbon, 118; Red-bellied, 79; Water, 64 Snapping turtle (Chelydra serpentina L.) in the Dundas Marsh, Hamilton, Ontario, The by W. W. Judd, 37 Snipe, Wilson’s, 74-76, 82, 90, 134, 170 Snyder, L. L. On local records of Empidonax virescens and E. traillii, 120 Solanum triflorum, 208 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Solidago dumetorum, 210; gilvocanescens, 210; missouriensis, 210; mollis, 210; nemo- ralis var. decemflora, 210; rigida var. ca- nescens, 210; serotina, 210 Solitaire, Townsend’s, 74, 75 Solman, V. E. F. Review of Fluctuations in abundance of the Lake Erie Cisco (Leucichthys artedi) population, 124 Somateria mollissima, 150; mollissima borea- lis, 131, 150; mollissima dresseri, 150; mol- lissima sedentaria, 147, 150; spectabilis, 41, 150 Some observations on the Rusty Song Spar- row Melospiza melodia morphna Oberhol- ser, by Wm. M. Hughes, 186 Some supplementary bird notes from the general area of the Mackenzie delta and Great Slave Lake, by E. O. Hohn and D. L. Robinson, 115 Sonchus arvensis, 209 Sophia filipes, 205; multifida, 205; richard- soniana, 204 Sorex cinereus cinereus, 128 Sparganium eurycarpum, 199; multipeduncu- latum, 199 Sparrow, American Tree, 71-73; Chipping, 81; Eastern Fox, 172; Eastern Lincoln’s, 140; Eastern Tree, 140; Eastern White- crowned, 140; English, 68-76; Fox, 75, 76; Gambel’s, 117; Gambel’s White-crowned, 117; Golden-crowned, 75, 76, 186; House, 171; James Bay, 46; Labrador Savannah, 139, 171; lLincoln’s, 72; Nelson’s, 46; Northern Swamp, 172; Rusty Song, 186; Savannah, 42, 43, 82, 117; Song, 43, 69-76, 82; Swamp, 71-73; Tree, 68-72, 75; Ves- per, 72; Western Henslow’s, 46; White- throated, 71, 73, 80, 172 Spartina gracilis, 200; pectinata, 200 Spatula clypeata, 115 Spergularia salina, 204 Sphaerospora trechispora, 141 Sphenopholis obtusata, 202 Spiza americana, 210 Spizella arborea arborea, 140 Sporobolus cryptandrus, 202 Spruce, Black, 185 Squatarola squatarola, 41, 89, 152 Stachys palustris var. pilosa, 208 Starling, 81, 82; Common, 68-74 Statement of financial standing, Ottawa Field- Naturalists’ Club, December 1, 1950, 35 Stelgidopteryx ruficollis serripennis, 46 Stellaria calycantha, 7; calycantha var. bon- gardiana, 7; calycantha var. floribunda, 7; calycantha var. latifolia var. n., 7; calycan- Nov.-Dec. 1951] THE CANADIAN tha var. sitchana, 7; ciliatosepala, 56; cras- sipes, 56, 182; humifusa, 56, 141, 182; laeta, 141, 142, 182, 193; longifolia, 7, 204; longi- pes, 56, 142, 182, 193, 204; media, 204; mo- nantha, 7; monantha ssp. atlantica, 7; mo- nantha var. atlantica stat. n., 7; monantha var. monantha, 7, 142; monantha var. typi- ca, 56 Stercorarius longicaudus, 41, 154; parasiti- cus, 136, 147, 154; pomarinus, 154, 171 Sterna paradisaea, 42, 136, 147, 155, 171 Stipa comata, 202; spartea var. curtiseta, 202; viridula, 202 Storeria occipito-maculata, 79 Stuart, Mary See Arnold, John W., Ruth M. Horner, Verna Ross and Mary Stuart Studies in bird migration being the collect- ed papers of H. Chr. C. Mortenson, 1856- 1921, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 86 Study of bird populations in the apple or- chards of the Annapolis Valley, Nova Sco- tia, with particular reference to the effects of orchard sprays upon them, A, reviewed by W. Earl Godfrey, 84 Suaeda depressa, 203 Sucker, Sturgeon, 185; White, 185 Surf-bird, 76 Surnia ulula caparoch, 137 Swallow, Barn, 184; Northern Cliff, Rough-winged, 46; Tree, 137 Swan, Trumpeter, 74, 157; Whistling, 40, 115, 117, 149 Sweatman, Gordon K. The Barn Swallow at Cambridge Bay, N.W.T., 184 Symphoricarpos albus, 208; occidentalis, 208 116; Sap Tamarack, 185 Tanager, Scarlet, 81 Taraxacum alaskanum, 77; lacerum, 14, 184; officinale, 43, 209; phymatocarpum, 60, 184, 194; pseudonorvegicum, 14; russeolum, 14; umbrinum, 14 Tasch, Paul A new Illaenid trilobite from the Middle Ordovician of Central Pennsylvania, 163 Teal, Green-winged, 66, 75, 76, 115, 131 Telmatodytes palustris, 83 Tener, John S. Sixth census of non-passerine birds in the ‘bird sanctuaries of the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 65 Tern, Arctic, 42, 66, 117, 136, 147, 155, 171; Caspian, 66; Common, 66 FIELD-NATURALIST 229 Terrill, Lewis MclI. Shore bird migration at Montreal, 87 Tetraplodon mnioides, 141 Thalictrum dasycarpum, 204; venulosum, 204 Thamnophis sauritus sauritus, 118; sirtalis sirtalis, 119 Thekopsora vacciniorum, 141 Thermopsis rhombifolia, 206 Thlaspi arvense, 205 Thrasher, Brown, 81, 82 Thresher shark in British Columbia, The, by G. Clifford Carl, 83 Thrush, Hermit, 69, 71, 73; Northern Gray- cheeked, 138, 171; Olive-backed, 81, 172; Russet-backed, 186; Varied, 75, 76; Yukon Olive-backed, 173 Tidewater to timberline, reviewed by D.B.O. Savile, 126 Tilletia cerebrina, 141 Tit, Coast Bush, 75 Tofieldia borealis, 54, 182, 192; coccinea, 54; pusilla, 54, 182, 192 Totanus flavipes, 93, 134; melanoleucus, 93, 118, 134 Towhee, 81; Spotted, 76 Townsendia sericea, 210 Tragopogon dubius, 209 Triaenophorus crassus, 80 Trifolium hybridum, 43; repens, 206 Triglochin maritimum, 199; palustris, 199 Trilobite, Illaenid, 163 Tringa solitaria, 43; solitaria solitaria, 92, 134 Trisetum spicatum, 51, 181, 192 Troglodytes troglodytes aquilonaris, 171 Trout, Lake, 185 Trumpeter swans breeding in the Cypress Hills of Alberta, by Robert Lister, 157 Tryngites subruficollis, 96, 116 Tufts, R. W. Two new bird records for Nova Scotia, 83 Turdus migratorius, 116; migratorius nigri- deus, 138, 171 Turnstone, American Ruddy, 134; Black, 76; Ruddy, 90, 116, 117, 152 Turtle, Snapping, 37, 38 Two new bird records for Nova Scotia, by R. W. Tufts, 83 Two new Oxytropis from arctic Alaska and Yukon, by A. E. Porsild, 76 Two new species of Oenothera, by R.Ruggles Gates, 194 Typha latifolia, 199 nS Eastern, 71-73; Oregon, 175; Ulmus, 42 Uria lomvia, 155; lomvia lomvia, 136 Uromyces lapponicus, 48, 141, 191 226 THE CANADIAN Urtica procera, 203 Ustilago bistortarum, 48 Utricularia vulgaris var. americana, 208 pirat, § gun Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum, 59, 183, 194; vitis-idaea var. minus, 59, 141, 183, 194 Vascular flora of the Melville Peninsula, Franklin District, N.W.T., by J. A. Calder, 180 Veery, 81 Verbascum thapsus, 44 Verbena bracteosa, 208; hastata, 43 Vermivora celata, 83; chrysoptera, 187 Veronica peregrina var. xalapensis, 208; scu- tellata, 43, 208; serpyllifolia, 43 Verruca, 37 Vertigo modesta, 175 Vicia americana, 206; sparsifolia, 206; trifi- da, 206 Viola adunca, 206; brainerdii, 22; nephrophyl- la, 206; nuttallii, 206; renifolia, 22; reni- folia var. brainerdii, 22; rugulosa, 206; russellii sp. n., 22; subvestita, 206; valli- cola, 22, 206 Vireo, Red-eyed, 81 Viscago furcata, 7 Vitis, 42 Vitrina alaskana, 175 Vivianite, 113 Bt pled Wagtail, White, 138 Waller, Sam Short-tailed weasel and young in Manito- ba, 120 Walrus, 61 Walrus in the Bay of Fundy; the first record, A, by Bruce S. Wright, 61 Warbler, Blackpoll, 138; Eastern Black-poll, 171; Golden-winged, 187; Mourning, 171; Myrtle, 71, 156, 166; Newfoundland Yel- low, 171; Orange-crowned, 83; Pine, 73; Yellow, 81, 82 Warburton, Frederick E. A bat on the ground in daylight, 79 Intimidation display of red-bellied snake, 79 FIELD-NATURALIST [Vol. 65 Water-thrush, Newfoundland, 171 Waxwing, Bohemian, 73-75, 168; Cedar, 68, 69, 71-74, 81 Weasel, Short-tailed, 120 Whale, White, 155 Whitefish, 80 White-throated sparrow at Goose Bay, La- brador, by W. W. Judd, 80 Wintering of Golden-crowned Sparrows Zo- notrichia coronata (Pallas), at Vancouver, B.C., by Wm. M. Hughes, 186 Wolverine, 187 Woodcock, American, 90; European, 90 Woodpecker, American Three-toed, 137; Arctic-Three-toed, 70, 71, 137; Downy, 68- 76, 81; Hairy, 68-76, 81; Pileated, 69-73, 75, 76 Woodsia alpina, 180; glabella, 50, 142 ,180 Work of the British Trust for Ornithology, The, by Bruce Campbell, 159 Wren, Bewick’s, 76; Carolina 71-73; Long- billed Marsh, 74, 83; Newfoundland Win- ter, 171; Seattle, 75; Western Marsh, 75; Winter, 69, 71-73, 75, 76 Wright, Bruce S. A walrus in the Bay of Fundy; the first record, 61 See Gabrielson, Ira N. and Bruce S. Wright es, dee Xanthium echinatum, 209 Xema sabini, 116 pa Yellow-legs, Greater, 93, 118, 134; Lesser, 93, 134 Yellowthroat, Common, 71 bey fi Zannichellia palustris, 199 Zanthoxylum, 42 Zizia aptera, 207 Zonitoides arboreus, 175 Zonotrichia albicollis, 80, 172; coronata, 186; leucophrys gambeli, 117; leucophrys leu- cophrys, 140 Zygadenus elegans, 202; gramineus, 202 FANE ham ‘ irs. P. H. STOKES; Sec. Lectures on the first and ee month will be held in rd coe : te Fioom “200 niet ofthe Un por Boule aywianieen ae ates Pee fee: 51 a Beas PROVANCHER SOCIETY OF HISTORY OF eheuas i aa ih OFFICERS FOR 1952 President: eee Vee Br Ist 1 Suevatire oe “eG THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS' Pgnuser: CLUB OFFICERS FOR Shine resident: A. ae OUTRAM; gee 7 ee at unior mn SORE isaries ey F BURGESS, ALEXANDER CAMERON, MISS Bui CLARK, eee DOUGLAS, PROF. T. W. DWIGHT, DR. | Mowing Rl he socnd Monde of mond oct M. FRITZ, W. W. H. GUNN, DR. L. E. JAQUITH, MRS. during summer. ute J. D. a MISS V. KOHLER, MRS. H. H. MARSH, Reese ON lt C. S. McKEE, D. S. MILLER, JOHN MITCHELE, R. M. _ ti SAUNDERS, EARL STARK, H. H. SOUTHAM. Ex. Officio: Ave A. J. V. LEHMANN, C. A. WALKINSHAW, T. F. MclIL- . "Meetings held at 8.15 p.m. on the first of each qian Gane October to May a oa ane at Onteni coven ae Museum, unless held during the spring | autumn Seyeaey a cdca wentr dusiee piel rad a oe Ottawa Naturalist Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. 4, ip ae 11, 11, 12, 12, 12, 12, 15, 15, 15, WE 18, 19, 20, No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. “ & 8, — — PO PHA PWOON WANTED In order to meet the demand for back numbers of the publications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, the following are urgently needed: Transactions, Oita. Field-Nat. Club, No. 1, 1880. vept., Dec., Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr., July, Oct.-Nov., June, June, July, Nov., Mar., July, Jan., July, Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Members and subscribers who are able to spare any of these numbers would greatly assist the Club by forwarding them to: 34, 36, 37, 39, 44, 4S, 36, No. No. No. No. No. No. No. Nov., May, Mar., May, . Dec., May, Sept.," 1890 1893 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1898 1901 1901 1901 1901 1904(This was marked Vol. 18, No. 12) 1904 1906 1906 1920 1922 1923 1925 1930 1931 1942 i So ee re Ottawa, Ontario. Mr. W. J. Cody, : Division of Botany 4 Science Service, ‘ Dept. of Agriculture, i “LE DROIT” Printing, Ottawa, Canada. fanfic m1 yo y ; Ll 1 i ie ' i 7 “aed : 7 7 i \ vou " a i 7 c oa Date Due ERNST MAYR LIBRARY iii o4 Ain Ih dpa Sets » Shahin teehee oe SE mene, . soma